133 77 36MB
English Pages [1010] Year 2015
ANNOTATED
INSTRUCTOR'S
MATHEMATICS
EDITION
Design Your Course in 5 Easy Steps This Annotated Instructor’s Edition is your guide to planning your course,
your way.
Inside, you will find all 21 modules that make up the eBook for
this digital eCourse, powered by Enhanced WebAssign. As an instructor or department curriculum developer, you can examine the entire sequence of topics that are available in the eCourse. The modules, sections, and learning objectives have been designed so you can pick and choose how to organize the topics for your course.
Design the course or course sequence that best fits your program’s needs in five easy steps: cE
Match It. Use your course syllabus as a guide to match up your course competencies to the modules, sections, or learning objectives found in this annotated instructor’s edition. Or, choose to start with a pre-built course. Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant for assistance.
2
Build It. Map out the modules, sections, and learning objectives you have identified to build your Enhanced WebAssign eCourse. Within the Enhanced WebAssign eCourse, you have all you need to conduct your course: an integrated eBook, abundant practice, homework and quizzes, plus a guided workbook.
Ey Enhance
It. Lay a foundation to sustain student success in
mathematics by adding proven math study skills strategies from Nolting’s Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e to your EWA eCourse to help students develop effective learning strategies. 4
Print It. Although this eCourse is primarily designed as an online experience, it is possible to augment the eBook with a custom print solution for your students that includes your chosen modules, a guided workbook, and/or study skills resources. Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant for details.
5
Implement
It. Prepare for success. Your adoption of the Enhanced
WebAssign eCourse includes best-in-the-industry Cengage Digital Course Support—a dedicated team of professionals who are here to provide hands-on, start-to-finish support— making digital course delivery a success for you and your students.
Mathematics Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra Annotated Instructor’s Edition
RICHARD N. AUFMANN PALOMAR COLLEGE
JOANNE S. LOCKWOOD NASHUA
COMMUNITY COLLEGE
e « CENGAGE «© Learning’ Australia * Brazil » Mexico * Singapore * United Kingdom + United States
- CENGAGE Learning" Mathematics: Journey from Be sic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra Richard N. Aufmann, Joanne S
ockwood
Product Manager: Danielle Derventi Content Developer: Bryon Spe Neustaetter
Product Assistant: Samantha C Marketing Manager: Mark Lint Content Project Manager: Che
© 2016, Cengage Learning WCN: 01-100-101
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by the copyright herein may be reproduced, transmitted, stored, or used in any form or by any means graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including but not limited to photocopying, recording, scanning, digitizing, taping, Web distribution, information networks, or information storage and retrieval systems, except as permitted under Section 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act, without the prior written permission of the publisher.
| Linthicum
Art Director: Vernon Boes
Manufacturing Planner: Becky Production Service and Compc World Inc.
For product information and technology assistance, contact us at Cengage Learning Customer & Sales Support, 1-800-354-9706.
OSS
For permission to use material from this text or product,
rf: Graphic
submit all requests online at www.cengage.com/permissions. Further permissions questions can be e-mailed to [email protected].
Copy Editor: Jean Bermingham Illustrator: Graphic World Inc.
Text Designer: Diane Beasley
Library of Congress Control Number: 2014955410
Cover Designer: Morris Design
ISBN-13: 978-1-285-19236-9
Cover Image: Morris Design
ISBN-10: 1-285-19236-2
Cengage Learning 20 Channel Center Street Boston, MA 02210
USA
Cengage Learning is a leading provider of customized learning solutions with office locations around the globe, including Singapore, the United Kingdom, Australia, Mexico, Brazil, and Japan. Locate your local office at www.cengage.com/global. Cengage Learning products are represented in Canada by Nelson Education, Ltd.
To learn more about Cengage Learning Solutions, visit www.cengage.com.
Purchase any of our products at your local college store or at our preferred online store www.cengagebrain.com.
Printed in the United States of America Print Number: 01 Print Year: 2014
Po Brief Contents AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course Whole Numbers Integers
Fractions Decimals and Percents Variable Expressions Introduction to Equations
General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables LD OONOOARWN—
10 11. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Polynomials Factoring Polynomials Rational Expressions Rational Exponents and Radicals Quadratic Equations More on Functions Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Conic Sections Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem Measurement Geometry Statistics and Probability
TI-84 Plus Keystroke Guide for the TI-84 Plus Tables Index of Applications Index
whe —,
clash
'
’a 7 i
éienbah
a
“io
ie
Le
TT
4 oot aly + ort brie
oe
Cili@sdeiS bog cate»
alae >-l'T al! te) shtuky
sae
enous siege lo xabni
sedi
iii
:
)
Contents
MODULE
A
AIM for Success: e e ¢ e e
How to Succeed in This Course
Get Ready 2 Motivate Yourself 2 Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math Strategies for Success 3 Time Management 4 Habits of Successful Students Use the Interactive Method 6
6
Use a Strategy to Solve Word Problems Ace the Test
8
9
Ready, Set, Succeed!
MODULE 1
3
9
Whole Numbers SECTION 1.1 Objective Objective Objective Objective
1.1A 1.1B 1.1C 1.1D
SECTION 1.2 Objective 1.2A Objective 1.2B Objective 1.2C
SECTION 1.3 Objective 1.3A Objective 1.3B Objective 1.3C
SECTION 1.4 Objective 1.4A Objective 1.4B
Introduction to Whole Numbers Identify the order relation between two numbers
2
Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form Round a whole number to a given place value 6 Solve application problems and use statistical graphs 7
Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers Add whole numbers
14
14
Subtract whole numbers
Solve application problems
17
20
Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers
22
Multiply whole numbers 22 Divide whole numbers 25 Solve application problems 31
Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement 33 Simplify expressions that contain exponents 33 Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-1 S-8
35
4
vi
Contents
MODULE
2
ntegers ‘7s
ECTION 2.1
Introduction to Integers
Objective 2.1A Objective 2.1B
Use inequality symbols with integers 2 Simplify expressions with absolute value
JECTION 2.2 Objective 2.2A Objective 2.2B Objective 2.2C
‘ECTION 2.3
‘n
Objective 2.3A Objective 2.3B Objective 2.3C
SECTION 2.4 Objective 2.4A Objective 2.4B
2 4
Addition and Subtraction of Integers Add integers 6 Subtract integers 8 Solve application problems
6
10
Multiplication and Division of Integers Multiply integers 11 Divide integers 13 Solve application problems
11
16
Exponents and the Order of Operations Agreement Simplify expressions containing exponents
17
17
Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
19
S-1
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-3
MODULE
Fractions SECTION 3.1 Objective 3.1A Objective 3.1B
Objective 3.1C
SECTION 3.2 Objective 3.2A Objective 3.2B
SECTION 3.3
The Least Common
Multiple and Greatest Common
Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers Find the least common multiple (LCM) 4 Find the greatest common factor (GCF) 5
Introduction to Fractions
6
Write a fraction that represents part of
awhole
6
Write an improper fraction as a mixed number or a whole number, and a mixed number as an improper fraction 8
Writing Equivalent Fractions
9
Objective 3.3A Objective 3.3B
Write a fraction in simplest form 9 Find equivalent fractions by raising to higher terms
Objective 3.3C
Identify the order relation between two fractions
SECTION 3.4 Objective 3.4A Objective 3.4B Objective 3.4C
SECTION 3.5 Objective 3.5A Objective 3.5B Objective 3.5C
SECTION 3.6
Factor 2
11 12
Multiplication and Division of Fractions
13
Multiply fractions 13 Divide fractions 17 Solve application problems and use formulas
21
Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
22
Add fractions
22
Subtract fractions 26 Solve application problems
29
Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions
Objective 3.6A
Multiply and divide positive and negative fractions
Objective 3.6B
Add and subtract positive and negative fractions
31
34
31
2
Contents
SECTION 3.7 Objective 3.7A
Objective 3.7B
The Order of Operations Agreemerit and Complex Fractions 36 Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions Simplify complex fractions 39
36
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-9
MODULE
4
Decimals and Percents SECTION 4.1 Objective 4.1A Objective 4.1B Objective 4.1C
SECTION 4.2
Introduction to Decimals
2
Write decimals in standard form and in
words
Round a decimal to a given place value Compare decimals 5
4
Adding and Subtracting Decimals
6
Objective 4.2A
Add and subtract decimals
Objective 4.2B
Solve application problems and use forjiulas
SECTION 4.3 Objective 4.3A Objective 4.3B Objective 4.3C
SECTION 4.4 Objective Objective Objective Objective
4.4A 4.4B 4.4C 4.4D
SECTION 4.5 Objective 4.5A Objective 4.5B
SECTION 4.6 Objective 4.6A Objective 4.6B Objective 4.6C
2
6
Multiplying and Dividing Decimal Multiply decimals 10 Divide decimals 13 Solve application problems and use for;
9
10
\ulas
17
Comparing and Converting Fract)}ons and Decimals Convert fractions to decimals 19 Convert decimals to fractions 21 Compare a fraction and adecimal Write ratios and rates
19
21
23
Introduction to Percents
26
Write a percent as a decimal or a fraction Write a decimal or a fraction as apercent
26 27
Radical Expressions and Real Numbers Find the square root of aperfect square 29 Approximate the square root of anatural number Solve application problems 33
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
29 31
S-1
S-7
MODULE
Variable Expressions SECTION 5.1 Objective 5.1A
SECTION 9.2 Objective 5.2A
Objective 5.2B Objective 5.2C Objective 5.2D
Evaluating Variable Expressions Evaluate a variable expression
2
2
Simplifying Variable Expressions
4
Simplify a variable expression using the Properties of Addition
4 Simplify a variable expression using the Properties of Multiplication Simplify a variable expression using the Distributive Property 9 Simplify general variable expressions 10
7
vii
viii
Contents
TION 5.3
n
dbjective 5.3A
Objective 5.3B
ipjective 5.3C
Translating Verbal Expressions into Variable Expressions Translate a verbal expression into a variable expression, given the variable 11 Translate a verbal expression into a variable expression and then simplify 13 Translate application problems
olutions to Check Your Understanding
S-1
»lutions to Objective Practice Exercises
o¢n tn
14
S-2
MODULE
ntroduction to Equations
—
i¢e)
=oTION 6.1 djective 6.1A Objective 6.1B o
jective 6.1C
bjective 6.1D
s ction 6.2 )bjective 6.2A Objective 6.2B
si cTion 6.3 Objective 6.3A Objective 6.3B
Objective 6.3C
SECTION 6.4
Introduction to Equations
Solve an equation of the formx+a=b 4
Solve basic uniform motion problems
6
Proportions
9
Solve proportions 9 Solve application problems using proportions
The Basic Percent Equation
Solve percent decrease problems
Objective 6.6A
16
Percent Increase and Percent Decrease
Objective 6.4B
SECTION 6.6
11
12
Solve the basic percent equation 12 Solve percent problems using proportions Solve application problems 18
Solve percent increase problems
Objective 6.5A Objective 6.5B
2
2
Solve an equation of the form ax=b
Objective 6.4A
SECTION 6.5
2
Determine whether a given number is a solution of an equation
Markup and Discount
22
24
Solve markup problems Solve discount problems
Simple Interest
21
21
24 26
28
Solve simple interest problems
28
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-7
MODULE
General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities SECTION 7.1 Objective Objective Objective Objective Objective
7.1A 7.1B 7.1C 7.1D 7.1E
SECTION 7.2 Objective 7.2A Objective 7.2B
General Equations Solve Solve Solve Solve Solve
2
an equation of the form ax +b=c 2 an equation of the form ax +b=cx+d an equation containing parentheses 6 a literal equation for one of the variables an absolute value equation 9
Translating Sentences into Equations Solve integer problems
4 7
11
11
Translate a sentence into an equation and solve
14
11
Contents
SECTION 7.3 Objective 7.3A Objective 7.3B Objective 7.3C
SECTION 7.4 Objective 7.4A Objective 7.4B Objective 7.4C
SECTION 7.5 Objective 7.5A Objective 7.5B
Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems Solve value mixture problems
15
15
Solve percent mixture problems Solve uniform motion problems
First-Degree Inequalities
17 19
22
Write sets of real numbers using set-builcer notation and interval notation 22 Solve an inequality in one variable 26 Solve application problems 29
Compound and Absolute Value Inequalities Solve a compound inequality 31 Solve an absolute value inequality
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
S-1
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-10
31
32
MODULE
8
Linear Functions and Inequalities SECTION 8.1 Objective 8.1A Objective 8.1B
SECTION 8.2 Objective 8.2A Objective 8.2B Objective 8.2C
SECTION 8.3 Objective Objective Objective Objective
8.3A 8.3B 8.3C 8.3D
SECTION 8.4 Objective 8.4A Objective 8.4B Objective 8.4C
SECTION 8.5 Objective 8.5A Objective 8.5B Objective 8.5C
SECTION 8.6 Objective 8.6A
SECTION 8.7 Objective 8.7A
in Two Variables
The Rectangular Coordinate Sys*2m Find the length and midpoint of a line
Graph an equation in two variables
Introduction to Functions Evaluate afunction 9 Graph a function 15 Apply the vertical line test
Linear Functions
Graph a linear function
2
segment
2
6
9
18
20
20
Graph an equation of the form Ax + By =C Find the x- and y-intercepts of a straight line Solve application problems 27
Slope of a Straight Line
22 25
28
Find the slope of a line given two points Find average rate of change 32 Graph a line given a point andthe slope
Finding Equations of Lines
28 34
36
Find the equation of a line given a point and the slope Find the equation of a line given two points 37 Solve application problems 39
Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Find parallel and perpendicular lines
Inequalities in Two Variables
40 40
43
Graph the solution set of an inequality in two variables
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-8
36
43
X
Contents
MODULE
9
42m =r
i?)
‘stems of Linear Equations Two or Three Variables TION 9.1
jective 9.1B
Solve a system of linear equations by graphing 2 Solve a system of linear equations by the substitution method
jective 9.1C
Solve investment problems
‘TION9.2
Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method 10
jective 9.2A
Solve a system of two linear equations in two variables by the addition
bjective 9.1A
s
active 9.2B
si
Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing and by the Substitution Method 2
method 10 Solve a system of three linear equations in three variables by the addition method 13
TION 9.3
Solving Systems of Equations by Using Determinants
jective 9.3A
Evaluate a determinant 18 Solve a system of equations by using Cramer’s Rule
jective 9.3B
Si cTION 9.4 »jective 9.4A jective 9.4B
s¢oTion 9.5 Objective 9.5A
Application Problems
21
24
Solve rate-of-wind or rate-of-current problems Solve application problems 26
24
Solving Systems of Linear Inequalities
29
Graph the solution set of a system of linear inequalities
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
S-1
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-8
MODULE
10
Polynomials SECTION 10.1
Addition and Subtraction of Polynomials
Objective 10.1A
Add polynomials
Objective 10.1B
Subtract polynomials
SECTION 10.2 Objective 10.2A
Objective 10.2B
SECTION 10.3 Objective 10.3A
Objective 10.3B Objective 10.3C Objective 10.3D
SECTION 10.4 Objective 10.4A Objective 10.4B
SECTION 10.5 Objective 10.5A Objective 10.5B
5
7
3
Multiplication of Monomials Multiply monomials 4 Simplify powers of monomials
4 6
Multiplication of Polynomials Multiply Multiply Multiply Multiply
2
2
7
a polynomial by amonomial 7 two polynomials 8 two binomials 9 binomials that have special products
10
Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation
12
Simplify expressions containing integer exponents Use scientific notation 16
12
Division of Polynomials
18
Divide a polynomial by amonomial Divide polynomials 19
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-1
S-4
18
29
18
Contents
MODULE
11
Factoring Polynomials SECTION 11.1 Objective 11.1A Objective 11.1B
SECTION 11.2
Common
Factors
2
Factor a monomial from a polynomial Factor by grouping 3
Factoring Polynomials of the Form x* + bx +c
Objective 11.2A
Factor trinomials of the form x* + bx
Objective 11.2B
Factor completely
SECTION 11.3
SECTION 11.4 Objective 11.4A
Objective 11.4B Objective 11.4C Objective 11.4D
SECTION 11.5 Objective 11.5A Objective 11.5B
5
5
8
Factoring Polynomials of the Form
ax?+bx+ec Objective 11.3A Objective 11.3B
+c
9
Factor trinomials of the form ax* + bx + c by using trial factors Factor trinomials of the form ax? + bx + c by grouping 13
Special Factoring
9
16
Factor the difference of two squares anc
perfect-square trinomials Factor the sum or difference of two periect cubes 20 Factor a trinomial that is quadratic in fo 21 Factor completely 23
Solving Equations
24
Solve equations by factoring 24 Solve application problems 26
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-6
MODULE
12
Rational Expressions SECTION 12.1 Objective 12.1A Objective 12.1B Objective 12.1C
SECTION 12.2 Objective 12.2A Objective 12.2B
SECTION 12.3 Objective 12.3A
SECTION 12.4 Objective 12.4A Objective 12.4B
SECTION 12.5 Objective 12.5A
SECTION 12.6
Multiplication and Division of Rational Expressions
2
Simplify rational expressions 2 Multiply rational expressions 4 Divide rational expressions 6
Addition and Subtraction of Rational Expressions Express two fractions in terms of acommon denominator Add and subtract rational expressions 10
Complex Fractions
13
Simplify complex fractions
13
Equations Containing Fractions
16
Solve equations containing fractions 16 Solve problems involving similar triangles
Variation
18
21
Solve direct and inverse variation problems
Application Problems
25
Objective 12.6A
Solve work problems
25
Objective 12.6B
Solve uniform motion problems
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-1 S-7
27
21
8 8
16
Xi
xii
Contents
MODULE
13
ational Exponents and Radicals s
°TION 13.1
— Simplify numerical radical expressions
jective 13.1B
Simplify variable radical expressions
¢ ©TI0N 13.2 objective 13.2A
¢
©TION 13.3 ‘pjective 13.3A objective 13.3B
Ss:
s:
Introduction to Radical Expressions
pjective 13.1A
2
2 4
Addition and Subtraction of Radical Expressions Add and subtract radical expressions
6
6
— Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions
8
Multiply radical expressions 8 Divide radical expressions 11
°oTION 13.4 — Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions ‘objective 13.4A
Solve equations containing one or more radical expressions
bjective 13.4B
Solve application problems
16
TION 13.5 — Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions jective 13.54 ‘ojective 13.5B Ibjective 13.5C
13 13
19
Simplify expressions with rational exponents 19 Write exponential expressions as radical expressions and radical expressions as exponential expressions 21 Simplify radical expressions that are roots of perfect powers 22
Sciutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-5
MODULE
14
Quadratic Equations SECTION 14.1.
Solving Quadratic Equations by Factoring or by Taking Square Roots
Objective 14.1A Objective 14.1B
SECTION 14.2 Objective 14.2A
SECTION 14.3 Objective 14.3A
SECTION 14.4 Objective 14.4A
SECTION 14.5
2
Solve quadratic equations by factoring 2 Solve quadratic equations by taking square roots
— Solving Quadratic Equations by Completing the Square Solve quadratic equations by completing the square
Solve quadratic equations by using the quadratic formula
Applications of Quadratic Equations Solve application problems
Complex Numbers
9
11
11
16
Simplify complex numbers
Objective 14.5B
Add and subtract complex numbers
SECTION 14.6
6
6
— Solving Quadratic Equations by Using the Quadratic Formula
Objective 14.5A Objective 14.5C Objective 14.5D Objective 14.5E
3
16 18
= Multiply complex numbers 18 Divide complex numbers 20 Solve quadratic equations with complex number solutions
22
Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations
Objective 14.6A
Solve equations that are quadratic inform
Objective 14.6B
Solve radical equations
Objective 14.6C
Solve fractional equations
27
29
25
25
9
Contents
SECTION 14.7 Objective 14.7A
Nonlinear Inequalities
30
Solve nonlinear inequalities
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
30
S-1
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-9
MODULE
15
More on Functions SECTION 15.1 Objective 15.1A Objective 15.1B Objective 15.1C
SECTION 15.2 Objective 15.2A
Objective 15.2B
SECTION 15.3 Objective 15.3A Objective 15.3B
SECTION 15.4 Objective 15.4A Objective 15.4B
Properties of Quadratic Functions Graph a quadratic function
2
2
Find the x-intercepts of
aparabola 6 Find the zeros of a quadratic function
Applications of Quadratic Functions
10
Solve minimum and maximum problems 10 Solve applications of minimum and maximum
Algebra of Functions
13
Perform operations on functions 13 Find the composition of two functions
16
One-to-One and Inverse Functions
19
Determine whether a function is one-to-one Find the inverse of afunction
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
11
19
21
S-1
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
S-5
MODULE
16
Exponential and Logarithmic Functions SECTION 16.1 Objective 16.1A Objective 16.1B
SECTION 16.2 Objective 16.2A Objective 16.2B
SECTION 16.3 Objective 16.3A
SECTION 16.4 Objective 16.4A Objective 16.4B
SECTION 16.5 Objective 16.5A
Exponential Functions
2
Evaluate exponential functions 2 Graph exponential functions 4
Introduction to Logarithms
7
Write equivalent exponential and logarithmic equations Use the properties of logarithms
Graphs of Logarithmic Functions Graph logarithmic functions
17
17
Exponential and Logarithmic Equations Solve exponential equations Solve logarithmic equations
7
11
19
19 21
Applications of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Solve application problems
22
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-7
22
Xili
Xiv_
Contents
MODULE
17
onic Sections
=~
s oTION17.1 bjective 17.1A n
cTlon17.2 \bjective 17.2A ojective 17.2B
s °T10N17.3 biective 17.3A \bjective 17.3B
s
TheParabola
2
Graphparabolas
2
TheCircle
5
—__Find the equation of a circle and then graph the circle 5 Write the equation of a circle in standard form and then graph the circle
The Ellipse and the Hyperbola
8
Graph an ellipse with center at the origin 8 | Graph a hyperbola with center at the origin 10
ction 17.4 — Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations Dbjective 17.4A
— Solve nonlinear systems of equations
12
12
So'utions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Sc utions to Objective Practice Exercises S-3
MODULE
18
dp)
»quences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
si TION 18.1
Introduction to Sequences and Series
Onjective 18.1A
Write the terms of
Objective 18.1B
Evaluate aseries
SECTION 18.2
asequence 4
Arithmetic Sequences and Series
6
Objective 18.2A
Find the nth term of an arithmetic sequence
Objective 18.2B
Evaluate an arithmetic series
Objective 18.2C
Solve application problems
SECTION 18.3 Objective Objective Objective Objective
18.3A 18.3B 18.3C 18.3D
SECTION 18.4
Objective 18.4A
2
2
6
8
10
Geometric Sequences and Series
10
— Find the nth term of a geometric sequence 10 Find the sum of a finite geometric series 13 — Find the sum of an infinite geometric series 14 Solve application problems 17
Binomial Expansions
17
Expand (a +b)" 17
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-6
MODULE 19
Measurement SECTION 19.1.
The U.S. Customary System
2
Objective 19.1A Objective 19.1B Objective 19.1C
Convert units of length in the U.S. Customary System 2 Convert units of weight in the U.S. Customary System 4 | Convert units of capacity in the U.S. Customary System 5
Objective 19.1D
| Convert units of time
6
7
Contents
SECTION 19.2 Objective 19.2A Objective 19.2B Objective 19.2C
SECTION 19.3 Objective 19.3A Objective 19.3B
The Metric System
8
Convert units of length in the metric system 8 Convert units of mass in the metric system 9 Convert units of capacity in the metric system 11
Conversion Between the U.S. Customary and the Metric Systems of Measurement 13 Convert U.S. Customary units to metric units Convert metric units to U.S. Customary units
13 14
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-4
MODULE
20
Geometry SECTION 20.1 Objective 20.1A Objective 20.1B Objective 20.1C
SECTION 20.2 Objective 20.2A Objective 20.2B Objective 20.2C
SECTION 20.3 Objective 20.3A Objective 20.3B Objective 20.3C
SECTION 20.4 Objective 20.4A
Angles, Lines, and Geometric Fic
ires
by intersecting lines
Perimeter of a Plane Geometric
“igure
11
Find the perimeter of a plane geometri:
‘igure
11
Find the perimeter of a composite geo! Solve application problems 19
‘etric figure
Area of a Plane Geometric Figure Find the area of a geometric figure
20
Find the area of a composite geometric figure
Solve application problems
Volume
17
2C 24
26
27
Find the volume of a geometric solid
27
Objective 20.4B
Find the volume of a composite geometric solid
Objective 20.4C
Solve application problems
SECTION 20.5
2
Define and describe lines and angles Define and describe geometric figures Solve problems involving angles forme
31
33
The Pythagorean Theorem
34
Objective 20.5A Objective 20.5B
Find the square root of anumber 34 Find the unknown side of a right triangle using the Pythagorean
Objective 20.5C
Theorem 35 Solve application problems
SECTION 20.6 Objective 20.6A
38
Similar and Congruent Triangles Solve similar and congruent triangles
Solutions to Check Your Understanding S-1 Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises S-7
39 39
9
XV
xvi
Contents
MODULE
21
Statistics and Probability s ction 21.1 Objective 21.1A Spjective 21.1B
SECTION 21.2 Objective 21.2A
n
Read apictograph
2
2
Read acircle graph
4
Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs
)bjective 21.2B
Read abar graph 6 Read a broken-line graph
CTION 21.3
Organizing Data
10
Create frequency distributions
Ibjective 21.3C
Read frequency polygons
Read histograms
6
8
Ibjective 21.3A Objective 21.3B
SECTION 21.4
Ss
Pictographs and Circle Graphs
10
12
Statistical Measures
13 15
bjective 21.4A Objective 21.4B
Find the mean, median, and mode of a distribution
dbjective 21.4C
Find the standard deviation of a distribution
Draw a box-and-whiskers plot
19
oTion 21.5
Introduction to Probability
)bjective 21.5A
Calculate the probability of simple events Calculate the odds of an event 28
Dbjective 21.5B
Solutions to Check Your Understanding
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises
TI-84 PLUS 12
INDEX OF APPLICATIONS INDEX
13
S-6
1
KEYSTROKE GUIDE FOR THE TI-84 PLUS TABLES
S-1
11
2
22
23 23
15
Letter to Instructor [,today’s multifaceted learning environment, math departments face the challenge of offering a curriculum that allows students easy access to quality courses that are affordable. These three elements represent what many call education’s “iron triangle.”! Iron Triangle
S
he
When one element of the triangle is under stress, t!2 other elements are affected. For instance, as student access to courses increases, mat
departments experience increased
cost, which often puts a strain on quality as class size
increases.
To address these challenges, we offer Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra. Our program is desig iced to assist mathematically underprepared students in making the transition to colleg»-level math courses. This comprehensive program is a single-source solution that (dresses the entire developmental mathematics curriculum. It provides access for all stu ents, and offers them a high quality learning environment at a modest cost. Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra includes pre-built courses for basic mathematics, prealgebra, introductory algebra, and intermediate algebra. You can create a customized course to reflect both the needs of your department and your individual teaching style. The learning resources for students include a fully customizable eBook, multiple opportunities to practice skills and concepts, videos with practice questions, and a homework system—all designed to accommodate the student’s unique learning path. The student’s complete learning system is integrated into one online package contained within a single web environment. Through this new, innovative learning system, students can begin their journey with basic college mathematics or at any point in the curriculum that is appropriate to their skill level, and travel all the way through intermediate algebra. No matter where their journey begins, they will pay only one price for access to the entire digital program, a program designed by us, incorporating all of the proven pedagogical features that we use to promote student success.
Whether your course 1s lecture-based or lab-based—in fact, no matter how you model your course—Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra is the perfectly flexible solution that provides mathematically diverse students access to a quality program at an affordable cost. It is a balanced approach to the “iron triangle.” Thank you for considering this innovative approach to the developmental mathematics curriculum. Richard N. Aufmann
'The National Center for Public Policy and Higher Education and Public Agenda
Joanne S. Lockwood
aa XVII
Changing the
Equation...
Reimagining the Ok
ective-Based Approach 4
Imagine one, flexible solution suitab’ digital access. Mathematics: Journey Aufmann and Lockwood team, deliv: course curriculum covered in basic n streamlined learning path powered by eCourse was created with student suc
‘or the entire developmental mathematics sequence—all for one price for om Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra, designed by the trusted s learning objectives organized by section into 21 modules that span the entire *‘hematics, prealgebra, introductory algebra, and intermediate algebra. With a “Unhanced WebAssign (EWA) and an integrated, fully customizable eBook, this ess and ease of use in mind.
Students can start with basic mathem «ics and travel through multiple courses to intermediate algebra, or they can begin somewhere in the middle. No matter :cre students begin their journey, they will not need to leave their lesson to find tools that will enhance their learning © perience: lecture videos with practice questions, eBook instruction, and various opportunities for practice. If you and / our students prefer a printed book, a custom-printed text including the Read It sections found in the integrated eBoo’ «an be arranged through your Learning Consultant. To further help you guide students along the learning path, we o. er a Guided Workbook based on the Aufmann Interactive Method (AIM), which encourages active participation along ic learning path. No matter your syllabus needs or cou) se environment—hybrid, lab-based, or online—you have everything you need to get started. From pre-built learning od homework assignments to module assessments and more, the Aufmann and Lockwood eCourse allows you to foci s on what matters most—helping your students succeed.
The Annotated Instructor’s E:\ition Is Your Teaching and Plannine Tool The Annotated Instructor’s Edition includes all 21 modules found in the eBook, so
AUEMANN & LOCKWOOD
that you (instructors and department curriculum developers) can examine the entire
MATHEMATICS
sequence of topics available. Choose the modules, sections, and learning objectives
THROUGH INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA
§
that will enable you to build the course or courses that best fit your syllabi. Beyond some of the natural dependencies that are inherent in mathematics, these modules,
sections, and learning objectives are designed to be flexible, and can be organized by you to build the course sequence that fits your needs.
rrt—=‘éiE
Contents MODULE
A
AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course * Get Ready
Heinen
2
Gionticn. src c
One Course or Multiple Courses — You Decide!
pe de asceo * Habits of Successful Students
Aufmann and Lockwood redesigned their objective-based 6
.
approach to fit the rapidly changing needs of the developmental mathematics curriculum. This flexible and complete sequence of topics is designed to address any course type, from the lecturebased course to the flipped classroom. However you decide to
Whole Numbers
deliver your course, this carefully constructed set of learning
MODULE 1
.
* Use the Interactive Method. 6 ssa oa
SECTION1.1 Introduction to Whole Numbers 2
objectives can be used to fit any model—traditionally paced or
Objective 1.1A
Identify the order relation between two numbers
Objective 1.1B Objective 1.1C Objective 1.1D
Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form Round a whole number to a given place value 6 Solve application problems and use statistical graphs 7
SECTION 1,2
Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers
Objective 1.2A Objective 1.2B
Add whole numbers 14 Subtract whole numbers
Objective 1.2C
Solve application problems
SECTION 1.3.
14
17
20
Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers
Objective 1.3A
Multiply whole numbers
Objective 1.3B
Divide whole numbers
Objective 1.3C
Solve application problems
SECTION 1.4
2
22
22
25 31
Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement
33
accelerated,
lecture-based
or
lab-based.
By Rethinking the Solution! A Clear Path to Success Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra is an eCourse powered by Enhanced WebAssign. You have the option of creating your own course or choosing one of our pre-built Course Packs, each of which comes with a suggested Learning Path.
The Power of Enhanced WebAssign
Assighments
Available exclusively from Cengage Learning, Enhanced WebAssign combines exceptional mathematics content with the most powerful online homework solution, WebAssign. Enhanced WebAssign engages students with immediate feedback, rich tutorial content, and an interactive, fully customizable eBook, helping students to develop a deeper conceptual understanding of the subject matter. With Enhanced WebAssign, you can build a customized course that fits your specific needs. You can choose to show all 21 modules or to hide specific modules, and you can pick and choose from a variety of question types and assignments.
+ + Module0WholeNumbers
the
bos
+ Module 02:Integers —
Get Started Faster with Pre-Built Course Packs
eee See a
Course Pack
eerie
Cau
nn
be
oomoe up
es
r
ae
a ee
Coune
Pack Pac
For instructors who want a pre-built course, we offer Course Packs, which
+) Module04:Decimals andPercents Course Pas (FyMegas Seve eee er eee 4
include our suggested learning objectives for four different courses: basic mathematics, prealgebra, introductory algebra, and intermediate algebra. These
ie fn ryeRR SR aa at,pet aa ia) “+ Nesue07GenelFrege Equto,. Sens
pre-built courses offer all the same features as the full course, but they offer an intuitive, easy-to-use starting point from which you can build the course you
5Made: ES “nearpda ee nea. Talo lien caercaaenore scien: f Mote eee
need.
“+ + Module10: Polynomials ae
The Students’ Learning Path Students will follow a learning path designed to guide them through assessment and learning activities that can be adjusted by you to fit the needs of your course. Each module begins with Learning Assignments correlated to each learning objective, through which students can review the lesson material, watch videos, and practice solving exercises in preparation for their homework or class. After completing each Learning Assignment for a section, students can begin their Homework. At the end of the module, students can take a Module Quiz to assess their readiness for a test.
My Assignments Current Assignments (16) Name
Due
LRN 1.1A — Identify the order relation be... LRN 1.1B —Write whole numbers in words,
Nov 8 2014 12:01 PM PST .
Nov 8 2014 12:02 PM PST
LRN 1.1C — Round a whole number to a give...
Nov 8 2014 12:03 PM PST
LRN 1.1D - Solve application problems and..
Nov 8 2014 12:04 PM PST
HIMK 1.1 - Introduction to Whole Numbers
Nov 8 2014 12:05 PM PST
LRN 1.2A - Add whole numbers LRN 1,26 - Subtract whole numbers
Nov 8 2014 12:06 PM PST Nov 8 2014 12:07 PM PST
LRN 1.2C - Solve application problems
Nov 8 2014 12:08 PM PST
HIMK 1.2 - Addition and Subtraction of Whole Num,
Nov 8 2014 12:09 PM PST
LRN 1.3A - Multiply whole numbers
LRN 1.3B - Divide whole numbers
Nov 8 2014 12:10 PM PST Nov 8 2014 12:11 PM PST
LRN 1.3C - Solve application problems
Nov 8 2014 12:12 PM PST
HMK 1,3 - Multiplication and Division of Whole ...
Noy 8 2014 12:13 PM PST
LRN 1.4A - Simplify expressions containing expo...
LRN 1.4B - Use the Order of Operations Agreemen...
Nov 8 2014 12:14 PM PST Nov 8 2014 12:15 PM PST
HMK 1.4 - Exponents and the Order of Operations...
Noy 8 2014 12:16 PM PST
CoursePack
XX
Tools for Learning
Tools for Learning Students will find many opportunities to practice with the support of videos and a fully customizable eBook integrated within the course.
“Read It” in the YouBook Each WebAssign question is accompanied by a “Read It” button that students can click on to access the Cengage YouBook (an interactive eBook). Here, they can access Aufmann and Lockwood’s written instruction, including examples for each learning objective. Each “Read It” button takes the student directly to the material that covers the learning objective he or she needs to learn.
What’s the YouBook?
= Wielela
i)
}
[7) GDA
é
3 1
The Least Common Multiple
=
and Greatest Common Factor
Objective 3.14
Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers Natural number factors of a number divide that number evenly (there is 90 remainder),
Greatest Common Factor
3.1A_ Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers 3.1B
Find the least common multiple (LCM)
9 2Q@
SECTION
3.1 The Least Common Multiple and
* embedded links to lecture videos ¢ a library of recommended YouTube video links ¢ highlighting and note-taking tools ¢ a discussion board.
AUFMANN & LOCKWOOD
NIS
WMD
Once students have launched the YouBook via the “Read It” button, they are able to navigate the reading material for the entire modular course. In addition to the carefully crafted narrative, the YouBook contains the following features:
, and (are natural number factors of 6 because they divide 6 evenly Note that both the divisor and the quotient are factors of the
dividend.
Tir | }
Yo
236
Jo
0%6
3.1€ Find the greatest common factor | | (GCF) |
» 32 Introduction toFractions
|
The following rules wre helpful in finding the factors of a number.
» 33 Writing Equivalent Fractions »
34
Multiplication and Division of Fractions
»
35
Addition and Subtractionof
|
436 ends in 6,
Therefore, 2 is « factor of 436. (436 + 2 = 218)
Fractions
Integrated Video Instruction Video instruction, by far the most popular way that students choose to learn and study, is integrated throughout the learning path in the form of “Watch It” videos and Video Example Questions. ‘“‘Watch It” videos accompany each problem to help students who may need additional instruction at that stage of the learning 5 Trelagite UieerBream | |< Ovemtion Dette Geach the cuceber en tha cumber bine 1. = Quenton Dette process. Video Example "Watch the video below then answer the ovastion (lek ond dragech pri a te arpraqvens peekicn Sorespotswiht be owned Questions ask students Rounding Whole Numbars totheNearest Ten to watch a video and then é answer a question about St the video. Videos are also A Wao integrated in a “just-iney Re time” manner into the YouBook “Read Its.”
er
ee
Neod Hein? iia
Personal Study Plan (PSP)
© 3: Fractions
‘tater Quiz
This flexible tool helps students identify which topics they have mastered and which require further study on their part. Comprised of quizzes that assess learning gaps, the PSP suggests learning tools that students can use to remediate the topics they have not yet mastered. Visual indicators enable students to easily view their performance in relation to a pre-determined mastery level.
3.1A: Factor numbers and find the cums factorizction of numbers
Practice Quiz az
3.18: Find the least common poe (LCM)
PracticeQuizes
H utorial
_ =]
eR
Tutorial
3.2A; Write a fraction that represents part ofaa whole
Proctes Ot TE Tutors Proce our TT = a~ | Tutorial
3.2B: Write an improperfraction as a mixed number or a whole number...
ocd Quizi: Dee
3.3A: Write a fraction |in caries oan
Practice Quiz|
3.1: Find the cieses: common factor (GCF)
3.3B: Find aaehaant panne paclione by fone to> higherte terms 3.3C; Identify the order r relation between two fractions
Practice Quizel ; Practice Quiz ae
34h: Multiply fractions.
ores Quiz
3.4B: Divide fractions
" Prectice Quizce
3.4C: Solve application problems and hie Rintne
| Tutorial
meet:
; Practice Quiz a
a ~| Tutoriat
i
ae = = Tutorial
TY) Serer = |
tutoriat
~] Tutoriat
Tools for Teaching
Tools for Teaching YouBook Features for Instructors The YouBook features a text-edit tool that allows you—the instructor—to modify the narrative as you see fit. With YouBook, you can quickly rearrange modules and sections or hide any content you don’t teach to create an eBook that perfectly matches your syllabus. You can further customize the eBook by adding links to your lecture notes, syllabi, video lectures, or files on a personal website. With this level of customization, the YouBook becomes a perfect class planning tool in addition to a learning tool.
S| MATHEMATICS GDED "fi Table ofContents
Assigned Readings
—— aurMann &LocKwoop a==n~ ee, =DaA 9 2e 9
3 1
The Least Common
.
==
B®
Multiple
}
and Greatest Common Factor |
Cover
Objective 3.14
» 1 Whole Numbers
Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers
| {ff
» 2 Integers
Natural number factors of « number divide that number evenly (there is no remainder).
«and » are natural number factors of 6 because (hey divide 6 evenly.
3.1 Greatest The Least Common Factor Multiple and Commo
Noto that both the divisor and the quotient are factors of the dividend
3A erep acres aleeseat si
4 %
fa 26
AAS o)6
16
To findthefactors ofanumber, try dividing the numberby 1,2.3,4.5,....Those numbers
;
3.1B poche least common multiple
SRR
Continue this process until the +
}|
factors start to repeat, The following rules are helpful in
| ||
® 3.2 Introduction to Fractions
-
|
that divide the number evenly arc its factors.
4ee-Fopredtbe
3.1C Find the greatest common factor (GCF)
DY)
|
436 ends in 6, | finding the factors of a
| |
Therefore, 2 is
|
(436 +2=2
» 3.3 Writing Equivalent Fractions
|| | |
» 34 Multiplication and Divisionof
The sum of the digitsof489 is 4 +8 +9 = 21
» 3.5
Therefore, 3 is a factor of 489. {489 + 3 = 163)
Fractions
4
21 is divisible by 3.
Addition and Subtractionof Fractions
Resources for Teaching and Learning Within the Enhanced WebAssign course, the Resource Tab includes the Guided Workbook, lecture videos, a link to Paul Nolting’s Math Study Skills website, and additional instructor resources.
Cengage Learning Testing by Cognero Cengage Learning Testing, powered by Cognero, is a flexible online system that allows you to author, edit, and manage title-specific test bank content, create multiple test versions in an instant, and deliver tests from your LMS, your classroom, or wherever you want. This system is available online via the Instructor Companion site at login.cengage.com. 2% **
CENGAGE
*
Learning*
.
Question Sets
Test Generator
©
| Options ¥ || Section 1.02: Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers
= @ Aufmann - Journey from Basic Mathematics Thro “|
|eile u
2 G@Module1:Whole Numbers
Edit” Set
#120
i+ G Section 1.01; An Introduction to Whole Nur
Question
ey
O0\2%/88
te
4%)
DingiingmeeS el
;
ad Ch
nit, |
nea
Le COLD
Pd
eo L. @ Find the sum of 1 + (-29).
- @ Find the sum - @ Add. I- @ Add: ~ 19 + 19.
|
3
i
|
baer
bk @ Add
a)
‘|
@ Add.
i|
b. 39
;
cee
L- @ Add: (-9 +7) +(-6 +9)
a.-38
a
:
By) |
| @ Whatis the additive inverse of 167.
ds
¢. None of these
eee: UNSIZTEN. -10-(-11)=
- @ What number must be added to 21 to ol
j
i
i~ | + \| L
@ Which of the following numbers is the a: @A programmer's lunchtime workout inch, @ The first several steps of a chemistry lal @ Ona financial balance sheet, debts (nec
| — @ Apply the associative property of additic || |. @ The identity element for addition is the r
8
2. Find thesum
=
ANSWER, 3, Add, —7+(-7) ANSWER:
-21
-14
ol A
oe
Ene vane
ae
oll SR
MR
PA
xxii
Options to Suit Your Course Needs
Options to Suit Your Course Needs Along with your standalone, custom-built WebAssign course, you have the option of a print solution for you and your students.
Custom
Print Modules
All the material found in the YouBook (the interactive eBook) can be custom-printed. Contact your Learning Consultant to find out how you can choose the modules that fit your syllabus—the same ones you choose for your Enhanced WebAssign course—to create a custom-printed text.
Guided Workbook to Support Students Through the Learning Path The Guided Workbook is available automatically with digital access and can be found in the Resource Tab. Like the YouBook, this is also available for custom printing. Based on the Aufmann Interactive Method (AIM), this workbook encourages active participation as students work through the learning path. Working with your Learning Consultant, you can create a customized workbook that contains only the modules you need to accompany your Enhanced WebAssign course.
Aufmann Interactive Method (AIM) Available in the YouBook, Module A, titled “AIM for Success,” outlines the study skills used by students who have been successful in developmental mathematics courses. By making Module A the first module of the program, we have set the stage for a successful beginning to the student’s journey. A short quiz assessing comprehension of the module is offered in Enhanced WebAssign.
A
AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course
Get Ready
Motivate Yourself Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math
Strategies for Success Time Management
Paul Nolting’s Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e and Course Pack
The Nolting Math Study Skills, 5e, Course Pack is included within the Enhanced WebAssign course. The Nolting study skills strategy helps students identify their strengths, weaknesses, and personal learning styles. Then, it presents an easy-to-follow system to help them become more successful at learning mathematics. Sold separately, the Nolting Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e is key to getting the most out of the Course Pack. This best-selling math study skills workbook offers proven study tips, test-taking strategies, and recommendations for reducing math anxiety and improving grades.
_
MATH STUDY SKILLS
|
WORKBOOK Y S mc)
g
oe
e
4
.3E . PAUL D. NOLTING
cal a
Acknowledgments
XxXili
Acknowledgments The authors thank the following mathematics educators for their insightful contributions to the development of Mathematics: Journey from Basic Mathematics through Intermediate Algebra. Wendy Ahrendsen, South Dakota State University Hamid Attarzadeh, Jefferson Community and Technical College Scott Barnett, Henry Ford Community College Michelle Beard, Ventura College Nicoleta Bila, Fayetteville State University Shane Brewer, Utah State University—College of Eastern Utah—Blanding Campus Michael Carr, Mott Community College Edie Carter, Amarillo College Linh Changaris, Jefferson Community and Technical College Fredrick Chapple, Baltimore City Community College Edward Ennels, Baltimore City Community College Ines Figueiras, Essex Community College Maggie Flint, Northeast State Community College Dot French, Community College of Philadelphia Asha Hill, Georgia Highlands College Steven Jackson, Jvy Tech Community College Kimberly Johnson, Mesa Community College Maryann Justinger, Erie Community College David Keller, Kirkwood Community College Alex Kolesnik, Ventura College Julianne Labbiento, Lehigh Carbon Community College Edith Lester, Volunteer State Community College Barbara Manley, Jackson State Community College Lola Marie McClendon, Pasadena City College Kim Minsu, Gainesville State College Carla Monticelli, Camden Community College Katie Motlow, Calhoun Community College Javad Moulai, Roxbury Community College Eli Nettles, Nashville State Community College Sandra Nieto, Santa Rosa Junior College Jon Odell, Richland Community College Priti Patel, Tarrant County College Betty Peterson, Mercer County Community College Edward Pierce, Ivy Tech Community College Matthew Pitassi, Rio Hondo College Michael Potter, University of Virginia’s College at Wise Harriette Roadman, New River Community College Elizabeth Rourke, College of Southern Maryland Christopher Sabino, Harold Washington College Daria Santerre, Norwalk Community College Barbara Savage, Roxbury Community College So Shing, University of Central Missouri Pam Stogsdill, Bossier Parish Community College M. Terry Simon, University of Toledo Chairsty Stewart, Montana State University—Billings Sean Stewart, Owens Community College Abolhassan Taghavy, Richard J. Daley College René Thompson, Vance-Granville Community College Mary Ann Teel, University of North Texas Rose Toering, Kilian Community College
Xxiv
Acknowledgments
Diane Veneziale, Burlington County College Lynette Wedig, New Mexico State University-Alamogordo Yoshi Yamoto, Pasadena City College Tzu-Yi Yang, Columbus State Community College Kim Yon, Passaic County Community College Jeffrey Zilahy, Montgomery County Community College Cathleen Zucco-Teveloff, Rider University
AIM for Success: How to Succeed in This Course Get Ready
Motivate Yourself Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math
Strategies for Success Time Management
Habits of Successful Students Use the Interactive Method Use a Strategy to Solve Word Problems
Ace the Test Ready, Set, Succeed!
2
Module A e AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
Get Ready We are committed to your success in learning mathematics and have developed many tools and resources to support you along the way.
DO YOU WANT TO EXCEL IN THIS COURSE? Read on to learn about the skills you’ll need and how best to use this text to get the results you want. We have written this text in an interactive style. More about this later but, in short, this means that you are supposed to interact with the text. Do not just read the text! Work along with it. Ready? Let’s begin!
WHY ARE YOU TAKING THIS COURSE? Did you interact with the text, or did you just read the last question? Get some paper and a pencil or pen and answer the question. Really—you will have more success in math and other courses you take if you actively participate. Now, interact. On your sheet of paper, write down one reason you are taking this course. Of course, we have no idea what you just wrote, but experience has shown us that many of you wrote something along the lines of “I have to take it to graduate” or “It is a prerequisite to another course I have to take” or “It is required for my major.” Those reasons are perfectly fine. Every teacher has had to take courses that were not directly related to his or her major.
WHY DO YOU WANT TO SUCCEED IN THIS COURSE? Think about why you want to succeed in this course. List the reasons (not in your head. . . on the sheet of paper’). One reason you may have listed is that math skills are important in order to be successful in your chosen career. That is certainly an important reason. Here are some other reasons.
e Math is a skill that applies across careers, which is certainly a benefit in our world of changing job requirements. A good foundation in math may enable you to more easily make a career change. ¢ Math can help you learn critical thinking skills, an attribute all employers want. e Math can help you see relationships between ideas and identify patterns. Take Note > Motivation alone won’t lead to success. For example, suppose a person who cannot swim is rowed out to the middle of a lake and thrown overboard. That person has a lot of motivation to swim, but most likely will drown without some help. You’ll need motivation and learning in order to succeed.
Motivate Yourself You'll find many real-life problems in this text, relating to sports, money, cars, music, and
more. We hope that these topics will help you understand how mathematics is used in eyeryday life. To learn all of the necessary skills and to understand how you can apply them to your life outside of this course, motivate yourself to learn. One of the reasons we asked you why you are taking this course was to provide motivation for you to succeed. When there is a reason to do something, that task is easier to accom-
plish. We understand that you may not want to be taking this course but, to achieve your career goal, this is a necessary step. Let your career goal be your motivation for success.
MAKE THE COMMITMENT TO SUCCEED! With practice, you will improve your math skills. Skeptical? Think about when you first learned to drive a car, ride a skateboard, dance, paint, surf, or any other talent that you now
have. You may have felt self-conscious or concerned that you might fail. But with time and practice, you learned the skill.
Write down a situation in which you accomplished your goal by spending time practicing and perfecting your skills (such as learning to play the piano or to play basketball).
Module A ¢ AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
3
You do not get “good” at something by doing it once a week. Practice is the backbone of any successful endeavor—including math!
Develop a “Can Do” Attitude Toward Math You can do math! When you first learned the skills you just listed, you may not have done them well. With practice, you got better. With practice, you will get better at math. Stay focused, motivated, and committed to success.
We cannot emphasize enough how important it is to overcome the “I Can’t Do Math” syndrome. If you listen to interviews of very successful athletes after a particularly bad performance, you will note that they focus on the positive aspects of what they did, not the negative. Sports psychologists encourage athletes always to be positive—to have a “can do” attitude. Develop this attitude toward math and you will succeed. Change your conversation about mathematics. Do not say “I can’t do math,” “I hate math,” or “Math is too hard.” These comments just give you an excuse to fail. You don’t want to fail, and we don’t want you to fail. Write it down now: | can do math!
Strategies for Success PREPARE TO SUCCEED There are a number of things that may be worrisome to you as you begin a new semester. List some of those things now. Here are some of the concerns that have been expressed by our students.
¢ Tuition Will I be able to afford school?
° Job I must work. Will my employer give me a schedule that will allow me to go to school? e Anxiety Will I succeed?
¢ Child care What will I do with my kids while I’m in class or when I need to study? ¢ Time Will I be able to find the time to attend class and study? Degree goals How long will it take me to finish school and earn my degree?
These are all important and valid concerns. Whatever your concerns, acknowledge them. Choose an education path that allows you to accommodate your concerns. Make sure they don’t prevent you from succeeding.
SELECT A COURSE Many schools offer math assessment tests. These tests evaluate your present math skills. They don’t evaluate how smart you are, so don’t worry about your score on the test. If you are unsure about where you should start in the math curriculum, these tests can show you where to begin. You are better off starting at a level that is appropriate for you than starting with a more advanced class and then dropping it because you can’t keep up. Dropping a class is a waste of time and money.
If you have difficulty with math, avoid short courses that compress the class into a few weeks. If you have struggled with math in the past, this environment does not give you the time to process math concepts. Similarly, avoid classes that meet once a week. The time delay between classes makes it difficult to make connections between concepts.
4
Module A « AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
Some career goals require a number of math courses. If that is true of your major, try to take a math course every semester until you complete the requirements. Think about it this way. If you take, say, French I, and then wait two semesters before taking French II, you may forget a lot of material. Math is much the same. You must keep the concepts fresh in your mind.
Time Management One of the most important requirements in completing any task is to acknowledge the amount of time it will take to finish the job successfully. Before a construction company starts to build a skyscraper, the company spends months looking at how much time each of the phases of construction will take. This is done so that resources can be allocated when appropriate. For instance, it would not make sense to schedule the electricians to run wiring until the walls are up.
MANAGE YOUR TIME! We know how busy you are outside of school. Do you have a full-time or part-time job? Do you have children? Do you visit your family often? Do you play school sports or participate in the school orchestra or theater company? It can be stressful to balance all of the important activities and responsibilities in your life. Creating a time management plan will help you schedule enough time to do everything you need to do. Let’s get started. First, you need a calendar. You can use a daily planner, a calendar for a smartphone, or an online calendar, such as the ones offered by Google, MSN, or Yahoo. It is best to have a calendar
on which you can fill in daily activities and be able to see a weekly or monthly view as well. Start filling in your calendar now, even if it means calendar. Some of the things you might include are: ¢ The hours each class meets
° Time to eat
e Time for driving to and from work or
e Your work schedule
school Take Note > Be realistic about how much time you have. One gauge is that working 10 hours per week is approximately equivalent to taking one three-unit course. If your college considers 15 units a full load and you are working 10 hours per week, you should consider taking 12 units. The more you work, the fewer units you should take.
stopping right here and finding a
e Leisure time, an important aspect of a
healthy lifestyle e Time for study. Plan at least one hour of study for each hour in class. oe Ee This is a minimum!
* Time for extracurricular activities such as sports, music lessons, or volunteer work
¢ Time for family and friends * Time for sleep ; es ¢ Time for exercise
We really hope you did this. If not, please reconsider. One of the best pathways to success is understanding how much time it takes to succeed. When you finish your calendar, if it does not allow you enough time to stay physically and emotionally healthy, rethink some of your school or work activities. We don’t want you to lose your job because you have to study math. On the other hand, we don’t want you to fail in math because of your job. If math is particularly difficult for you, consider taking fewer course units during the semesters you take math. This applies equally to any other subject that you may find difficult. There is no rule that you must finish college in four years. It is a myth—discard it now. Now extend your calendar for the entire semester. Many of the entries will repeat, such as the time a class meets. In your extended calendar, include significant events that may disrupt your normal routine. These might include holidays, family outings, birthdays, anniversaries, or special events such as a concert or a football game. In addition to these events, be sure to include the dates of tests, the date of the final exam, and dates that projects or
papers are due. These are all important semester events. Having them on your calendar will remind you that you need to make time for them.
Module A ¢ AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
5
CLASS TIME To be successful, attend class. You should consider your commitment to attend class as serious as your commitment to your job or to keeping an appointment with a close friend. It is difficult to overstate the importance of attending class. If you miss work, you don’t get paid. If you miss class, you are not getting the full benefit of your tuition dollar. You are losing money. If, by some unavoidable situation, you cannot attend class, find out as soon as possible what
was covered in class. You might: ° Ask a friend for notes and the assignment.
¢ Contact your instructor and get the assignment. Missing class is no excuse for not being prepared for the next class. ¢ Determine whether there are online resources that you can use to help you with the topics and concepts that were discussed in the class you missed.
Going to class is important. Once you are there, participate in class. Stay involved and active. When your instructor asks a question, try to at least mentally answer the question. If you have a question, ask. Your instructor expects questions and wants you to understand the concept being discussed.
HOMEWORK TIME In addition to attending class, you must do homework. Homework is the best way to reinforce the ideas presented in class. You should plan on at least one to two hours of homework and study for each hour you are in class. We’ve had many students tell us that one to two hours seems like a lot of time. That may be true, but if you want to attain your goals, you must be willing to devote the time to being successful in this math course.
You should schedule study time just as if it were class time. To do this, write down where and when you study best. For instance, do you study best at home, in the library, at the math center, under a tree, or somewhere else? Some psychologists who research successful study strategies suggest that just by varying where you study, you can increase the effectiveness of a study session. While you are considering where you prefer to study, also think about the time of day during which your study period will be most productive. Write down your thoughts. Look at what you have written, and be sure that you can consistently be in your favorite study environment at the time you have selected. Studying and homework are extremely important. Just as you should not miss class, do not miss study time. Before we leave this important topic, we have a few suggestions. If at all possible, create a study hour right after class. The material will be fresh in your mind, and the immediate review, along with your homework, will help reinforce the concepts you are learning. If you can’t study right after class, make sure that you set aside some time on the day of the class to review notes and begin the homework. The longer you wait, the more difficult it will be to recall some of the important points covered during class. Study math in small chunks—one hour a day (perhaps not enough for most of us), every day, is better than seven hours in one sit-
ting. If you are studying for an extended period of time, break up your study session by studying one subject for a while and then moving on to another subject. Try to alternate between similar or related courses. For instance, study math for a while, then science, and then back to
math. Or study history for a while, then political science, and then back to history.
Meet some of the people in your class and try to put together a study group. The group could meet two or three times a week. During those meetings, you could quiz each other, prepare for a test, try to explain a concept to someone else in the group, or get help on a topic that is difficult for you.
After reading these suggestions, you may want to rethink where and when you study best. If so, do that now. Remember, however, that it is your individual style that is important.
Choose what works for you, and stick to it.
6
Module A « AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
Habits of Successful Students There are a number of habits that successful students use. Think about what these might be, and write them down.
What you have written is very important. The habits you have listed are probably the things you know you must do to succeed. Here is a list of some responses from successful students we have known. ¢ Set priorities. You will encounter many distractions during the semester. Do not allow them to prevent you from reaching your goal. Take responsibility. Your instructor, this text, tutors, math centers, and other resources are there to help you succeed. Ultimately, however, you must choose to learn. You must choose success. Hang out with successful students. Success breeds success. When you work and study with successful students, you are in an environment that will help you succeed. Seek out people who are committed to their goals. e Study regularly. We have mentioned this before, but it is too important not to be repeated. Self test. Once every few days, select homework exercises from previous assignments and use them to test your understanding. Try to do these exercises without getting help from examples in the text. These self tests will help you gain confidence that you can do these types of problems on a test given in class. Try different strategies. If you read the text and are still having difficulty understanding a concept, consider going a step further. Contact the instructor or find a tutor. Many campuses have some free tutorial services. Go to the math or learning center. Consult another text. Be active and get the help you need. Make flash cards. This is one of the strategies that some math students do not think to try. Flash cards are a very important part of learning math. For instance, your instructor may use words or phrases such as linear, quadratic, exponent, base, rational, and many others. If you don’t know the meanings of these words, you will not know what is being discussed. In this text, you will see important concepts and rules set off in boxes. Here is one about multiplication. These rules are good candidates for flash cards.
Flash Card
Rule for Multiplying Exponential Expressions
RwWe for Multiplying Exponential E xpressiony If wand wave integers,
If m and n are integers, then x”"- x” = x m+n EXAMPLES
Examples:
In each example below, we are multiplying two exponential expressions with the same base. Simplify the expression by adding the exponents.
VBS VES SYR a Ye
heey
Ve DSTA"
2. y-y=y
then ur
a2-
ae.
v=
w=
nen,
ar
= q9
2 3, 2a
yee5s ba
aH
1
Si
ye
2+6+ a,
—
9
¢ Plod along. Your education is not a race. The primary goal is to finish. Taking too many classes and then dropping some does not get you to the end any faster. Take only as many classes as you can successfully manage.
Use the Interactive Method We want you to be actively involved in learning mathematics, and we have given you many suggestions for getting “hands-on” with this text.
Module A ¢ AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
7
Basic examples introduce a concept (in this case, solving a percent equation) and include a step-by-step solution of the type of exercise you will find in the homework problems. 60% of what number is 300? Percent
. base
—
amount
*
Use
0.60 -n
=
300
*
Percent
0.60n 0.60
=
300
——
the basic
percent
60%
equation
0.60,
base
* Solve for n by dividing each
= n, amount
300
side of the equation by 0.60
0.60 n = 500
60%
of 500 is 300.
Focus on/Check your understanding pairs help you get the practice you need to succeed.
_ Focus on solving the basic percent equation | a. Find 9.4% of 240. SOLUTION
| a. Use the basic percent equation.
Percent = 9.4% = 0.094, base = 240, amount = n Percent - base = amount
0.094 - 240 =n 22.56 =n 94%
of 240 is 22.56
| Check your understanding 1
a. Find 663% of 45. _ SOLUTION
See pages S-2-S-3.
You'll see that each Focus on is fully worked out. Study the Focus on example by carefully working through each step. Then, try to complete the Check your understanding. Use the solution to the Focus on as a model for solving the Check your understanding. If you get stuck, solutions to the Check your understandings are provided in an appendix. There is a page number directly following the Check your understanding exercises that shows you where you can find the completely-worked-out solution. Use the solution to get a hint for the step on which you are stuck. Then, try again! When you’ve arrived at your answer, check your work against the solution in the appendix. The solution to Check your understanding | above is given below.
Check your understanding 1 a. STRATEGY To find the amount, use the basic percent equation. Percent = 665% = 5 base = 45, amount = n SOLUTION
Percent : base = amount
=(45) =n
2 =(45)5—
30 =n
30 is 665% of 45.
8
Module A e AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
Use a Strategy to Solve Word Problems One of the reasons you are studying math is to learn to solve word problems. Solving word problems involves combining all of the critical thinking skills you have learned to solve practical problems. Try not to be intimidated by word problems. Basically, what you need is a strategy that will help you come up with the equation you will need to solve the problem. When you are looking at a word problem, try the following: Read the problem. This may seem pretty obvious, but we mean really read it. Don’t just scan it. Read the problem slowly and carefully. Write down what is known and what is unknown. Now that you have read the problem, go back and write down everything that is known. Next, write down what it is you are trying to find. Write this—don’t just think it! Be as specific as you can. For instance, if you are asked to find a distance, don’t just write “I need to find the distance.” Be specific and write “I need to find the distance between Earth and the moon.”
Think of a method to find the unknown. For instance, is there a formula that relates the known and unknown quantities? This is certainly the most difficult step. Eventually, you must write an equation to be solved. Solve the equation. Be careful as you solve the equation. There is no sense in getting to this point and then making a careless mistake. The unknown in most word problems will include a unit such as feet, dollars, or miles per hour. When you write your answer, include the unit. An answer such as 20 doesn’t mean much. Is it 20 feet, 20 dollars, 20 miles per hour, or something else?
Check your solution. Now that you have an answer, go back to the problem and ask yourself whether it makes sense. This is an important step. For instance, if, according to your answer, the cost of a car is $2.51, you know that something went wrong. In this text, the solution to every word problem is broken down into two steps, Strategy and Solution. The Strategy consists of the first three steps discussed above. The Solution is the last two steps.
| Focus on solving a percent concentration application To make a certain color of blue, 4 0z of cyan must be contained in | gal of paint. What is the percent concentration of cyan in the paint? STRATEGY
The amount of cyan is given in ounces and the amount of paint is given in gallons. We must convert ounces to gallons or gallons to ounces. For this problem, we will convert gallons to ounces: | gal = 128 oz. Solve Q = Ar for r, with Q = 4and A = 128. SOLUTION ‘@) =
Ar
4 = 128r
4
¢ Use the percent mixture equation
°-Q = 4,A
=
128
128r
128s iad28 0.03125 = 7
The percent concentration of cyan is 3.125%.
Check your understanding 5 The concentration of sugar in a certain breakfast cereal is 25%. If there are 2 oz of sugar contained in a bowl of cereal, how many ounces of cereal are in the bowl? | SOLUTION
See page S-4.
Module A ¢ AIM for Success:
How to Succeed in This Course
9
When you have finished studying a section, do the exercises your instructor has selected. Math is not a spectator sport. You must practice every day. Do the homework and do not get behind.
Ace the Test There are a number of features in this text that will help you prepare for a test. These features will help you even more if you do just one simple thing: When you are doing your homework, go back to each previous homework assignment for the current module and rework two exercises. That’s right—just two exercises. You will be surprised at how much better prepared you will be for a test by doing this.
Ready, Set, Succeed! It takes hard work and commitment to succeed, but we know you can do it! Doing well in mathematics is just one step you'll take on your path to success. Good luck. We wish you success.
oe oo
os a" 7
-
: eal
jen) oe
patil Qin ih
= ine
Hp tiv
nog WW
one
foie?
ne nes Wie of Hin
seed
anid! fy edi wane
al? Sal
OD alee oi
Whole Numbers
SECTION 1.1
Introduction to Whole Numbers
Objective 1.1A
Identify the order relation between two numbers
Objective 1.1B
Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form
Objective 1.1C
Round a whole number to a given place value
Objective 1.1D
Solve application problems and use statistical graphs
SECTION 1.2
Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers
Objective 1.2A
Add whole numbers
Objective 1.2B
Subtract whole numbers
Objective 1.2C
Solve application problems
SECTION
1.3
Objective 1.3A
Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers Multiply whole numbers
Objective 1.3B
Divide whole numbers
Objective 1.3C
Solve application problems
SECTION 1.4
Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement
Objective 1.4A
Simplify expressions that contain exponents
Objective 1.4B
Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions
2
Module 1 * Whole Numbers
SECTION
11
Introduction to Whole Numbers
Objective 1.1A
Identify the order relation between two numbers The natural numbers are |, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, The whole numbers are (), |. 2. 3. 4, 5, 6, 7. 8. 9, 10, 11, .... Note that the whole numbers include the natural numbers and zero.
Just as distances are associated with markings on the edge of a ruler, the whole numbers can be associated with points on a line. This line is called the number line and is shown below.
es 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Wl
8
9
10
11
12
il}
14
The graph of a whole number is shown by placing a heavy dot on the number line directly above the number. Shown below is the graph of 6 on the number line.
| Focus on graphing a number on a number line _ Graph 4 on the number line.
| SOLUTION F-t+—tt-$ |
1
B45
ttt (5) 16. feos
te
OO
ois 12
|Check your understanding 1 | Graph 9 on the number line.
| SOLUTION
See page:S20)
tt Cea
tester uae
race!
2
Ole
7
8.
SLO
het
On the number line, the numbers get larger as we move from left to right. The numbers get smaller as we move from right to left. Therefore, the number line can be used to visualize the order relation between two whole numbers.
_ Focus on finding a number on a number line |On the number line, what number is 3 units to the right of 4?
| SOLUTION
Lone: aia (OY til
st gh
dt
lal
5 6
oe
te
He EP AG) il
|7 is 3 units to the right of 4.
| Check your understanding 2 | On the number line, what number is 4 units to the left of 11? | SOLUTION ae
See page S-1.
FS +
op
et2 2 4
®
7
i
Sa) Ril we
Section 1.1 © Introduction to Whole Numbers
3
A number that appears to the right of a given number is greater than the given number. The symbol for is greater than is >.
te
8 is to the right of 3. ; 8 is greater than 3. ip ae]
0
2
28
AS
Go
PS
10 iM 11s
44
A number that appears to the left of a given number is less than the given number. The symbol for is less than is
5 is to the left of 12.
An inequality symbol, < or >, points to the smaller number. The symbol opens toward the larger
Raetess than 19. Se
number.
An inequality expresses the relative order of two mathematical expressions. 8 > 3 and 5 < |2 are inequalities.
aaaha
Oe
2
hla
pS AGS:
ta!
6:
tai
71280
Oe AO niga: teats, 14
| Focus on finding the order relation of two numbers | Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers.
Erm
Bho
es)
b.
0
54
\algesase 23
b.
O0
, between the two numbers.
a.
47
SOLUTION
19
bi
9265,
0
See page S-1.
a.
47
> 19
i
alo
(0)
tes
Focus on ordering a list of numbers Write the given numbers in order from smallest to largest.
16, 5, 47, 0, 83, 29 SOLUTION
055,16, 29,547,.83
Check your understanding 4 Write the given numbers in order from smallest to largest.
52, 17, 68, 0, 94, 3 SOLUTION
See page S-1.
0, 3, 17, 52, 68, 94
Objective 1.1A Practice 1. On a number line, what number is 3 units to the right of 2? 5 2. On a number line, what number is 7 units to the left of 7? 0 3. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers:
Die
194278 = 94
4. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers:
3827
6915
3827 < 6915
5. Arrange the numbers 440, 404, 400, 444, and 4000 in order from smallest to largest. 400, 404, 440, 444, 4000
Solutions on p. S-8.
4
Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers
Objective
1.1B
Write whole numbers in words, in standard form, and in expanded form When a whole number is written using the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, it is said to
be in standard form. The position of each digit in the number determines the digit’s place value. The diagram below shows a place-value chart naming the first twelve place values. The number 64,273 is in standard form and has been entered in the chart. In the number 64,273, the position of the digit 6 determines that its place value is ten-thousands.
When a number is written in standard form, each group of digits separated by a comma is called a period. The number 5.3!6,79.842 has four periods. The period names are shown in red in the place-value chart above. To write a number in words, start from the left. Name the number in each period. Then write the period name in place of the comma.
| Focus on writing a number in words
| Write 82,593,075 in words. | SOLUTION |
| |
s
~NY
ese
&
oas WO S
ar
| 82,593,075
*
| eighty-two million five hundred ninety-three
¢ Name the number in each period, replacing
thousand
|
There are three periods
each comma
seventy-five
by the period name
| Check your understanding 5
|Write 46,032,715 in words. | SOLUTION
See page S-1.
forty-six million thirty-two thousand seven hundred fifteen
To write a whole number in standard form, write the number named in each period, and
replace each period name with a comma.
|Focus on writing a number in standard form |
| Write six million fifty-one thousand eight hundred seventy-four in standard form.
|
| SOLUTION | six million fifty-one thousand eight hundred seventy-four
* Underline cach period name
| 6.051.874
e Write the number in each period, replacing each period name with a comma. Each period, except the first, must
contain three digits. Insert a zero as a placeholder for the hundred-thousands place
Section 1.1
¢ Introduction to Whole Numbers
Check your understanding 6 Write nine hundred twenty thousand eight in standard form.
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
920,008
The whole number 37,286 can be written in expanded form as 30,000
+ 7000
+ 200 + 80
+ 6
The place-value chart can be used to find the expanded form of a number.
di
2
ae
Thousands
+
7000
a
8
Hundreds
a
6
Tens
8
Ones
thousands
30,000
200
80
Write the number 510,409 in expanded form.
5
0)
Hundred-
4 | Thousands
thousands
500,000
4
0
| 4 | Hundreds
| 1
9
Tens
33
Ones
0
}
9
thousands
+
10,000
+
0
+
= 500,000
+
10,000
400 + 400
+ 9
Focus on writing a number in expanded form Write 32,598 in expanded form. SOLUTION
30,000 += 2000) =- 500) == 90) +8
Check your understanding 7 Write 76,245 in expanded form.
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
70,000 + 6000 + 200 + 40 + 5
6
Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers
Objective 1.1B Practice Write Write Write = 5BS Write
2801 in words. two thousand eight hundred one 356,943 in words. three hundred fifty-six thousand nine hundred forty-three three thousand four hundred fifty-six in standard form. 3456 seven million twenty-four thousand seven hundred nine in standard
form. 7,024,709 5. Write 403,705 in expanded form. 400,000 + 3000 + 700 + 5 Solutions on p. S-8.
Objective 1.1C
Round a whole number to a given place value When the distance to the sun is given as 93,000,000 mi, the number represents an approximation to the true distance. Giving an approximate value for an exact number is called rounding. A number is rounded to a given place value. 48 is closer to 50 than it is to 40. 48 rounded to the nearest ten is 50. 4872 rounded to the nearest ten is 5
4870.
4872 rounded to the nearest hundred is 4900.
——_+—__}+—_+— AO SS
eee
t
{
SoeCA
ga
SS
4870
4800
eat waS
Al.
50
Se
4872
UY
enO
4874
t 4820
=I 4840
4876
fee 4860
= 4878
4880
Sa 4880
4900
We can round a number to a given place value without using the number line by looking at the first digit to the right of the given place value. If the digit to the right of the given place value is less than 5, replace that digit and all digits to the right of it by zeros.
Round 12,743 to the nearest hundred.
i
7
Given place value
12,743
4
8 12 1H: 2
SSUES
ieee
Borrow | ten
Add the
subtract the
| Borrowing
from the tens
borrowed
1umbers in
_ is necessary.
column and
10 to 2
| 9tens =
write 10 in the
i 8 tens + | ten
ones column.
each column.
_ Focus on subtracting two numbers with borrowing
| Subtract 4392 — 678 and check. _SOLUTION
3
|
A
|| Check your understanding 4 | Subtract 3481 — 865 and check.
| SOLUTION
See page S-3.
2616
Subtraction may involve repeated borrowing.
| Subtract: 7325 — 4698 1
nme =4)
@
|
li
ama)
PRS
WY 8
SO
Oe
15
}
eS
Capa
90 58
7
oS,
-4 6 9 8
sy
a
en
j Borrow | ten _ (10 ones) from the - tens column and
Borrow | hundred (10 tens) from the hundreds column
Borrow 1 thousand (10 hundreds) from the thousands column
| add 10 to the 5 in
and add 10 to the |
and add 10 to the 2 in
_ the ones column. | Subtract 15 — 8.
in the tens column. Subtract 11 — 9.
the hundreds column. Subtract 12 — 6 and
j | The difference is 2627.
6 — 4.
_ Focus on subtracting two numbers with repeated borrowing | Find 23,954 less than 63,221 and check. |
SOLUTION
Bee =
2
ome reat
O
2B,
%
pe
2
3,9
5
&
BW Cle Det.
Check:
23,954 + 39,267
63,221
Section 1.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers
Check your understanding 5 Find 54,562 decreased by 14,485 and check.
"SOLUTION
See page S-3.
40,077
When there is a zero in the minuend, subtraction involves repeated borrowing.
|
Subtract: 3904 — 1775
j
8
Wren cred!
10
8
Bas
fA
Shea!
Bye
5
Hi
14
BO WB fis
es OE es
i
Bp
—1
Borrow | ten from the tens column and add 10 to the
_ from the hundreds
4 in the ones
' column and write 10
column.
WwW
Gi
14
owes Ean
|There is a 0 in the i tens column. Borrow | 1 hundred (10 tens)
8
Ne
age
nC)
Subtract the numbers in each column.
| in the tens column.
Focus on subtracting two numbers with repeated borrowing Subtract 46,005 — 32,167 and check. SOLUTION 5 =
46 39
5
10 oF OS (ena
* There are two zeros in the minuend Borrow | thousand from the thousands column and write 10 in the hundreds column
2
9
5 4 6 7 Sey)
16 Or ie
10 30-5 You)
* Borrow | hundred from the hundreds column and write 10 in the tens column.
a
5 =
9
9
6
1
15
QO -
5 9
Sh
ate!
4G fj 0 39) il
¢ Borrow
| ten from the tens column
and add 10 to the 5 in the ones column
y.
iE Si
stele
Gheck:=
3267,
+ 13,838 46,005
Check your understanding 6 Subtract 64,003 — 54,936 and check.
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
9067
19
20
Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers
Take Note >
All of the phrases listed below indicate subtraction. An example is shown to the right of each phrase.
Note the order in which the numbers are subtracted when the phrase less than is used. Suppose that you
have $10 and I have $6 less than you do; then I have $6 less than
$10, or $10 — $6 = $4.
minus
10 minus 3
less
8 less 4
8 —4
2 less than9
Sh
the difference between
the difference between 6 and 1
6 — 1 zi
decreased by
7 decreased by 5
LSS
subtract... from
subtract 11 from 20
less than
:
i) = 3
PAD ce 1
| Focus on evaluating a variable expression | Evaluate c — d for c = 6183 and d = 2759. SOLUTION
C= Ul 6183 — 2759
* Replace c with 6183 and d with 2759
511) 7713)
6X83
* Arrange the numbers vertically and then subtract
| =2759
3424
| Check your understanding 7 | Evaluate 4007 — x when x = 389. | SOLUTION |
=
See page S-3.
3618
Objective 1.2B Practice 1. Subtract: 3526 — 387
3139
2. Subtract: 70,702 — 4239
66,463
3. Find the difference between 1003 and 447. 4. What is 29,797 less than 68,005? 38.208
5. Evaluate x —
556
y when x = 1605 and y = 839. 766
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
Objective 1.2C
Solve application problems "iFocus on solving an application with a circle graph
|
The circle graph at the right shows the numbers of eggs produced in the United States in a recent year. The graph shows where the eggs that were produced went or how they were used. Use the graph to determine the sum of the number of cases of eggs sold by retail stores and the number of cases used for nonshell products.
Exported 2,000,000 Food Service Use 18,200,000
Non-shell Products 68,200,000 Retail Stores 125,500,000
Eggs Produced in the United States (in cases)
Section 1.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Whole Numbers
21
STRATEGY
To find the sum of the number of cases of eggs sold by retail stores and the number of cases used for non-shell products, read the circle graph to find the number of each type. Then add the numbers. SOLUTION
125,500,000 cases of eggs were sold by retail stores. 68,200,000 cases of eggs were used for non-shell products.
+
125,500,000 68,200,000 193,700,000
193,700,000 cases of eggs were sold by retail stores or used for non-shell products.
Check your understanding 8 Use the circle graph given on the previous page to determine the total number of cases of eggs produced during the given year.
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
213,900,000 cases of eggs
Apply the Concept The graph in Figure 2 shows the actual or projected world energy consumption in quadrillion British
>
thermal units (Btu) for selected years. Find the dif-
ference between the projected world energy con-
3
sumption in 2020 and in 2030.
er
SOLUTION
~
%
6oy
§
&
2
.
To find the difference, subtract the projected world energy consumption in 2020 from the projected world energy consumption in 2030.
695 — 608
Thermal British quadrillions) (in Units
87
2005
The difference is 87 quadrillion Btu.
2010
2015
2020
2025
2030
Figure 2 World Energy Consumption (in quadrillion Btu) Source: http://ecopolitology.org
Focus on using a bar graph Use Figure 2 to find the difference between the world energy consumption in 2005 and that projected for 2020. STRATEGY
To find the difference in consumption between 2005 and 2020, read the graph to find the consumption in 2005 (462 quadrillion) and in 2020 (608 quadrillion). Then subtract the consumption in 2005 from the consumption in 2020. SOLUTION
608 — 462 146 The difference is 146 quadrillion Btu.
22
Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers |
Check your understanding 9
| Use Figure 2 to find the difference between the world energy consumption projected for
|2015 and that projected for 2025. |
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
89 quadrillion Btu
Objective 1.2C Practice
1. You eat an apple and one cup of cornflakes with one tablespoon of sugar and one cup of milk for breakfast. Find the total number of calories consumed if one apple contains 80 calories, one cup of cornflakes has 95 calories, one tablespoon of sugar has 45 calories, and one cup of milk has 150 calories. 370 calories 2. The odometer on your car read 58,376 at this time last year. It now reads 77,912. Estimate the number of miles your car has been driven during the past year. 20,000 mi 3. The graph at the right S : 500,000 Ss©
shows the projected :
:
Z S
sales of electric cars in
iS)
2015
a
; the United States from to 2020.
Between
5
2
C | z
200,000
increase the most?
3
100,000
Between 2016 and 2017
ice
~t
~
Ss
»
wy
;
: '
:
;
5
¥
i '
co)
|
/ 2015
OI
ee
oe S -===
oh
SE A eg
x
300,000
which two years shown A : is the number of electric cars sold projected to
SEER
s
9
400,000
2016
2017
a i
i
2018
2019
2020
Projected U.S. Electric Car Sales Source: An Analysis of Battery Electric Vehicle Production Projections by John Shamus Cunningham
SECTION
Multiplication and Division ORE inade lbs eta of Whole Numbers Objective 1.3A
Multiply whole numbers Multiplication is used to find the total number of objects in several groups when each group contains the same number of objects.
Sebastian purchased 8 six-packs of soda for a party. The total number of cans of soda he purchased can be found by adding 6 eight times. Sebastian purchased 48 cans of soda.
6
x
8
48
Multiplicand
x
Multiplier
Product
Section 1.3 © Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers
23
The multiplicand is the number of objects in each group (6 cans in each six-pack); the multiplier is the number of groups (8 six-packs); the product is the total number of objects (48 cans). Frequently we will discuss the factors of a product. A factor is one of the numbers that are multiplied to obtain a product. 6 and 8 are factors of 48. The times sign “X” is only one symbol that is used to indicate multiplication. Each of the expressions that follow represents multiplication.
7X8
ea:
7(8)
(7)(8)
(7)8
The phrases below are used to indicate the operation of multiplication. An example is shown at the right of each phrase.
8 times 4
the product of
the product of 9 and 5
multiplied by
7 multiplied by 3 twice 6
Focus on finding the product of two numbers Find the product of 735 and 9. SOLUTION 34 735
°9x5=45 Write the 5 in the ones column.
re
Carry
the 4 to the tens column.
6615
9X
3=27,27+4
9X7=
63,63
+3
31 66
Check your understanding 1 Multiply: 648 < 7
SOLUTION
;i
i |i ia
See page S-4.
4536
Find the product of 47 and 23. Multiply by the ones digit.
Multiply by the tens digit.
47 nS
47 x23
141 (= 47 X 3)
EES ESP RR OEE
141
940 (= 47 X 20)
Add.
47 K 2B 141
940 1081
Writing the 0 keeps the columns aligned correctly.
The place-value chart on the right above illustrates the placement of the products.
24
Module 1 * Whole Numbers
| Focus on finding the product of larger numbers
Find 829 multiplied by 603. | SOLUTION
x
829
° 3 X 829 = 2487
603
* Write a zero in the tens
Pee
ee
column for 0 X 829
= 6X 829 = 4974
499,887
| Check your understanding 2
| Multiply: 756 x 305 | SOLUTION
See page S-4.
230,580
Apply the Concept Figure 1 shows the average weekly earnings of full-time workers in the United States. Using these figures, calculate the average earnings of a female full-time worker, age 27, for
working for 4 weeks. SOLUTION
asec stniaonend |7
Multiply the number of weeks (4) times the amount earned for one week ($649).
Weekly dollars) (in Earnings eeRce gnntemnnancaatebrannepte SCO
4(649) = 2596 The average earnings of a 27-yearold, female, full-time worker for working for 4 weeks are $2596.
[|
Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics
|SOLUTION
|510)
92° 7
x*y*zZ
* Replace each variable by its value.
|
=
100-7
¢ Multiply the first two numbers.
|
=
700
¢ Multiply the product by the next number.
| Check your understanding 3 Evaluate 5st for s =
SOLUTION
12 andt = 7.
See page S-4.
420
Years
Figure 1 Average Weekly Earnings of FullTime Workers
Evaluate xyz for x = 50, y = 2, and z = 7.
* xyz means
Tee.
Years
Years
Focus on evaluating a variable expression
|XYZ
Bae
Section 1.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers
Objective 1.3A Practice
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Multiply: 693 X 91 63,063 Multiply: 985-408 401,880 Find the product of 2, 19, and 34. 1292 What is 376 multiplied by 402? 151.152 Evaluate xyz when x = 5, y = 12, andz = 30.
1800
Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.
Objective 1.3B
Divide whole numbers Division is used to separate objects into equal groups.
Apply the Concept Four friends want to share equally in the cost of a $24 birthday present for their friend Bianca. From the diagram below, each friend’s share of the cost is $6. Cost of the present
$24
Ne
ha
)
=}
4
se
lh
Gina’s share
Jason's share
Michelle’s share
Isaiah’s share
$6
$6
$6
$6
The solution of this division problem is written as follows: Each friend’s share 6
4)24 Ss
of the present Dividend
Note that the quotient multiplied by the divisor equals the dividend. 6
4)24
6
“
4
because | Quotient
=
Divisor
24
Dividend
6
9)54
because
6
x
(Number in each box)
3) 14—————__ Dividend al: (Total number of muffins)
(Number of boxes)
2 —_ | 12
||
-12
0
02
|
=O) ?
Check: |
* Think 4)2. Place 0 in the quotient.
* Multiply0 x 4. « Subtract:
2 —
0 =
2.
(630 X 4) +2 = 252 022
| Check your understanding 6 | Divide 6)5225 and check.
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
870 15
When the divisor has more than one digit, estimate at each step by using the first digit of the divisor. If that product is too large, lower the guess by | and try again.
Section 1.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers
aa
Divide 34)1598 and check.
; 34) 1598
5 * Think 3)15
5
iy
i
4 34) 1598
— 136
* Multiply 5 x 34
| >) %£=170 fl f
* Multiply 4 x 34 ¢ Subtract 159 —
238
170 is too large. Lower the é guess by | and try again.
Bring down
136 = 23
the 8
|
47 y
29
Check:
34) 1598 136
a ence
* Think
238
¢ Multiply 7 x
—238
i
3)23
141
34
1598
¢ Subtract
0
The phrases below are used to indicate the operation of division. An example is shown at the right of each phrase.
the quotient of
the quotient of 9 and 3
divided by
6 divided by 2
Focus on dividing larger whole numbers Find 7077 divided by 34 and check. SOLUTION 208 r5
34) 7077 —68
ae27
_o
¢ Think 34)27. Place 0 in the quotient
etl) Dalal
¢ Multiply
0 X 34
¢ Subtract: 27 — 0 = 27. Bring down
Se
5 Check: (208 X 34) +5 = 7072) +5= 7077
Check your understanding 7 Divide 4578 + 42 and check. SOLUTION
See page S-5.
109
the 7
(cea
30
Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers
_ Focus on dividing larger whole numbers Find the quotient of 21,312 and 56, and check. SOLUTION
380 r32 | 56) Des,
4 * Think
—168
5)21.4 X 56 is too large
Try 3
451 —448 32
aw 32 | Check: |
(380 X 56) + 32 = 2A 280)9 vate 32 21312.
|Check your understanding 8 |
| Divide 18,359 + 39 and check.
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
470 129
|Focus on evaluating a variable expression |
| Evaluate
1
when x = 23.
| | SOLUTION
| 1081 |
x
1081 a
* Replace x by 23
23) 1081
+ Divide 1081 by 23
23
_ Check your understanding 9 | Evaluate w when x = 2173 and y = 53. Y
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
4!
Objective 1.3B Practice
> Divides 2763)-3.9 307) . Divide: 7408 + 37 20018 . What is the quotient of 8172 and 9? 908 . Evaluate x + y when x = 39,200 and y = 4. x + y when x = Oandy = 23. 0 WN nh = . Evaluate Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.
9800
Section 1.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Whole Numbers
Objective 1.3C
31
Solve application problems _ Focus on finding a monthly salary | A state park forester receives a salary of $1050 each week. How much does the forester earn in 4 weeks? | STRATEGY
| To find the forester’s earnings for 4 weeks, multiply the weekly salary (1050) by the | number of weeks (4).
| SOLUTION | xX
1050 4 4200
The forester earns $4200 in 4 weeks.
| Check your understanding 10 | An elephant will eat approximately 150 Ib of food each day. How many pounds of food | will an elephant eat in a 365-day year?
| SOLUTION
See pages S-5-S-6.
54,750 Ib
| Focus on finding a weekly salary with overtime | A pharmacist’s assistant earns $640 for working a 40-hour week. This week the assistant also worked 7 h of overtime at $26 an hour. Find the assistant’s total pay for the week. STRATEGY
To find the assistant’s total pay for the week: ¢ Find the overtime pay by multiplying the hours of overtime (7) by the overtime rate of
pay (26). ¢ Add the weekly salary (640) to the overtime pay.
| SOLUTION | X
26
640
i
ae ley
182
overtime pay
822
The assistant earned $822 this week.
Check your understanding 11 The buyer for Ross Department Store can buy 80 men’s suits for $7600. Each sports jacket will cost the store $62. The manager orders 80 men’s suits and 25 sports jackets. What is the total cost of the order? SOLUTION
See page S-6.
$9150
Focus on solving an application Ngan Hui, a freight supervisor, shipped 35,640 bushels of wheat in 9 railroad cars. Find the amount of wheat shipped in each car.
32
Module 1 * Whole Numbers STRATEGY To find the amount of wheat shipped in each car, divide the number of bushels (35,640) by the number of cars (9).
_ SOLUTION
3.960 9) 35,640
oer
86 —8] 54 mera. 0 Each car carried 3960 bushels of wheat.
Check your understanding 12 Suppose a Michelin retail outlet can store 270 tires on 15 shelves. How many tires can be stored on each shelf?
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
18 tires
_ Focus on finding a monthly payment The used car you are buying costs $11,216. A down payment of $2000 is required. The remaining balance is paid in 48 equal monthly payments. What is the monthly payment?
| STRATEGY _ To find the monthly payment: | ¢ Find the remaining balance by subtracting the down payment (2000) from the total cost ) of the-car (11,216): ¢ Divide the remaining balance by the number of equal monthly payments (48).
- SOLUTION |
11,216
|
9,216
192
| — 2,000
48) 9216 * Remaining balance
macs
| |
44] — 432
|
96
=O
|
0 The monthly payment is $192.
Check your understanding 13 A soft-drink manufacturer produces 12,600 cans of soft drink each hour. Cans are packed 24 to a case. How many cases of soft drink are produced in 8 h? SOLUTION
See pages S-6-S-7.
4200 cases
Section 1.4 ¢ Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement
33
Objective 1.3C Practice
1. A computer analyst doing consulting work received $8064 for working 168 h ona project. Find the hourly rate the consultant charged. $48/h Use the table at the right for Exercises 2 and 3. 2. The owner of this company wants to provide the electrical installation for a new house. On the basis of the architectural plans, it is estimated
Electrician
$34
Plumber
$30
that the installation will require Clerk $16 three electricians, each working 50 h, to complete the job. What is the Bookkeeper $20 estimated cost for the electricians’ labor? $5100 Hourly Wages at a Small Construction 3. The owner of this company esti-mates Company that a kitchen remodel will require one electrician working 30 h and one plumber working 33 h. This project also requires 3 h of clerical work and 4 h of bookkeeping. What is the total cost for these four components of the remodel? $2138 Solutions on p. S-13.
SECTION
1.4 Objective 1.4A
Exponential Notation and the Order | of Operations Agreement Simplify expressions that contain exponents Repeated multiplication of the same factor can be written in two ways:
4:4-4-4-4
or 4°*——exponent at
base
The expression 4° is in exponential form. The exponent, 5, indicates how many times the base, 4, occurs as a factor in the multiplication.
It is important to be able to read numbers written in exponential form.
2=2!'
Read “two to the first power’ or just “two.” Usually the 1 is not written.
2°2=2?
2°2-2=23 Dei Dis
Da) 2
DODO wD) = 2°
Read “two squared” or “two to the second power.”
Read “two cubed” or “two to the third power.” Read “two to the fourth power.” Read “two to the fifth power.”
34
Module 1 * Whole Numbers
Focus on writing an expression in exponential form Write 7: 7+ 7-4-4 in exponential form.
| SOLUTION
LF.
7
4
= se
Check your understanding 1 | Write
2-2-2-3-3-3-3%in exponential form.
| SOLUTION
See page S-7.
PEEK
Variable expressions can contain exponents.
pS x
ats
x to the first power is usually written simply as x.
p05?
x° means x times x.
Phe JP OTROS
ieee
aie
Om
x° means x occurs as a factor 3 times.
nis
x? means x occurs as a factor 4 times.
Each place value in the place-value chart can be expressed as a power of 10. Ten =
10
=
10
= 10}
Hundred=
100
=
10-10
= 10°
Thousand =
1000
=
10-10-10
= 10°
Ten-thousand =
10,000
=
Hundred-thousand =
100,000
=
Million = 1,000,000
LOR OES OG
O
10-10-10-10-10
= 10-10-10: 10-10-10
= [0* =
10°
= 10°
Note that the exponent on 10 when the number is written in exponential form is the same as the number of zeros when the number is written in standard form. For example, 10° = 100,000; the exponent on 10 is 5, and the number 100,000 has 5 zeros.
To evaluate a numerical expression containing exponents, write each factor as many times as indicated by the exponent, and then multiply.
5 S55 25 5-5
22 6)
=e
(2 292) (62 6)
Se S612a8
| Focus on evaluating an exponential expression | Evaluate 8°. |
|
SOLUTION
8 =8-8-8
=64-8 = S12
Check your understanding 2 | |
Evaluate 6%.
| SOLUTION
See page S-7.
1296
Section 1.4 ¢ Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement
35
Focus on evaluating a power of 10 Evaluate 10’.
| SOLUTION 107 = 10,000,000 | (The exponent on 10 is 7. There are 7 zeros in 10,000,000.)
Check your understanding 3 Evaluate 10°. SOLUTION
See page S-7.
100,000,000
| Focus on evaluating a variable expression Evaluate x’y* for x = 4 and y = 2. SOLUTION
| x*y?
2.3 means x*eetimes y’.) 3 (xy?
Mele Aad) (0.2 62) = 16.8 = 198 | Check your understanding 4 Evaluate x*y? for x = 1 and y = 3.
SOLUTION
See page S-7.
9
Objective 1.4A Practice
Ve Wie 2
8 3. 355.5. 5 in exponential form:
2. Write a-a:b-b-b-b inexponential form. 3. Evaluate 2°. 64
4, Evaluate 24-37,
2° 2°25"
a»)
144
5. Evaluate x’y for x =
3andy = 4.
36
Solutions on p. S-14.
Objective 1.4B
Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions More than one operation may occur in a numerical expression. For example, the expression
4 + 3(5) includes two arithmetic operations, addition and multiplication. The operations could be performed in different orders.
If we multiply first and then add, we have:
4 + 3(5) A 15 19
If we add first and then multiply, we have:
4 + 3(5) 7(5) 35
To prevent there being more than one answer to the same problem, an Order of Operations Agreement is followed. By this agreement, 19 is the only correct answer.
36
Module 1 ¢ Whole Numbers
The Order of Operations Agreement Step 1
Do all operations inside parentheses.
Step 2
Simplify any numerical expressions containing exponents.
Step 3
Do multiplication and division as they occur from left to right.
Step 4
Do addition and subtraction as they occur from left to right.
EXAMPLE Simplify: 5(6 + 4) — 23 5(6 + 4) — 23 = 5(10) — 2?
Perform operations inside parentheses.
5(10) — 8
Simplify expressions with exponents.
2) Us)
Do multiplication and division from left to right.
= 42
Do addition and subtraction from left to right.
One or more of the above steps may not be needed to simplify an expression. In that case, proceed to the next step in the Order of Operations Agreement.
|Focus on using the Order of Operations Agreement
| Simplify: 18 + (6 + 3)-9 — 4 | SOLUTION ae =
[eee
QoG)
=
|
|
18 +
(6 ate 3) “9 =
al
Se
ORO)
e—all(
4?
|
=2:-9—
|
= 18 — 16
|
=9) yt
16
* Perform operations inside parentheses. « Simplify expressions with exponents. ¢ Multiply or divide from left to right.
¢ Subtract.
|Check your understanding 5
| Simplify: 4-(8 — 3) +5 —2 | SOLUTION
See page S-7.
2
| Focus on using the Order of Operations Agreement
Simplify: 20 + 24(8 — 5) + 2? SOLUTION
| 20 + 24(8 F 5) +2?=20+
24(3) +2?
¢ Perform operations inside parentheses.
=
20 + 24(3) +4
¢ Simplify expressions with exponents.
=
20+
¢ Multiply or divide from left to right.
72-4
= 20 + 18
es Bias
* Add
Check your understanding 6
Simplify: 16 + 3(6 — 1)? + 5 SOLUTION
See page S-7.
3]
Section 1.4 * Exponential Notation and the Order of Operations Agreement
' Focus on evaluating a variable expression
Evaluate (a — b)? + 3c for a = 6, b = 4, andc = 1. SOLUTION (a ei b) + 3c =
(6 = 4)? IP 3(1)
=
3(1)
=4+
* Replace a with 6, b with 4, and c with 1. * Perform operations inside parentheses.
3(1)
* Simplify expressions with exponents.
=4+3
* Multiply or divide from left to right.
=7
* Add
Check your understanding 7
Evaluate (a — b)? + 5c fora = 7, b = 2, andc = 4. | SOLUTION
See page S-7.
45
Objective 1.4B Practice
. Simplify: 9 + (7+5)+6
. Simplify: 6(7) + 47-3? sounplifvel
Teoh
11
186 2)
4 S 14
. Evaluatex* + y + xforx = 2andy=8. wWn ah = . Evaluate°° +
Solutions on p. S-14.
8
4(¢ — y) + 2 forx = 8,y =6,andz=2.
66
37
ee
ayy A
Solutions to Module 1 S-1
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
1
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 1.1
Check your understanding 1 he ORR
ZS eA
Ot
Or)
8
90a
1.12
Check your understanding 2 ey
ISS
Oppo
SSS
3 a.4 aed
aa
Sa
SOO
See
Ot
1D
7 is 4 units to the left of 11.
Check your understanding 3 a.
47 > 19
th,
Ay Se
Check your understanding 4 033, 17, 52,685.94
Check your understanding 5 forty-six million thirty-two thousand seven hundred fifteen
Check your understanding 6 920,008
Check your understanding 7 70,000 + 6000 + 200 + 40 + 5
Check your understanding 8 ae
Given place value
529,374
Poesy
529,374 rounded to the nearest ten-thousand is 530,000.
Check your understanding 9 mes
Given place value
7985 [Fein
Sie)
7985 rounded to the nearest hundred is 8000.
Check your understanding 10 STRATEGY
To find the sport named by the greatest number of people, find the largest number given in the circle graph. SOLUTION
The largest number given in the graph is 80. The sport named by the greatest number of people was football.
S-2
Solutions to Module 1
Check your understanding 11 STRATEGY
To find the shorter distance, compare the numbers 347 and 387. SOLUTION
347 < 387 The shorter distance is between Los Angeles and San Jose.
Check your understanding 12
STRATEGY To determine which state has fewer sanctioned league bowlers, compare the numbers 239,951 and 239,010. SOLUTION
239,010 < 239,951 Ohio has fewer sanctioned league bowlers.
Check your understanding 13
STRATEGY To find the land area to the nearest thousand square miles, round 3,851,809 to the nearest thousand. SOLUTION 3,851,809 rounded to the nearest thousand is 3,852,000. To the nearest thousand, the land area of Canada is 3,852,000 mi’.
Section 1.2
Check your understanding 1 11
347
2 743=40
+ 12,453
Write the 0 in the ones
Fp ae 12,800
column. Carry the | to the tens column.
1+4+5=10 Write the 0 in the tens
column.
Carry the | to the
hundreds column 14+3+4=8
347 increased by 12,453 is 12,800.
Check your understanding 2 Wl
PAR
392 4,079 89,035 + 4,992 98,498
Check your understanding 3 Neate AY, alae
1692 + 4783 + 5046 124
1692 4783 + 5046 ES 211
Solutions to Module 1 S-3
Check your understanding 4 2147
ZBABY = SOS
11
Check:
865 + 261 ale
481 =
P61 6
Check your understanding 5 15
Check:
5
14,485
+ 40,077
62 8 5
54,562
cle
Check your understanding 6 75
3)
10
o-@) 3
¢ There are two zeros in the minuend
maces to eg
Borrow
| thousand
from the thousands column and write 10 in the hundreds column 9
3
Ww
10
64,9
* Borrow
9 3
AOC
6
2
5
column and write
10 in the tens column
13
9
3
WW
9
13 6A, GO BB == Sy ah SY io) O20 67
Check:
| hundred
from the hundreds
© Borrow
| ten from the tens column and add 10 to the 3 in the ones column
54,936
+ 9,067 64,003
Check your understanding 7 4007 — x 4007 — 389
© Replace x by 389
Check your understanding 8 125,500,000 68,200,000 18,200,000 + 2,000,000 213,900,000
A total of 213,900,000 cases of eggs were produced during the year.
S-4
Solutions to Module 1
Check your understanding 9 2025: 652 quadrillion Btu 2015: 563 quadrillion Btu
652 =968 89 The difference is 89 quadrillion Btu.
Section 1.3
Check your understanding 1 Si
°7X8&=56
648 Tl
x
Write the 6 in the ones column Carry the 5 to the tens column.
1X4
4536
= PROBES —8
7X 6=42,42+3=45
Check your understanding 2 150! x
Fe 5
305
756:
3780
Write a zero in the tens column for 0 X 756
3780
3 X 756 = 2268
22680
230,580
Check your understanding 3 Sst So 227
¢ Replace s with 12 and f with 7.
=
60:7
= Multiply the first two numbers.
=
420
* Multiply the product by the next number
Check your understanding 4 453 9) 4077 =36
47 —45
7
=27 0
Check:
453 X 9 = 4077
Check your understanding 5 705
9)6345
eee)
04
—
0
* Think 9)4. Place 0 in the quotient.
0
¢ Multiply
a
¢ Bring down the 5.
—45
oO
Check: 705 X 9 = 6345
0 X 9. Subtract.
Solutions to Module 1
S-5
Check your understanding 6 870 r5 6) 5225 —48
29, =e)
0
05
¢ Think 6)5. Place 0 in the quotient
—()
* Multiply 0 x 6. Subtract
errs Check:
(870 X 6) + 5 = 5220 + 5 = 5225
Check your understanding 7 109 42) 4578
F
—42
* Think 42)37. Place
37
0 in the quotient
¢ Multiply 0 x 42. Subtract
378 —378 SPzU Check: (109 X 42) = 4578 Check your understanding 8 470 129
39) 18,359 1h DGS
Check:
-
* Think 3)18. 6 X 39 is too large. Try 5.5 large. Try 4
X 39 is too
(470 X 39) + 29 = 18,330 + 29 = 18,359
Check your understanding 9 xX
y PALI 53
Sa
* Replace x by 2173 and y by 53
41
53) 2173
* Divide 2173 by 53.
—212
PE =i)
0
When x = 2173 andy = 53,5 = 41. Check your understanding 10
STRATEGY To find the amount of food eaten in one year, multiply the amount eaten each day (150) by the number of days in one year (365).
S-6
Solutions to Module 1 SOLUTION
150 x 365 750 900 450
54,750 The elephant will eat 54,750 Ib of food in one year.
Check your understanding 11 STRATEGY
To find the total cost of the order: ¢ Find the cost of the sports jackets by multiplying the number of jackets (25) by the cost for each jacket (62). ¢ Add the product to the cost for the 80 suits (7600).
SOLUTION
62 eS
7600 ae lest)
310 124
9150
1550
© Cost for jackets
The total cost of the order is $9150.
Check your understanding 12 STRATEGY
To find the number of tires that can be stored on each shelf, divide the number of tires (270) by the number of shelves (15). SOLUTION
18
15) 270 = i115)
7120 = 120
eG) Each shelf can store 18 tires.
Check your understanding 13 STRATEGY
To find the number of cases produced in 8 h: ¢ Find the number of cases produced in 1 h by dividing the number of cans produced (12,600) by the number of cans to a case (24).
¢ Multiply the number of cases produced in | h by 8.
Solutions to Module 1
SOLUTION
525 24) 12,600 =[20 60 —48 THD
100 0 525 aan 4200 In 8 h, 4200 cases are produced.
Section 1.4
Check your understanding 1 2° BP
BiB oBiBesy2s Bt
Check your understanding 2 6' = 6°6°6°6 = 36:°6:'6 = 216-6 = 1296
Check your understanding 3 10° = 100,000,000
Check your understanding 4 x4
Sea (ie bet) 3.75) = 1-9 y)
Check your understanding 5
4-823) 45> 2 4egire5 = 2
¢ Perform operations inside parentheses.
= Aiea)
¢ Multiply or divide from left to right.
=2
¢ Subtract.
= 42
Check your understanding 6 16 + 3(6 — 1)? +5 = 16 + 3(5)? +5 = 16 + 3(25) +5
=16+75+5 16 + 15 rai
* Perform operations inside parentheses
¢ Simplify expressions with exponents. * Multiply or divide from left to right.
¢ Add.
Check your understanding 7 (a - b)? af Be
* Replace a with 7, b with 2, and c with 4.
(7 = De “bE 5(4) = 5? + 5(4) =
25+
5(4)
* Perform operations inside parentheses. ¢ Simplify expressions with exponents.
= 25 + 20
* Multiply or divide from left to right.
= 45
« Add.
S-7
S-8
Solutions to Module 1
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 1.1A
1.
Pee ap (Qj WI Pe ey Ceo)
fet
2/33). OF I an
ay
5 is 3 units to the right of 2.
0 is 7 units to the left of 7.
3213194
4. 3827 < 6915 5. 400, 404, 440, 444, 4000
Objective 1.1B
1. Two thousand eight hundred one 2. Three hundred fifty-six thousand nine hundred forty-three
3. 3456 4. 7,024,709 5. 400,000 + 3000 + 700 + 5
Objective 1.1C
1.
ers Given place value 1638 Se 5 1638 rounded to the nearest hundred is 1600.
2.
ie Given place value 84,608 QS) 84,608 rounded to the nearest thousand is 85,000.
3:
i
Given place value
17,639 BIS5 17,639 rounded to the nearest hundred is 17,600.
4. aan
Given place value
5326 es
J=S
5326 rounded to the nearest thousand is 5000.
Sh
a
Given place value
746,898 QS 5 746,898 rounded to the nearest ten-thousand is 750,000.
Solutions to Module 1 S-9
Objective 1.1D
1. STRATEGY a. To find the annual per capita turkey consumption in the United States, use the pictograph to count each symbol to the right of “U.S.” as 2 Ib. b. To determine in which country the annual per capita turkey consumption is highest, use the pictograph to determine which country has the most symbols to its right. SOLUTION
a. The annual per capita turkey consumption in the United States is 18 Ib. b. The country with the highest annual per capita turkey consumption is Israel. STRATEGY To find the food that contains more calories, compare the numbers
190 and 114.
SOLUTION
190 > 114 Two tablespoons of peanut butter contain more calories. STRATEGY
a. To determine which was greater, the number of crashes in July or the number of crashes in October, use the Number of Crashes category of the bar graph to read which number above the corresponding bar is greater. b. To determine which was fewer, the number of vehicles involved in crashes in July or the number involved in December, use the Number of Vehicles category of the bar graph to read which number above the corresponding bar is smaller. SOLUTION
a. The number of crashes in July was 3459, and the number of crashes in October was 3344. The greater number of crashes was in July. b. The number of vehicles involved in crashes in July was 5210, and the number involved in December was 5242. There were fewer vehicles involved in crashes in July. STRATEGY
a. To determine during which school year enrollment was lowest, use the line graph to find the school year corresponding to the lowest point on the line.
b. To determine if enrollment increased or decreased between 1990 and 2000, read the graph at 1990 and at 2000. SOLUTION
a. Student enrollment was lowest during the 1980 school year. b. Enrollment was greater in 2000 than in 1990. Enrollment increased between 1990 and 2000. STRATEGY
a. To determine the most often mentioned complaint, find the complaint with the largest number of responses. b. To determine the least often mentioned complaint, find the complaint with the smallest number of responses. SOLUTION
a. The complaint with the largest number of responses is people talking. The most often mentioned complaint was people talking.
b. The complaint with the smallest number of responses is uncomfortable seats. The least often mentioned complaint was uncomfortable seats.
S-10
Solutions to Module 1 6. STRATEGY
To find the land area of Alaska to the nearest thousand square miles, round 570,833 to the nearest thousand. SOLUTION
570,833 rounded to the nearest thousand is 571,000. To the nearest thousand square miles, the land area of Alaska is 571,000 mi’. i ] Objective 1.2A
1.
Late 36.925
ODO 102,317
2.
3
111 20,958 3,218 +p 42 24,218
7988 +5678 13,666
‘“
111 45,872 + 7,894 53,766
Bh hear ay
38,229 + 51,671 11 38,229 +51,671 89,900 I i Objective 1.2B
1.
1
41 16 3576
= S3/ 3139 Pa
61076 yo12 7 O,FO2 — 4,239 66,463
3.
993 AA
9913
556
4, *
5179915 63,005 =D IST 38,208
Solutions to Module 1
S-11
5b, ge ys
1605 — 839 015915 1603S = O09 766
Objective 1.2C
1. STRATEGY To find the number of calories, add the number of calories in one apple (80), one cup of cornflakes (95), one tablespoon of sugar (45), and one cup of milk (150). SOLUTION
80 + 95 + 45 + 150 = 370 The breakfast contained 370 calories. STRATEGY
To estimate the number of miles driven: ¢ Round the two odometer readings. ¢ Subtract the rounded reading for the beginning of the year from the rounded reading at the
end of the year. SOLUTION
77,912 —
80,000
58,376 —
— 60,000 20,000
The car was driven approximately 20,000 mi during the year. .
STRATEGY
To determine between which two years electric car sales are projected to increase the most, find the difference between projected sales for each pair of consecutive years. SOLUTION
Between 2015 and 2016:
230,000 — 188,000 = 42,000 Between 2016 and 2017:
312,000 — 230,000 = 82,000 Between 2017 and 2018:
359,000 — 312,000 = 47,000 Between 2018 and 2019:
406,000 — 359,000 = 47,000 Between 2019 and 2020:
414,000 — 406,000 = 8000 Car sales are projected to increase the most between 2016 and 2017. The increase is projected to be 82,000 cars.
Objective 1.3A
1.
S-12
Solutions to Module 1
985 408
x
7 880 394 00 401,880 .
2X
19 = 38
38
x 34 152 4 1292
376 x 402 Ta2 1504
151,152 xyz
12-30
Objective 1.3B
it
2.
Solutions to Module 1
S-13
|e
39,200
4
9,800 4) 39,200 —36 32 oan 00 -0 00 -0
Objective 1.3C
1. STRATEGY To find the hourly rate, divide the total earnings (8064) by the number of hours worked (168). SOLUTION
168 The consultant received $48 per hour. 2.
STRATEGY
To find the estimated cost for the electricians’ labor, multiply the number of electricians (3), the number of hours each will work (50), and the wage per hour for each
($34). SOLUTION
3-50-34 = 5100 The estimated cost for the electricians’ labor is $5100. 3.
STRATEGY
To find the total cost, add the costs for the electrician, the plumber, clerical work, and
bookkeeping. To calculate the costs for each, multiply the number of hours for each type of work by the wage per hour. SOLUTION
Electrician: 30 - 34 = $1020 Plumber: 33 - 30 = $990
Clerical: 3 - 16 = $48 Bookkeeping: 4 - 20 = $80
The total cost is 1020 + 990 + 48 + 80 = $2138.
S-14
Solutions to Module 1
Objective 1.4A
1.
DMI
DORSEY Reon ae Oe ORY
2. a:a:b:b:b-b=a’b'
2 =2-2-2-2-2-2=64 a 25°37=
(2222-9) (3 23) = 169344
xy SecA == (Br3) a4 = 9-4 = 36 Objective 1.4B
9+(77+5)+6=9+12+6
= 9p) = {1 6(7) + 4°- 3° = 6(7) + 16-9
= 42+ 16-9 = 42 + 144 = 186 17+1-8:-2+4=17+1-16+4 =17+1-4 =18-4 =14 eae) oea
Pata ce
Aime cath i 9) =4+4
r+
4x -
ye 2
8? + 4(8 — 6) + 27 = 8° + 4-2+2? =64+4-2+4 =64+8+4 =644+2 = 66
MODULE
Integers SECTION 2.1
Introduction to Integers
Objective 2.1A
Use inequality symbols with integers
Objective 2.1B
Simplify expressions with absolute value
SECTION 2.2 Objective 2.2A
Addition and Subtraction of Integers Add integers
Objective 2.2B
Subtract integers
Objective 2.2C
Solve application problems
SECTION 2.3 Objective 2.3A
Multiplication and Division of Integers Multiply integers
Objective 2.3B
Divide integers
Objective 2.3C
Solve application problems
SECTION 2.4
Exponents and the Order of Operations Agreement
Objective 2.4A
Simplify expressions containing exponents
Objective 2.4B
Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions
2
Module2 « Integers
SECTION
2.1 Objective 2.1A
Introduction to Integers Use inequality symbols with integers Mathematicians place objects with similar properties in groups called sets. A setis a collection of objects. The objects in a set are called the elements of the set.
The roster method of writing a set encloses a list of the elements in braces. Thus the set of sections within an orchestra is written {brass, percussion, string, woodwind}. When the elements of a set are listed, each element is listed only once. For instance, if the list of numbers 1, 2, 3, 2, 3 were placed in a set, the set would be {1, 2, 3}.
The symbol € means “is an element of.” 2 € B is read “2 is an element of set B.” Given C = {3, 5, 9}, then 3 € C,5 OnsenGe
€ C, and9 € C.7 € Cis read “7 is not an element
The numbers that we use to count objects, such as the students in a classroom or the horses on aranch, are the natural numbers.
Natural numbers = {1, 2. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ...} The three dots mean that the list of natural numbers continues on and on, and that there is no largest natural number. The natural numbers alone do not provide all the numbers that are useful in applications. For instance, a meteorologist also needs the number zero and numbers below zero.
Integers = {.1.,
40,
>4).— 31-2
ee
eee
Each integer can be shown on a number line. The integers to the left of zero on the number line are called negative integers. The integers to the right of zero are called positive integers, or natural numbers. Zero is neither a positive nor a negative integer. Integers
EX SS
Sa we
5
4
3
ie
2
1
0
| \
Negative
integers
SSS 1
2
SS 3
G
4
5
Positive
Zero
integers
The graph of an integer is shown by placing a heavy dot on the number line directly above the number. The graphs of —3 and 4 are shown on the number line below.
Consider the following sentences.
The quarterback threw the football and the receiver caught it. A student purchased a computer and used if to write history papers.
Section 2.1 © Introduction to Integers
3
In the first sentence, it is used to mean the football; in the second sentence, it means the
computer. In language, the word it can stand for many different objects. Similarly, in mathematics, a letter of the alphabet can be used to stand for a number. Such a letter is called a variable. Variables are used in the following definition of inequality symbols.
Inequality Symbols If a and b are two numbers and a is to the left of b on the number line, then ais less than b. This is written a < b.
If a and b are two numbers and a is to the right of b on the number line, then
ais greater than b. This is written a > b. EXAMPLES 1.
4
—2 is to the left of 1 on the
, between the numbers below.
—14
16
14 < 16
2. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers below.
OLS 10 31 3. Use the roster method to write the set of positive integers less than 4. 4 = {1.2.3} 4. Given C = {—33, —24, —10, 0}, which elements of set C are less than —10?
— 33, —24
Solutions on pp. S-3—S-4.
Objective 2.1B
Simplify expressions with absolute value Two numbers that are the same distance from zero on the number line but are on opposite sides of zero are opposite numbers, or opposites. The opposite of a number is also called its additive inverse.
The opposite of 5 is —5.
The opposite of —5 is 5. The negative sign can be read “the opposite of.” =—(2) = 2
The opposite of 2 is —2.
=(—2)=2
The opposite of —2 is 2.
Focus on finding an additive inverse Given rss
A = {—12,0, 4}, find the additive inverse of each element of set A.
SOLUTION
—(—12) = 12 —0=0
* Zero is neither positive nor negative.
—(4) = -4 Check your understanding 3 Given B = {—11, 0, 8}, find the additive inverse of each element of set B. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
11,0,
—8
Section 2.1 © Introduction to Integers
5
The absolute value of a number is its distance from zero on the number line. Therefore, the absolute value of a number is a positive number or zero. The symbol for absolute value is two vertical bars, ||. The distance from 0 to 3 is 4. Therefore, the absolute value of 3 is 3.
j| Sat
itt
—5-4-3-2-1
|3| =3 The distance from 0 to —3 is 3. Therefore, the absolute value of —3 is 3.
a
ee
012345
|j}
|-3| =3
Absolute Value The absolute value of a positive number is the number itself. The absolute value of a negative number is the opposite of the number. The absolute value of zero is zero. EXAMPLES
1. |6| = 6
2 (sis
Using variables, the definition of absolute value is eee 0)
bel =
0,
x=0
=a)
Focus on evaluating an absolute value expression Evaluate |—4| and —|—10].
SOLUTION |—4| =4 =(—10) = —10 Check your understanding 4 Evaluate |—5| and —|—23]. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
55323
Objective 2.1B Practice . Find the additive inverse of 4. —4 . Find the additive inverse of —9. 9 . Find the additive inverse of —36. 36
. Evaluate —(—40). 40 . Evaluate |—74|. 74 —81 khwnds An = . Evaluate —|81|. Solutions on p. S-4.
6
Module2 @ Integers
SECTION
2.2 Objective 2.2A
J Addition and Subtraction of Integers Add integers A number can be represented anywhere along the number line by an arrow. A positive number is represented by an arrow pointing to the right, and a negative number is represented by an arrow pointing to the left. The size of the number is represented by the length of the arrow.
Gy
=)
8
i
AG
She teal
oie)
2
1
0
1
v
3°
4
5)
Oo
che
alto)
Addition is the process of finding the total of two numbers. The numbers being added are called addends. The total is called the sum. Addition of integers can be shown on the number line. To add integers, start at zero and draw, above the number line, an arrow representing the first number. At the tip of the first arrow, draw a second arrow representing the second number. The sum is below the tip of the second arrow.
44+2=6
4+ (2) = a
Sa ea
Syl
=4
Wf
4
+2
2
ee
2A fs A
5
—6
|
GOW
ie
afi
a
P=aja= p39) jl O it 2 g A
4+ (-2)=2 -4 |
+4 a
42
——s
SSS SS SS SS See 7-6-5 —-4-3-2-1 0 1 2 3 4
=2
we
SSS == A=f=2=l © 1 23 45 6 YF
The pattern for addition shown on the number lines above is summarized in the following rules for adding integers. Addition of Integers To add two numbers with the same sign, add the absolute values of the numbers. Then attach the sign of the addends. To add two numbers with different signs, find the absolute value of each number. Subtract the smaller of the absolute values from the larger. Then attach the sign of the number with the larger absolute value. EXAMPLES Adds
(—26)
VP se ( 26) =
21, INGE =D |ae 19| =
SP ee 19; |8| =8
19-8=11 —19
+38
—38
=
The signs are the same.
Add the absolute values of the numbers (12 + 26). Attach the sign of the addends.
The signs are different. Find the absolute value of each number.
Subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger. —{]
Attach the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Section 2.2 © Addition and Subtraction of Integers
Focus on adding integers
fPAdds 52 1 = 39) SOLUTION
—52 + (—39) =
—91
| Check your understanding 1 | Add:
100 + (—43)
| SOLUTION
Tips for Success >
See page S-1.
57
Focus on adding integers
One of the key instructional features
of this text is the Focus On/Check
Add: 37 + (—52) + (—14)
Your Understanding pairs. Each Focus On is completely worked.
SOLUTION
You are to solve the Check Your
37 + (—52) + (-14) = -15 + (-14)
Understanding problems. When you are ready, check your solution against the one given in the
Solutions section at the end of the dule.
pais
S65 |
4
| Check your understanding 2
Rad
s 1s 40.
_ SOLUTION
17 +1109)
See page S-1.
94
Apply the Concept Suppose you wake up in St. Paul, Minnesota, and the temperature is — 12°F. By noon, the temperature has risen 7°F. What is the temperature at noon? SOLUTION
To find the temperature at noon, add 7° to — 12°.
an ee
oe
The temperature at noon is —5°F.
( Find the sum of —23, 47, —18, and —10.
Recall that a sum is the answer to an addition problem. ; S73) sie A) Se (- 18) at (- 10) j = 94 (= 18) af (= 10)
* To add more than two numbers, add the first two numbers Then add the sum to the third number. Continue until all the numbers are added
= 6+ (-10) = —-4 All of the phrases below indicate addition.
added to
—6 added to 9
9+ (—6) = 3
more than
3 more than —8
Se}
the sum of
the sum of —2 and —8
increased by
—7 increased by 5
=i) st
the total of
the total of 4and —9
4+
plus
6 plus —10
6+ (—10) = —4
NO aera
2 + (-8) = k= 2
(—9) = —-5
-10
7
8
Module2
Integers
| Focus on translating an expression | Find 11 more than —23.
| SOLUTION = 23 oF
ie
| Check your understanding 3 |
| Find —8 increased by 7.
|SOLUTION
See page S-1.
—|
Objective 2.2A Practice
1. Add —6 + (—9).
15
Py POG! =i7/ ar WF, 0 30 Add —27 2 (42) (18)
87
4. Add —6 + (—8) + 14+ (—4). 5. What is 4 more than —8? 6. What is —8 added to —21?
~—4
4 ~—29
Solutions on p. S-4.
Objective 2.2B
Subtract integers Look at the expressions below. Note that each expression equals the same number.
8—3=5
8 minus 3is5.
8 + (—3) = 5
8plus the opposite of 3 is 5.
This example suggests the following.
Subtraction of Integers To subtract one number from another, add the opposite of the second number to the first number. EXAMPLES
1. Subtract: —21 — (—40) —21 — (—40) = —21 + 40 =
19
Rewrite the subtraction as addition of the opposite. Add.
5 mulomereie IS) = Sil 15 — 51 = 15 + (—5]) =
—36
Rewrite the subtraction as addition of the opposite. Add.
Section 2.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Integers
Apply the Concept The table at the left shows the boiling point and the melting point, in degrees Celsius, of three chemical elements. Find the difference between the boiling point and the melting point of mercury. SOLUTION
To find the difference, subtract the melting point of mercury from the boiling point of mercury.
357 =| 39) = 307+ 39 = 396 The difference is 396°C.
Focus on subtracting integers Subtract:
—12 — (—21) — 15
SOLUTION =)
=
(—21) —15=-12+
21 + (-—15)
= 9+ (-—15) =
* Rewrite each subtraction as additionof the
-6
opposite. Then add
Check your understanding 4 Subtract:
—9 — (—12) - 17-4
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
—18
A difference is the answer to a subtraction problem. tFind the difference between —8 and 7. 8
l=
8+
( 7)
¢ Rewrite the subtraction as addition of the
Stee
opposite.
Then add
All of the following phrases indicate subtraction.
Take Note > Note the order in which numbers are subtracted when the phrase less than is used. If you have $10
—5 minus 11 a 3 less 5
and your friend has $6 less than you do, then your friend has $6
less than
—8 less than —2
ef
(3)
less than $10, or $10 — $6 = $4.
the difference between
the difference between —5 and 4
=
4 = —9
decreased by
—4 decreased by 9
subtract... from
subtract 8 from —3
Focus on translating an expression Find 9 less than —4. SOLUTION
-4-9=-4+ (-9) = -13
=6
9
10
Module2 « Integers |
Check your understanding 5
| Subtract |
| | Le
—12 from —11.
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
|
Objective 2.2B Practice
5 wllonere Ie = B12
. Subtract 6— (—12).
18
. Subtract -19 — (—19) — 18. —18 . What is 9 less than —12? —-21 . Find —21 decreased by 19. —40 WN ah Solutions on p. S-4.
Objective 2.2C
Solve application problems | Focus on solving an application The average temperature on Mercury’s sunlit side is 950°F. The average temperature | on Mercury’s dark side is —346°F. Find the difference between these two average
| temperatures. | STRATEGY
| To find the difference, subtract the average temperature on the dark side (—346) from the | average temperature on the sunlit side (950).
_ SOLUTION
950 — (—346)
950 + 346 = 1296
| The difference between the average temperatures is 1296°F.
| Check your understanding 6 _ The average daytime temperature on Mars is —17°F. The average nighttime temperature | on Mars is —130°F. Find the difference between these two average temperatures. | SOLUTION
See page S-2.
10358
Objective 2.2C Practice
1. The elevation, or height, of places on Earth is measured in relation to sea level, or the average level of the ocean’s surface. The table below shows height above sea level as a positive number and depth below sea level as a negative number. Use the table below to find the difference in elevation between Mt. Kilimanjaro and the Qattara Depression. 6028 m
Mt. Kilimanjaro
|=
Qattara Depression
Asia
Mt. Everest
Dead Sea
Europe
Mt. Elbrus
Caspian Sea
America
Mt. Aconcagua
Death Valley
Section 2.3 © Multiplication and Division of Integers
11
2. The elevation, or height, of places on Earth is measured in relation to sea level, or the average level of the ocean’s surface. The table below shows height above sea level as a positive number and depth below sea level as a negative number. Using the table below, for which continent shown is the difference between the highest and lowest elevations smallest? Purope
Africa ie Asia
|
Mt. Kilimanjaro
Qattara Depression
Mt. Everest
Dead Sea
Europe
Mt. Elbrus
5634
America
Mt. Aconcagua
—400
Caspian Sea Death Valley
—28 |
—86
i
3. The graph below shows the depths of Earth’s three deepest ocean trenches and the heights of its three tallest mountains. What is the difference between the depth of the Philippine Trench and the depth of the Mariana Trench? 980 m Qozir
9000
Kangchenjunga ban
8586
Mt. Everest
8611
Meters
Trench
Solutions on pp. S-4-S-S.
SECTION
2.3 Objective 2.3A
Multiplication and Division of Integers Multiply integers Several different symbols are used to indicate multiplication. The
3
numbers being multiplied are called factors; for instance, 3 and 2 are factors in each of the examples at the right. The result is called the product. Note that when parentheses are used and there is no operation symbol, the operation is multiplication.
Beli 6 6)(0) = 3)(2) = 6 3(2) = 6
Multiplication is repeated addition of the same number. The product 3 X 5 is shown on the number line below.
(3)2. = 6
5 5 eee SS
Gow
tt
shale Sei 7atg Voto
5
tia 1314 1s
D2 = 6
5 is added 3 times. ee a ahd aN
Si Gieke Osteo t=
-
15
12
Module2 « Integers
Now consider the product of a positive and a negative number. —5 is added 3 times.
3(— Sea
et eae)
=n
This example suggests that the product of a positive number and a negative number is negative. Here are a few more examples.
4(-7) = —28
—6:7 = —42
(—8)7 =
To find the product of two negative
These numbers
numbers, look at the pattern at the right. As —5 multiplies a sequence
LAE
These numbers
=
of decreasing integers, the products increase by 5.
—56
Y 4 oryee bye: 3 = 15
=) = 10) ACR
=
=1
The element 5 is greater than —1.
Check your understanding 3
Check your understanding 4
[=5} = 5 —|=23| = =23 Section 2.2
Check your understanding 1 100 + (—43) = 57
Check your understanding 2
—51 + 42 + 17 + (—102) = —9 + 17 + (—102) = 8 + (—102)
= —94
Check your understanding 3
-§+7=—-1
Check your understanding 4
9 — (-12) -17-4 0) Se Ei ete) eA) ll —14 + (—4)
er
= —18
Check your understanding 5
—11 — (-12)=-11+12=1
S-2
Solutions to Module 2
Check your understanding 6
STRATEGY To find the difference between the two average temperatures, subtract the smaller number
(—130) from the larger number (—17). SOLUTION
=),
(130)
ren
= ns
The difference is 113°F.
Section 2.3
Check your understanding 1 (=2)3(63)7 = 6(—8)9
= 48(7) = 336
Check your understanding 2 —9(34) = —306
Check your understanding 3
(—135) + (—9) = 15 Check your understanding 4 le)
4
= II
Check your understanding 5
Check your understanding 7 STRATEGY
To find the average daily low temperature: ¢ Add the seven temperature readings. ¢ Divide the sum by 7.
SOLUTION —6 + (~-7) + 0 + (—5) + (—8) + (-1) +
(-1) = -28
Iss = 7 = =A
The average daily low temperature was —4°C.
Check your understanding 8 STRATEGY
¢ Multiply each correct answer (23) by 5, multiply each incorrect answer (7) by —2, and multiply each question left blank (5) by 0. ¢ Add the results.
Solutions to Module 2 S-3 SOLUTION
There were 23 correct answers: 5(23) = 115 There were 7 incorrect answers: —2(7) = —14
There were 5 questions left blank: 0(5) = 0 115)+ (=14) +0=
101
The score for the student was 101.
Section 2.4
Check your understanding 1
a, 6 G2) = 3)G)G) -(=2)(—2)(—2) = 27(—8) = —216 b. The product of an odd number of negative factors is negative. Therefore,
(1)
=
ce. —2?-(—1)!- (-3)
=(2-2)- 1+ (=3) -(-3) — 2s | okey — eyes
Check your understanding 2
he 3
ne]
2 P
=7-
2[6 a
=f
2) 8 |:
=f
—
=
7 —
=
—12]1
14)
2[64] 128
¢ Perform operations inside grouping symbols
« Simplify
exponential expressions
¢ Multiply
or divide from left to right
* Subtract
Check your understanding 3
18 =5[8 — 2(2 —-5)] + 10 18 — 5[8 — 2(—3)] + 10
° Perform operations inside grouping symbols
= 18 — 5[8 + 6] + 10 = 18 — 5[14] + 10 =
18 —
70 +
10
* Multiply or divide from left to right
=18—7 —> a |
* Subtract
Check your understanding 4
36 + (8 — 5)? — (-3)*-2 =
36 +
(3)? =
=
36
~9-9-2
(—3)? -2
© Perform operations inside grouping symbols. * Multiply or divide from left to right
=4-9-2 =4-18 =-|4
* Subtract
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 2.1A
1. —14
-31 ah 7 Rep
S-4
Solutions to Module 2
Oh
ops
=il0)
a. a NO} 0
0)
110)
10
The elements
—33 and —24 are less than —10.
Objective 2.1B
Objective 2.2A
6 + (-9) = =
-15
iat ean)
—27 + (—42) + (—18) = —69 + (—18) = —87 =6 (8) BYP
14
4)
id 4) 0 + (—4) = -4
5. -8+4=-4 6. —21 + (-8) = -29 Objective 2.2B
1. 16 — 8 = 16+
(-8) =8
2. 6— (-12) =6+ 12=18 32°19
(19)
1S
19019 18)
= 0 + (-18) = -18 4. =12-—9==12 + (9) = =21 5.
Objective 2.2C
=20
1921
E19) = —40
1. STRATEGY To find the difference, subtract the elevation of the Qattara Depression (— 133 m) from the elevation of Mt. Kilimanjaro (5895 m). SOLUTION
5895 — (—133) = 5895 + 133 = 6028 The difference in elevations is 6028 m. 2.
STRATEGY
To find which continent has the smallest difference in elevations, find the difference
for each continent and compare the differences.
Solutions to Module 2
S-5
SOLUTION
Africa:
5895 — (—133) = 5895 + 133 = 6028 m
Asia: 8850 — (—400) = 8850 + 400 = 9250 m Europe:
5634 — (—28) = 5634 + 28 = 5662 m
America:
6960 — (—86) = 6960 + 86 = 7046 m
The continent with the smallest difference between the highest and lowest elevation is Europe. STRATEGY To find the difference, subtract the depth of the Mariana Trench (—11,520 m) from the
depth of the Philippine Trench (— 10,540 m). SOLUTION
—10,540 — (—11,520) = —10,540 + 11,520 = 980 The difference is 980 m.
Objective 2.3A
1.
(—13)(—9) = 117
2.
17(—13) = —221
—12(—4)7(—2) = (48)7(—2) = 336(-2) = —672 ~2(—3)(—4)(—5) = 6(—4)(—5) = —24(—5) = 120 18 + (—3) = -6
Objective 2.3B
57 + (-3) = -19 =. =—17 .
0+ (-14) =0
ipsa al) eae Objective 2.3C
1. STRATEGY To find the average daily high temperature: ¢ Add the six temperature readings. ¢ Divide the sum by 6. SOLUTION
B29) (era 28) —156 + 6 = —26
(28)
The average daily high temperature was —26°F. STRATEGY
To find the average daily low temperature: ¢ Add the 10 temperature readings. * Divide the sum by 10.
(= 97)
156
S-6
Solutions to Module 2 SOLUTION
ee
Oe
5)
2)
(2) 1) 0-2)
= 30) = LOR 3 The average daily low temperature was —3° F. STRATEGY
To find the score: ¢ Multiply the number of correct answers by 7. ¢ Multiply the number of incorrect answers by —3.
¢ Multiply the number of blanks by —1. ¢ Add the results.
SOLUTION 17(7) = 119
8(—3) = —24
(1) = —2 119 + 24)
(2) = 955 2) = 93
The student’s score was 93.
Objective 2.4A
(—7) 47-3? = (-7)-4-4-3-3 = (-7)- 16-9 ll
—112:9 = —1008
(=2)(—3)( 1)
(2
2) 2) 5) (ea)
= —8(9)(—1) = —72(-1) = 72 Objective 2.4B
4—-8+2=4-4=0
24-183 +2= 24-642 S187
20
27 — 18
2 =
16+ 15
($37)
= 27
189)
= 2
+ (—-5) —-2 = 16 + (-3) -2= 13 -2=11
16-4 6+— De)
=)
12 = 4 + 12 =6+—-2 6 =6 +929 Se
=8-2
18 +2-4
—- (-3)=18+216-9 =9-16-9 =-7-9 = -16
=e
MODULE
Fractions
SECTION 3.1
The Least Common
Multiple and Greatest Common
Objective 3.1A
Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers
Objective 3.1B
Find the least common
Objective 3.1C
Find the greatest common factor (GCF)
SECTION 3.2
Factor
multiple (LCM)
Introduction to Fractions
Objective 3.2A
Write a fraction that represents part of a whole
Objective 3.2B
Write an improper fraction as a mixed number or a whole number, and a mixed
number as an improper fraction
SECTION 3.3 Objective 3.3A
Writing Equivalent Fractions Write a fraction in simplest form
Objective 3.3B
Find equivalent fractions by raising to higher terms
Objective 3.3C
Identify the order relation between two fractions
SECTION 3.4
Multiplication and Division of Fractions
Objective 3.4A
Multiply fractions
Objective 3.4B
Divide fractions
Objective 3.4C
Solve application problems and use formulas
SECTION 3.5
Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
Objective 3.5A
Add fractions
Objective 3.5B
Subtract fractions
Objective 3.5C
Solve application problems
SECTION 3.6
Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions
Objective 3.6A
Multiply and divide positive and negative fractions
Objective 3.6B
Add and subtract positive and negative fractions
SECTION 3.7
The Order of Operations Agreement and Complex Fractions
Objective 3.7A
Use the Order of Operations Agreement to simplify expressions
Objective 3.7B
Simplify complex fractions
2
Module 3 e Fractions
SECTION
The Least Common Multiple and Greatest Common Objective 3.1A
Factor
| Factor numbers and find the prime factorization of numbers Natural number factors of a number divide that number evenly (there is no remainder).
|, 2, 4, and 6 are natural number factors of 6 because they divide 6 evenly. Note that both the divisor and the quotient are factors of the
dividend.
6
3
2
|
1)6 2)6 3)6 6)6
To find the factors of a number, try dividing the number by 1, 2, 3, 4,5, .... Those numbers that divide the number evenly are its factors. Continue this process until the factors start to repeat. The following rules are helpful in finding the factors of a number. 2 is a factor of a number
if the digit
in the ones place of the number 0.
2.4.6
31S a factor of sum
is
ors
a number
if the
of the digitsof the number
1s
divisibleby 3
436 ends in 6. Therefore, 2 is a factor of 436. (436 + 2 = 218)
The sum of the digits of 489 is 4 + 8 + 9 = 21. 21 is divisible by 3. Therefore, 3 is a factor of 489.
(489 + 3 = 163) 4 is
a factor
last two
of a
digits of
number
if the
the number
are
5 18 a factor
556 ends in 56.
56 is divisible by 4 (56 + 4 = 14). Therefore, 4 is a factor of 556. (556 + 4 = 139)
divisible by 4
of
a number
digit of the number is 0 0
if the ones r5
520 ends in 0. Therefore, 5 is a factor of 520.
(520 + 5 = 104) | Focus on finding the factors of a number
| Find all the factors of 42. |SOLUTION |Ae
{42
| and +2 are factors of 42.
| 42 +2 =21
2 and 2! are factors of42.
| 4D
+ and | are factors of 42.
3 —
4
|42 +4
4 will not divide 42 evenly.
| 42 + 5
5 will not divide 42 evenly.
| 4a
6 and / are factors of 42.
|42+7=6
/ and 6 are factors of 42.
| The factors are repeating. All the factors of 42 have been found.
| The factors of 42 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 7. 14, 21, and 42.
Section 3.1 © The Least Common
Multiple and Greatest Common
Factor
3
| Check your understanding 1 |Find all the factors of 30. | SOLUTION
See page S-1.
295. 2,0, 101. 30)
LE
A prime number is a natural number greater than | that has exactly two natural number factors, 1 and the number itself. 7 is prime because its only factors are | and 7. If a number is not prime, it is a composite number. Because 6 has factors of 2 and 3, 6 is a composite number. The prime numbers less than 50 are Deo
ett ls bin lO 2S, 2oc Sh, Slt), 43e47
The prime factorization of a number is the expression of the number as a product of its prime factors. To find the prime factors of 140, begin with the smallest prime number as a trial divisor and continue with prime numbers as trial divisors until the final quotient is prime.
_ Focus on finding the prime factorization of a number Find the prime factorization of 140.
| SOLUTION ~
|
pal
et76 2)140
35
5)35
2)70
2)70
2)140
| 140 is divisible by 2. Divide 140 by 2.
2)140
70 is divisible by 2. Divide 70 by 2.
| The prime factorizationof 140is
2:2-5-7
35 is not divisible by 2 or 3 but is divisible by 5. Divide 35 by 5. The quotient is 7, which is prime.
2
587,
Check your understanding 2 Find the prime factorization of 88. | SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Asay
Finding the prime factorization of larger numbers can be more difficult. Try each prime number as a trial divisor. Stop when the square of the trial divisor is greater than the number being factored.
Focus on finding the prime factorization of a number Find the prime factorization of 201. SOLUTION
201 is not divisible by 2 but is divisible by 3. Divide 201 by 3. 67
3)201
67 cannot be divided evenly by 2, 3, 5, 7, or 11. Prime
numbers greater than 11 need not be tried because 117 = 121 and 121 > 67.
The prime factorization of 201 is 3 - 67.
Check your understanding 3 Find the prime factorization of 295. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
5-59
4
Module3 « Fractions
Objective 3.1A Practice . Find all the factors of 12. . Find all the factors of 56. . Find all the factors of 48.
1, 2,3, 4,6, 12 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, 56 1, 2,3, 4, 6,8, 12, 16, 24, 48
. Find the prime factorization of 16. . Find the prime factorization of 40. Wn Auk = . Find the prime factorization of 37.
2 2-5 Prime
Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.
Objective 3.1B
Find the least common
multiple (LCM)
The multiples of a number are the products of that number and the numbers
3X1=
3
32 =
10
3X8 3X 4= 12
1, 2, 3,
The multiples of 3 are 3, 6,9, 12, 15,....
3x5 = 15
A number that is a multiple of two or more numbers is a common multiple of those numbers. The multiples of4 are 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36,....
The multiples of6 are 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42,.... Some common multiples of 4 and 6 are |2, 24, and 30.
The least common more numbers.
multiple (LCM)
is the smallest common
multiple of two or
The least common multiple of 4 and 6 is | 2. Listing the multiples of each number is one way to find the LCM. Another way to find the LCM uses the prime factorization of each number. To find the LCM of 450 and 600, find the prime factorization of each number and write the factorization of each number in a table. Circle the greatest product in each column. The LCM is the product of the circled numbers.
2 2
450 =
soo= [2-2-2]
3 (5a)
3
5 (Ges)
equal. Circle just one product
The LCM is the product of the circled numbers. The
CM
2
283
13)
Focus on finding the LCM Find the LCM of 24, 36, and 50. SOLUTION
¢ In the column headed by 5, the products are
00!
Section 3.1 ¢ The Least Common
Multiple and Greatest Common
Factor
5
Check your understanding 4 Find the LCM of 12, 42, and 45. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
420
Objective 3.1B Practice . Find . Find . Find . Find . Find &WwYN Am = . Find
the the the the the the
LCM of 8 and 12.
24 56 9 and 36. 36 102 and 184. 9384 4, 8, and 12. 24 3,5, and 10. 30
LCM of 8 and 14.
LCM LCM LCM LCM
of of of of
Solutions on p. S-10.
Objective 3.1C
Find the greatest common factor (GCF) Recall that a number that divides another number evenly is a factor of that number. The number 64 can be evenly divided by 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64, so the numbers 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, and 64 are factors of 64.
A number that is a factor of two or more numbers is a common factor of those numbers. The factors of 30 are |, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, and 30.
The factors of 105 are |, 3, 5, 7, 15, 21, 35, and 105. The common factors of 30 and 105 are |, 3, 5, and !5. The greatest common factor (GCF) is the largest common factor of two or more numbers.
The greatest common factor of 30 and 105 is |5. Listing the factors of each number is one way of finding the GCF. Another way to find the GCF is to use the prime factorization of each number. To find the GCF of 126 and 180, find the prime factorization of each number and write the factorization of each number in a table. Circle the least product in each column that does not have a blank. The GCF is the product of the circled numbers. * In the column headed by 3, the products are equal, Circle just one product. Columns 5 and 7 have a blank, so 5 and 7 are not common factors of 126 and 180. Do not circle any number in these columns,
The GCF is the product of the circled numbers. The GCF = 2-3-3 = 18.
|Focus on finding the GCF Find the GCF of 90, 168, and 420. SOLUTION
The GCF = 2 = 3'=6.
6
Module3 « Fractions
| Check your understanding 5 | Find the GCF of 36, 60, and 72. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
12
oe
Focus on finding the GCF Find the GCF of 7, 12, and 20.
SOLUTION
Because no numbers are circled, the GCF
=
1.
_ Check your understanding 6 | Find the GCF of 11, 24, and 30. |
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Objective 3.1C Practice . Find the GCF of 6and9. 3 . Find the GCF of 25 and 100. . Find the GCF of 32 and 51.
25 |!
. Find the GCF of 3,5, and 11. | . Find the GCF of 24, 40, and 72. & . Find the GCF DAnbhWYN
of 32,56, and 72.
&
Solutions on p. S-11.
Introduction to Fractions Objective 3.2A Take Note > The fraction bar separates the numerator from the denomina-
Write a fraction that represents part of a whole A fraction can represent the number of equal parts of a whole.
The shaded portion of the circle is represented by the 4
tor. The numerator is the part
fraction —. Four of the seven equal parts of the circle (that
of the fraction that appears above the fraction bar. The
is, four-sevenths of it) are shaded.
denominator is the part of the
Each part of a fraction has a name.
fraction that appears below the
Ractionibatt
4 < Numerator
UEDA Lee 7 < Denominator A proper fraction is a fraction less than 1. The numerator of a proper fraction is smaller than the denominator. The shaded portion of the circle can be represented by the proper fraction as
Section 3.2 ¢ Introduction to Fractions
7
A mixed number is a number greater than 1 with a whole-number part and a fractional part. The shaded portion of the circles can be represented by the mixed l number 2 |.
Focus on writing a mixed number Express the shaded portion of the circles as a mixed number.
OOO% SOLUTION »)
a
ole 5
Check your understanding 1
@000*
Express the shaded portion of the circles as a mixed number.
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
4
4
An improper fraction is a fraction greater than or equal to 1. The numerator of an improper fraction is greater than or equal to the denominator. The shaded portion of the circles can be represented by the improper
fraction re The shaded portion of the square can be rep-
:
4
resented by +.
Focus on writing an improper fraction Express the shaded portion of the circles as an improper fraction.
GSOOe SOLUTION
ly 5
Check your understanding 2
BREST
Express the shaded portion of the circles as an improper fraction.
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
3
4
4
8
Module 3 « Fractions
Objective 3.2A Practice
1. Express the shaded portion of the circle as a fraction.
2. Express the shaded portion of the circle as a fraction.
3. Express the shaded portion of the circles as a mixed number.
>:
,
b)
COOo@
=)
4. Express the shaded portion of the circles as an improper fraction.
9
Solutions on p. S-11.
Objective 3.2B
Write an improper fraction as a mixed number or a whole number, and a mixed number as an improper fraction a
Note from the diagram that the mixed number 23 and the improper fraction
- both represent the shaded
portion of the circles, so 2. —
=
|.
6
ee
66
An improper fraction can be written as a mixed number or a whole number.
ou
13
=
|Focus on writing an improper fraction as a mixed number Write a as a mixed number.
| SOLUTION |
We
;
:
:
_ Divide the numerator by the
To write the fractional part of
Write the
| denominator.
the mixed number, write the
answer.
remainder over the divisor.
|
|
2 =
Sais =I)
SRS 0
3
3
_ Check your understanding 3 | Write 2 as a mixed number.
SOLUTION
3 5k a5 z
See page S-2.
4
Mm
a)
13 as :
3 2.
Section 3.3 ¢ Writing Equivalent Fractions
9
Focus on writing an improper fraction as a whole number |
Write isas a whole number.
SOLUTION | 18 aera B er Oa D as) |Check your understanding 4 |
Write 2 as a whole number.
| SOLUTION
See page S-2.
4
To write a mixed number as an improper fraction, multiply the denominator of the fractional part by the whole-number part. The sum of this product and the numerator of the fractional part is the numerator of the improper fraction. The denominator remains the same.
| Focus on writing a mixed number as an improper fraction Pak ; | Write 73 as an improper fraction.
SOLUTION | 373). Se 8 | «8
3
SO ntioe i a22 8 8
eam 8
Be 8
| Check your understanding 5 | Write 143 as an improper fraction. _SOLUTION
i
See page S-2.
Q
Objective 3.2B Practice 1. Write raas a mixed or whole number.
2 ;
2. Write ieas a mixed or whole number.
°
Ju Write 65 as an improper fraction. : 4. Write 5% as an improper fraction.
58
Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.
SECTION
3.3 Objective 3.3A
Writing Equivalent Fractions Write a fraction in simplest form Writing the simplest form of a fraction means writing it so that the numerator and denominator have no common factors other than 1. :
4
2
.
:
The fractions , and , are equivalent fractions.
Is ae Ce Cea 2 , 1s written in simplest form as ..
I+ eee :
;
=
2:
eae
7
i
:
|
10
Module3 ° Fractions
The Multiplication Property of One can be used to write fractions in simplest form. Write the numerator and denominator of the given fraction as a product of factors. Write factors common to both the numerator and denominator as an improper fraction equivalent to 1.
4 2252 }252|2 ey a
6 Feel
cos eae
The process of eliminating common factors is displayed with slashes through the common factors as
|
en ae (eae ae
shown at the right.
18
To write a fraction in simplest form, eliminate the
30
x. z- 3-3 3 “Gh Talo
common factors.
An improper fraction can be changed to a mixed
number. ' Focus on writing a fraction in simplest form a. Write R in simplest form.
_ b. Write & in simplest form.
| c. Write iin simplest form. | d. Write 4 as a fraction in simplest form.
| SOLUTION
15 40
|
Seng 2-2-2:
ed
Oia r yay ReySG 1
1
82 290s (Coes 0” 53-6 = e 8
io)S)
N= RH Nn
SS)
Nw
=N
—&
Al 2
|Check your understanding 1 | a. Write 6 in simplest form.
b. Write & in simplest form. c. Write B in simplest form.
_d. Write z as a fraction in simplest form. SOLUTION
=
6
See page S-2.
Objective 3.3A Practice
1. Write fain simplest form. 2. Write a in simplest form.
a.
35
1
m.
4. Write i in simplest form.
+
Solutions on p. S-12.
Objective 3.3B
_ Find equivalent fractions by raising to higher terms Equal fractions with different denominators are
called equivalent fractions.
ae
ce
4
_ 1s equivalent to |. Remember that the Multiplication Property of
One states that the product of a number and 1
p}
is the number. This is true for fractions as well as whole numbers. This property can be used to write equivalent fractions.
3 a
II
ll
x
wt
WIN
2 = XA
2 SSK
3
| hr to
2-4 =——=
3
2 3 Was
lI rye Wl
i
sip me
pac equivalent
to
2eC
>| &
|
8,
SPawny
12
; 2 scquvat to —
Se
3
Wee. ee fractions ¢ and 77.
+8
>= 8
=4
¢
5-4
20
ay
20
the larger
denominator
« Multiply the numerator
32
=
Divide
fraction by the
quotient
by
and denominator of the given (4)
5
_ Focus on writing equivalent fractions | Write ;as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 42. SOLUTION
2
Sue
74
2-14 =
es
28 :
:
* Divide the larger denominator De
=
by the smaller
¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator of the given fraction by the quotient (14)
42 ~
2
42 1S equivalent to 3.
Check your understanding 2 | Write 2as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 45. SOLUTION
See page S-2.
27 45
3
>|
Y
¢
ee ae EE
:
the smaller
39 1S equivalent to g.
4) = 3° =
+
a See
Write a fraction that is equivalent to 2and has a denominator of 32. 32
=
Ea — “ik
8
rewritten as the equivalent
3 x aay
||
=
12
Module3 « Fractions fi
Focus on writing equivalent fractions Write 4 as a fraction with a denominator of 12. | SOLUTION
| Write 4 as , ||
125
4
1
1e=s12
* Divide the larger denominator
AV? =
Pay,
48 =
by the smaller
¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator of the given fraction by the quotient (12)
1
48 | 4 1s equivalent to 75.
|Check your understanding 3 | Write 6 as a fraction with a denominator of 18. | SOLUTION
108
See page S-2.
18
Objective 3.3B Practice
1. Write ; as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 16.
2. Write ;as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 49. 3. Write 3as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 18. 4. Write i as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 64. Solutions on p. S-12.
Objective 3.3C
Identify the order relation between two fractions Recall that whole numbers can be graphed as points on the number line. Fractions can also be graphed as points on the number line. [pe The graph of 3 on the
é
0
1
4
mS
4
4
1
&
[Si
faa
©
“@
4
A
8
4
iO
4
4a mM
2B
4
1B
HM
RET
9
number line
The number line can be used to determine the order relation between two fractions. A fraction that appears to the left of a given fraction is less than the given fraction. A fraction that appears to the right of a given fraction is greater than the given fraction. 1 a>
3 8
6 g-
Bi 8
[+
++}
Ow
eB RO
A CeOm
++
& SG 7 Om MORES
+++ tt
2 MW Ss 3
ml )
+++ tm aS we fb Gh &
1g
To find the order relation between two fractions with the same denominator, compare the numerators. The fraction that has the smaller numerator is the smaller fraction. When the denominators are different, begin by writing equivalent fractions with a common denominator; then compare the numerators.
Focus on finding the order relation between two fractions _ Find the order relation between 7 and 2.
Section 3.4 © Multiplication and Division of Fractions SOLUTION
The LCD of the fractions is 72. 11 ies 44
, between the two numbers.
pee ek
Py
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Objective 3.3C Practice
1. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. 1 ee)
40 40 2. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. 2S 5 tf 3. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. ey 7 Hey IL 4. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the two numbers. 5 7 We
AIS
Solutions on p. S-12.
SECTION
3.4 Objective 3.4A
Multiplication and Division of Fractions Multiply fractions To multiply two fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators. Multiplication of Fractions
Take Note > Note that fractions do not need to have the same denominator in order to be
multiplied.
The product of two fractions is the product of the numerators over the product of the denominators. where
b#0O
and
d#0
13
14
Module3 e Fractions 2
i
:
5
The product 5 - 3 shown in example (1) on the previous page can be read 1»
‘
5
thu
gas
‘
9
CH
xe
”
"5 times i or
6
c
g
:
of 3. Reading the times sign as “of” is useful in diagramming the product of two fractions.
-of the bar at the right is shaded.
Po
We want to shade :of the i already shaded.
|
é of the bar is now shaded.
After multiplying two fractions, write the product in simplest form.
Multipl UCL DUS 3
eects ee
Simo
4 Ls B74
* Multiply the numerators
8 y 9 ae 8-9 = I
=
Multiply the denominators
Bo 2S 9)
Die PEI)
* Express the fraction in simplest form by first writing the prime factorization of each number
Sie}
|
« Divide by the common
6
factors and write the product in
simplest form
Sf WEG MAbeUiohys =| = }l|S— SN 3 SX
(2\(10 SNOT
=
3+2:10 hey Sl}
=
05
* Multiply the numerators. Multiply the denominators.
3°2°2'5
Bg
¢ Write the product in simplest form
cid 14
To multiply a whole number by a fraction or a mixed number, first write the whole number as a fraction with a denominator of 1.
5 _ Multiply: 3 3 Sa)
Sa
3
3-—-=—-—
a
* Write the whole number 3 as the fraction 7
oe)
¢ Multiply the fractions.
1:8
There are no common
15
=
=
W |—
factors in the numerator and denominator.
¢ The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number
Section 3.4 © Multiplication and Division of Fractions
Apply the Concept A seamstress is making 12 costumes for a dance recital. Each costume requires a yd
of fabric. How much fabric should the seamstress buy to make the 12 costumes? SOLUTION
To find the amount of fabric the seamstress should buy, multiply the amount of fabric needed for each costume (3)by the number of costumes (12).
B23 12-3 36 ei 4 4
2s
=9
The seamstress should buy 9 yd of fabric
Find the product of 4i and 2. ve. 2 Th i. i F =)
Gr
alOpns
* Write each mixed
number
as an improper
fraction
6. 10 Sy e707]
« Multiply
the fractions
6°10 BY COB
Syl)
a) =
| =>
the product in simplest form
5
45 =
* Write
«
1]
The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number
| Focus on multiplying fractions
| Multiply:
3/1\/8
—| — }{—
nie i(3)(5) SOLUTION H
sala) fh go (Pers
4\2/\9
=
* Multiply the numerators
49
Multiply the denominators
=
* Write the product in simplest form
Check your understanding 1
3(ra)las)
i | Multiply: — SOLUTION
See page S-3.
27
15
16
Module3 @ Fractions
Focus on multiplying a fraction and a whole number _ What is the product of é and 4? | SOLUTION
Ue
SS i
12
ges
A
SS eS
* Write 4 as >
aon ey
=
¢ Multiply
pee
is
UL?
=
PED 7
=
|
=)
“5
¢ Write the product in simplest form
8)? |
3
numerators and multiply denominators.
¢ The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number.
3
_ Check your understanding 2 | Find the product of 5and 6.
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
5
be
| Focus on multiplying mixed numbers
i
| Multiply: ee
5
| SOLUTION We
Gf
eee
=
iby
i
||
F
* Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions
3 =
15
+22
* Multiply numerators and multiply denominators
PRES |
= 375271
|
¢ Write the product in simplest form
2-5
=
|
be) = 33 1
| Check your understanding 3 Multipl Ultiplys ply 3== 7 A“9
| | SOLUTION
See page S-3.
3 oe
| Focus on evaluating a variable expression Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = 12 and y = 2. SOLUTION
xy
|Y le4S |=) \a= SoS Om 5
* Replace x by l= and y by 7. Write l= as an improper fraction
||
¢ Multiply numerators and multiply denominators.
| 8 ENO
|
»
;
©
9°5 a 5-6
=
Se eS SZ 3 |
= rycs
|||z
¢ Write the product in simplest form
F
Section 3.4 © Multiplication and Division of Fractions
17
Check your understanding 4 : 5 2 Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = 55 and y = 3. 5 SOLUTION See page S-3. 3 |> Objective 3.4A Practice
1. Multiply: 3-3 l
. Multiply: a ; 3 l
. Multiply: 3; ;ae
. Multiply: 35-55
19
WN & >
5. Find the product of is and =.
-
6. Evaluate xy for x = + and VS 6x.
~ or 3
Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.
Objective 3.4B
Divide fractions The reciprocal of a fraction is that fraction with the numerator and denominator interchanged. The reciprocal of a number is also called the multiplicative inverse of the number. .
ire.
ae!
The reciprocal of | is ..
A
AY
Hoe
S)
The reciprocal of 5 is” 1
The product of a number and its reciprocal is 1.
The process of interchanging the numerator and denominator of a fraction is called inverting the fraction.
To find the reciprocal of a whole number, first rewrite the whole number as a fraction with a denominator of 1. Then invert the fraction.
6=
°
The reciprocal of 6 is i.
Reciprocals are used to rewrite division problems as related multiplication problems. Look at the following two problems: Oo
|
NM
\|
ios)
6 divided by 2 equals 3.
oO
II
1S)
6 times the reciprocal of 2 equals 3.
Division! isldefinted as/multiplication bythefeCiprocall Therefore, “divided by 2” s the same as
“times 5.” Fractions are divided by making this substitution.
18
Module3 e Fractions
Division of Fractions
To divide two fractions, multiply by the reciprocal of the divisor. where b # 0, c # 0, andd #0
EXAMPLE Cr
eS Divide: = + — oye Sie oyu. LL an pee S45 24 8 SS SS Dice
¢ Rewrite the division as multiplication by the reciprocal!
¢ Multiply the fractions
ie 7 14 IDinyitelos Se OES
ieee 100 15
= ue
=
=
=
* Rewrite the division as multiplication by the reciprocal
10 14 Pols
* Multiply the fractions
10-14 UI AS PRED) OI,©. Th
¢ Write the product in simplest form
7a Note in the next example that when we divide a fraction and a whole number, we first write the whole number as a fraction with a denominator of 1.
Take Note > Sie ie
6 =
#53
5 means that if
is divided into 6 equal parts, 1
If 6 people share 3 of a pizza, what fraction of the pizza does each person eat? SOLUTION
To find the fraction, find the quotient of ;and 6.
each equal part is 3
Therefore, if 6 people share 3 fiof a pizza, each person eats A of the pizza.
3 4 3 4 3 |
2
©
Write
6as 2
* Rewrite the division as multiplication by the reciprocal et ©
* Multiply the fractions
aS Nlwoa Orew
Each person eats ¢ of the pizza.
Section 3.4 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Fractions
19
When a number in a quotient is a mixed number, first write the mixed number as an im-
proper fraction. Then divide the fractions.
bay
ree!
l
PDivides= =, i 8) 4 2
:
i
Oy
=
2 aus 2)
2
4
=—-—-—
=
Se) 2:4
—_
8
=
SE
«
Write
the mixed
*
Rewrite
th
'
Multiply
number
vision
the
|; as
an improper
multiplication
by
fraction
the reciprocal
fractions
15
|Focus on dividing fractions Pog
A
8
(Divides | 5 15) |SOLUTION 4 ind 8
5
a
4 f 15
Thisaers!
AB
* Multiply
by the reciprocal
8
SySi)
_2-2-3°5 B) PLS POD) =
3 =
|
2 |
|
*
The
answer can be written
as an improper fractionor a mixed numbei
2
Check your understanding 5
5
| SOLUTION
10 See page S-3.
| Focus on dividing mixed numbers 4 | Divide: 3— + 2— 15
SOLUTION e Write the mixed numbers
as improper
¢ Write the product in simplest form
Check your understanding 6 3 1 Divide: ivide 4— 8 + 3— , SOLUTION
See page S-3.
|
|
fractions
20
Module3 ° Fractions
"Focus on dividing a whole number and a fraction | What is the quotient of 6 and 29 |
| SOLUTION +. OS
©
ae
3 eS
|
CED
| |
Sage1ae
|
wes
* Write 6 as 7
* Multiply by ultiply by the the reciprocal reciproca
IES) |
=
ae
¢ Write the product in simplest form
1-3
|
10
|
=—=
|
10
Check your understanding 7 _ Find the quotient of 4 and S. | SOLUTION
See page S-3.
4
_ Focus on evaluating a variable expression | Evaluate x + ytot x= 35 and y = 5. - SOLUTION lazy
| eee 5 ieee
a 25 at = RN PS Se 35°59 Be alih.
|Check your understanding 8 | Evaluate x + y for x = 2 and y = 9. |SOLUTION
|
See page S-4.
A
Objective 3.4B Practice
9 ‘e
1. Divide: ; = ;
2. Divide: 6+ 3 8 Sel woe. 3. Divide: 33 + 3
rele
We
3 e
WO 5
Tagen
4. Divide: 33 oo 26
yet
Se a
= or | e
5. Find the quotient of 25 and 2 Pye
2 or re 4
hl
5
6. Evaluate x + y when x = 43 and y = 7. Solutions on pp. S-13-S-14.
:
Section 3.4 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Fractions
Objective 3.4C
21
Solve application problems and use formulas Figure ABC is a triangle. AB is the base, b, of the triangle. The line segment from C that forms a right angle with the base is the height, /, of the triangle. The formula for the area of a triangle is given below.
Cc
Area of a Triangle The formula for the area of a triangle is A = tbh, where A is the area of the triangle, b is the base, and h is the height. EXAMPLE
eee 2 The area of the triangle at the right is 6 m
| Focus on finding the area of a triangle A riveter uses metal plates that are in the shape of a triangle and have a base of 12 cm and a height of 6 cm. Find the area of one metal plate. STRATEGY
To find the area, use the formula for the area of a triangle,
A = Shh. b=
12 andh=6
_ SOLUTION |
|
| A=-—bh | 2
(A=5 090 |
12cm
A = 36
| The area is 36 cm’.
Check your understanding 9 Find the amount of felt needed to make a banner that is in the shape of a triangle with a base of 18 in. and a height of 9 in.
ie
SOLUTION
See page S-4.
81 in?
| Focus on solving an application problem A 12-foot board is cut into pieces 25 ft long for use as bookshelves. What is the length of the remaining piece after as many shelves as possible are cut? | STRATEGY
_ To find the length of the remaining piece: | ¢ Divide the total length (12) by the length of each shelf (24).The quotient is the number |
of shelves cut, with a certain fraction of a shelf left over.
* Multiply the fraction left over by the length of a shelf.
22.
Module 3 © Fractions | SOLUTION
nasi g it, 52 2_2-2 aD. tO AS Modes
WA GS
4 5
_ 4 shelves, each 25 ft long, can be cut from the board. The piece remaining is Zof a 25-foot shelf.
4 t 6“3
45 _45 =2 6.9. 429
Phe length of the remaining piece is 2 ft.
_ Check your understanding 10 The Booster Club is making 22 sashes for the high school band members. Each sash requires | 2yd of materia] at a cost of $12 per yard. Find the total cost of the material.
SOLUTION
See page S-4.
$363
Objective 3.4C Practice
inthe NEWS!
>
Asteroid to Fly Within Orbit of
1. The Assyrian calendar was based on the phases of the moon. One lunation was 295 days long. There were 12 lunations in one year. Find the number of days in one year in the Assyrian calendar. 954 days 2. A car used 125 gal of gasoline on a 275-mile trip. How many miles can this car travel on J gal of gasoline? 22 m:
the Moon Asteroid GA®6 will zip past Earth on Thursday at 7:06 p.m, EDT. The asteroid, a space rock about 7\ ft wide, will fly within the orbit of the moon while it passes Parth,
3. Read the news clipping at the left. The distance between Earth and the moon is approximately 250,000 mi. At its closest point, asteroid GA6 was iiof that distance from Earth. Approximate the asteroid’s distance from Earth at its closest point. 5,000 mi 4. A vegetable garden is in the shape of a triangle with a base of 21 ft and a height of
Source:
Solutions on pp. S-14—S-15.,
news, yahoo.com
13 ft. Find the area of the vegetable garden.
4,
,,
SECTION
(35
Objective 3.5A
Addition and Subtraction of Fractions Add fractions Addition of Fractions with the Same Denominator
To add fractions with the same denominator, add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. EXAMPLES
litte Take Note > Ii Example 2 al the right, note that the answer is reduced to simplest form, AIWwiys
Hplest
Wile
fort
Your
atswer
in
=:
Section 3.5 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
]
aL.
ay
18
=
18
18
|
¢
18
The denominators are the same. Add the numerators Place the sum over the common denominator
9) =
¢ Write the answer
in simplest form
To add fractions with different denominators, first rewrite the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common denominator. Then add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. The LCM of the denominators of the fractions is the least common denominator (LCD).
EXAMPLE
Adda =+ = 29.53 The LCM of the denominators 2 and 3 is ©. ¢ Write equivalent fractions with 6 as the denominator
«
Add the numerators
Focus on adding fractions INOW
oe # = se = eS)
SOLUTION 5 a y =
45
56
8
a)
WDD
9
¢ Write equivalent fractions using 72 (the denominators) as the common
LCM of the
denominator
AS + 56 =
72
101 =
=
92
¢«
Add the numerators
e
The answer
29 |
7p:
Check your understanding 1 INGO
TE eal Se Se a tee Ais)
SOLUTION
See page S-4.
23
can be written as a fraction or a mixed number
23
24
Module3 ° Fractions [|
Focus on adding fractions Find 5 more than 3.
| SOLUTION 3 a 8
7 = 12)
Z ak 14 24 24
* Write equivalent fractions using 24 (the LCM of the denominators) as the common denominator
9414
See page S-5.
ia
The sum of a whole number and a fraction is a mixed number.
The procedure below illus2 trates why 2 + — = De 3 3
Add:
2
6
2
D;
3
3
8
3
2 +
To add a whole number and a mixed number, write the fraction and then add the whole numbers.
2 Add: Te +4 2
Write the fraction.
UP
+4
Add the whole numbers.
VW
sets >
5
1] M|rN
Section 3.5 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
25
To add two mixed numbers, add the fractional parts and then add the whole numbers. Remember to reduce the sum to simplest form.
Focus on adding mixed numbers
What is 673 added to 55? SOLUTION
The LCM of the denominators 9 and 15 is 45.
Add the fractional parts.
Add the whole numbers.
x4. 520 9 14
45 42
°15
O45
fa
20
9 14
45 42
ome
62 is
62 ig
2 eet
17 lg tga = 12
| Check your understanding 4
| Add: 7 ee + 13— eS 10 15 |
| SOLUTION
7
See page S-5.
2855
A pastry chef is making a blueberry cake that requires 13 cups of flour for the streusel topping and li cups of flour for the cake. To find the total amount of flour the chef needs, add 15 and |i SOLUTION
Objective 3.5A Practice
abageceet ; ra eae >)
todeee S35
2 ISG ESE ASE 16 165 48 SinAddasianeroleatt j
eee
aaa)
2
4. Find the sum of 3,2 and 3
5 5) 5. Add: 1 aF 35
i Le
Solutions on pp. S-15—S-16.
19
i
26
Module3 ¢ Fractions
Objective 3.5B
Subtract fractions
Subtraction of Fractions with the Same Denominator To subtract fractions with the same denominator, subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator.
EXAMPLE =
2
11
I
PSUDthAC hei 18 1
—
18
7
=
= 18
Ws
18
*« The denominators are the same.
Subtract the numerators
18 =
4 ——
* Place the difference over the common
denominator
18 =
=
¢ Write
the answer
in simplest form
9
Subtraction of Fractions with Different Denominators
To subtract fractions with different denominators, first rewrite the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common denominator. Then subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator. EXAMPLE
if
5
Subtract ubtrac 6
4
The LCD of the fractions is | 2.
10 6
4
3
* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction with 12 as
12
12
the
10-37 12
12
denominator
¢ Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common
denominator
"Focus on subtracting fractions | Siloieeis
11
=
2
16
12
| SOLUTION 11
5
333)
AD)
16
12
48
48 48
=
—
* Write equivalent fractions using 48 (the LCM of the denominators) as the common denominator ¢ Subtract
the numerators
¢ Write the answer
in simplest form
Section 3.5 « Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
27
Check your understanding 5 im | Subtract Su 2 == ils
| SOLUTION
=g BA
See page S-5.
=
| Focus on subtracting fractions | Find the difference between iand =. |
SOLUTION | oT
5
eee
12
|
i
ZA a. 10
24
* Write
24
equivalent
lenominators)
fractions
as the
using
24 (the
LCM of the
common denominat
ap tegdal
24 |
=
|
Sree
1]
¢ Write
the
an
simple
24
| Check your understanding 6 |
Haters
5
8
| Find 6 less than 9:
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
To subtract mixed numbers without borrowing, subtract the fractional parts and then subtract the whole numbers.
ubtrac SURE
5 3 B=6 — 2r
Subtract the fractional parts. 5
10
Ie eT
* The LCD of the
me
ee
ractions
fies Da 4
:
Subtract the whole numbers.
is
i
5
10
Fine tsOB
12
= =
=
ae
9
4
12
NW l
Pet
12
12
a
The difference is 375
Subtraction of mixed numbers sometimes involves borrowing.
Bese PeSUbiactay
P. 3
1 6 7=
Write equivalent fractions
Borrow | from 7. Add the 1 — Subtract the mixed
using the LCD, 24.
te 4. Write 1s ae 3
1 ==
4
memati = iS
ee eueeee)
15
| —2-=2— Pe C4
j
ae
28
Me
24
«24
5
15
15
Q— =)2— = 2 8 DA 04
:
13
| The difference is 457.
numbers.
i ok Go
Te
an
5
15
—2==2— Sua eod 13 4 24
28
Module 3 e Fractions
Apply the Concept
7
The inseam of a pant leg is 305 in. What is the length of the inseam after a tailor
cuts :in. from the pant leg? SOLUTION
To find the length of the inseam, subtract :from 305.
i)
3
ieee
3
7 :
3
Te eo ye
The length of the inseam is 293 in.
i)
SUbitactss))=- ar
_ Borrow | from 5.
Write | as a fraction so that the fractions have the
Subtract the mixed numbers.
same denominators. Nn
I] Na
ll aN
nn
nn
| i)
I] K
Il we)
cof
le)
|] 00 | (noo oo tw
The difference is 23.
_ Focus on subtracting mixed numbers |Find us decreased by 2.
| SOLUTION =
ie
(oO eeerR 11 33 Se
=
10
LCD = 48
48 33
ca
35 48
&-
|Check your understanding 7
| What is 215 minus 775? |
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
E=3
ee 30
Objective 3.5B Practice
insane Oj
ubdtract:
0
Wl 2. Subtract: 9
ee 0
10
hui 6 ie
5 3. Subtract: gs dG
(Alyy
11
Section 3.5 e Addition and Subtraction of Fractions
28
4. Subtract:
ordbras
Oe =
85
75
Busine od6 e ubdtract: 9 6. Evaluate
29
as Z TS
x — y for x = 8 and y = 42. 3
Solutions on pp. S-16-S-17.
Objective 3.5C
Solve application problems -
| Focus on solving application problems involving fractions
| The
length of a regulation NCAA football must be no less than 10% in. and no more
"than ig in. What is the difference between the minimum and maximum lengths of an || NCAA regulation football? STRATEGY
| To find the difference, subtract the minimum length (103) from the maximum length
l 12) 16/° | SOLUTION Me
7
lO
16
poe;
7
lla
8
eye.
F
16
=
16
=
16
16
«16
Q
The difference is (6 in.
| Check your understanding 8 | The Heller Research Group conducted a survey to determine favorite doughnut flavors. :of the respondents named glazed doughnuts, 4 named filled doughnuts, and 3 named | frosted doughnuts. What fraction of the respondents did not name glazed, filled, or
| frosted as their favorite type of doughnut? 13 SOLUTION See page S-6. ‘0d
bes Focus on solving application problems involving fractions
A 23-inch piece is cut from a 62-inch board. How much of the board is left? | STRATEGY
To find the length remaining, subtract the length of the piece cut from the total length of the board. SOLUTION
5)
15
39
1
1
Cpe Ss
23
354 D3),
,
3s
354 in. of the board are left.
30
Module3 e Fractions
Check your understanding 9 A flight from New York to Los Angeles takes 5 5h. After the plane has been in the air for 23 h, how much flight time remains? 2
SOLUTION
See page S-6.
2h 4
Focus on solving application problems involving fractions Two painters are staining a house. In one day, one painter stains }of the house and the other stains tof the house. How much of the job remains to be done? STRATEGY
To find how much of the job remains: l
| ¢ Find the total amount of the house already stained (3ap 1). _ © Subtract the amount already stained from 1, which represents the complete job. SOLUTION 1
4
2
ora. i: 1 = 4
ae
3}
i a
7
1
12
iL?
5
5
12
12
> of the house remains to be stained
Check your understanding 10 A patient is put on a diet to lose 24 lb in 3 months. The patient loses 15 Ib the first month and 53 Ib the second month. How much weight must be lost during the third month to | achieve the goal?
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
10; Ib
Objective 3.5C Practice 1. A roofer and an apprentice are roofing a newly constructed house. In one day, the roofer completes 3of the job and the apprentice completes f of the job. How much of the job remains to be done? Working at the same rate, can the roofer and the apprentice complete the job in one more day?
5
EYES
20
2. A student worked 43 h, 5 h, and 33 h this week at a part-time job. The student is paid
$9 an hour. How much did the student earn this week?
5117
3. A boxer is put on a diet to gain 15 lb in 4 weeks. The boxer gains 45 Ib the first week
and 33 Ib the second week. How much weight must the boxer gain during the third and fourth weeks in order to gain a total of 15 Ib? Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.
6; Ib
Section 3.6 © Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions
31
SECTION
Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions Objective 3.6A
Multiply and divide positive and negative fractions The sign rules for multiplying positive and negative fractions are the same rules used to multiply integers.
The product of two numbers with the same sign is positive. The product of two numbers with different signs is negative.
3008 Multiply: Pere The signs are different. The product is negative.
3. 8 At 5 —
3-8 4: as PY cto ow) PP AD3C5
MIBLIEV® £0.00 rsiidin lite keno rebar bor *
Write
the
product
in
simy
lest
form
rs
The sign rules for dividing positive and negative fractions are the same rules used to divide integers.
The quotient of two numbers with the same sign is positive. The quotient of two numbers with different signs is negative.
The signs are the same. The quotient is positive.
ioe 108
LAN eee714 15 Hy BES) =
=
=
—-:—
10 14 els 10-14 Theis) Dies 2, 27
* Rewrite
¢
Multiply
the division as multiplication by the reciprocal
the fractions
* Write the product in simplest form
32
Module3 « Fractions
_ Focus on multiplying positive and negative fractions | Multiply: -2(5)(-5)
- SOLUTION 3/1
=
8
=
4\2
edhe
=
9
4-2-9 AONE So
* The product is positive Multiply the numerators Multiply the denominators
sD
2:2-2-3-3
one eed
¢ Write the
; product
in simplest form
| 3
_ Check your understanding 1
|
Weve
| SOLUTION
See page S-7.
| Multiply: aor Nees
|S
_ Focus on evaluating a variable expression :
;
4
5)
Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = 15 and y = —@. SOLUTION
(B22 eee pe if a
6
ee) :
as
4
« Replace x by 1= and y by
516 O55 = —— S26 Bee =-— JHZE8 3
=
=
—%.5 Write
154 as an improper fraction
* Multiply numerators and multiply denominators.
¢ Write the product in simplest form
|
|
*
The answer can be written as an improper fraction or a mixed number.
_ Check your understanding 2 | Evaluate the variable expression xy for x = —55 and y = 5.
| SOLUTION
See page S-7.
ae| iI)
|Focus on dividing positive and negative mixed numbers 1vide: soe 15 5 (-25] 10 Divide | |
| SOLUTION
sks
(24) =
VetSae
10
|
(2-2) 15
(49
a
10
* The signs are different. The quotient is negative. Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions.
10
¢ Write the product in simplest form
Section 3.6 * Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions
| Check your understanding 3
|
Dues IVIG
CS
| SOLUTION
a: nee
Ses
See page S-7.
15
| Focus on dividing positive and negative fractions | What is the quotient of 6 and —39
| SOLUTION Gah
3
;
5
Ss
6
j
3
it
¢ The signs are different. The quotient is negative
&
Write 6 as 7
HS
| |
Sa) ay
ey ee
¢ Multiply by the reciprocal
=—
* Write the product in simplest form
_| Check your understanding 4 |Find the quotient of 4 and 2
|
|| SOLUTION
See page S-7.
4
2)
Objective 3.6A Practice
1.. Multipl 26 ( | 1ply Bhkoa Verte: 5
3 ie)
2. Multiply:
:5
2 eo)
| ae
S) ull 3. Multiply: Pits
er
2 3 ultiply Si3 ( 24 INiuitiipohys ((SS4
ph
iy
55
ET
5. Evaluate xy for x = —jg andy =j75. 5
5)
a
- re
6
(O IDYaAivide: les ==~~ ae || ( :) 3 5
Ty JOXNRIGIER = 8
oh IDinasles ivide
(-5) 12 5 7 Sys [|4 5 (
¢
= 10
—8
9.% Find the quotient of 25 and 2 FBS
:
5
2 or te 4
|
ileal
10. Evaluate x + y for x= —g andy = —>5. Solutions on pp. S-18-S-19.
5
33
34
Module3 e Fractions
Objective 3.6B
Add and subtract positive and negative fractions To add a fraction with a negative sign, rewrite the fraction with the negative sign in the numerator. Then add the numerators and place the sum over the common denominator. i | |
Take Note > =|
1
12-12
3a
48S 4
Add: -> + = 6.
1
SoS
12
6
sls
OS a 6 + =lQ .
=
4
Although the sum could have
SSS 12
=i been left as Te all answers
Oa
in this text are written with the negative sign in front of the fraction.
SS
=
aa 12
* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction using the (12) of the fractions
Y
EE
12
Sa
* Rewrite the first fraction with the negative sign in the numerator
¢
|
ee
ee
12
Add the fractions
¢ Simplify the numerator and write the negative sign in front of the
12
2
4
3
5
LCD
fraction
Add: -= + (-= 2
+
{—
3
ENE = 5
en
+ 3
LO
ees2
es 15
— IS}
LOG
=
* Rewrite each negative fraction with the negative sign in the numerator
>
* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction using the LCD (15) of the fractions
Eat?
710 + (+12)
15
99 =
«
Add the fractions
7
=
=>
15
]
=
15
To subtract fractions with negative signs, first rewrite the fractions with the negative signs in the numerators.
By Simplify: Ee
2
See
9
12
5
=
* Rewrite the negative fraction with the negative sign in the
9 =
12
numerator
au — iS 36
=
8
15 =
36 23
=
¢ Write the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common
36
denominator
23 36
* Subtract the numerators and place the difference over the common denominator ¢ Write the negative sign in front of the fraction
36
:
2 P Subtracts— 3
4 (-2) 5
2 —— 13
2
a
3 NO, —
5
4 3)
{-—]=—+
=
=
* Rewrite subtraction as addition of the opposite
i
1S
— 15
IOs
12
———_
15
Te eh
¢ Write the fractions as equivalent fractions with a common denominator e Add the fractions
Section 3.6 ¢ Operations on Positive and Negative Fractions as
Focus on adding signed fractions Ad
|
ep Na) eee or
a
gene
3)
6
|
| SOLUTION le }
——+
|
8
||
gece)
5)
-
4
=
6
ee)
+
8
=
|
=
sao
ee
+
4
Omen
+
;
S90
24
24
24
=o
is
(20)
24
i |
* Rewrite each negative fraction with the negative
6
24
sign in the numerator
* Rewrite each fraction as an equivalent fraction using the LCD (24) of the fractions *
Add the fractions
1 24
| Check your understanding 5
:
leoANdGs
5. i2
ets “8
| ( ;)
+—+
| SOLUTION
|
See page S-8.
24
—
| Focus on subtracting signed fractions oe! | Subtract
SS2 6
|( SS4 8
| SOLUTION | |
lt
5
« 3 9 |-—_.—4 |) - 5 5.SSimplity.— Simplify 8 = (=
bei
Subriinys (7 (= = 5) =)) ===16. 6.» Simplify
ae
6A
Solutions on pp. S-21-S-22.
Objective 3.7B
Simplify complex fractions A complex fraction is a fraction whose numerator or denominator contains one or more fractions. Examples of complex fractions are shown below.
4
Main fraction bar ——~
10
coo|r|Ri[w
Look at the first example given above and recall that the fraction bar can be read “divided by.” =A )
Therefore, — can be read “* divided by 4
“ce 3
” and can be written | ~ ,. This is the division
8
of two fractions, which can be simplified by multiplying by the reciprocal, as shown below.
To simplify a complex fraction, first simplify the expression above the main fraction bar and the expression below the main fraction bar; the result is one number in the numerator and one number in the denominator. Then rewrite the complex fraction as a division problem by reading the main fraction bar as “divided by.”
| Focus on simplifying Simplify:
a complex fraction
i ———
2) SOLUTION a
pete1
= as 2)
2
¢ The numerator (4) is already simplified. Simplify the expression in the dene ( ) tenominator.
2
SS =
Note;
5 asD
Tes
o
ay)
a y; aa)
¢ Rewrite the complex fraction as division. I
a aoe >
¢ Divide.
12
sie
3 2}.
3 I 8
=—=
5
3
|—
5
;
¢ Write the answer in simplest form.
40
Module 3 « Fractions
Check your understanding 3 | Simplify: 7
i
|
Sel SOLUTION
See page S-9.
| Focus on simplifying
|
39
if
a complex fraction
nea
| 10:5 | Simplify: ——— i 4
SOLUTION =
Sie
SIs
10
ce:
3
5
10
¢ Simplify the expression in the numerator
5
lies
Note:
4 =
3
=|
5
==
= =
3
4
10
ll
anh y 3
4
Write the mixed number
as
in the denominator
* Rewrite the complex fraction as division. The quotient will be negative
¢ Divide by multiplying by the reciprocal
5 =
——
* Write the answer in simplest form
| Check your understanding 4
|
po se,
|
4
5
|
2 +
I
3).
&4
| Simplify:
| SOLUTION
See page S-9.
Objective 3.7B Practice
sack Fae LG 1. Simplify: ra 4 |
2. Simplify:
as
:
ile 3. Simplify:
ee
oes)
r
14° 7 43 4. Simplify: : 2 55 Sie SY
5. Evaluate = —
5 = : ad 4 Beye,
=o
eae lora 4, = 7,i= and @="95. 17
Solutions on pp. S-22—-S-23.
as an improper fraction,
Solutions to Module 3
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
3
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 3.1
Check your understanding 1 S095 NO
0)
2 = Ip)
80% 3) — 10 30 + 4
* Does not divide evenly
30+5=6 30
a
6 =5
¢
The factors are repeating
The factors of 30 are 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, and 30.
Check your understanding 2 11
2)22 2)44 2)88
88 =2:°2-2*11 =2?-11 Check your understanding 3 5g 5)295 DD ISy"5°Bh)
Check your understanding 4 7
The
LEM = 2 2+3-3-5-7 = 420.
Check your understanding 5
The GCF = 2° 2)°3 = 12,
Check your understanding 6 3
5
11
Because no numbers are circled, the GCF = 1.
S-1
S-2
Solutions to Module 3
Section 3.2
Check your understanding 1
“4
Check your understanding 2 17
oA Check your understanding 3
yo
4
ae
~20
2
Dy,
Check your understanding 4 4
pee
ee
93
0
Check your understanding 5
5 «88 Section 3.3
1124+ 5 8
8
Check your understanding 1 |
a
fOr 94 Tp ee 1
1 1
2-287
Rb
| Oe 1
“
1
1
8
ee eas il
Qnia
Oe 1
eae
1
ine 3-5 130.9 2-0 De 1
F AS
1
2-22
15 1
Die
Check your understanding 2 45+5=9 5 =
¢ Divide the larger denominator by the smaller
5-9 9 =
A5
¢ Multiply the numerator
and denominator of the given fraction by the quotient (9)
27;18 equivalent al 45 to 3=.
Check your understanding 3 Write 6 as $ 18+ C=
1=18
6-18
=
ire tN
¢ Divide the larger denominator
— 108 Se
by the smaller
* Multiply the numerator and denominator of the given fraction
18
by the quotient (18)
ra is equivalent to 6.
Check your understanding 4 9
27
1355
26
9 iS 13
14
42
7
ap)
14
21
Solutions to Module 3
Section 3.4
Check your understanding 1
(a \e) SII,
i538
=
15
Sel
* Multiply the numerators Multiply the denominators
als)
(S222 S}O DAS PROSSER)
=
* Write the product in simplest form
De pz|
Check your understanding 2 8 9
367 80 : = De le oe
-6
2s 2°2:2:2°-3
* Write 6 as ;.
== 16 =
3-3-1
5 I
3
¢
3
The
Then multiply
answer can be written as an improper
fraction or a mixed
number
Check your understanding 3
pl ab he. 3--Q- = S = YS
¢ Write the mixed numbers as improper
fractions.
qr ® es 3yo Bie Bye Pha il
+
(so)
Te ae ay
Then multiply
92
Pe)
Check your understanding 4 xy
Pale ae oe 3
eae
3
and y by
=. Then multiply
a [410-2 “88 abit Secv2 52-73
2 Se
Pigs
Bh 1)
Check your understanding 5
Oe ry 627 6 10 6-10 e UCESCaee
D305
* Multiply by the reciprocal
aa
4
A
Check your understanding 6
pate alee 33 ph 109522 3542 ReeeOee Sno Geko 837
See DDS PEDO GS
eh
4
Check your understanding 7
* Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions
Then multiply by the reciprocal
S-3
S-4
Solutions to Module 3
Check your understanding 8 IG => FY
,
1
5
eee eo ee 2 A 1 BAL ee _ 3235 eed 2725 3a8 2 a
4
Check your understanding 9 STRATEGY To find the amount of felt needed, use the formula for the area of a triangle, b = 18 andh = 9
1 A = i Dh.
SOLUTION
A=
Th 2
=ae5 18) (1809)(9 A=
8l
81 in’ of felt are needed.
Check your understanding 10 STRATEGY To find the total cost:
3
¢ Multiply the amount of material per sash (13)by the number of sashes (22) to find the total number of yards of material needed.
¢ Multiply the total number of yards of material needed by the cost per yard (12). SOLUTION
3 59 =lh 22s ee 8 a al 121 | = — = 30— 4 4 1 ON edible 30—-12= 4 40 4-1 11-11-2-2:3 = 363 Tl The total cost of the material is $363.
Section 3.5
Check your understanding 1 7 aie MI =
35 ae 33
9
45
15
45
_ 35 + 33 = =
45
68
eS
IG
¢ Write equivalent fractions using 45, the
LCM of the denominators
of the fractions
¢ Add the numerators
w3;
Ne
¢ Write the answer as a mixed number or an improper fraction.
Solutions to Module3
Check your understanding 2 5 i
9
12
16
20).
=
Pal
ae
48
¢ Write equivalent fractions using 48, the LCM of the denominators
48
of the fractions
_ 20.+.27 a
48
¢
Add the numerators
47 48
Check your understanding 3
2
OL ED
Sb
4
de Se
5
8
40
SUR —
ae
40
oa
Zo
40
87 40
ees
40
* Write equivalent fractions using 40, the
¢
Add the numerators
5 i
EN ae
aan
Spee
40
* Write the answer as a mixed number or an improper
Check your understanding 4 —74
a wee
=
5
°
30
7
is 3( 30 The e LCD is
PII
6—= 10
6—30
11 qr IBS] = 15
22 ISS 30 67 (j= SS Di 30 30
Check your understanding 5 13
V
eel
= 24 =
18 _
WD
TP
Dh mi
« Write equivalent fractions using 72, the denominatorsof the fractions
LCM of the
All
70
¢ Subtract the numerators
st G2,
Check your understanding 6 Sion asd ae Ol * Write equivalent 9
6
18
18
Dilcesis a
©
18
fractions using 18, the denominators of the fractions
¢ Subtract the numerators
a!
18
21]
=2)
LCM of the
denominators of the fractions
= 20
¢ The LCD is 36.
LCM of the
fraction
S-5
S-6
Solutions to Module 3
Check your understanding 8 STRATEGY
To find the fraction of the respondents who did not name glazed, filled, or frosted: ¢ Add the three fractions to find the fraction that named glazed, filled, or frosted.
¢ Subtract the fraction that named glazed, filled, or frosted from 1, the entire group surveyed.
SOLUTION yD, 8 3 +—+—= eee
20)
40
-
32
+
15
OO Rae OOOO
an
100
100
100
100 ~~100
ip of the respondents did not name glazed, filled, or frosted as their favorite type of doughnut.
Check your understanding 9 STRATEGY
To find the time remaining before the plane lands, subtract the number of hours already
in the air (23) from the total time of the trip (54). SOLUTION
eG 5— = 5= = 4— a 3 RG eee Aa 3 2h 4
The plane will land in 23 h. Check your understanding 10 STRATEGY
To find the amount of weight to be lost during the third month: ¢ Find the total weight loss during the first two months (73 + 53). e Subtract the total weight loss from the goal (24 Ib). SOLUTION
i gn 2 4
eee4
ee4 5 1 12> = 13—Ib lost 4 4 4
24 =23-4
Sig 4ae 4 4 10>4 Ib The patient must lose 103 Ib to achieve the goal.
Solutions to Module 3
Section 3.6
S-7
Check your understanding 1
(-3) S)-2.33 3
12
15
3.49
an
15
1€ product 18 positive.
eS See IP2F> ili 1hOS) OPES ByOO D2: NON ow) or.
775)
Check your understanding 2
xy 12
==
41
0 =
8
3
2
;
8
¢ The signs are different.
3
Improper
The answer ts negative.
|
Write 5g as an
traction
41-2 =
-(8-3
* Multiply the numerators.
Multiply the denominators
ey =
(5 ere
4i
5
_—
br
* Write the product in simplest form * Write the answer
ete)
as an improper
fraction or a mixed numbe:
Check your understanding 3 —q4—
3} 8
1
+ 3-—=
»
3)
—
8
:
* The signs are different.
»
oi 35 as improper
8 ; 5)
=
Soe
—|
——
2a
Be
=
a
Write 45 and
* Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal
« Multiply the numerators.
SSS
5
The answer is negative.
fractions
Multiply the denominators
¢ Write the product in simplest form.
¢
Write the answer
as an improper
fraction or a mixed
number
4
Check your understanding 4 4
=
6 7
4
6
* The signs are different.
=
SS
arias
* Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal.
ais
cael
¢ Multiply the numerators.
Lae) 4 7
easy
The answer is negative.
:
=
Write 4 =
4j
Multiply the denominators
LO) =
iM
2°2:7
* Write the product in simplest form.
re ANOS) 14
fe
¢ Write the answer as an improper fraction or a mixed number
S-8
Solutions to Module 3
Check your understanding 5 —
2
+ 2 +
d
I
&
6
=
2
ae 5 ae 71
(2 =
8
=10 24
* Rewrite each fraction with the negative sign in
6
the numerator.
ak 15 a. ea 24 24
* Write equivalent fractions using 24, the LCM of the denominators. Then add
_ 10 + 15 + (-4) 24
ane 24
SSS
SS
6
SS
9
9
Sj
SS Se 18 =
5
—;- with the negative sign in the
* Rewrite 6
numerator
aes
.
eee 18
slp
* Write equivalent fractions using 18, the LCM of the denominators.
14
¢ Subtract the fractions.
18 = 28 18
=
Section 3.7.
29
1
SSS SS 18
|
|= 18
¢ Write the difference as an improper fraction o1 a mixed number.
Check your understanding 1
C )Gra) 13
Bi( 2 4
13)
* Perform operations in parentheses
1 ¢ Simplify exponential expressions
:
* Multiply or divide from left to right
13 2 12
-13-= nee 13 1 O93 43.1925 a156 Check your understanding 2
( 7) =e 2 =
=
=
fa
LN
| ——]
D
wa
+
Ae
ad
-—
4+ —
=
¢ Simplify
5
als rae ae is
Bi) 5p 1 4 +
iO
S
—
kee 4
9
¢ Simplify (= 5
ae 1
8
5
IM
10
==
9 iI@
Solutions to Module 3
Check your understanding 3 2
2
Cees oe
a
sigy A
4
o +
l
3
84
2
2
—
SSS
=
cet
SoS
* Rewrite the complex fraction as division.
ee,
8?
323
9
15> 20°
12 3 520-20
SSS SS SS 8 4 &) |
2 =
* Simplify the expression in the denominator.
3
7
1]
=
12 3)
¢ Simplify the expression in the numerator and the expression in the denominator.
c
¢ Rewrite the complex fraction as division
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 3.1A
1. 12S ID
112 2=6
12+3=4 12-4=3 Thefactors of 12 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 12.
I, Dose I= No) 56 52 = 28 56+4=14 56 = 1 =8 561-5 =F The factors of 56 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, and 56.
3. 48 = 1 = 48 48 +2 = 24 48 = 3'=16 48+4=12 48 -6=8 48 = 8=6 The factors of 48 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, and 48.
S-9
S-10
Solutions to Module 3
2)16 16=2-2-2-2=2 5
ae
2)10 2)20 2)40 40 =2-2:2-5=23-5 6. 37 is a prime number.
Objective 3.1B
1.
2
3.
4.
5.
6
2
3 5=
10
KOM
3
3)
5
© 5
= Do Bos) = AO
Solutions to Module 3
Objective 3.1C
Objective 3.2A
Objective 3.2B
il.
S-11
S-12
Solutions to Module 3
33 6
2 {ee 11 Objective 3.3A
;
2
2 aes 11 11
a =
1.
=
10903
6
1
1
5
1
16° 2922-20
8
4
Dao ao eel
j 7
12a 22 15 5-7 Ce 36
1
2 35
1
1
“pba:
Objective 3.3B
1
1
1
1
Bi A 4-4
(0 27 See ji-7 5-2 139: =. : 3 2 15-4 4. 64 + 16 = 4; —— : 2 16:4 et:
Objective 3.4A
he 16
1. 16+ 4=4;——=— p
Objective 3.3C
1
PBI”. Sey 2-2-2-B
E49 10 IS =
60 — 64
ie ee 40 40 2 11635n Sees 2s =——-=—,—> Peeks bis ee 13-41-26) eae 8, = S; =—, = 18 36512 Bars ae 5 25 37. VOsae 7 4. =—, =—, < 12) 6015 60 noe 15 1. alae
1. >-1=-2.4
G2 Sa Se 322 VED 5
ey S
1504 " 16
10 loe4 16-9 375-22 DD Dates
3
Solutions to Module 3
“3 £4 8 9
2 3 PLE BOG SPL, OP GPLS Sie 3: a1
12
12
DADA e 27)
Objective 3.4B
1.
Di
ED
S-13
S-14
Solutions to Module 3
Objective 3.4C
1. STRATEGY
1 To find the number of days, multiply the number of days in one lunation (295) by 12. SOLUTION
Bele FO12 2D,
2)
=
539) o 112) Wo ||
= 354
There are 354 days in one year of the Assyrian calendar.
Solutions to Module3 -
S-15
STRATEGY
To find the number of miles traveled, divide the number of miles (275) by the
1 number of gallons used (125). SOLUTION
Il
21S
oD,
Zils).
Pes) + | 2 Pils) 72 se 25
The car can travel 22 mi on 1 gal of gas.
3. STRATEGY To approximate the asteroid’s distance from Earth at its closest point, multiply the distance between Earth and the moon in miles (250,000) by the fraction of that
9 distance that the asteroid was from Earth tl SOLUTION 2
!
.
eee
9 10
=
250,000
°
9
] 10 2,250,000 a 225,000 10
At its closest point, the asteroid was approximately 225,000 mi from Earth. 4.
STRATEGY
To find the area, use the formula below. Substitute 21 for b and 13 for h, and solve for A. SOLUTION
1
es
1
[ie D;ON 273 = S— = 2
es 3=
ik Bil
We
Dee.
|]
1 2
1
The area of the vegetable garden is 136, Ve
Objective 3.5A
1.
S-16
Solutions to Module 3
Bh
2_ 40 3 60 1 2 5 60 Feige2 12 60 Si 60 35459 aa 5 20 6 24
2 ee 60 20
plage gS iD 04 me Dy oh 5 en atS
(= f
ome 25
10,
Objective 3.5B
1
7
9 20 7 20 eal 20 +10 dele Om © als oes 6a ale 11 18 27 4 Sas To etl TO) beh Tee ee 5 45 45 4 20 20 ton aes 43
Solutions to Module 3
5.
40—
S-17
4 8 26 = 40— = 39 9 18 18 ]
Soap! Pye 6 18 18 see 18 (Ss Se
5h
5 6 §:=4-=7 6 6 ] = 3— 6
Objective 3.5C
4
5 6
1. STRATEGY To find the amount of roofing that remains: oa
al
¢ Add the amounts already done (Z3e i} ¢ Subtract the amount already done from the total job (1).
To determine if the roofers can finish in one more day, compare the amount already 1
done with —.
2
SOLUTION
2) i ay 54 9, 30 13.6201 2 13 20°20 20
eee 20 20
7 0 of the roofing job remains to be done. fl 1 Because 0 is less than 5° the roofing can be finished in one more day. 2.
STRATEGY
To find the amount earned: ¢ Add the hours worked (4;ar 8) ae 33). ¢ Multiply the hours worked by 9. SOLUTION
1 SE
z
aa
;
a
13
13-9 = 117
The student earned $117. 3.
STRATEGY
To find the amount of weight the boxer must gain: ¢ Add the amounts already gained (453F a) ¢ Subtract the amount gained from the goal amount (15).
S-18
Solutions to Module 3 SOLUTION
| Pa sceeeese3 4~+3—-=4-43 Pa ea ae 1S
Sa 4
4
Cee
8— =6 4 +
3 The boxer has or Ib left to gain.
Objective 3.6A
EQ
Solutions to Module 3 Nn
ON
nA rI|nr}n WN n|oa
NN
na ~
Aye We es 8 ( 4 ia G < a es
C4)
ey gee _ 340-233 7 3-220 Se’ y 16 neal 1) eo 5 10 ae 16 5> 7 SED DST eg Pe] 32-5 “ 5-7
=== -8 eee 5a 5) 5 12
3225
65"12 UE 5.55 WS 282.3 Sil
= 4 LOS
4
any,
Smeets.
\ae Oe.
-3+(-2)=3+4 ae
56
eer
815 3 5-2 7 239-9-3°5
S-19
S-20
Solutions to Module 3
Objective 3.6B
1.
sO dk 4
es Aes aes (res): ae _=9+88 =1 12 12 ik, + == + Pee orbs 8 =e 15 Ae, DA _-14+151 24 24 11 \ ° 2 ed + [=—+ 5 (-75) aS 2 Oppel! Ge erie =
—
1 12
See
6+(-11)
e + 8
—-5
15 15 1 hamec Case +—=—+ + 5) 41 Se Ope 12" 14 =—+ + 4. | 34) 9A O a(12) 14 4 ft 24
3G Se 3
a + 10
7 2
5 12
7 3. ay =—+ ieee iy aes O: =14 = ay eA _9+(-14) _ -5 30 30 _-1 3 ji 3 ee Se 8 8 _-4-3. -7 7 8 8 8 2\_-5 -2 3 oD aE hees: i sO
_ -5 = (-8) 12 See
en
i
Solutions to Module 3
-15+14
-1_
24
24
i571 36 Reis
Objective 3.7A
He
24
20 36 (—20)
36 156205 36
5 36
limeocd De 8 Ses 9 15
Se 45
45
ol
45
Suse Ono 4a —-=+-—+—-= EO
]
8 EE
5
21g Se
eo Sed 9 6 9 16m |— + —8 — — 1g 18 48
ee
=
ne,
Ee ie)
CTC
18 a
92 ee
Se, 1.9 38 Digue (Gtr == i 367) 36m
=
at
36.
eee 8
oil0r 35, Ty 55
72
aa
A
S-21
S-22
Solutions to Module 3
9 eis: 9 Be 10 \3 30510 wy 3 i i IG PS a3 24-26 10 ais 515 iris ~ 5
ae ecw Leb
a
to eye +3 BH19 iS Moa A394 = 1.0 re
Tie
G
aa
5) 16
pe
Ne
(; 2 Hi
glee p fond
one — 64—«W+6 ao 64. «64 é ~ 64 9
i 28
Objective 3.7B
3) Abn aa 4
Sx
eee-3 ~ 16 30nd me 4) ee ie AS). ik at a “86UF eee Ht 6-7 6 97 4 wy a 9° 1 Sir a 7 ei in eit 22 ad eg ie at
Solutions to Module 3
SI 4—-3=
8_ 8
Lots 8
7,
Ea
P4
pole Ca
Bo
Mes) 24 aay)
See
Bee
—-+—
ue 12
|7 a
nS 11)
Si 7
&ls 12
12
S-23
MODULE
Decimals and Percents
SECTION 4.1 Objective 4.1A
Introduction to Decimals Write decimals in standard form and in words
Objective 4.1B
Round a decimal to a given place value
Objective 4.1C
Compare decimals
SECTION 4.2
Adding and Subtracting Decimals
Objective 4.2A
Add and subtract decimals
Objective 4.2B
Solve application problems and use formulas
SECTION 4.3
Multiplying and Dividing Decimals
Objective 4.3A
Multiply decimals
Objective 4.3B
Divide decimals
Objective 4.3C
Solve application problems and use formulas
SECTION 4.4
Comparing and Converting Fractions and Decimals
Objective 4.4A
Convert fractions to decimals
Objective 4.4B
Convert decimals to fractions
Objective 4.4C
Compare a fraction and a decimal
Objective 4.4D
Write ratios and rates
SECTION 4.5
Introduction to Percents
Objective 4.5A
Write a percent as a decimal or a fraction
Objective 4.5B
Write a decimal or a fraction as a percent
SECTION 4.6
Radical Expressions and Real Numbers
Objective 4.6A
Find the square root of a perfect square
Objective 4.6B
Approximate the square root of a natural number
Objective 4.6C
Solve application problems
2
Module 4 e Decimals and Percents
SECTION
4.1 Objective 4.1A Take Note > In decimal notation, the part of the number that appears to
the left of the decimal point is the whole-number part. The part of the number that appears to the right of the decimal point is the decimal part. The decimal point separates the whole-number part from the decimal part.
| Introduction to Decimals Write decimals in standard form and in words The price tag on a sweater reads $61.88. The number 61.88 is in decimal notation. A number written in decimal notation is often called simply a decimal.
A number written in decimal notation has three parts.
61
:
Whole-number
Decimal
part
point
88 _—Decimal part
The decimal part of the number represents a number less than 1. For example, $.88 is less than $1. The decimal point (.) separates the whole-number part from the decimal part. The position of a digit in a decimal determines the digit’s place value. The place-value chart is extended to the right to show the place values of digits to the right of a decimal point.
In the decimal 458.302719, the position of the digit 7 determines that its place value is ten-thousandths.
To write a decimal in words, write the decimal part of the number as though it were a whole number, and then name the place value of the last digit.
0.9684
Nine thousand six hundred eighty-four ten-thousandths
The decimal point in a decimal is read as “and.”
372.516
Three hundred seventy-two and five hundred sixteen thousandths
To write a decimal in standard form when it is written in words, write the whole-number part, replace the word and with a decimal point, and write the decimal part so that the last digit is in the given place-value position. Four and twenty-three hundredths
3 is in the hundredths place.
4.23
Section 4.1
© Introduction to Decimals
3
Focus on naming a place value Name the place value of the digit 8 in the number 45.687. | SOLUTION
The digit 8 is in the hundredths place.
Check your understanding 1 | Name the place value of the digit 4 in the number 907.1342. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Thousandths
Lo
When writing a decimal in standard form, you may need to insert zeros after the decimal point so that the last digit is in the given place-value position. Ninety-one and eight thousandths
8 is in the thousandths place.
91.008
Insert two zeros so that the 8 is in the thousandths place. Sixty-five ten-thousandths 5 is in the ten-thousandths place.
0.0065
Insert two zeros so that the 5 is in
the ten-thousandths place.
Focus on writing a number in words
| Write 293.50816 in words. SOLUTION | Two hundred ninety-three and fifty thousand eight hundred sixteen hundred-thousandths
Check your understanding 2 Write 55.6083 in words.
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Fifty-five and six thousand eighty-three ten-thousandths
Focus on writing a number in standard form Write twenty-three and two hundred forty-seven millionths in standard form. SOLUTION 23.000247
¢ 7 is in the millionths place.
Check your understanding 3 Write eight hundred six and four hundred ninety-one hundred-thousandths in standard form.
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
806.00491
Objective 4.1A Practice
1. Name the place value of the digit 5 in the number 432.09157. 2. Write A asadecimal.
0.853
3. Write the number 25.6 in words.
Twenty-five and six tenths
—Ten-thousandths
4
Module 4 © Decimals and Percents 4. Write the number 1.004 in words. One and four thousandths 5. Write nine and four hundred seven ten-thousandths in standard form. 9.0407 6. Write six hundred twelve and seven hundred four thousandths in standard form.
612.704
Solutions on p. S-7.
Objective 4.1B Tips for Success > Have you considered joining a study group? Getting together regularly with other students in the class to go over material and quiz each other can be very beneficial. See AIM for Success.
Round a decimal to a given place value In general, rounding decimals is similar to rounding whole numbers except that the digits to the right of the given place value are dropped instead of being replaced by zeros. Round 6.9237 to the nearest hundredth. pany
jewncert place value (hundredths)
right are dropped.
6.9237 lid 3 5
Increase 3 by | and drop all digits to the right of 3.
12.385 rounded to the nearest tenth is 12.4.
_ Focus on rounding to a given place value | a. Round 0.9375 to the nearest thousandth. _ b. Round 2.5963 to the nearest hundredth. | ce. Round 72.416 to the nearest whole number. | SOLUTION
| a.
ee Given place value 0.9375 5=5 0.9375 rounded to the nearest thousandth is 0.938.
ca
ae
place value
2.5963 6>5 2.5963 rounded to the nearest hundredth is 2.60.
&
ee Given place value
72.416 4, between the numbers. 0.0135
0.02
| SOLUTION
0.02
0.0135
2
135
oe
100
10,000
200
135
10,000
10,000
200 10,000
O02
113)5%
=
10,000
==)
¢ Write the numbers as fractions
¢ Write the fractions with
a common
¢ Compare the fractions
O13
| Check your understanding 5 | Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.
0.15
SOLUTION
0.107
See page S-1.
0.15 > 0.107
Objective 4.1C Practice 1. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.
0.278 > 0.203 2. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.
0.045 > 0.038 3. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers.
0.037 < 0.13 4. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers. 0.031 > 0.00987 5. Place the correct symbol, < or >, between the numbers. 0.02883 < 0.0305 Solutions on p. S-8.
denominator.
27 ten-thousandths
.0027 eee!
=
PEA 10,000
6
Module 4 e Decimals and Percents
SECTION
4.2 Objective 4.2A
|
Adding and Subtracting Decimals Add and subtract decimals
| Add: 0.326 + 4.8 + 57.23
Note that placing the decimal points on a vertical line ensures that digits of the same place value
+
{5 ees
sis
are added.
| The sum is 62.356. _ Find the sum of 0.64, 8.731, 12, and 5.9.
Arrange the numbers vertically, placing the decimal points on a _ vertical line.
12
_ Add the numbers in each column.
0.64 Sa oll 12.
_ Write the decimal point in the sum directly below the decimal points in the addends.
te PITA
_ Subtract and check: 31.642 — 8.759
2 | 10
B\Y
|
By
Note that placing the decimal points on a vertical _ line ensures that digits of the same place value are subtracted. | The difference is 22.883.
Check:
Subtrahend + Difference = Minuend
8.759 + 22.883 31.642
y
212 elelsls:
Section 4.2 ¢ Adding and Subtracting Decimals
i Subtract and check: 5.4 —
1.6832
_ Insert zeros in the minuend so that it has the same
\
7
;
5.4000
number of decimal places as the subtrahend.
— 1.6832
iSubtract and then check. 4
_ Check:
139
910
1.6832
Z.AQOO
5.4000
3.7168
Apply the Concept Figure | shows the average price of a movie theater ticket in 1989, 1999, and 2009. Find the increase in price from 1989 to 2009.
= nn(=)
SOLUTION
To find the increase in price, subtract the price in 1989 ($3.99) from the price in 2009 ($7.50).
dollars) (in Price
7.50 SE) 3.51
1989
Figure 1
1999
2009
Average Price of a
From 1989 to 2009, the average price of a
Movie Theater Ticket
movie theater ticket increased by $3.5]
SOITESWWiePaLOORMAG CHE
The sign rules for adding and subtracting decimals are the same rules used to add and subtract integers.
Take Note >
| Simplify: —36.087 + 54.29
Recall that the absolute value
j
of a number is the distance
| The signs of the addends are different. Subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger
from zero to the number on the number line. The absolute
value of a number is a positive number or zero.
|54.29| = 54.29 |—36.087|
= 36.087
' absolute value.
{
| 54.29 — 36.087 = 18.203
' Attach the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
| [54.29] > |-36.087| | The sum is positive.
—36.087 + 54.29 = 18.203
Recall that the opposite or additive inverse of n is —n, and the opposite of —n is n. To find the opposite of a number, change the sign of the number.
| Simplify: —2.86 — 10.3 iRewrite subtraction as addition of
Sesto =
NOS
|the opposite. The opposite of 10.3 _is = 03)
= —2.86 + (—10.3)
|The signs of the addends are the same.
_Add the absolute values of the numbers.
| Attach the sign of the addends.
1386
8
Module 4 e Decimals and Percents
Focus on adding and subtracting decimals a. Add: 35.8 + 182.406 + 71.0934 b. What is —251.49 more than —638.7? ce. Subtract and check: 73 — 8.16
| SOLUTION | a.
il, i
35.8 182.406
|
X 8 240
(32.41)(7.6). It is close to the
2 decimal places | decimal place
32.41
XO
S10)
240 1s an estimate of
11
3 decimal places
246.316
| Multiply: 0.061 (0.08)
actual product, 246.316. 0 i
a
0.061 x 0.08 0.00488
3 decimal places 2 decimal places 5 decimal places
* Insert two zeros between the 4 and the decimal point so that there are 5 decimal places in the product
To multiply a decimal by a power of 10 (10, 100, 1000, . . .), move the decimal point to the right the same number of places as there are zeros in the power of 10.
PrISIS 10
= 27.935
i
\A
| zero
| decimal place
PaJISP333) = 100
= 279.35
2 Zeros
ip Spy
2 decimal places
1000
= 2793.5
ae
Say
3 zeros
3 decimal places
DesIfSPBis\ 10,000
= 27,935.
a
ae}
4 zeros
4 decimal places
PIED © 100,000
—
ey
7 9350: SS
5 zeros
* A zero must be inserted before the decimal point.
5 decimal places
Note that if the power of 10 is written in exponential notation, the exponent indicates how many places to move the decimal point.
21935 -10' = 27.935 \A
| decimal place
2.195 ¢ 10? = 279.35 2 decimal places
251935." 10? = 2793.5 Se
3 decimal places
PAC Boe 10* = 27,935. al
4 decimal places
ZAD3S * 10° = 279,350. 7
5 decimal places
12
Module 4 « Decimals and Percents
| Find the product of 64.18 and 10°. | 64.18 - 10° =
64,180
¢ The exponent on 10 is 3. Move the decimal point in 64.18 three places to the right.
The sign rules for multiplying decimals are the same rules used to multiply integers. The product of two numbers with the same sign is positive. The product of two numbers with different signs is negative.
Multiply: (—3.2)(—0.008) (—3.2)(—0.008)
= 0.0256
* The signs are the same lhe product is positive. Multiply the absolute values of the numbers
|Focus on multiplying decimals
| Multiply: 0.00073(0.052) _ SOLUTION 0.00073
x
Recall that division is defined
as multiplication by the
To write a percent as a fraction, remove the percent sign and multiply by 799.
reciprocal. Therefore,
Sore
Pine
13%
multiplying by 799 is equiva-
1 ee ii) =100
13 X
=
100
lent to dividing by 100. ||
| Focus on writing a percent as a decimal and as a fraction | Write each percent as a decimal and as afraction.
a. 120%
| SOLUTION | 2s
|
IDG
=
120 « OO
120% = 120 x i bo 43%
=
11
hy AP Ok
00
100. 5
= 43" < 0:01=
010438
1 4.3% = 4.3 x —— 100 sepa 10. 100 =
43
10°.
x
1
Bene =
100
43
1000
10
* Multiply the fractions.
c. 0.45% = 0.45 X 0.01 = 0.0045 |
O45
i
7r—10'45
100
eee 20
9
2000
100
ase
100
20
¢ Multiply the fractions.
b. 4.3%
c. 0.45%
Section 4.5 ¢ Introduction to Percents
27
| Check your understanding 1 | Write each percent as a decimal and as afraction. | SOLUTION
See pages S-5-S-6.
pd
Re
eral
a. 125%
|
be 0035,
4
b. 8.5% 17
——
200
ec. 0.25%
2.00025:
l
——
400
-
| Focus on writing a percent as a fraction |
;
Q;
:
| Write 163% as a fraction.
| SOLUTION |
y)
D
iwh6=lo8—=
a
cie
x
sk #100
|
50
1
50
|
|Check your understanding 2 | Write 335% as a fraction. |
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
L
]
Objective 4.5A Practice 1. Write 36% as a decimal and as a fraction. 2. Write 6.2% as a decimal and as a fraction.
0.36, = 0.062, ana
3. Write 0.25% as a decimal and as a fraction.
0.0025, Aa
4. Write 125% as a fraction. 2,
5. Write 4—% as a fraction. 7
70
Solutions on p. S-14.
Objective 4.5B
Write a decimal or a fraction as a percent A decimal or a fraction can be written as a percent by multiplying by 100%. | Write 0.37 as a percent.
037°
=
037 x 100%
=
37%
Move the decimal point two places to the right. Then write the percent sign.
When changing a fraction to a percent, if the fraction can be written as a terminating decimal, the percent is written in decimal form. If the decimal representation of the fraction is a repeating decimal, the answer is written with a fraction.
28
Module 4 ¢ Decimals and Percents
Take Note >
' Write gas a percent.
The decimal form of 4 terminates.
13 3 100% G22 vee 8.8 1 | 300% 8 = 37.5%
0.375 8) 3.000
=A
60
=56 40
3 . 3 =
(2.375 is a terminating decimal
¢ The answer is written in decimal form.
=40 0)
oy we ll
Write ¢ as a percent.
bd
Take Note >
0.166 6)1.000 6 40 =36 40 =36
4
2 100% xX ——
—=—
6
The decimal form of é repeats.
6 _ 100%
¢—
|
|
= 0.16 is a repeating decimal.
6
5 = 16-%
* The answer is written with a fraction
3
_ Focus on writing a decimal or a fraction as a percent | a. Write 0.015 and 2.3 as percents. | b. Write ioas a percent. ae) c. Write 3 as a percent.
| SOLUTION | a. 0.015 = 0.015 X 100%
|
= lat 2.3 = 2.3 X 100% == EY
19 . 100%
* 80
1900%
|
80 =
|
Des
ne?)
Claes
3
23.75%
* Write the answer in decimal form
100% a
3
_ 200%
1
3 =
2
007%
« Write the answer with a fraction
_ Check your understanding 3 |a. Write 0.048 and 3.6 as percents.
ess
’
| b. Write 7¢ as a percent. | c. Write 2 as a percent. |SOLUTION
See page S-6.
a. 4.8%, 360%
Objective 4.5B Practice
1. Write 0.73 as a percent. 73% 2. Write 1.012 as a percent. 101.2% 3. Write oe asapercent. 85%
b. 31.25%
]
Cumoomec
3
Section 4.6 ¢ Radical Expressions and Real Numbers 4. Write : asapercent.
29
225%
:
5. Write i as apercent.
|
58%
Solutions on p. S-14.
SECTION
Radical Expressions and Real Numbers Objective 4.6A
Find the square root of a perfect square Recall that the square of a number is equal to the number multiplied times itself.
3° =3:3=9 The square of an integer is called a perfect square.
9 is a perfect square because 9 is the square of 3: 37 = 9. The numbers
1, 4, 9, 16, 25, 36, 49, 64, 81, and 100 are perfect squares.
jee
a
3° = 9 A
1G
5? = 25 GAA A= AG
$= 64 Larger perfect squares can be found by squaring 11, squaring 12, squar-
ing 13, and so on.
O81
107 = 100
Note that squaring the negative integers results in the same
i=]
list of numbers.
(A2)= 4
(-3 =9 (—4)? = 16, and so on.
Perfect squares are used in simplifying square roots. The symbol for square root is a
Square Root A square root of a positive number x is a number whose square is x. If
ars then Vx =a.
EXAMPLE
The expression V/9, read “the square root of 9,” is equal to the number that, when squared, is equal to 9.
Since 3? = 9, V9 = 3.
30
Module 4 « Decimals and Percents
Every positive number has two square roots, one a positive number and one a negative
number. The symbol VV is used to indicate the positive square root of a number. When the negative square root of a number is to be found, a negative sign is placed in front of the square root symbol. For example,
/9=3
and
-V9=-3
The square root symbol, Wy is also called a radical. The number under the radical is
called the radicand. In the radical expression V9, 9 is the radicand.
| Simplify: V49 | V49 =7
Take Note >
¢ \/49 is equal to the number that, when squared, equals 49. 77 = 49.
| Simplify: 6 + 4/9
The radical is a grouping symbol. Therefore, when simplifying numerical expressions, simplify the radicand as part of Step | of the Order of Operations
LG
* Simplify V9
6c
AV 6
=6+
=
12
* Use the Order of Operations Agreement.
18
Agreement.
| Focus on simplifying perfect square radical expressions 4 |
Simplify: a. V121
bb. , ee
c. V36 — 9V/4
|
| SOLUTION
| a. Since 11? = 121,V121 = 11. Aran b. Since (2) OLE Wee Wo ei Gr |
Lc, \/46 ONeo) |
SoeGeilWe) |
= 6 + (-18)
|
—|2 a
Check your understanding 1
1 Simplify: a. —V/144—b. 4 |5 | | SOLUTION
See page S-6.
—1|2 aaa
c. 4V/16 — V9
_ Focus on evaluating an expression | Evaluate 6V/ab for a = 2 and b = 8. |
| | | | | |
SOLUTION 6V ab
6V 2-8 = 6V/16
= 6(4) = 04
iY
i =
10
ens
Section 4.6 ¢ Radical Expressions and Real Numbers
31
| Check your understanding 2 | Evaluate SV a + b for a = 17 and b = 19.
|
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
30
Objective 4.6A Practice . Simplify: By
. Simplify: V81
|
9
. Simplify: aa
N/25, 7
. Simplify: V144 + 3V/9 21 . Evaluate 7V x + y for x = 34andy= 15. 49 by the square root of 16? 3
. What is 7 decreased = NY WwW & Nun Solutions on p. S-14.
Objective 4.6B
Approximate the square root of a natural number If the radicand is not a perfect square, the square root can only be approximated. For ex-
ample, the radicand in the radical expression V2 is 2, and 2 is not a perfect square. The square root of 2 can be approximated to any desired place value.
To the nearest tenth:
V2~
14
(1.4)? = 1.96
To the nearest hundredth:
V2 ~1A4l
(1.41)? = 1.9881
To the nearest thousandth:
V2 ~ 1.414
(1.414)? = 1.999396
To the nearest ten-thousandth:
V2 ~ 1.4142
(1.4142)? = 1.99996164
The square of each decimal approximation gets closer and closer to 2 as the number of place values in the approximation increases. But no matter how many place values are used to approximate Vo), the digits never terminate or repeat. In general, the square root of any number that is not a perfect square can only be approximated. Recall that a rational number has a decimal representation that terminates or repeats. A number such as V2 has a non-terminating, non-repeating decimal representation. Such a number is called an irrational number.
Irrational Numbers
An irrational number is a number whose decimal representation never terminates or repeats.
EXAMPLES OF IRRATIONAL NUMBERS (eee 3. 0.23239233323333...
The rational numbers and the irrational numbers taken together are called the real numbers.
32
Module 4 « Decimals and Percents
Real Numbers
The real numbers are all the rational numbers together with all the irrational numbers.
|
~ Whole Numbers Integers
—~—
'—
Zero
— ~~ Positive Integers (Natural Numbers)
Negative Integers
Rational Numbers
Terminating Decimals
Real Numbers ,
Irrational
Numbers
Fractions That Cannot
Be Reduced to Integers Repeating Decimals
| Focus on approximating a square root Approximate \/11 to the nearest ten-thousandth.
| SOLUTION 11 is not a perfect square. _ Use a calculator to approximate Witte
| VIL © 3.3166 | Check your understanding 3 | Approximate 3V/5 to the nearest ten-thousandth.
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
6.7082
| Focus on finding a natural number inequality for a square root Between what two whole numbers is the value of V41?
| SOLUTION _ Since the number 41 is between the perfect squares 36 and 49, the value of V41 is | between 1/36 and V 49.
| Because \/36 = 6 and V49 = 7, the value of VAI is between the whole numbers 6 | and’7.
_ This can be written using inequality symbols as 6 < \/ 41 < 7, which is read “the square | root of 41 is greater than 6 and less than 7.” | Use a calculator to verify that Val ~ 6.4, which is between 6 and 7.
|Check your understanding 4 | Between what two whole numbers is the value of V572
| SOLUTION
See pageS-6.
7 < 57 0.203 2. 0.045 > 0.038
84 OWS < Ouls 4. 0.031 > 0.00987
5. 0.02883 < 0.0305
Objective 4.2A
1. —42.1 — 8.6 lI —42.1 + (—8.6) —50.7
2. —9.37 + 3.465 = —5.905 3. 382.9 + (—430.6) = —47.7 4.
—6.82 — 4.793 = —6.82 + (—4.793) AOI
Sy ab ar
—125.41 + 361.55 = 236.14 6. x =y¥
—3.69 — (—1.527) = =3.69 + 1.527 = —2.163
Objective 4.2B
1. sTRATEGY To find the new balance: e Add the amount of the deposit (189.53) to the old balance (347.80). ¢ Subtract the amount of the check (62.89) from the sum. SOLUTION
347.08 + 189.53 = 536.61
536.61 — 62.89 = 473.72 The new balance is $473.72. 2. STRATEGY
To find the markup, substitute 2231.81 for S and 1653.19 for C in the given formula and solve for M. SOLUTION
M=S—C M = 2231.81 — 1653.19 M = 578.62
The markup is $578.62.
Solutions to Module 4. S-9
oF
STRATEGY
To find the equity, replace V by 225,000 and L by 167,853.25 in the given formula and solve for E. SOLUTION
B=
VSL
E = 225,000 — 167,853.25 E = 57,146.75
The equity on the home is $57,146.75.
Objective 4.3A
1.
(269) (224) S15. 12
1.31(—0.006) = —0.00786 6.71210 =.67,100 (2.7) (— 16) (3.04)
i
(—43.2) (3.04)
= —131.328 ab
452(—0.86) = —388.72
Objective 4.3B
(—3.312) + (—0.8) = 4.14
84.66 + (—1.7) = —49.8 OSS 9.407 + 10° = 0.009407 so
eS y
26.22 ore =6.9
Objective 4.3C
20.22, 7
(0.9): = —3,8 ( )
if STRATEGY To find Ramon’s average yards per carry, divide the number of yards gained (162) by the number of carries (26). Round to the nearest hundredth. SOLUTION
162 + 26 ~ 6.23 Ramon averaged approximately 6.23 yards per carry.
S-10
Solutions to Module 4 2.
STRATEGY
To find the amount received for the 400 cans, multiply the weight of the cans (18.75) by the amount paid per pound (0.75). Round to the nearest cent. SOLUTION
18.75 - 0.75 ~ 14.06 The amount received for the 400 cans is $14.06. 3.
STRATEGY
To find the number of miles, divide the total distance traveled (295) by the number of
gallons (12.5). SOLUTION
2955
eet
28.6
You can travel 23.6 mi on one gallon of gas. 4.
STRATEGY
To find the area, substitute 7.8 for L and 4.6 for W in the formula below and solve for A. SOLUTION
A = LW
A = 7.8: 4.6 = 35.88 The area is 35.88 cm’.
Objective 4.4A
1.
D2,
0.55
O22 11)8.0000 = 30 22, 80 =i
30 =)
Solutions to Module
0.639639 111)71.000000 — 666 4 40 339 1 070 moo 710 — 666
440 = 333 1070 =e 71 71
—— = 0.639639... = 0.639 111
;
0.77272 22)17.00000 154 1 60 lot 60
—44 16 AS 0.77272... = 0.772 2p.
Ve
TE 40)3.000
=2 80 200 ~200 0 3 — = 0.075 40
9007.25 4)29.00
-28. 10 =8 20
4. S-11
S-12
Solutions to Module 4
ek
Objective 4.4B
A = %5) 7 S
1. 04=—=—
2. (ee '
100
eee 25
485 97 = —— = 1000 200 75 3 4,395.6 = : 100 an . 0485 psa
]
5. 0052=
1
5) 2-2°-13 13 = 2 1000 2:2-250 250 1
6. 0.00015=
1
15 100,000
gis
¥-20,000 1
Objective 4.4C
1.
0.7
iS 100 40 oy 8 200 26 —— —
40
:
3
20,000
Solutions to Module 4
12 =e 12) eo 55 100 240 © 242 1100 1100 240 242 7100 ~ 1100 ne < 0.22
55
055
> 9 Sh) ss 100 9 495 500 900 900 495 500 900~ 900 5
Oss < 5
wb)
=
3.14
22) 314 7 6.100 2200 2198 700 700. 2200_ 2198 700 ~ 700 224 7 Objective 4.4D
1.
Deine 28. 36in.36
9
28 in. :36 in. = 28:36 = 7:9 28 in. to 36 in. = 28to36 3202.
32
2
l6oz
16
1
= 7to9
320z:160z = 32:16 = 2:1 320z tol60z = 32 tol6 = 2 tol
10ft = = D Sill! 4s
$51,000 12 months $11.05 = 3.4 Ib
;
= $4250/month
$3.25/lb
639 mi = 42.6 mi/gal 15 gal
S-13
S-14
Solutions to Module 4
Objective 4.5A
1. 36% = 36 x 0.01 = 0.36
Aisi SOS
ee ee 100 100. 25 2. 6.2% = 6.2 X 0.01 = 0.062 in 6.2, ee Oe 6.2% = 6.2 X 100 100 1000 500 3. 0.25% = 0.25 X 0.01 = 0.0025
See a es 0 “100 100 10,000
‘pe oe 2 100 eon oes ~ 200° 8 5 pe 7 7. 100; 2 aes CO 200s Objective 4.5B
1. 0.73 = 0.73 X 100% = 73%
2. 1.012 = 1.012 x 100% = 101.2% 7 1700 3
. == 20 = —— 20 ws 100% 0 0 =
4. 2 = 2 x 100% = au 4 4 vf if 5 =pa
Objective 4.6A
100%
=
%‘O =
20
=
1. Since 1? = 1, - V1 = -1. 2. Since 9? = 81,V/81 = 9. 3. V144 — V25 = 12-5=7 4. V144 + 3V9 = 12 +3°3 =12+9=21
6. T= Vb= 7-423
Objective 4.6B
1. V/10 ~ 3.1623
2. 6V15 ~ 23.2379 3. 10/21 ~ 45.8258 4. —12\/53 ~ —87.3613
85%(4)
= 225%
700 ou
5. WVx+y 7V34 + 15 = 7V/49 =7-7=49
8
1 — 58%
400
Solutions to Module 4. S-15
5. 29 is between the perfect squares 25 and 36.
V/25 = 5 and V36 = 6 5 21/20 26 6. 130 is between the perfect squares 121 and 144.
V 121 = 11 and V 144 = 12 lil +n
|Check your understanding 2 | a. Translate “five times the difference between a number and sixty” into a variable expression. Then simplify. | b. Translate “negative four multiplied by the total of ten and the cube of a number” into a variable expression. Then simplify.
| SOLUTION
See page S-2.
a. 5(x —60) = 5x-—
300
ob, —4(10 + n3) = —40 — 4n3
Objective 5.3B Practice
1. Translate “twelve minus a number” into a variable expression. 12 — x 2. by 2. Translate “the quotient of twice a number and nine” into a variable expression. 9 3. Translate “the sum of five-eighths of a number and six” into a variable expression. —x + 6 4. Translate “a number added to the difference between twice the number and four” into a variable expression. Then simplify. (2x — 4) + x = 3x — 4 5. Translate “the sum of one-sixth of a number and four-ninths of the number” into a variable expression. Then simplify. by 4 f = . Solutions on p. S-4.
Objective 5.3C
6
9
18
Translate application problems Many applications in mathematics require that you identify the unknown quantity, assign a variable to that quantity, and then attempt to express other unknown quantities in terms of the variable. _ The height of a triangle is 10 ft longer than the base of the triangle. Express the height of _ the triangle in terms of the base of the triangle. the base of the triangle: b the height is 10 more than the base: ) +
¢ Assign a variable to the base of the triangle. 10
¢ Express the height of the triangle in terms of b.
Focus on translating an application problem a. The length of a swimming pool is 4 ft less than two times the width. Express the length of the pool in terms of the width. b. A banker divided $5000 between two accounts, one paying 10% annual interest and the second paying 8% annual interest. Express the amount invested in the 10% account in terms of the amount invested in the 8% account.
Section 5.3 © Translating Verbal Expressions into Variable Expressions
15
SOLUTION a.
the width of the pool: w the length is 4 ft less than two times the width: 2
— 4
. the amount invested at 8%: x the amount invested at 10%: 5000
—
x
Check your understanding 3 The speed of a new jet plane is twice the speed of an older model. Express the speed of the new model in terms of the speed of the older model. lb. A guitar string 6 ft long was cut into two pieces. Express the length of the shorter piece in terms of the length of the longer piece. a.
| SOLUTION
See page S-2.
a. Let s be the speed of the older model: 2s
b. Let y be the length of the longer piece: 6 — y
Objective 5.3C Practice In the News > U2 Concerts Top Annual Rankings in North America
The Irish rock band U2 performed the most popular concerts on the North American circuit this year. Bruce
Springsteen and the E Street Band came in second, with $28.5 million less in ticket sales. Source: new.music.yahoo.com
if See the news clipping at the left. Express Bruce Springsteen and the E Street Band’s ; ; F Bhieesrla eancals concert ticket sales in terms of U2’s concert ticket sales.'*' / be U's concert ucket sales: T — 28,500,000
. A recent survey conducted by Bankrate.com asked, “If you receive a tax refund, what will you do?” Thirty percent of respondents said they would pay down their debt. Express the number of people who would pay down their debt in terms of the number of people surveyed. Let N be the number of people surveyed: 0.30N . Ina triangle, the measure of the smallest angle is 10 degrees less than one-half the measure of the largest angle. Express the measure of the smallest angle in terms of the measure of the largest angle. Let L be the measure of the largest angle: = —7, — 19
Two cars are traveling in opposite directions at different rates. Two hours later, the cars are 200 mi apart. Express the distance traveled by the faster car in terms of the distance traveled by the slower car. Let x be the distance traveled by the slower car: 200 — x Solutions on p. S-5.
ee ed
.
ol
~—
wills:]
tedwatey
ll he rapa
a!
yote
aa
‘own
—a
“= je eee |
= - oh = ‘havi
ew
us
re
bitin: jay
Motte
'
>»
207
Ball
taelt
1
fre
Me
ate Weil
oie
dees UP ie
ty bla
of
Wisk
cuit
Hiyal rouse
7
iyi
wordt
Sir
ry
Tee
Toil all
|
Tae
Solutions to Module 5
SOLUTIONS
TO MODULE
5
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 5.1
Check your understanding 1 —4 is the constant term.
Check your understanding 2 a. 2xy + y’
2(—4)(2) + (2)?
era
4)
= 2(—4)(2) + 4 = (—8)(2) + 4 (16). 4 = —12 a+b Guat
Seb oer
5 +(-3)
25
9 C.F he — a el
5+ (-3) pe 2; =
17
ce xr —%xe+yt+2 (2)? — 2[2 + (—4)} + (-3)?
+ v= 2, y= -42=-3
Sg i=io(Sony =8§+4+9
=12+9 = 21
Section 5.2
Check your understanding 1 hy. Bi = 21D = Syke (Op
=
b. —3y? + 7+ 8y -— 14 =5y
a AD
-7
Check your understanding 2 a. —5(4y’) = —20y?
b. —7(—2a) = 14a =( fi ) 7 Ce
5)
9
Gl)
=
15
a
Check your understanding 3 a. —8(—2a + 7b) = 16a — 56b
b. 3(12x? — x + 8) = 36x” — 3x + 24 c. 3(-—a’ — 6a + 7) = —3a’* — 18a + 21
S-1
S-2
Solutions to Module 5
Check your understanding 4 Fae oii 2(y — 7x) = Sie Dy aitca lle =yt 14x
* Use the Distributive Property * Combine like terms.
b. —2(x — 2y) — (—x + 3y) = —2x + 4y + x - 3y =
S25 ar ay
c. 3y — 2[x — 4(2 — 3y)] = 3y — 2[x — 8 + 12y] = 3y — 2x + 16 — 24y ae = SA Yee Mey
Section 5.3
Check your understanding 1 a. the difference between twice n and the square of n 2n — n* b. the quotient of 7 less than b and 15
y= 1 115)
Check your understanding 2 a.
the unknown number: x the difference between the number and sixty: x — 60
5(x — 60) = 5x — 300 b. the unknown number: n the cube of the number: n° the total of ten and the cube of the number: 10 + n?
—4(10 + n’) = —40 — 4n3 Check your understanding 3 a. the the b. the the
speed speed length length
of the older model: 5 of the new jet plane is twice the speed of the older model: 2s of the longer piece: y of the shorter piece: 6 — y
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 5.1A
1. 3a+ 2b
3(2) + 23) =6+6=
12
2. be + (2a)
3(-—4) + (2:2) = -12+4=-3 3.
(b — 2a)? + be
(3 — 2(2))? + 3(—4) = @ — 4)? + 3(—4) = (-1)? + 3(—4) = 1 + 3(-4)
=
(12)
11
4. (d- a) — 3c
Beg
ate Des 5
3h) (3128
Solutions to Module5 3)
Te
1
Ta Blac aie bd)
1 Sesl (= (9) +
3 ==(4))
Objective 5.2A
1 3 SE SSS +se ANB4@)] 9) = -F@ +52 + 12] 3 1 SS =(4) (74) + ae (14 5004)
2a)
6x + 8x = 14x
dg b= Bo —300
oe
=
-50D
Neo = 0
OS a Syn = Si7) Sp Sy) 9a 3 4
%
Sx
Objective 5.2B
1 3
%
7 8
o—
18 24
8
—%
24
x,
21 24
=
11 24
3
(—8y) — 10x + 4x = —3x — 8y
AV3x) = 12%
(4x)2 = 8x 1 =5(-2) = —0.2(10x) = —2x —0.5(—16y)
Objective 5.2C
= 8y
(5 — 3b)7 = 35 — 21b 3(5x° + 2x) = 15x? + 6x
(—3x — 6)5 = —15x — 30 40? — 3x + 5) = 4° — 12x + 20
3 3 9 =4x (20= Gy ey 6y + 8) 8) =k5? —(8b* — 6b + 9) = —8b? + 6b — 9
Objective 5.2D
4x — 2(3x + 8) = 4x — 6x — 16 = —2x —
16
5n — (7 — 2n) =5n —-7+2n=7n—-7
12(y — 2) + 37 = 3y) = 12y — 24 + 21 — 9y
=e 9/30 28 — 2x]
—2[3x + 2(4 — x)] ll
=—I|\x +8] = —2x — 16
S-3
S-4
Solutions to Module 6
§, —3[2x = & + 7)] = =3[2x =x = 7]
= =3[x = 7] = —3x + 21 6, 0,0Sy + 0,02(4 = x) = 0,08x + 0,08 = 0,02x = 0,03x + 0,08 Objective 5.3A
1, «less than 16
nm + (tQnm = 9) Objective 5.3B
1. the unkeowa pumber: x h2 = x
2. the unknown nepbder: ¢ twice the unkeownm number: Dy pe.
Q X
the unkeewn number: 4
=
ive-eighihs of the numer: 3 Ss
4
the unknewa number.» twice the number: 2s
the difference betweem (wae the mummies aint fine: Do — 4
Qe — 4)
+a =MB=— 44+ 5=B-4
SS the unknewr numder:o,
. : h One-kihOf The: nUMDeE a ; : : My four-ninthAs oF theemumberr: 5 I
+
—% 4 =
¢
&
x =
&
&
&
th =—%
Solutions to Module5
Objective 5.3C
1. U2’s concert ticket sales: T E Street Band’s concert ticket sales:
T — 28,500,000
number of people surveyed: NV number of people who would pay down their debt: 0.30N
measure of the largest angle: L
1 measure of the smallest angle: re = 0) distance traveled by the slower car: x
distance traveled by the faster car: 200 — x
S-5
rr -
a
7
>
=
che Viikneh UPer
A
|
7°
et
a) —_
-
Veoe) (aedaetabent 26
ais
2—_ , a
a
‘).
a
:
MODULE
Introduction to Equations SECTION 6.1
Introduction to Equations
Objective 6.1A
Determine whether a given number is a solution of an equation
Objective 6.1B
Solve an equation of the form x
Objective 6.1C
Solve an equation of the form ax = b
Objective 6.1D
Solve basic uniform motion problems
SECTION 6.2
+a=b
Proportions
Objective 6.2A
Solve proportions
Objective 6.2B
Solve application problems using proportions
SECTION 6.3
The Basic Percent Equation
Objective 6.3A
Solve the basic percent equation
Objective 6.3B
Solve percent problems using proportions
Objective 6.3C
Solve application problems
SECTION 6.4
Percent Increase and Percent Decrease
Objective 6.4A
Solve percent increase problems
Objective 6.4B
Solve percent decrease problems
SECTION 6.5
Markup and Discount
Objective 6.5A
Solve markup problems
Objective 6.5B
Solve discount problems
SECTION 6.6 Objective 6.6A
Simple Interest Solve simple interest problems
2
Module 6 e Introduction to Equations
SECTION
6.1 Objective 6.1A
Introduction to Equations Determine whether a given number is a solution of an equation An equation expresses the equality of two mathematical expressions. The expressions can be either numerical or variable expressions.
9 + 3 = 12 3x — 2 = 10 y+4=2y-1
lea
Lee The equation at the right is true if the variable is replaced by 5.
x + 8 = 13 5+ 8= 13
A true equation
The equation is false if the variable is replaced by 7.
7 + 8 = 13
A false equation
A solution of an equation is a number that, when substituted for the variable, results in a true equation. 5 is a solution of the equation x + 8 = 13. 7 is nota solution of the equation Xt Swiss
_ Focus on determining whether a number is a solution of an equation Is —2 a solution of 2x + 5 = x — 3? SOLUTION
Take Note > The Order of Operations Agreement applies when
evaluating 2(—2) + 5 and
x+5=x7r-3 | 2(=2) 5 5) (Gao Sil ae 5)
(2) a3.
(==
* Replace x by —2
AS
¢ Evaluate the numerical expressions
4]
¢ If the results are equal,
—2 is a solution of the
equation. If the results are not equal,
Yes, —2 1s a solution of
—2 is not a
solution of the equation
the equation.
Check your understanding 1 Is 5 a solution of 10x — x* = 3x — 10?
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
No
Objective 6.1A Practice 1. Is3 asolution of y+ 4=7?
Yes No 3. Is 4a solution of 3y — 4 = 2y? Yes 2. Is 2 asolution of 7 — 3n = 2?
4. Is 3 asolution of z7 + 1 = 4 + 3z? 5 lis 3 a solution of 8x — 1 =
12x + 3?
No No
Solutions on p. S-7.
Objective 6.1B
Solve an equation of the form x + a = b To solve an equation means to find a solution of the equation. The simplest equation to solve is an equation of the form variable = constant, because the constant is the solution. The solution of the equation x = 5 is 5 because 5 = 5 is a true equation.
Section 6.1 ¢ Introduction to Equations
Tips for Success > To learn mathematics, you must be an active participant. Listening and watching your professor do mathematics are not enough. Take notes in class, mentally think through every question your instructor asks, and try to answer
it even if you are not called on to do so. Ask questions when you have them. See AIM for Success.
The solution of the equation at the right is 7 because 7 + 2 = 9 isa true equation.
G29
Note that if 4 is added to each side of
3
i2 = 9
bao
theA ae equation x + 2 = 9,A the leat soluti is still7.
Galilee afae: x+6=13
If —5 is added to each side of the
Ma
equation x -+- 2 = 9, the solution is.
x -+ 2+
7+6=13
=,
(—5) = 9 + (—5)
Equations that have the same solution are called equivalent equations. The equations x+2=9,x
+ 6 =
13, and x — 3 = 4 are equivalent equations; each equation has 7 as
its solution. These examples suggest that adding the same number to each side of an equation produces an equivalent equation. This is called the Addition Property of Equations.
Addition Property of Equations The same number can be added to each side of an equation without changing its solution. In symbols, the equation a = b has the same solution as the equation at+c=bte. EXAMPLE
The equation x — 3 = 7 has the same solution as the equation x — 3 + 3 = 7 + 3.
In solving
an
equation,
the goal
is to rewrite
the
given
equation
in the
form
variable = constant. The Addition Property of Equations is used to Femovela erm from
one side of the equation bylldding theopposite OFthattermt6eachSide’ theequation. Focus on solving an equation Take Note > An equation has some properties that are similar to
Solve:
x — 4= 2
SOLUTION
those of a balance scale. For instance, if a balance scale is
x-4=2
in balance and equal weights
x—-—4+4=2+4
are added to each side of the scale, then the balance scale remains in balance. If an
x+0=6
equation is true, then adding
x=6
Check:
the same number to each
© Add4 to each side of the equation
¢ Simplify. © The equation is in the form variable = constant.
x —4=2 6-4
side of the equation produces another true equation.
« The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form variable = constant.
| 2 2=2
¢ A true equation
The solution is 6.
Check your understanding 2 Solve:
26 = y — 14
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
40
Because subtraction is defined in terms of addition, the Addition Property of Equations also makes it possible to subtract the same number from each side of an equation without changing the solution of the equation.
4
Module 6 @ Introduction to Equations
_ Focus on solving an equation with fractions
|| Solve:
SeeTEoeSs)
Ma
| SOLUTION |
See! Vie 4 =
y+
3)
7
2
3)
Ba
a =
y+O=
*
5
The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form variable = constant.
+ Subtract 73 from each side of the equation
4
wakes
cmt
a = A
* Simplify
| ses
A
¢ The equation is in the form variable
= constant
| The solution is - t You should check this solution.
_ Check your understanding 3 1 3 | Solve: (Cp =weiner + 4+ |
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
=i
Objective 6.1B Practice
1 Solvecandicheck:yi-=o sn 2. Solve and check: -8 =n + 1 3. Solve and check: -9 =5 +x Qe~ 3
4s
Olverandichecke
ye 5
9 —14
=i
5 5. Solve and check: w + 2.932 = 4.801
1.869
Solutions on p. S-8.
Objective 6.1C
Solve an equation of the form ax = b The solution of the equation at the right is 3 because 2 - 3 = 6 is a true equation.
2x = 6 ona e
Note that if each side of 2x = 6 is multiplied by 5, the solution is still 3.
5(2x) = 5-6 10x = 30
: ‘ ee If each side of 2x = 6 is multiplied by ~—4, the solutionis still 3.
2x = 6 (Aion) = (eae eee oy
2°3=6
10-3 = 30 Mors Jetty
The equations 2x = 6, 10x = 30, and —8x = —24 are equivalent equations; each equation has 3 as its solution. These examples suggest that multiplying each side of an equation by the same nonzero number produces an equivalent equation.
Multiplication Property of Equations Each side of an equation can be multiplied by the same nonzero number without changing the solution of the equation. In symbols, if c # 0, then the equation a = b has the same solutions as the equation ac = be. EXAMPLE The equation 3x = 21 has the same solution as the equation 5“3x = i le
Section 6.1 ¢ Introduction to Equations
5
The Multiplication Property of Equations is used to coefficient remove a by multiplying
each side ofthe equation by the reciprocal ofthe coefficient.
t
3
j
ne =9
¢ The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form
Eee We 4 eas anaes
¢ Multiply each side of the equation by 7
i
1-z=12
* Simplity.
|3
z=
variable
= constant.
! :
=
12
* The equation is in the form variable
= constant
| The solution is 12. You should check this solution.
Because division is defined in terms of multiplication, each side of an equation can be divided by the same nonzero number without changing the solution of the equation. | Solve: Take Note > Remember to check the
solution. Check:
6x = 14
())
6
7
14
14 = 14
6x =
: 6x = i
14
Wise
meas
16x
|t
6
14 ¢ The goal is to rewrite the equation in the form variable = constant.
14
7.
* Divide each side of the equation by 6
6
H
7
hes
3
« Simplify.
The equation is in the form variable = constant
eae
} The solution is 3.
Focus on using the Multiplication Property of Equations to solve an equation a. Solve:
Bx —9 = ws
b. Solve:
5x — 9x = 12
SOLUTION
3x a.
—9=
5
a .
=(-9) = : or
4
eS =
ri
* Multiply each side by 5.
—| Pie? The solution is —12.
[ts ons — Whe —4x
—4x
ae
—4
117 =
a
12
12
ee
—4
6) The solution is —3.
* Combine like terms.
* Divide each side by —4.
6
Module6 « Introduction to Equations
Check your understanding 4 a. Solve:
2
ars =6
b. Solve: 4x — 8x = 16 SOLUTION
See page S-1.
ae
b.
—4
Objective 6.1C Practice 1. Solve and check: 2a =0
0
2. Solve and check: a
le)
Be
2
3. Solve and check: 5% =6 4. Solve and check: a
2.95
15 —7.88
—23.246
5. Solve and check: 7d — 4d =9
3
Solutions on pp. S-8—S-9.
Objective 6.1D Take Note > A car traveling in a circle at a constant speed of 45 mph is not in uniform motion because the direction of the car is always changing.
Solve basic uniform motion problems Any object that travels at a constant speed in a straight line is said to be in uniform motion. Uniform motion means that the speed and direction of an object do not change. For instance, a car traveling at a constant speed of 45 mph on a straight road is in uniform motion.
The solution of a uniform motion problem is based on the uniform motion equation d = rt, where d is the distance traveled, r is the rate of travel, and ¢ is the time
spent traveling. For instance, suppose a car travels at SO mph for 3 h. Because the rate (50 mph) and time (3 h) are known, we can find the distance traveled by solving the equation d = rt for d. d=
rt
d = 50(3)
or = 50,1
=3
d = 150 The car travels a distance of 150 mi.
A jogger runs 3 mi in 45 min. What is the rate of the jogger in miles per hour? To find the rate of the jogger, solve the equation d = rt for r. The answer must be in miles per hour and the time is given in minutes. Convert 45 min to hours: 45 min = 2 h= 3 h d= rt 3 =
(§)
4
ed
ai!
4
3 3= wi (=)3 =
t\3
( Fewer Students Take LSATs
This year, 137,444 people took the Law School Admission Test
(LSAT). Three years ago, the LSATs were administered to
2. Due to an increased number of service lines at a grocery store, the average amount of time a customer waits in line has decreased from 3.8 min to 2.5 min. Find the percent decrease. 34.2% 3. Use the news clipping at the left to find the percent decrease in the number of people who took the LSATs in the last three years. 7.1% 4. It is estimated that the value of a new car is reduced by 30% after one year of ownership. Find the value after one year of a car that cost $21,900 new. $15,330 Solutions on pp. S-16—S-17.
148,014 people. Source: Law School Admission Council
Markup and Discount Objective 6.5A
Solve markup problems Cost is the amount a merchandising business or retailer pays for a product. Selling price, or retail price, is the price for which a merchandising business or retailer sells a product to a customer. The difference between selling price and cost is called markup. Markup is added to cost to cover the expenses of operating a business and to provide a profit to the owners.
Markup can be expressed as a percent of the cost, or it can be expressed as a percent of the selling price. Here we present markup as a percent of the cost, which is the most common practice. wae]
| | Selling Price
Cost
The percent markup is called the markup rate, and it is expressed as the markup based on the cost. A diagram is useful for expressing the markup equations. In the diagram at the left, the total length is the selling price. One part of the diagram is the cost, and the other part is the markup.
The Markup Equations Take Note > If C is added to both
sides of the first equation, M = P — C the result is the second equation,
Mi=
) I = 3000
The interest due on the loan is $3000. 2.
STRATEGY
To find the maturity value: ¢ Solve the formula J = Prt for J. P = 25,000, r = 0.082, t= 1 ¢ Use the formula for the maturity value of a simple interest loan,
M = P + J.
SOLUTION
I = Prt l=
25,000(0.082) (1)
I = 2050
M=P 41 M = 25,000
+
2050
M = 27,050
The maturity value is $27,050. 3.
STRATEGY
To find the maturity value: ¢ Solve the formula J = Prt for J.
18 P = 5000, r = 0.069, t = 2D
° Use the formula for the maturity value of a simple interest loan,
M = P + J,
Solutions to Module6 SOLUTION
I = Prt
18 I = (5000) (0.069) () i
S750
M=P+I1 M = 5000 + 517.50 M = 5517.50 The maturity value is $5517.50. - STRATEGY To find the interest rate, solve the formula J = Prt for r.
I = 462, P = 12,000, t = “ SOLUTION
I = Prt
6 462 = 12,000)09( 5) 462 = 6000r 462 ee 6000 0.077 =r
The simple interest rate is 7.7%.
S-21
MODULE
General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities SECTION 7.1 Objective 7.1A
General Equations Solve an equation of the form ax
+
b=c
Objective 7.1B
Solve an equation of the form ax + b =cx +d
Objective 7.1C
Solve an equation containing parentheses
Objective 7.1D
Solve a literal equation for one of the variables
Objective 7.1E
Solve an absolute value equation
SECTION 7.2
Translating Sentences into Equations
Objective 7.2A
Solve integer problems
Objective 7.2B
Translate a sentence into an equation and solve
SECTION 7.3
Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
Objective 7.3A
Solve value mixture problems
Objective 7.3B
Solve percent mixture problems
Objective 7.3C
Solve uniform motion problems
SECTION 7.4
First-Degree Inequalities
Objective 7.4A
Write sets of real numbers using set-builder notation and interval notation
Objective 7.4B
Solve an inequality in one variable
Objective 7.4C
Solve application problems
SECTION 7.5
Compound and Absolute Value Inequalities
Objective 7.5A
Solve a compound inequality
Objective 7.5B
Solve an absolute value inequality
2
Module 7 e General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
SECTION
General Equations Solve an equation of the form ax
Objective 7.1A
+
b=c
In solving an equation of the form ax + b = c, the goal is to rewrite the equation in the form variable = constant. This requires the application of both the Addition and Multiplication Properties of Equations. 3
Solve: fe =
=
=
The goal is to write the equation in the form variable = constant. a 2 4
2
11
Take Note > Check: 2 Vig
Se =
Msp 2 SS
all
3)
=
4
A 3
Ae
3.4
A true equation
= [NI Sb 2!
« Add 2 to each side of the equation.
Kea
¢ Simplify.
Ss —(—9)
* Multiply each side of the equation by z,
3
x=-12
¢ The equation is in the form variable
= constant
The solution is —12.
It may be easier to solve an equation containing two or more fractions by multiplying each side of the equation by the least common multiple (LCM) of the denominators. The result
is an equation that does not contain any fractions. Multiplying each side of an equation that
contains fractions by the LCM of the denominators is called clearing denominators. It is an alternative method, as we show in the next example, of solving an equation that contains fractions.
Take Note > Observe that after we multiply both sides of the equation by the LCM of the denominators and then simplify, the equation no longer contains fractions. Clearing denominators is a method of solving equations. The process applies only to equations, never to expressions.
i|
12
as
2 3
12
=x
X
4+
1 2
+ =)
12
6 =
2 4
¢ Multiply each side of the equation by 12,
a4
U he1 D Istr1butlv ef ¢ Use the Distrib e Property. ro} rty
12| =
== |) =o) = |
8x 8x
=
the LCM of 3, 2. and 4.
+6=9
* Simplify.
6 =
¢ Subtract6 from each side of the equation
6
8x = 3 me = 2
Baus
= AS icra
ans
The solution is g.
¢ Divide each side of the equation by 8
ease
Section 7.1 * General Equations
Focus on solving an equation SOEs
Ske = 7 = =
SOLUTION
She 7 = 5) (oc 3pe = 7 ae 7) =
ey
gl
* Add 7 to each side.
3x = 2 ae = e
3
3
* Divide each side by 3.
2
fins
The solution is .
Check your understanding 1 Solve:
5x + 7 = 10
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Focus on solving an equation Solve:
5 = 9 — 2x
SOLUTION
a =) =O)
= ahs
=O) = 0) = ee
* Subtract 9 from each side
=the
=f
sa =}
Dy
= Sar =
bs
* Divide each side by —2
2=x The solution is 2.
Check your understanding 2 Solve:
2 = 11 + 3x
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
23
Focus on solving an equation by clearing denominators 4 UE eRe)
Solve 5* De; = reby first clearing denominators.
3
4
Wate]
* Gore"
FistDege tations and inequaitties
SOLUTION
The LOM of 5, 2. and4 is 20.
es el 2 20
ee eee
x ~ 5)= 20f 2 5 z, 4
£5)me 20f=)= 2042)
+ Multiply cach sade by 20 s ¢
Use the Distributive Propert
léx — 10 = 15 l6x — 10 + 10 = 15 + 10
+ Add 10 10 cach side
lox= 25 l6x 6
=
25
;
16
+ Divide cach sideby 16
25
ae? fhe
solution js
7
Check your understanding 3 2 Solve 3** 3= SOLUTION
7 7 by first clearing denominators.
See page S-1.
Objective 7.1A Practice 1. Solve and check: 2x -5 = —I1
3
2. Solve and check: —-4y+15=15
0
3. Solve and check: 7 — 9a = 4
hl » Solve and check:=xee ~—= —7 5. Solve and check: Sy
7
+9 + 2y = 23
2
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11,
Objective 7.1B
Solve an equation of the form ax + b =cx +d
Tips for Success »
In solving an equation of the form ax + b = cx + d, the goal is to rewrite the equation
Have you considered join
in the form variable = constant. Begin by rewriting the equation so that there is only one
ing 4 study group? Getting
variable term in the equation. Then rewrite the equation so that there is only one constant
together regularly with other students in the class to go
term,
over material and quiz each other can be very beneficial,
|
See AIM for Success
_ Focus on solving an equation with the variable on both sides | Solve:
2x
+3 = 5x
-9
Section 7.1 * General Equations
SOLUTION
ZANE
OR
DS vem? S98 59 B\ = SiON eels
oe
te Outs
2
Sh 8eOP
* Subtract 5x from each
eo
¢ Simplify.
a= =
=O
eT,
Xe
OH 3
There is only one variable term
* Subtract 3 from each side of the equation.
ea
ete ain
side of the equation
* Simplify.
V2
There is only one constant term
ue
cy = az
* Divide each side of the equation by —3
x=4
*
The equation is in the form variable
constant
The solution is 4+. You should verify this by checking this solution.
Check your understanding 4 Solve:
5x + 4= 6+
10x ~
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Fir
P
.
*
=
| Focus on solving an equation with the variable on both sides SOlVen
Suet 4
0 =D
ae
SOLUTION
3x +4—
$x =2 = 4x
=
—2x
= 2 = 4x
+ 4x+4=2—-—4x+
* Combine like terms
4x — + Add 4x to each side
2x+4=2 9x +4-4=2-4
¢ Subtract4 from each side
2x = —2 PRES
tye!
oh
Fy rots ==
* Divide each side by 2
|
The solution is —1.
Check your understanding 5 SOMMER
She = 10)
SOLUTION
shy
ey
See page S-2.
Objective 7.1B Practice 1. Solve and check: 15x — 2 = 4x — 13 | 2. Solve and check: 0.2b + 3 =0.5b + 12 —30 3. Solve and check: 5 + 7x = 11 + 9x 3
4. Solve and check: 7x — 8 = x — 3 Sli jet 3 = 5x — 7, evaluate 3x = 2. Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.
17
5
6
Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
Solve an equation containing parentheses
Objective 7.1C
When an equation contains parentheses, one of the steps in solving the equation is to use the Distributive Property. The Distributive Property is used to remove parentheses from a variable expression.
| Focus on solving an equation containing parentheses || |
Solve:
4 + 5(2x — 3) = 3(4x - 1)
| SOLUTION 4+
5(2x — 3) = 3(4x — 1)
AON
ll WPA
als
8)
¢ Use the Distributive Property.
Then simplify.
Obs = jhik Sie= 3} Oke
ips5— Il = ase— Due = 3} Ihe — Nil = = 3}
¢ Simplify
= re iil sp ill == 2) 4° Ill
« Add 11 to each side of the equation
= — 8,
¢ Simplify
eee =i)
¢ Subtract 12x from each side of the equation
* Divide each side of the equation by —2
=)
x=-4
* The equation is in the form variable
| The solution is ~4. You should verify this by checking this solution.
|Check your understanding 6
|Solve: 5x — 4(3 — 2x) = 2(3x — 2) + 6 |SOLUTION
See page S-2.
2
Focus on solving an equation containing parentheses Solve:
3[2 — 4(2x — 1)] = 4x — 10
SOLUTION
3[2 — 4(2x — 1)] = 4x — 10
3[2 — 8x + 4] = 4x — 10
¢ Distributive Property
3[6 — 8x] = 4x — 10
¢ Simplify.
18 — 24x = 4x — 10 i
ey
Ue
— He ee Abs
i
Distributive Property
—
INO)
18 — 28x = —10 RS—=
=
Doe =
°
Subtract 44
Simplify
— Il) = 18
Subtract
18
—28x = —28
~28x 28 |
Divide by
DS x=1
| The solution is 1.
Check your understanding 7 Solve:
—2[3x — 5(2x — 3)] = 3x — 8
| SOLUTION
See page S-3.
2
—28
= constant.
Section 7.1 ¢ General Equations
Objective 7.1C Practice
1. Solve and check: 9n — 3(2n — 1) = 15 2. Solve and check: 5(3 — 2y) + 4y=3
4 2
3. Solve and check: 0.05(4 — x) + 0.lx = 0.32 4.
24
Solve and check: 7 — (5 — 8x) = 4x + 3 :
5 . Solve and check: 5 + 3[1 + 2(2x — 3)] = 6(@ + 5)
20
3
Solutions on pp. S-12-S-13.
Objective 7.1D
Solve a literal equation for one of the variables A literal equation is an equation that contains more than one variable. Examples of literal equations are shown at the right. Formulas are used to express relationships
among physical quantities.
1
A formula is
Bis
a literal equation that states a rule about measurements. Examples of formulas are
RET
shown at the right.
ASE
2x + 3y = 6 4w —- 2x +z2=0
eee
dis Bae ye
aaeeth
(Physics) 1h
(viathematies)
(Business)
The Addition and Multiplication Properties can be used to solve a literal equation for one of the variables. The goal is to rewrite the equation so that the variable being solved for is alone on one side of the equation, and all the other numbers and variables are on the other side.
| Focus on solving a literal equation | Solve 3x — 4y = 12 for y. SOLUTION
3x — 4y = 12
Sho Sipe
it
Ay —4y ll
sh eel be
=
26
a
I?
St
he
Viejas —4
ik
+ Subtract 3x.
ae IP
3
4
12
ate —4
+ Divide by —4
neve
¢ Recall that a fraction bar acts as a grouping symbol. Divide each term in the numerator by —4.
5
Check your understanding 8 Solve 5x — 2y = 10 for y.
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
y= =0 — 5
Focus on solving a literal equation by removing parentheses
Solve A = P(1 + i) fori.
8
Module 7 ¢ General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
SOLUTION
The goal is to rewrite the equation so that i is on one side of the equation and all other variables are on the other side.
A= P(1 + i) A=P+
Pi
IN
3
PSP
A=
P=
Pi
A=
P © Pt =
PB
* Use the Distributive Property to remove parentheses. ae 127)
¢ Subtract P from each side of the equation.
SS
* Divide each side of the equation by P
B
Ar ee alee P
§
Check your understanding 9 ar lb
Solve s =
SOLUTION
fori
See page S-3.
L= 25, A
In the previous example, the Distributive Property was used to remove parentheses, as can be symbolized by
a(x + y) = ax + ay In a similar way, we can use the Distributive Property to rewrite two or more terms containing a common factor with parentheses.
ax + ay = a(x + y) In this case, we say that we have factored « from the expression. This concept is used in solving some literal equations.
Focus on solving a literal equation by factoring
| Solve S = C — rC forC. | SOLUTION
SSC S= iS
= -
7 Sy
=
==
KE
C(1 — r) c(i = r)
|
7
« Cis a common factor. * Use the Distributive Property to factor C from the two terms. Recall that C = C> 1. ¢ Divide by (1 = 7).
‘
tC
| S76
Check your understanding 10 Solve S = rS + C for S. SOLUTION
See page S-3.
$=
&-
Objective 7.1D Practice 1. Solve 4x + 3y = 12 forx.
2. Solve
E=IRforR.
x=
3 Beri +3
R= ;
3. Solve F = =C ae Soe
(EC,
©
Sa) 5
Section 7.1 ¢ General Equations
4. Solve s = a(x — vt) fort.
9
t= -
5. solvera = S'— Sr for S.
ree
Solutions on p. S-14.
Objective 7.1E
Solve an absolute value equation Recall that the absolute value of a number is its distance from zero on the number line. Distance is always a positive number or zero. Therefore, the absolute value of a number is always a positive number or zero.
Tips for Success > Before the class meeting in which your professor begins a new section, you should read each objective statement for that section. Next, browse through the objective material. The purpose of browsing through the material is to set the stage for your brain to accept and organize new information when it is presented to you. See AJM for Success.
The distance from 0 to 3
—
ar
or from 0 to —3 is 3 units.
s=—3
Site
|-3| =3
i
eee tat ta mOmals
ttt 2
3
4
5
Absolute value can be used to represent the distance between any two points on the number line. The distance between two points on the number line is the absolute value of the difference between the coordinates of the two points. The distance between point a and point b is given by |b — al. The distance between 4 and —3 on the number line is 7 units. Note that the order in which
the
coordinates
subtracted does the distance.
|«
are
not affect
Distance = |—3 — 4| = |-7|
Distance = |4 — (—3)| = |7|
=7
=7
For any two numbers a and b, |b — al = |a — bj. An equation containing a variable within an absolute value symbol is called an absolute value equation. Here are three examples.
w=
3
lx
2) = 8
Take Note > You should always check your
If a> 0 and |x| = a, then x= then |x| = a has no solution.
answers. Here is the check for examples (1), (2), and (3) at
EXAMPLES
the right.
Putte
lse| = 3
sires 3=3
bal =
vif
eis 3=3
|=x| = 8
Cais
|8| | 8 8 =8 jx+ 3) =4
abe
4=4
—a or x = a. If |x| = 0, thenx = 0. Ifa
lee
You can check the solution to
i
a translation problem.
Wiese.
Check:
i
NG
ae than a
. The unknown
less than 18 is 13
j
hss = 3}
4
ee
13
13 = 13
]
]
iS
thirteen
number:
n—-5
=
n
¢ Find two verbal expressions for the same value
* 1B}
Assign a variable to the unknown
verbal expression.
[et O) tae)
=
n= : The number is 18.
13) ae S
18
number,
e Write a mathematical expression for each
¢ Solve the equation.
Write the equals sign.
12
Module 7 ¢ General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities Recall that the integers are the numbers {..., —4, —3, —2, —1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, ...}. An even integer is an integer that is divisible by 2. Examples of even integers are —8, 0, and 22. An odd integer is an integer that is not divisible by 2. Examples of odd integers are —17, 1, and 39. Consecutive integers are integers that follow
ib, We St}
one another in order. Examples of consecutive integers are shown at the right. (Assume
=o =F, =© Byiae Mid se 2
that the variable n represents an integer.) Take Note >
Examples of consecutive even integers are
Both consecutive even and
shown
consecutive odd integers
able n represents an even integer.)
nn+2,n+4
Examples of consecutive odd integers are shown at the right. (Assume that the variable n represents an odd integer.)
OMI 23 Solisal ne Di ae Pig. ap A
at the right. (Assume
that the vari-
24, 26, 28 ==), =,
=6
are represented using 71,
n+2,n+ 4,....
_ The sum of three consecutive odd integers is forty-five. Find the integers. | STRATEGY /e First odd integer:
n
¢ Represent three consecutive odd integers.
Second odd integer: n + 2 | Third odd integer: n + 4 _¢ The sum of the three odd integers is 45. _ SOLUTION }n+
(n = 2) te (n ate 4) = 45
¢ Write an equation.
3n + 6 = 45
* Solve the equation
3n = 39 n=
ln
2 =
13)
215
int4=1344=
13
¢ The first odd integer 1s 13.
¢ Find the second odd integer
17
* Find the third odd integer
| The three consecutive odd integers are 13, 15, and 17.
Focus on solving an integer problem The sum of two numbers is sixteen. The difference between four times the smaller num-
_ ber and two is two more than twice the larger number. Find the two numbers. | STRATEGY | | The difference between four | | times the smaller number | and two
The smaller number:
| The larger number:
n
16 — n
two more than twice the
larger number
Section 7.2 © Translating Sentences into Equations
13
SOLUTION |
4n —2 = 2(16 =n) + 2
|
Aye P32) SORE 2
Fihasripinve Propero
An
* Combine like terms.
2 — 34 — 2n
| Bigs Lig = Oe = BY a Daag)
|
+ Add 2n to each side
6n — 2 = 34 Oni 242
— B44 2
* Add2 to each side
6n = 36
| |
ue S28 6 6
|
n=06
| 16—n=16—6=
* Divide each side by 6 * The smaller number is 6. 10
¢ Find the larger number
|
| The smaller number is 6. |
| The larger number is 10.
|Check your understanding 1 | The sum of two numbers is twelve. The total of three times the smaller number and | six amounts to seven less than the product of four and the larger number. Find the two numbers.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
oN I
Focus on finding consecutive even integers Find three consecutive even integers such that three times the second equals four more than the sum of the first and third. | STRATEGY
¢ First even integer: n Second even integer: n + 2 Third even integer: n + 4 | ¢ Three times the second equals four more than the sum of the first and third.
SOLUTION |
3(n + 2) =n+(n+4)
+4
3n+6=2n+ 8
| 3n —2n +6 =2n—2n+8 n+6=8 n=2
* The first even integer is 2.
n+2=2+2=4
¢ Find the second even
n+4=2+4=6
* Find the third even integer.
integer.
The three integers are 2, 4, and 6.
| Check your understanding 2 Find three consecutive integers whose sum is negative six. SOLUTION
See pages S-4—S-5.
ee
eal
14
Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
Objective 7.2A Practice
For Exercises | to 5, translate into an equation and solve. 1. The sum of five and a number is three. Find the number. 5 + x = 3: ~2 2. Four times the sum of twice a number and three is twelve. Find the number. 3. The sum of two numbers is fifteen. One less than three times the smaller is equal to the larger. Find the two numbers. 3x — | = 15 — x: 4, 11 4. The sum of two numbers is eighteen. The total of three times the smaller and twice the larger is forty-four. Find the two numbers. 3x + 2(18 — x) = 44; 8, 10 5. Twice the smallest of three consecutive odd integers is seven more than the largest. Find the integers. 2x —7 =x + 4; 11, 13,15 Solutions on pp. S-15—S-17.
Objective 7.2B
Translate a sentence into an equation and solve | Focus on solving an application problem 1A wallpaper hanger charges a fee of $25 plus $12 for each roll of wallpaper used in a _ room. If the total charge for hanging wallpaper is $97, how many rolls of wallpaper were | used?
| STRATEGY | To find the number of rolls of wallpaper used, write and solve an equation using n to _ represent the number of rolls of wallpaper used. 9) plus $12 for 7 each roll ofFa) | jg e $25 | | wallpaper
'
$97
| SOLUTION
| 25 + 12n = 97 12n
=
72
* Subtract 25 from each side
Sa
¢ Divide each side by 12
2 =
12
=
1
;
n=6
| 6 rolls of wallpaper were used.
_ Check your understanding 3 | The fee charged by a ticketing agency for a concert is $3.50 plus $17.50 for each ticket | purchased. If your total charge for tickets is $161, how many tickets did you purchase?
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
9 tickets
Focus on solving an application problem A board 20 ft long is cut into two pieces. Five times the length of the shorter piece is 2 ft more than twice the length of the longer piece. Find the length of each piece. STRATEGY
Let x represent the length of the shorter piece. Then 20 — x represents the length of the longer piece. Make a drawing.
2
es
ee
re ;
|
Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
15
To find the lengths, write and solve an equation using x to represent the length of the shorter piece and 20 — x to represent the length of the longer piece. Five times the length of the shorter piece
is |2 ft more than twice the length of the longer piece
SOLUTION
5x = 2(20 — x) + 2 |
Sx Sea
40
2
2
* Distributive Property
5x = 42 — 2x
* Combine like terms
gS
« Add 2x to each side
Dae she
Tx = 42 The
2
ah = aap
* Divide each
x=6
side by 7
* The shorter piece
| 20-x=20-6=
14
is 6 ft long
¢ Find the length of the longer piece
The length of the shorter piece is 6 ft The length of the longer piece is 14 ft
Check your understanding 4 A wire 22 in. long is cut into two pieces. The length of the longer piece is 4 in. more than twice the length of the shorter piece. Find the length of each piece. SOLUTION
See page S-5.
6 in., 16 in
Objective 7.2B Practice
1. One slice of cheese pizza contains 290 calories. A medium-size orange has one-fifth that number of calories. How many calories are in a medium-size orange? 58 calories 2. John D. Rockefeller died in 1937. At the time of his death, Rockefeller had accumulated $1400 million, which was equal to one sixty-fifth of the gross national product of the United States at that time. What was the U.S. gross national product in 1937? (Source: The Wealthy 100: A Ranking of the Richest Americans, Past and Present) $9) billion 3. The cost to replace a water pump in a sports car was $820. This included $375 for the water pump and $89 per hour for labor. How many hours of labor were required to replace the water pump? 5h 4. The cellular phone service for a business executive is $80 per month plus $.40 per minute of phone use over 900 min. For a month in which the executive’s cellular phone bill was $100.40, how many minutes did the executive use the phone? 95! min Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.
SECTION
1.3 Objective 7.3A
a
Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems Solve value mixture problems A value mixture problem involves combining two ingredients that have different prices into a single blend. For example, a coffee merchant may blend two types of coffee into a single blend, or a candy manufacturer may combine two types of candy to sell as a variety pack.
16
Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
Take Note > The equation AC = V is used to find the value of an ingredient. For example, the
The solution of a value mixture problem is based on the value mixture equation AC = V, where A is the amount of an ingredient, C is the cost per unit of the ingredient, and V is the value of the ingredient.
value of 4 lb of cashews cost-
ing $6 per pound is AC=V
4:$6=V $24—=
' A coffee merchant wants to make 6 |b of a coffee blend costing $5 per pound. The blend _ is made using a $7-per-pound grade and a $4-per-pound grade of coffee. How many ' pounds of each grade should be used?
V
Strategy for Solving a Value Mixture Problem 1. For each ingredient in the mixture, write a numerical or variable expression for the amount of the ingredient used, the unit cost of the ingredient, and the value of the amount used. For the blend, write a numerical or variable expression for the amount, the unit cost of the blend, and the value of the amount. The results can be recorded in a table.
Amount of $7 coffee: x
The sum of the amounts is 6 lb.
Amount of $4 coffee: 6 — x Take Note»> Use the information given in the problem to fill in the amount and unit cost columns of the table. Fill in the value column by multiplying the two expressions you wrote in each row. Use the expressions in the last column to write the equation.
J
Sani ee
a
ee
ee a
$5 blend
2. Determine how the values of the ingredients are related. Use the fact that the sum of the values of all the ingredients is equal to the value of the blend.
The sum of the values of the $7 grade and the $4 grade is equal to the value of the $5
blend.
| 7446 =e S56) | 7x + 24 — 4x = 30 3x + 24 = 30
3x = 6 CS
6-x=6-2=
9
¢ Find the amount of the $4 grade coffee.
| The merchant must use 2 lb of the $7 coffee and 4 lb of the $4 coffee.
Focus on solving a value mixture problem | How many ounces of a metal alloy that costs $4 per ounce must be mixed with 10 oz of an alloy that costs $6 per ounce to make a mixture that costs $4.32 per ounce?
Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
17
STRATEGY
* Ounces of $4 alloy: x ——
a
iijouas
SS
eS
=|he
‘ost
————
alu
—————
| © The sum of the values before mixing equals the value after mixing. | SOLUTION 4x + 6 (10) =
4.32 (10 Se x)
*
The sum of the values before mixing equals the value after mixing
4x + 60 = 43.2 + 4.32x —().32x
+ 60 =
—()/32x% |
43.2
=-—16.8
aS =
52.5
* Subtract
4.32x from each side
* Subtract 60 from each side ®
Divide
each
side by
0.32
52.5 oz of the $4 alloy must be used.
| Check your understanding 1 A gardener has 20 lb of a lawn fertilizer that costs $.90 per pound. How many pounds of | a fertilizer that costs $.75 per pound should be mixed with this 20 lb of lawn fertilizer to | produce a mixture that costs $.85 per pound? | SOLUTION
See page S-6.
10 lb of the $.75 fertilizer
Objective 7.3A Practice
1. An herbalist has 30 0z of herbs costing $2 per ounce. How many ounces of herbs costing $1 per ounce should be mixed with these 30 oz of herbs to produce a mixture costing $1.60 per ounce? 20 07 2. The manager of a farmer’s market has 500 lb of grain that costs $1.20 per pound. How many pounds of meal costing $.80 per pound should be mixed with the 500 Ib of grain to produce a mixture that costs $1.05 per pound? 300 Ib 3. Find the cost per pound of a “house blend” of coffee that is made from 12 lb of Central American coffee that costs $8 per pound and 30 lb of South American coffee that
costs $4.50 per pound. $5.50 4. How many liters of a blue dye that costs $1.60 per liter must be mixed with 18 L of anil that costs $2.50 per liter to make a mixture that costs $1.90 per liter? 36 L. Solutions on pp. S-1S—S-20.
Objective 7.3B
Solve percent mixture problems A percent mixture problem can be solved using the equation Ar = Q, where A is the amount of a solution, r is the percent concentration of a substance in the solution, and Q is
the quantity of the substance in the solution.
For example, a 500-milliliter bottle is filled with a 4% solution of hydrogen peroxide.
AiO) 500 (0.04) = O
20=Q The bottle contains 20 ml of hydrogen peroxide.
18
Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
_ How many gallons of a 20% salt solution must be mixed with 6 gal of a 30% salt solution to make a 22% salt solution?
Strategy for Solving a Percent Mixture Problem 1. For each solution, write a numerical or variable expression for the amount of
solution, the percent concentration, and the quantity of the substance in the solution. The results can be recorded in a table.
Take Note > Use the information given in the problem to fill in the amount and percent columns of the table. Fill in the quantity column by multiplying the two expressions you wrote in each row. Use the expressions in the last column to write the equation.
| i |
Amour
|
5 Le
is
0.22(x + 6)
2. Determine how the quantities of the substances in the solutions are related. Use the fact that the sum of the quantities of the substances being mixed is equal to the quantity of the substance after mixing.
The sum of the quantities of the
substances in the 20% solution and the
0.20x + 0.30(6) = 0.22(x + 6)
020% + 1.80 = 0.22, -2 1.32
30% solution is equal to the quantity of the substance in the 22% solution.
ee
— (102 G—s O48 x = 24
| 24 gal of the 20% solution are required.
| Focus on solving a percent mixture problem | A chemist wishes to make 2 L of an 8% acid solution by mixing a 10% acid solution and | a 5% acid solution. How many liters of each solution should the chemist use? | STRATEGY
| ¢ Liters of 10% solution: x Liters of 5% solution: 2 — x
Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
=
19
¢ The sum of the quantities before mixing is equal to the quantity after mixing. | SOLUTION Os iKOke Se 0.05(2 — x) = 0.08(2)
* The sum of the quantities before mixing equals the quantity after mixing
| 0.10x + 0.10 — 0.05x = 0.16 0.05x
| |
+
0.10
=
0.16
¢«
0.05x
=
0.06
¢ Subtract 0.10 from each side
1.2
* Divide each side by 0.05
x=
| Liters of 10% solution:
Combine like terms on the left side
|.2
| Liters of 5% solution: 2 — x
2—
12 = 0.8
The chemist needs 1.2 L of the 10% solution and 0.8 L of the 5% solution.
| Check your understanding 2 A pharmacist dilutes 5 L of a 12% solution with a 6% solution. How many liters of the | 6% solution are added to make an 8% solution? | SOLUTION
See page S-6.
1OL
Objective 7.3B Practice
1. How many gallons of a plant food that is 9% nitrogen must be combined with another plant food that is 25% nitrogen to make 10 gal of a plant food that is 15% nitrogen? 6.25 gal 2. A chemist wants to make 50 ml of a 16% acid solution by mixing a 13% acid solution and an 18% acid solution. How many milliliters of each solution should the chemist use?
20 ml of 13% solution; 30 ml of 18% solution
3. A hair dye is made by blending a 7% hydrogen peroxide solution and a 4% hydrogen peroxide solution. How many milliliters of each are used to make a 300-milliliter solution that is 5% hydrogen peroxide?
100 ml of 7% hydrogen peroxide; 200 ml of 4% hydrogen peroxide
4. A hair stylist combines 12 0z of shampoo that is 20% conditioner with an 8-ounce bottle of pure shampoo. What is the percent concentration of conditioner in the 20-ounce mixture? 12% Solutions on pp. S-20-S-21.
Objective 7.3C
Solve uniform motion problems An object traveling at a constant speed in a straight line is in uniform motion. The solution of a uniform motion problem is based on the equation rt = d, where r is the rate of travel, tis the time spent traveling, and d is the distance traveled.
20
Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
| A car leaves a town traveling at 40 mph. Two hours later, a second car leaves the same _ town, on the same road, traveling at 60 mph. In how many hours will the second car pass
the first car?
Strategy for Solving a Uniform Motion Problem 1. For each object, write a numerical or variable expression for the rate, time, and distance. The results can be recorded in a table.
| The first car traveled 2 h longer than the second car. ' Unknown time for the second car: ' Time for the first car:
[ee H
ig
Second car
f
t + 2
‘ate
ee
60
ial ie A ial ale
.
First car
GPS
60r
: 1 = 40(t + 2)
Re
| I | | |
Second car Guo
re d
= 60t
2. Determine how the distances traveled by the two objects are related. For example, the total distance traveled by both objects may be known, or it may be known that the two objects traveled the same distance.
The two cars travel the same distance.
AOQ(t + 2) = 601
40t + 80 = 60t 80 = 20t
4=t | The second car will pass the first car in 4 h.
_ Focus on solving a uniform motion problem | Two cars, one traveling 10 mph faster than the other, start at the same time from the same point and travel in opposite directions. In 3 h, they are 300 mi apart. Find the rate of each | Car. STRATEGY ¢ Rate of first car:
r Rate of second car:
r + 10
Section 7.3 ¢ Mixture and Uniform Motion Problems
21
¢ The total distance traveled by the two cars is 300 mi. SOLUTION
3r + 3(r + 10) = 300 3r + 3r + 30 = 300
* Distributive Property
6r + 30 = 300 |
* Combine like terms
6r = 270 r= r+
10=45
+
* Subtract 30 from each side
45
10 =
* Divide each side by 6. This is the rate of the first car 55
¢ Find the rate of the second car
The first car is traveling at 45 mph. The second car is traveling at 55 mph.
Check your understanding 3 Two trains, one traveling at twice the speed of the other, start at the same time on parallel tracks from stations that are 288 mi apart and travel toward each other. In 3 h, the trains
pass each other. Find the rate of each train. SOLUTION
See pages S-6-S-7.
32 mph; 64 mph
Focus on solving a uniform motion problem How far can the members of a bicycling club ride out into the country at a speed of 12 mph and return over the same road at 8 mph if they travel a total of 10 h? STRATEGY
| © Time spent riding out: ¢ Time spent riding back: 10 — t¢
¢ The distance out equals the distance back. SOLUTION
12t = 8(10 — 2) 12t = 80 — 8¢
* Distributive Property
20t = 80
¢ Add 8 to each side.
t =
4 (The time is 4 h.)
¢ Divide each side by 20
The distance out = 12t = 12(4) = 48 The club can ride 48 mi into the country.
Check your understanding 4 A pilot flew out to a parcel of land and back in 5 h. The rate out was 150 mph, and the rate returning was 100 mph. How far away was the parcel of land? SOLUTION
See page S-7.
300 mi
22
Module 7 ¢ General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities Objective 7.3C Practice
1. A long-distance runner starts on a course running at an average speed of 6 mph. Half an hour later, a second runner begins the same course, running at an average speed of 7 mph. How long after the second runner starts will the second runner overtake the first runner? 3h 2. An executive drove from home at an average speed of 30 mph to an airport where a helicopter was waiting. The executive boarded the helicopter and flew to the corporate offices at an average speed of 60 mph. The entire distance was 150 mi. The entire trip took 3 h. Find the distance from the airport to the corporate offices. 120) mi 3. A passenger train leaves a train depot 2 h after a freight train leaves the same depot. The freight train is traveling 20 mph slower than the passenger train. Find the rate of each train if the passenger train overtakes the freight train in 3h. Freight train: 30 mph; passenger train: 50 mph 4. A plane left Kennedy Airport on Tuesday morning for a 605-mile, 5-hour trip. For the first part of the trip, the average speed was 115 mph. For the remainder of the trip, the average speed was 125 mph. How long did the plane fly at each speed? 2h at 115 mph; 3h at 125 mph Solutions on pp. S-22—S-23.
First-Degree Inequalities Objective 7.4A
Write sets of real numbers using set-builder notation and interval notation A set is a collection of objects, which are called the elements of the set. The roster method of writing a set encloses a list of the elements in braces. The set of the positive integers less than 5 is written {1, 2. 3, 4}.
Use the roster method to write the set of integers between 0 and 10. Heh
{1 DBA
IO
Se
* A set can be designated by a capital letter. Note that 0 and 10 are not elements of the set.
_ Use the roster method to write the set of natural numbers. A=
esaray wey
* The three dots mean that the pattern of numbers continues without end.
The empty set, or null set, is the set that contains no elements. The symbol @ or { } is used to represent the empty set.
The set of people who have run a 2-minute mile is the empty set.
Section 7.4 ¢ First-Degree Inequalities
23
Union and Intersection of Two Sets The union of two sets, written A U B, is the set of all elements that belong to either set A or set B. The intersection of two sets, written A M B, is the set that contains the elements that are common to both A and B.
EXAMPLES Find A UB and AB, Ay
B=
4 hy Be
given A = {1,2, 3, 4} and B=
ahs. 6}
¢
{3,4, 5) 6}.
The union of A and B contains all the elements of A and all the elements of B. Elements in both sets are listed only once
ANB=
{3, 4}
¢ The intersection of A and B contains the elements common to A and B
| Find D UE, given D = {6, 8, 10, 12} and E = {—8, —6, 10, 12}. | DWE. = {—8, -6;,6,.8, 10, 12}
| Find
ANB, given A = {5, 6, 9, 11} and B = {5, 9, 13, 15}.
1ANB = {5,9}
| Find ANB, given A = {1, 2,3, 4} and B = {8, 9, 10, 11}. i
laAnB=@2 Another method of representing sets is called set-builder notation. This method of writing sets uses a rule to describe the elements of the set. Using set-builder notation, we represent
the set of all positive integers less than 10 as
{x|x < 10, x € positive integers}, which is read “the set of all positive integers x that are less than 10.”
_ Use set-builder notation to write the set of integers less than or equal to 12.
ii {x|x = i
12,x€
integers }
¢ This is read “the set of all integers x that are less than or equal to 12.”
| Use set-builder notation to write the set of real numbers greater than 4. i {x|x > 4,x € real numbers} ii
* This is read “the set of all real numbers x that are greater than 4.”
For the remainder of this section, all variables will represent real numbers. Given this con-
vention, {x|x > 4, x © real numbers} is written {x|x > 4}.
24
Module 7
General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
Some sets of real numbers that are written in set-builder notation can also be written in interval notation. For instance, the interval notation [—3, 2) represents the set of real numbers between —3 and 2. The bracket means that —3 is included in the set, and the
Take Note > Set-builder notation is mainly used to represent sets that have an infinite number of
parenthesis means that 2 is not included in the set. Using set-builder notation, the interval | —3, 2) is written
elements. The set {x|x > 4} has an infinite number of elements and cannot be represented using the roster method.
{x| Soi
2}
¢ This is read “the set of all real numbers x between
—3 and 2,
including —3 but excluding 2.”
To indicate an interval that extends forever in the positive direction, we use the infinity symbol, ©; to indicate an interval that extends forever in the negative direction, we use the
negative infinity symbol, — ©.
Write {x|x < —2} in interval notation. _ {x|x < —2} is the set of real numbers less than or equal to —2. This set extends forever
in the negative direction. In interval notation, this set is written
(—%, — 2}.
When writing a set in interval notation, we always parenthesis US@a to the right of and to the left 6f =) Infinity is not a real number, so it cannot be represented as belonging to the set of real numbers by using a bracket.
Focus on writing a set in interval notation | Write in interval notation.
| al divi = OF
b. {x|0 =x 9. Write the solution set in interval notation.
Each side of the inequality is divided by a negative number; the inequality symbol
' | 35> 3 [3x
must be reversed.
9 9
ea
Saag Fe
za)
* Divide each side of the inequality by the coefficient —3. Because —3 is a negative
pe)
ex
number, the inequality symbol must be reversed.
3}
| The solution set is (—2%, —3). _ Focus on solving an inequality |
1
1
‘
p
7
:
:
Solve 5 — ax = i Write the solution set in set-builder notation.
_ SOLUTION 1s SSS161
2
| |
| |
Gt
]
12S 6
3
12
|
aie
(oe a
=
11
| a
* Clear fractions by multiplying each side of the inequality by 12
12
he S> lil
|
= Uhe SS &
= Oh a
=o
ee
4x + 5. Write the solution set in set-builder notation. | SOLUTION
| 2x-9>4x4+5 | =e
=
|
= Dye > IA
|
|| The
YS
ex
SSS =
5)
galt
—=_
aa
¢ Subtract 4x from each side of the inequality.
* Add 9 to each side of the inequality « Divide each side of the inequality by the coefficient —2. Because —2 is a negative number, reverse the inequality symbol.
el
solution set is {x|x
8. Write the solution set in set-builder taf fp notation. {x
4
4}
ee
Peo
2. Solve 5x — 2 S 8. Write the solution set in set-builder notation. 3. Solve 3x + 1 S 7x —
{x|\x = 2}
15. Write the solution set in set-builder notation.
4. Solve ix = ; < ix — 2. Write the solution set in interval notation.
{x\. = 4}
(1, ~)
5. Solve 3 — 4(x + 2) = 6 + 4(2x + 1). Write the solution set in interval notation. Solutions on pp. S-24—S-25.
Objective 7.4C
ax
Solve application problems Focus on solving an application problem | AUS. cellular phone company offers a golfer traveling to Ireland two plans. The first | plan costs $5.99 per month with roaming rates of $.99 per minute. The second package has no monthly fee and roaming rates of $1.39 per minute. What minimum number of | minutes must the golfer use in one month to make the first plan more economical than | the second? | STRATEGY
_ To find the number of minutes, write and solve an inequality using x to represent the number of minutes of roaming time used by the golfer. Then the cost of the first plan is 5.99 + 0.99x, and the cost of the second plan is 1.39x. SOLUTION
| Cost of plan 1 < Cost of plan 2
Ore
0.097
139%,
5.99 < 0.40x 14.975 < x The golfer must use at least 15 min of roaming time.
30
Module 7 © General First-Degree Equations and Inequalities
| Check your understanding 8 | The base of a triangle is 12 in., and the height is (x + 2) in. Express as an integer the _ maximum height of the triangle when the area is less than 50 in’.
| SOLUTION
See pages S-8-S-9.
8 in.
_ Focus on solving an application problem _ An average score of 80 to 89 in a history course receives a B. Luisa Montez has grades of | 72, 94, 83, and 70 on four exams. If the maximum score on a test is 100, find the range of
_ scores on the fifth exam that will give Luisa a B for the course. | STRATEGY
| To find the range of scores, write and solve an inequality using N to represent the score | on the fifth test. The average score is the sum of the five scores divided by 5. SOLUTION
80
Have you considered joining a study group? Getting together regularly with other students in the class to go over material and
quiz each other can be very beneficial. See AJM for Success.
Introduction to Functions Evaluate a function In mathematics and its applications, there are many times when it is necessary to investigate a relationship between two quantities. Here is a financial application: Consider a person who is planning to finance the purchase of a car. If the current interest rate for a 5-year loan is 5%, the equation that describes the relationship between the amount that is borrowed B and the monthly payment P is P = 0.018871B.
For each amount
the purchaser may
borrow
(B), there is a
certain monthly payment (P). The relationship between the amount borrowed and the payment can be recorded as a set of ordered pairs, where the first coordinate of each pair is the
amount borrowed and the second coordinate is the monthly payment. Some of these ordered pairs are shown at the right.
7
0.018871B = P
(6000, (7000, (8000, (9000,
113.23) 132.10) 150.97) 169.84)
10
Module 8 « Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
A relationship between two quantities is not always given by an equation. The table at the right describes a grading scale that defines a relationship between a score on a test and a letter grade. For each score, the table assigns only one letter grade. The ordered pair (84. B) indicates that a score of 84 receives a letter grade of B.
The bar graph at the right shows the number of people who watched the Super Bowl for the years 2007 to 2012. The jagged line between 0 and 90 on the vertical axis indicates that a portion of the vertical axis has been omitted. The data in the graph can be written as a set of ordered pairs.
{(2007, 93.2), (2008, 97.4), (2009, 98.7), (2010, 106.5), (2011, 111.01), (2012, 111.35)}
FE oppo asp gs emis
2009 2010 2011 mae”
ee
This set is a function. There are no two ordered pairs with the same first coordinate. The ordered pair (2010, 106.5) means that in 2010, the number of people who watched the Super Bowl was !06.5 million.
In each of the above examples, there is a rule (an equation, a table, or a graph) that determines a certain set of ordered pairs.
Definition of a Function
A function is a set of ordered pairs in which no two ordered pairs have the same first coordinate. The domain of a function is the set of first coordinates of the ordered pairs; the range of a function is the set of second coordinates of the ordered pairs. EXAMPLES
1. {(1, 2), (2, 4), 3, 6), 4, 8)} Domain = {1, 2, 3, 4}
Range = {2, 4, 6, 8}
2. {(—1, 0), ©, 0), (1, 0), (2, 0), (3, 0)} Domain = {—1, 0, 1, 2, 3}
Range = {0}
Now consider the set of ordered pairs {(1, 2), (4, 5), (7, 8), (4, 6)}. This set of ordered pairs is not a function. There are two ordered pairs, (4, 5) and (4, 6), with the same first coordinate. This set of ordered pairs is called a relation. A relation is any set of ordered pairs. A function is a special type of relation. The concepts of domain and range apply to relations as well as to functions.
Section 8.2 ¢ Introduction to Functions
11
| Determine whether each set of ordered pairs is a function. State the domain and range.
_A. {(2, 3), (4,6), (6, 8), (10, 6)} |B. {(2,2),(1,1),0,0), @, -2), @, -1)} iA. No two ordered pairs have the same first element. The set of ordered pairs is a func|
tion. The domain is {2, 4, 6, 10}. The range is {3, 6, 8}.
i /B. The ordered pairs (2, 2) and (2, —2) have the same first coordinate. The set of ordered pairs is not a function. The domain is {0, 1, 2}. The range is {—2, —1, 0, 1, 2}.
For each element of the domain of a function there is a corresponding element in the range of the function. A possible diagram for the function in part A of the example above is shown at the right. Each element of the domain is paired with exactly one element in the range. The diagram represents a function.
A diagram for part B of the example above is shown at the right. There are some elements in the domain that are paired with more than one element in the 6 = A range. The diagram does not represent a function.
{(2, 3), (4, 6), (6, 8), (10, 6)}
Domain
Range A ==
==
——l
{(2, 2), (1, 1), ©, 0), (2, -2), (1, -1)}
Take Note > For a set, the order in which the elements are listed is not important. For instance,
{a, b, c} = {b, a, c}. Note that the elements of the domain of the gradingscale function were listed from smallest to largest. It is common practice to list both domain and range elements in order from smallest to largest.
Consider again the three examples of functions given at the beginning of this objective. For the equation 0.018871B = P, the domain is the possible amounts a consumer might borrow to purchase a car. Let’s assume that the most a person would borrow is
$50,000. Then the domain is {B|0 = B = 50,000}. The range is all possible monthly pay-
ments. The largest monthly payment is P = 0.018871(50,000) ~ 943.55, so the range is
{P|\0 = P < 943.55}. For the grading-scale function, the domain
is {0, 1, 2,3,....97, 98,99, 100}. The {A, B, C, D, F}.
range
is all possible test scores.
is all possible
grades.
The domain
The
range
is
On’ Vertical thé axis. For the graph of the Super Bow! data, the domain is the set of years. The domain is {2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012}. The range is the number of people watching each year. The range is {93.2, 97.4, 98.7, 106.5, 111.01, 111.35}.
Focus on finding the domain and range of a function
Find the domain and range of the function {(5, 3), (9, 7), (13, 7), (17, 3)}. SOLUTION
The domain is the set of first coordinates. The range is the set of second coordinates.
The domain is {5, 9, 13, 17}. The range is {3, 7}.
12
Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
Check your understanding 1 Find the domain and range of the function {(—1, 5), (3, 5), (4, 5), (6, 5)}. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Domain: {—1, 3, 4, 6}; Range: {5}
The square function, which pairs each real number with its square, can be defined by the equation
y=x This y in y = able Take Note > A pictorial representation of the square function is shown at the right. The function acts as a machine that changes a number from the domain into the square of the number
equation states that for a given value of x in the domain, the corresponding value of the range is the square of x. For instance, if x = 6, then y = 36 and if x = —7, then 49. Because the value of y depends on the value of x, y is called the dependent variand x is called the independent variable.
A function can be thought of as a rule that pairs one number with another number. For instance, the square function pairs a number with its square. The ordered pairs for the values shown at the right are (—5, 25), (2 : ),(0, 0), 5° 25 and (3,9). For this function, the second coordi-
nate is the square of the first coordinate. If x represents the first coordinate, then the second coordinate is x° and the ordered pair is (x, .”). A function cannot have two ordered pairs with different second coordinates and the same first coordinate. However, a function may contain ordered pairs with the same second co-
ordinate. For instance, the square function has the ordered pairs (—3, 9) and (3, 9); the second coordinates are the same but the first coordinates are different.
The double function pairs a number with twice that number. The ordered pairs for the values shown at the right are (—5, —10), (3 8),(0, 0), and (3. 6). For this function, the second coordinate is twice the first coordinate. If x represents the first coordinate, then the second coordinate
is 2x and the ordered pair is (x. 2).
Not every equation in two variables defines a function. For instance, consider the equation y=xr4+9
Because
52g OF
Rand
(5)
49
the ordered pairs (4, 5) and (4, —5) are both solutions of the equation. Consequently, there are two ordered pairs that have the same first coordinate (4) but different second coordinates (5 and —5). Therefore, the equation does not define a function. The phrase “‘y is a function of x,” or the same phrase with different variables, is used to describe an equation in two variables that defines a function. To emphasize that the equation represents a function, function notation is used.
Section 8.2 ¢ Introduction to Functions
13
Just as the variable x is commonly used to represent a number, the letter f is commonly used to name a function. The square function is written in function notation as follows: Take Note >
This is the value of the function It is the number that is paired with x
The dependent variable y and
the notation f(x) can be used interchangeably.
——
FQ) = x The name of the function is /
This is an algebraic expression that defines the relationship between the dependent and independent variables
The symbol f(x) is read “the value of f at x” or “f of x.” It is important to note that f(x) does not mean f times x. The symbol f(x) is the value of the function and represents the value of the dependent variable for a given value of the independent variable. We often write y = f(x) to emphasize the relationship between the independent variable x and the dependent variable y. Remember that y and f(x) are different symbols for the same number.
The letters used to represent a function are somewhat arbitrary. All of the following equations represent the same function.
FO) = s(t) = f ? Each equation represents the square function.
P(v) =v The process of determining f(x) for a given value of x is called evaluating a function. For instance, to evaluate f(x) = x° when x = 4, replace x by 4 and simplify.
FG) = x?
f(4) =4 = 16 The value of the function is 16 when x = +. An ordered pair of the function is (4, |6).
Focus on evaluating a function Evaluate g(t) = 3° — 5t + 1 whent = —2.
SOLUTION g(t) = 3P —5t+1 g(—2) = 3(—2)?
— 5(—2) + 1
* Replace t by —2 and then simplify.
B(A)aeses (2)
Take Note > Because g(—2) = 23, (—2, 23)
Dear
is an ordered pair of the function.
MQ ae i = 228)
When fis —2, the value of the function is 23.
Check your understanding 2
Evaluate G(x) = = SOLUTION
when x = —4.
See page S-2.
6
14
Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
Apply the Concept The height s(¢), in feet, of a ball above the ground ¢ seconds after it is thrown
upward at a velocity of 64 ft/s is given by s(t) = —16
+ 64f + 4. Find the height
of the ball 1.5 s after it is released. SOLUTION
To find the height, evaluate the function when ¢ = 1.5.
—16r + 644 + 4 s(1.5)
= HON
ale 64(1.5)
+4
* Evaluate the function when t =
1.5
—16(2.25) + 64(1.5) + 4
—36+96+4 64 The ball is 64 ft above the ground 1.5 s after it is released.
When a function is represented by an equation, the domain of the function is all real numbers for which the value of the function is a real number. For instance: * The domain of f(x)= x° is all real numbers, because the square of every real number
is a real number. In set-builder notation, the domain is {x|—2 < x < co}.
* The domain of g(x) = Fa 5 is all real numbers except 2, because when x = 2s
gQ) = 5 2 5 = i which is not a real number. The domain is {x|x # 2}.
i| Find the domain of f(x) = 2x7 — 7x + 1. laeoanes the value of 2x? — 7x + 1 is areal number for any value of x, no values are
_excluded from the domain of f(x)= 2x* — 7x + 1. The domain of the function is all real
| numbers, or {| Sordi
' Find the coordinates of the x- and y-intercepts of the graph of the equation
The x-intercept occurs when
| 3x + 4y = -12.
39 = ©. The y-intercept occurs when 3 = (0)
/ _ To find the x-intercept, let y = 0. (Any point on the x-axis has _ y-coordinate ().)
To find the y-intercept, let x = 0. (Any point on the y-axis has x-coordinate ().)
3x + 4y = —12
3x + 4y = —12
| 3x + 4(0) = —12
3(0) + 4y = —12
3x = —12
4y = —12
x=
-4
y=s3
| The x-intercept has coordinates (—4, 0)
The y-intercept has coordinates (0, —3).
|Focus on graphing by using the x- and y-intercepts | Graph 3x — 2y = 6 by using the x- and y-intercepts. | SOLUTION
3x — 2y = 6 Boe a= 2(0) =6
* To find the x-intercept,
|
let y =
0. Then solve for x
3x = 6 |
x=2
| The x-intercept has coordinates (2, 0).
|
piSxb= Zyr=.6 3(0) — ()
J
2y = =
6
—2y =6
|
=
¢ To find the y-intercept, let x = 0. Then solve for)
=)
The y-intercept has coordinates (0, —3). Graph the x- and y-intercepts. Draw a line through the two points.
4
| Check your understanding 6 Graph 3x — y = 2 by using the x- and y-intercepts. )
SOLUTION
See page S-4.
y-intercept: ie’ 0):y-intercept: (0, —2)
26
Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
The graph of f(x) = 2x — 4 is shown at the right. Evaluating the function when x = 2, we have
f(x) = 2x — 4 f(2) = 202) —4 f(2) =0 2 is the value ofx for which f(x) = 0. A value of x for which f(x) = 0 is called a zero of f.
Note that the x-intercept of the graph has coordinates (2, 0). xcoordinate The of the
x-intercept isazero ofthe function. Zero of a Function A value of x for which f(x) = 0 is called a zero of the functionf, EXAMPLES
1. Let f@) =3x+6andx=—2.
2. Let f(x) = 2x — 6 and x = 0.
=3(-2) + 6 = 0 f(-2)
f(0) = 20) -6 = -6 #0
Because f(—2) = 0, —2 is a zero of f.
Because f((0) # 0, 0 is not a zero of f.
Z
_ Focus on finding the zero of a function |
.
~
a
?
Find the zero of f G) = 3x — 4. SOLUTION
:
y
9
.
+
-
4
8
f(x) ==x - 4 3
4
2 Q0=
3° —4
©
To find a zero of a function,
let
flx
0
2 ==x
3
="=34
¢ Solve for x
x=6
The zero is 6. The graph of fis shown above. Note that the x-coordinate of the x-intercept is the zero of f-
Check your understanding 7
1.
7
Find the zero of g(x) = 4 + 32. SOLUTION
See page S-4.
Ea Job Es
—6
Objective 8.3C Practice
For Exercises 1 to 4, find the x- and y-intercepts and graph. Ll. x — 2y =
—4
2. 2x — 3y =9
x intercept:
x intercept
(—4. 0): y-intercept: {9
\ = 0): y-intercept:
2
2.
(0.2
(0. —3
1»
a
a
a
=
Section 8.3 ¢ Linear Functions
3. 2x +
27
3
y=3
x-intercept: (=; 0): y-intercept: (O, 3)
4. 3x+ 2y=4
4
x-intercept: (—, O
}; y-intercept:
(0, 2)
Solutions on pp. S-14—S-15.
Solve application problems
Objective 8.3D
There are a variety of applications of linear functions.
Focus on solving an application using a linear function Take Note > In many applications, the
The heart rate R after t minutes for a person taking a brisk walk can be approximated by | the equation R = 2t¢ + 72. Graph this equation for 0 = t = 10. The point with coordi| nates (5, 82) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered | pair.
domain of the variable is
such that the equation makes sense. For this example, it would not be sensible to have values of t that are less than zero. This would indicate
SOLUTION
Find the values ofR for t = 0 and t =
negative time! The number 10 is somewhat arbitrary, but after 10 min most people’s
|
R
heart rates would level off, and a linear function would
no longer apply. Heart rate
10. When t = 0, R = 72. When t =
10, R = 84.
¢ Graph (0, 72). (5, 82). and (10, 84). Draw the line segment
80 60 40 20
beats (in minute) per
that
contains the three points
t 24" £6) Se 10
0
Time (in minutes)
The ordered
pair (5, 82) means that after 5 min, the person’s heart rate is 82 beats |per
minute.
h
4
& 80
Check your understanding 8
(32, 74)
TA
ater)
EN re0
The height h (in inches) of a person and the length L (in inches) of that person’s stride
= 40
| while walking are related. The equation h = a1 + 50 approximates this relationship.
o
20
0
10
20
30 40
| Graph this equation for 15 = L = 40. The point with coordinates (32, 74) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered pair.
a
SOLUTION
Stride (in inches)
See page S-4.
The ordered pair (32, 74) means that a person with a stride of 32 in. is 74 in. tall.
Objective 8.3D Practice
1. The monthly cost of a wireless telephone plan is $39.99 for up to 450 min of calling time plus $.45 per minute for each minute over 450 min. The equation that describes the cost of this plan is C = 0.45x + 39.99, where x is the number of minutes over 450. What is the cost of this plan if a person uses a. 398 min and b. 475 min of calling time? a. $39.99 b, $51.24 2. A bee beats its wings approximately 100 times per second. The equation that describes the total number of times a bee beats its wings is given by B = 100f. Graph this equation for 0 = t S 60. The point with coordinates (35, 3500) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered pair. A bee beats its wings 3500 times in 35 s.
sont 5000 4000
(35, 3500)
3000 2000
beats1000 of Number 10 20
30
40
50 60
Time (in seconds)
t
28
Module 8 e Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
3. The cost of manufacturing skis is $5000 for startup costs and $80 per pair of skis
Feet
~1 UID & NW o
manufactured. The equation that describes the cost of manufacturing n pairs of skis is C = 80n + 5000. Graph this equation for 0 = n = 2000. The point with coordinates (50, 9000) is on the graph. Write a sentence that describes the meaning of this ordered pair. The cost of manufacturing 50 pairs of skis is $9000. 4. The Large Hadron Collider, or LHC, is a machine that is capable of accelerating a proton to a velocity that is 99.99% the speed of light. At this speed, a proton will travel approximately 0.98 ft in a billionth of a second (one nanosecond). (Source: news.yahoo.com) The equation d = 0.98t gives the distance d, in feet, traveled by a proton in ¢ nanoseconds. Graph this equation for 0 = t = 10. The point with coordinates (4, 3.92) is on the graph. Write a sentence that explains the meaning of this ordered pair. The proton travels 3.92 ft in 4 nanoseconds. Solutions on pp. S-15—-S-16.
3
Cc (2000,
160,000 120,000 80,000
165,000)
(0, 5000) /
40,000
—(50,
dollars) Cost (in
9000)
500
pee
1000
Number
1500
2000
of pairs of skis
Slope of a Straight Line Find the slope of a line given two points The graphs of y = 3x + 2 and y = $x + 2 are shown at the left. Each graph crosses the y-axis at the point P(O, 2), but the graphs have different slants. The slope of a line is a measure of the slant of the line. The symbol for slope is m.
The slope of a line containing two points is the ratio of the change in the y values of the two points to the change in the x values. The line containing the points whose coordinates are (—1, —3) and (5, 2) is shown below.
The change in the y values is the difference between the y-coordinates of the two points.
er
ye
Change in y= 2 — (—3) = 5 ix
The change in the x values is the difference between the x-coordinates of the two points.
- Change in y
ae,
Change in x = 5 — (-1) =6
Change ing
:
P
;
5 — (I) =6
The slope of the line between the two points is the ratio of the change in y to the change in x.
Slope =m
=
changeiny changeinx
2—(-3)=5
5 6
Ti
2 = (=3) 5 Saws
5
cee
In general, if P;(x;, y,) and P(x, y2) are two points on a line, then Change in y = y) — y,
Change in x = x, — x,
Section 8.4 ¢ Slope of a Straight Line
29
Using these ideas, we can state a formula for slope.
Slope Formula
The slope of the line containing the two points P,(x,, y,) and P,(x>, y>) is given by Mp
EDA
SS ey xX]
Ter
Frequently, the Greek letter A (delta) is used to designate the change in a variable. Using this notation, we can write equations for the change in y and the change in x as follows:
Change in y = Ay = y, — y,
Change inx = Ax = x, — x,
Using this notation, the slope formula is written m = Ay4.
Ax*
Take Note > When finding the slope of
Focus on finding the slope of a line: positive slope
the line between two points,
Find the slope of the line passing through the points
it does not matter which point is called P, and which
P,(—2, 0) and P,(4, 5).
is called P,. We could have labeled the points P,(4, 5) and P,(—2, 0), reversing the
| From P,(—2, 0), we have x, = —2, y, = 0. From P,(4, 5),
names of P, and P,. Then
|we have x, = 4, y, = 5. Now use the slope formula.
SOLUTION
Eee Al i ee Xx
me
m
X
0-5
S21E
ya
Mii
Kaa
-5_5
-
6 6
The result is the same.
=
—s
See 5 4 = (=2) » 6 =
e
A
-
Positive slope
sy
The slope of the line is ¢
| A line that slants upward to the right has a positive slope. |
Check your understanding 1 Find the slope of the line containing P,(2, 5) and P;(—4, 2). SOLUTION
See page S-4.
7
Focus on finding the slope of a line: negative slope Find the slope of the line passing through the points
P(—3, 4) and P,(, 2). SOLUTION From P,(—3, 4), we have x, = —3, y, = 4. From P,(4, 2), we have x, = 4, y, = 2. Now use the slope formula. Wb) m=
eit
Dh
AN
—2
2
PIE Soe GDR Pg ae lhe
The slope of the line is —>. A line that slants downward to the right has a negative slope.
Negative slope
30
Module 8 © Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
| Check your understanding 2
| Find the slope of the line containing P,(4, —3) and P,(2, 7). | SOLUTION
See page S-4.
|
—5
_ Focus on finding the slope of a line: zero slope |
_ Find the slope of the line passing through the points
|
7
P,(—2, 2) and P, (4, 2). :
4
|
ee ere (eee
| From P,(—2, 2), we have x, = —2,y,= 2. From P,(4, 2),
| we have x, = 4, y, = 2. Now use the slope formula.
X>
ine x,
4 oc
Se
(—2)
Ape
el
=2
0
Lie
yo = Vi
|
Fe
6
| he slope of the line is 0.
Bow Sine
| A horizontal line has zero slope.
|Check your understanding 3 | Find the slope of the line containing P,(—3, 4) and P,(5, 4). |SOLUTION
See page S-S.
0
| Focus on finding the slope of a line: undefined slope Find the slope of the line passing through the points
y
_P (1, -2) and P,(1, 3).
t
Tips for Success >
|
4
To learn mathematics, you
| SOLUTION
A
must be an active participant. Listening to and
| From P,(1, —2), we have x, = 1, y, = —2. From P,(1, 3), _ we have x, = 1, y, = 3. Now use the slope formula.
watching your professor do
|
Z
mathematics is not enough.
|
Take notes in class, mentally think through every question your instructor asks, and try to answer it even if you are not called on to do so. Ask questions when you have them. See AIM for Success.
a
2
wry
|
a
Viera
3 a= (42)0.65 =
X4
ete
xX
TE ay
ee
eye
Mere)
et 1 =o
1
0
mat
ls
Undefined
F
| 9 is nota real number, because division by zero is undefined.
The slope of the line is undefined.
A vertical line has undefined slope. A vertical line is also said to have no slope. |
| Check your understanding 4 |Find the slope of the line containing P,(6, —1) and P,(6, 7). | SOLUTION
See page S-5.
Undefined
There are many applications of slope. Here are two examples. The first record time for the 1-mile run was recorded in 1865 in England. Richard Webster ran the mile in 4 min 36.5 s. His average speed was approximately 19 ft/s.
4000 lc1 393420) 3000 2000
1000
The graph at the right shows the distance Webster ran during that run. From the graph, note that
feet) (in Distance
after 60 s (1 min) he had traveled 1140 ft, and
:
after 180 s (3 min) he had traveled 3420 ft.
ee pe cghee 240
Time (seconds)
> x
Section 8.4 ¢ Slope of a Straight Line
31
We will choose P,(60, 1140) and P,(180, 3420). The slope of the line between these two points is hi, =
Yo ~ Vy
3420 — 1140
2280
X — Xj
180 — 60
120
=
19
Note that the slope of the line is the same as Webster’s average speed, 19 [t/s. Average speed is related to slope. The resale value of a 2010 Chevrolet Corvette declines as the number of miles the car is driven increases, as shown in the graph at the right. From the graph, note that after the car is driven 25,000 mi, its value is $34,400, and after the car is driven 50,000 mi, its value is $33,000. (Source:
y (25734400) (30;'33;000) NR
S S) r=)3S
Edmunds.com, December 2011) dollars) (in value Resale
0
10
20
30
40
50
Miles driven (in thousands)
We will choose P,(25, 34,400) and P,(50, 33,000). The slope of the line between the two
points is My = m
—
33,000 = 34400
«ml400° =
9 :
=
Xo
oa XxX,
50
a
25
25
If we interpret negative slope as decreasing value, then the slope of the line represents the dollar decline in the value of the car for each 1000 mi driven. Thus the value of the car decreases by $56 for each 1000 mi driven In general, any quantity that is expressed using the word per is represented mathematically as slope. In the first example, the slope represented the average speed, !9 ft/s. In the second example, the slope represented the rate at which the value of the car was decreasing, $56 for each 1000 mi driven.
| Focus on solving an application involving slope The graph at the right shows the relationship between the cost of an item and the sales tax. Find the slope of the line between the two points shown on the graph. Write a sen-
= & R§ 6
tence that states the meaning of the slope.
gS,
SOLUTION $e
Died, = OU 75 —
.
1.75
50
Bs
ighopsePs050, 3.50).and
0
P.(75, 5.25)
(50, 3.50)
2
20 40 60 80100 Cost of purchase
cine
(in dollars)
25 A slope of 0.07 means that the sales tax is $.07 per dollar.
Check your understanding 5 The graph at the right shows the decrease in the value of a recycling truck over 6 years. Find the slope of the line between the two points shown on the graph. Write a sentence that states the meaning of the slope.
SOLUTION
See page S-5.
m = —10,000
Value
ON slope of —10,000 means that the value of the recycling truck is decreasing by $10,000 per year.
of thousands (in dollars)
U2
475.56
Age (in years)
32
Module 8 @ Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
Objective 8.4A Practice
. . . .
Find Find Find Find
the the the the
slope slope slope slope
of of of of
the the the the
line line line line
containing containing containing containing
P,(—1, 4) and P,(2, 5). P,(—1, 3) and P,(—4, 5). P,(2, 4) and P,(2, —2). Undefined P,(2, 3) and P,(—1,3). 0
. Find the slope of the line containing P,(0, 4) and P,(—2,5).
= NY Ww nb
—
-
Solutions on p. S-16.
Objective 8.4B
Find average rate of change Recall that slope measures the rate at which one quantity changes with respect to a second quantity. Straight lines have a constant slope. No matter which two points on the line are chosen, the slope of the line between the two points is the same.
If a graph is not a straight line, the slope of the line between two points on the graph may be different from the slope of the line between two different points on the graph. In cases such as these, the average rate of change between any two points is the slope of the line between the two points.
Apply the Concept Population | |
(in millions) |
The table at the left shows the population of California for each decade from 1850 to 2010. (Source: U.S. Census Bureau) The graph below, called a scatter diagram, is a graph of the ordered pairs (year, population) from the table. Find the average rate of change of the population of California between 1980 and 2000.
NR ine) —=} un On
millions) Population (in =n(=) ur
SOLUTION
To find the average rate of change between 1980 and 2000, find the slope of the line between the points P, (1980, 23.7) and P,(2000, 33.9). B39) m
23
~ 2000 — 1980
al
20
=
0.51
The average rate of change was 0.51 million, or
510,000, people per year. This
means that on average, from 1980 to 2000, the population of California increased by 510,000 people per year.
Section 8.4 ¢ Slope of a Straight Line
33
| Focus on finding an average rate of change | The graph at the right shows the growth in the number of hits per day for a new website. Find the average rate of change in the number of hits per day between days 300 and 450. Round to the nearest whole number.
(450, 8125)
> ® [or
SOLUTION
z
The average rate of change in the number of hits per day is the slope of the line between the two points P,(300, 870) and P,(450, 8125). | 1
S250 re 450 — 300
0
(300, 870) 100 200 300 400 500” Days
oh
| The average rate of change in the number of hits per day between days 300 and 450 is | 48 hits per day.
Check your understanding 6 Take Note > The median of a set of numbers is the middle number when the numbers are listed
from smallest to largest. This means, for example, that in 2006, half of the Red Sox players made less than $3,000,000 and half made more than $3,000,000.
|The table below shows the median salaries in 1996, 2001, 2006, and 2011 for Boston Red | Sox oe and New York Yankees players. (Source: usatoday.com)
| Find the average annual rate of bee in the median salary of Boston Red Sox players between 1996 and 2011. Round to the nearest thousand dollars.
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
$317,000 per year
Objective 8.4B Practice
1. The graph below shows the number of people subscribing to a sports magazine of increasing popularity. Find the slope of the line between the two points shown on the graph. Write a sentence that states the meaning of the slope. y
m = 54,000
Each year, an average of 54,000 subscribers are added.
fly B5Q)
Xe)S So
Number of subscriptions thousands) (in 500
08,580}
08 10 712 Year
2. The graph below shows how the amount of gas in the tank of a car decreases as the car is driven. Find the slope of the line. Write a sentence that states the meaning of the slope. n=
cS A n
—O05
Approximately 0.05 gal of fuel is used for each mile the car is driven. &
oe
a Oo eg
Gas i)
&
: 0
100
200
300
Distance driven (in miles)
34
Module 8 @ Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
3. On November 5, in midstate New Hampshire, the temperature at 6 A.M. was 34°F. At 2 P.M. on the same day, the temperature was 58°F. Find the average rate of change in
temperature per hour.
3°F per hour
Solutions on pp. S-16-S-17.
Objective 8.4C
Graph a line given a point and the slope The graph of the equation y =
3x + 4 is shown at the left. The points with coordinates
(—4, 7) and (4, 1) are on the graph. The slope of the line is Tey
SO
3
S27 ae Note that the slope of the line is the coefficient of x in the equation of the line. Recall that the y-intercept is found by replacing x by zero and solving for y. yan
y:
y=
The coordinates of the y-intercept are (0, 4). Note that the y-coordinate of the y-intercept is the constant term of the equation of the line.
Slope-Intercept Form of a Straight Line The equation y = mx + b is called the slope-intercept form of a straight line. The slope of the line is m, the coefficient of x. The coordinates of the y-intercept are (0, D).
When the equation of a straight line is in the form y = mx + b, its graph can be drawn by using the slope and y-intercept. First locate the y-intercept. Use the slope to find a second point on the line. Then draw a line through the two points. | |
Focus on graphing a line using the slope and y-intercept
Take Note >
|
When graphing a line by using its slope and y-intercept, always start at the y-intercept.
| SOLUTION
Graph y = 2 — 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. 5 _
change in y
| The slope is the coefficient of x: m = 3 ~ change in x" | | The coordinates of the y-intercept are (0). —4).
| Beginning
at the y-intercept, which has coordinates ((). —4), move up 5 units (change in y) and then right 3 units (change in x).
_ The point with coordinates (3, 1) is a second point on the
graph. Draw a line through the points with coordinates (0, —4) and (3, 1). down
3
Check your understanding 7 Graph y = —3x + 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. 3
| SOLUTION
See page S-S.
m =
—~; y-intercept: (0, 4)
Section 8.4 © Slope of a Straight Line
35
| Focus on graphing a line using the slope and y-intercept Graph x + 2y = 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. SOLUTION
| Write x + 2y = 4 in the form y = mx + b by solving the
| equation for y. x+2y=4
DY
ane ain | Sein gee oe”
Answer graphs for Objective 8.4C Practice.
- om
:
1. /
y-intercept
(O,
2)
| |
| Beginning at the y-intercept, which has coordinates ((), 2), |move down | unit (change in y) and then right 2 units | (change in x). The point with coordinates (2, 1) is a second
y
| point on the graph. Draw a line through the points with | coordinates (0, 2) and (2, 1). nn
|Check your understanding 8 | Graph 2x + 3y = 6 by using the slope and y-intercept.
;
|SOLUTION
,
See page S-6.
—m = ~
This example differs from the preceding two in that a point other than the y-intercept is given. In this case, start at the given point.
| Graph the line that passes through P(—4, —4) and has slope 2.
| SOLUTION | When the slope is an integer, write it as a fraction with denominator 1. |
i)
» _ 2 _ change in y
St)
=
=.=
|
ie
y
change in x
| Beginning at the point P(—4, —4), move up 2 units (change in y) and then right | unit (change in x). The
point with coordinates (—3, —2) is a second point on the graph. Draw a line through the points with coordinates
(—4, —4) and (—3, —2).
(-2, 3)! I down 4
Check your understanding 9
= right 3
-4
| Graph the line that passes through P(—2, 3) and has slope -¢ SOLUTION
See page S-6.
Objective 8.4C Practice 1. Graph y = ex — 3 by using the slope and y-intercept.
m = —; y-intercept: (0, —3) eee)
2. Graph y = —3x by using the slope and y-intercept.
im = —
; y-intercept: (0, 0)
|Ww bo
36
Module 8 @ Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
3.
3. Graph y = 2x — 4 by using the slope and y-intercept. m = 2;y-intercept: (0, —4) 4. Graph the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope: 4
P(—1, —3); slope z
5. Graph the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope: P(2, 1); slope —4
4.
BE
Solutions on p. S-17.
Finding Equations of Lines Objective 8.5A
_ Find the equation of a line given a point and the slope One method of finding the equation of a line when the slope and any point on the line are known involves using the point-slope formula. This formula is derived from the formula for the slope of a line as follows.
y
Let P,(x;, y;) be the given point on the line, and let P(x, y) be any other point on the line. See the graph at the left. ee a >
X—
(x —
=m
¢ Use the formula for the slope of a line.
xX
x) =
Hee —
28)
V = yy = ne = a
¢ Multiply each side by (x — x,)
* Simplify.
Point-Slope Formula
Let m be the slope of a line, and let P,(x,, y,) be a point on the line. The equation of the line can be found from the point-slope formula:
y-y, =m — x,)
_ Find the equation of the line that contains the point P(4, —1) and has slope -3 y-y=
mx = %)
4 iy —
(
y=
?
3
( aG
¢ Use the point-slope formula
4)
3
ey)
= (4-1)
3
y+1=
wae ap 3
y=—-—x+2
* Simplify. e Write the equation in the form y = mx
+ b.
Section 8.5 © Finding Equations of Lines
37
When the slope of a line is undefined, the point-slope formula cannot be used. _ Find the equation of the line that passes through the point P(4, 3) and whose slope is _ undefined. |Because the slope is undefined, the point-slope formula ‘ cannot be used to find the equation. Instead, recall that
_ when the slope of a line is undefined, the line is vertiical. The equation of a vertical line is x = a, where a is
_ the x-coordinate of the x-intercept. Because the line is ' vertical and passes through P(4, 3), the x-intercept has _ coordinates P(4, 0).
? The equation of the line is x = 4.
_Focus on finding the equation of a line given a point and the slope | Find the equation of the line that contains the point P(—2, 4) and has slope 2. | SOLUTION
m=2
(1,1) = (-2, 4)
Ly =y,
= ma —k)
Reig Aire tom) (a2) y— 4 = 2
+ 2)
y-4=2x+4 y=2x+
8
| ‘The equation of the line is y = 2x + 8.
| Check your understanding 1 Find the equation of the line that contains the point P(—3, —2) and has slope i.
SOLUTION
See page S-6.
ae
ee
Le
Objective 8.5A Practice
For Exercises | to 5, find the equation of the line that contains the given point and has the given slope. 1. P(2,3),m= 2. P(-1,7),m=-3
3. ees
3
y=-3x+4
Vi
3
ee
4. P(3, —4), slope is undefined BP)
=3) om = 0
y=
+=3
-3
Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.
Objective 8.5B
Find the equation of a line given two points The point-slope formula and the formula for slope are used to find the equation of a line when two points are known.
38
Module 8 e Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
| Focus on finding the equation of a line given two points Find the equation of the line containing P,(3, 2) and P,(—5, 6).
SOLUTION y eae en
_ To use the point-slope formula, we must know the slope. Use the formula for slope to | determine the slope of the line between the two given points.
ieee
Bee 2
|A
|
iP
Vee oh
Omid
=>
Py
4
—
eh
=
|
—
ee
|Now use the point-slope formula with m = ry-y=
mx
=
x)
: and (x,, y,) = (3, 2).
* Use the point-slope formula
| y-2=(-s)@-9)
) oy
1 7S
| |
Via
7m
=>, (61.94)
(2.2
a 3 x
2, |
2) ss 7
aa
i
,
* Simplify
¢ Solve fory
2
The equation of the line is
y= —jx
= 5
+
| Check your understanding 2 | Find the equation of the line passing through the points P,(2, 0) and P,(5, 3).
SOLUTION
See page S-6.
ye
2
|‘Focus on finding the equation of a line given two points | Find the equation of the line containing P,(2, —3) and P,(2, 5).
|SOLUTION | im=
Ve = A Xy—
=
Xj
Sr
3)
8
=
D9)
0
| The slope is undefined. The graph is a vertical line.
The equation of the line is x = 2.
| Check your understanding 3
|Find the equation of the line containing P,(2, 3) and P,(—S, 3). _ SOLUTION
See page S-7.
ya
Objective 8.5B Practice
For Exercises | to 5, find the equation of the line that contains the given points. 1. P, ©, —3), P(—4,5) y= ax a3
2. P,(—1, —2), P,(3, 4)
3, Pi(=2,3)92;
0, =1)
}=
y=
esa
A. PGA) AP) (24
aie 4
5. P,(-2,5),
ee
(2)
Solutions on pp. S-18-S-19.
4
Section 8.5 ¢ Finding Equations of Lines
Objective 8.5C
39
Solve application problems Linear functions can be used to model a variety of applications in science and business. For each application, data are collected and the independent and dependent variables are selected. Then a linear function is determined that models the data. aa
Focus on solving an application Suppose a manufacturer has determined that at a price of $150, consumers will purchase 1 million portable music players, and at a price of $125, consumers will purchase | 1.25 million portable music players. Describe this situation with a linear function. Use will purchase if the i the function to predict how many portable music players consumers |
| price is $80. | STRATEGY
| ¢ Select the independent and dependent variables. Because you are trying to determine the number of portable music players, that quantity is the dependent variable, y. The price of a portable music player is the independent variable, x. ¢ From the given data, two ordered pairs are (150, 1) and (125, 1.25). (The ordinates are in millions of units.) Use these ordered pairs to determine the linear function. | ¢ Evaluate the function when x = 80 to predict how many portable music players consumers will purchase if the price is $80.
| SOLUTION Choose P, (150, 1) and P,(125, 1.25). m=
tn oe. = ee Kea eG,
=
P25) == BIO
25)
=
—0.01
y— yy = mix — x) y=
0,01
(= 150)
y = —0.01x + 2.50 The linear function is f(x)
=
—0.0lx
+ 2.50.
f(80) = —0.01(80) + 2.50 = 1.7 Consumers will purchase |.7 million portable music players at a price of $80.
Check your understanding 4 Gabriel Daniel Fahrenheit invented the mercury thermometer in 1717. In terms of readings on this thermometer, water freezes at 32°F and boils at 212°F. In 1742, Anders Celsius invented the Celsius temperature scale. On this scale, water freezes at 0°C and boils at 100°C. Determine a linear function that can be used to predict the Celsius temperature when the Fahrenheit temperature is known.
SOLUTION
See page S-7.
fF)
De,
= a (Pics 32)
Objective 8.5C Practice
1. A jogger running at 9 mph burns approximately 14 Calories per minute. a. Write a linear function for the number of Calories burned by the jogger in terms of the number of minutesrun. /(x) = |4¥% b. Use your function to find the number of Calories the jogger has burned after jogging for 32 min.
448 Calories
40
Module 8 ° Linear Functions and Inequalities in Two Variables
2. A cellular phone company offers several different service options. One option, for people who plan on using the phone only in emergencies, costs the user $4.95 per month plus $.59 per minute for each minute the phone is used. a. Write a linear function for the monthly cost of the phone in terms of the number of minutes the phone is used. f(x) = 0.59x + 4.95 b. Use your function to find the cost of using the cellular phone for 13 min in one month. $12.62 3. At sea level, the boiling point of water is 100°C. At an altitude of 2 km, the boiling point of water is 93°C. a. Write a linear function for the boiling point of water in terms of the altitude above sea level. f(x) = —3.5x + 100 b. Use your function to predict the boiling point of water on top of Mount Everest, which is approximately 8.85 km above sea level. Round to the nearest degree. 69°C Solutions on p. S-20.
Parallel and Perpendicular Lines Find parallel and perpendicular lines Two lines that have the same slope and different y-intercepts do not intersect and are called parallel lines.
Slopes of Parallel Lines Two nonvertical lines with slopes of m, and m, are parallel if and only if m; = m. Vertical lines are parallel lines. EXAMPLES
1. The graphs of y = 5x ar eel i) = ix — 3 have the same slope, —§. The lines are parallel. See Figure 1 at the left. 2. The graphs of x = 2 and x = 5 are vertical lines. The lines are parallel. See Figure 2 at the left.
Is the line containing the points P,(—2, 1) and P;(—5, —1) parallel to the line that con_ tains the points Q,(1, 0) and Q,(4, 2)? Figure 2 m
=
el
—5—(-2) m {
= 2
=
9)
2 0 eee I =, || 3
=
=, = 2
-3
3
¢
e
10 We
3. Graph the solution set: 2x + 3y = 6
4. Graph the solution set: —x + 2y > —8 5: Graph the solution set: y — 4 < 0 Solutions on pp. S-22-S-23.
45
i
ae
@
at!
jst
-
Peja!
waa
“"
x
4
ea
Solutions to Module 8
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
8
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 8.1
Check your understanding 1 Use P,(5, —2) and P,(—4, 3). d = V(x, — x)? + (, — yp)?
parva Sime ictal
Dii3)”
= V9 + (-5) Vol = V 106 ~ 10.30
Check your understanding 2 Use P,(—3, —5) and P,(—2, 3). xX; + X2 Xn
=)
mPa
2
y, + V2 Ym
:
at) 7 2
Tat
eae
2
ers ae
5 =
——
Ds
=
—]|
The coordinates of the midpoint are (-3, = 1),
Check your understanding 4
Section 8.2
Check your understanding 1 The domain is the set of first coordinates. The range is the set of second coordinates.
Domain: {—1, 3, 4, 6} Range: {5}
S-1
S-2
Solutions to Module 8
Check your understanding 2 3x
Rass
3(-4) _ -12 a )- sa" aw Check your understanding 3 Because 3x? — 5x + 2 evaluates to a real number for any value of x, the domain of
f(x) = 3x° — 5x + 2 is all real numbers, or {x|—2
‘i
ye
=
DD) == 86
The slope is —5.
8) 2-4
—
0 =)
=
5
Solutions to Module 8
S-5
Check your understanding 3 Use P,(—3, 4) and P,(5, 4).
Vise
Aa 4
a =—
—
0
5 (23) ~ 8 ——|
=a (()
The slope of the line is zero.
Check your understanding 4 Use P,(6, —1) and P,(6, 7).
Rela ie Wire shia AG), )- 8 3) — 8
O16
0)
Division by zero is not defined. The slope of the line is undefined.
Check your understanding 5 Choose P,(5, 25,000) and P;(2, 55,000). OES
m=
Dal
IG = 25 — 55,000 — 25,000 =>
2
as 5
°
1
\
5.
25.000)
(2.
55.000)
30,000 =3 = —10,000
A slope of — 10,000 means that the value of the recycling truck is decreasing by $10,000 per year.
Check your understanding 6
In 1996, the median salary was $750,000, so one point is P; (1996, 750,000). In 2011, the median salary was $5,500,000, so a second point is P,(2011, 5,500,000). Find the slope of the line between P; and P).
_ 5,500,000 — 750,000 ~ 317,000 AML = NLS The average annual rate of change in median salary was approximately $317,000 per year.
Check your understanding 7 Sir (eZ
==
2
eas) =
——
2
y-intercept = (0, 4) Beginning at (0, 4), move down 3 (the change in y) and to the right 2 (the change in x). Draw a line between the two
points.
S-6
Solutions to Module 8
Check your understanding 8 2x + 3y =6
3y = -—2x +6 M
ae, Me
2 i m= -— > = — 3 3 y-intercept = (0, 2)
Beginning at (0, 2), move down 2 (the change in y) and to the right 3 (the change in x). Draw a line between the two points.
Check your understanding 9
y
Locate P(=273): 4
-4
3
3
Lent A pont Ga down at
Beginning at (—2, 3), move down 4 (the change in y) and to the right 3 (the change in x). Draw a line between the two pom!
Section 8.5
Check your understanding 1 1
digee e
(x1,1) = (—3, —2)
y-y, =m — ») 1 y= (2) = alee yet 2=
?
+2
=
y=
a
1
(x a 3)
:
a
3
1
1
Bae = 3
The equation of the line is y =
ix Tie
Check your understanding 2 Use P,(2, 0) and P,(5, 3).
Yo — Vi ee MS = Se - aes aa |
y= yim
ea)
y-0=1(@-2)
Velo 2) Se
The equation of the line is y = x — 2.
oe alae
2
» right 3M, 1 Bo ale
and
Solutions to Module 8
Check your understanding 3 Use P,(2, 3) and P,(—S, 3).
Domaeiin eeeOir3
=
=
is
Ome
yy
0
—
Syrak
== (0)
7
The line has zero slope, so the line is a horizontal line. All points on the line have an ordinate of 3. The equation of the line is y = 3.
Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY ¢ Select the independent and dependent variables. The function will predict the Celsius temperature, so that quantity is the dependent variable, y. The Fahrenheit temperature is the independent variable, x.
¢ From the given data, two ordered pairs are (212, 100) and (32, 0). Use these ordered pairs to determine the linear function. SOLUTION
Choose P;(32, 0) and P,(212, 100). Yo—-y, it
100-0
iy = 33,
BP
100 5
ser
AK)
Yin me x) y
=Q=(&= 0 ay 9
32)
5
5
y= 9 & — 32),orC = 9 (F — 32) 9
The linear function is f(F) = 2 (F = 32).
Section 8.6
Check your understanding 1 From the equation y = ix — 4, the slope of the given line is i.Because parallel lines
have the same slope, the slope of the unknown line is also 5 y-y=
mx
— x)
1
Piet ie a) y=
1
3 Sse
,
ail
¢
Use the point-slope formula.
© m=, 91) = 23)
;
¢
Simplify
*
Write the equation in the form
2 y=—x+2
‘
2
The equation of the parallel line is y = ix ap 2,
y = mx
+ b.
S-7
S-8
Solutions to Module 8
Check your understanding 2 The slope of the given line is —}. The slope of the line perpendicular to the given line is the negative reciprocal of 3, which is 3.Substitute this slope and the coordinates of the
given point, (—2, 1), into the point-slope formula. y-y=
m(x - x;)
3
ai)
y=
*
2)!
3
i =
a
+3
y=
=r
3 2
4
The point-slope formula
SEs
3
yin)
(2)
¢
Simplify.
¢
Write the equation in the form
re
The equation of the perpendicular line is y = ax ap al
Section 8.7
Check your understanding 1 SeaP ayy > (6 Sy >
ap. sp ©
ee
1
ee
Check your understanding 2 ye
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 8.1A
l
d= V(x; =%))
d=V
BOp— yy
527)
ee
d= V169 = 13 —5+7 2 _-24+321
Xm
=
Ym
Length:
=
9)
ll
2
1 13; midpoint: (1, 5)
y = mx
+ b.
Solutions to Module 8
2. d= V(x, — x)? + (y, — y,) d=V( - (-2))? + @ - 4) d=V5~2.2A Xm =
0 + (—2)
=
2 Sood 7
Yin
y
ral
2
7 Length: 2.24; midpoint: (-1 4 3.
d= V(x; = Hy) TF
Yo)"
d= V(-7 — (-2)? + (—5 -— (-1))? d= VAI ~ 6.40 i
ED)
p:
ISy7/ = |Se 9
3
ees +
=
2
1 z
i,
2
1 2
Asie, te
as Ym
Wt)
2
Ue D)
Hho Length: 4.18; midpoint: & ;)
S-9
S-10
Solutions to Module 8
Objective 8.1B
5
4.
= De = 3
y=
See
heat
Solutions to Module 8
Objective 8.2A
1. This set represents a function because each x-coordinate is paired with only one y-coordinate.
Dewees 4) R = {0}
2
i) =
4
f(-2) =5(-2) -4 f-2) = -10= 4
he 3.
an)=r —4
GG)
ale)
=4
q(-5) = 25-4
q-5) 4.
=
s(t)=P
sj
-—3r+4
(2) — 3(2) + 4
s(2) =8-6+4 s(2) =6 5. {x|—~
Keep in mind the differ-
ences among independent, dependent, and inconsistent systems of equations. You should be able to express
1. The The pair The
;
s
graphs intersect at one point. solution of the system of equations is the ordered (x, y) whose coordinates name the point of intersection. system of equations is independent.
your understanding of these
bars Oe
ee
. The lines are parallel and never intersect. The system of equations has no solution. The system of equations is inconsistent. . The graphs are the same line, and they intersect at infinitely many points. There are infinitely many solutions of the system of equations. The system of equations is dependent.
Objective 9.1A Practice
Solve by graphing. Ub 93 yet9) iar 2 = NO (ez) 2. 3x — 2y = 6 y=3 3.
I.
(4,3)
x=4 3x —2y=4
(4,4)
4. 2x-y=6 3
(Om Pie 10)
5. 2x + 3y = 6 y=
2
ae
+1
Nosolution
Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.
Objective 9.1B
Solve a system of linear equations by the substitution method When we solve a system of equations by graphing, we approximate the coordinates of a
point of intersection. An algebraic method called the substitution method can be used to find an exact solution of a system of equations. Substitution To Use the method) we must
6
Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables
_Focus on solving an independent system of equations | by the substitution method | Solve by the substitution method:
(1)
3x+y=5
(2) 4x + 5y = 3 | SOLUTION |
3x +y=5
| (3)
Syn
* Solve Equation (1) for ) = Sh SES)
This is Equation (3)
| | (2)
Any
|
Sy =3
¢ This is Equation (2).
4x + 5(—3x oF 5) =3
¢ Equation (3) states that
| |
“ve —
| | | *
| (3)
y=
=
=2
10
¢ Solve for x
—3x
4 5
¢ Substitute the value of x into Equation (3)
to find the valueof y
a 3
=-—| \
Le 5s
3)
—3(2) ae.
NO
2
Ban
|lbpear 2s) =
= ile sp DS = 3 SX eee x=2
|
4
y = —3x + 5
Substitute —3x + 5 for y in Equation (2)
4
>
X
|
| The solution is the ordered pair (2, —1).
|
| The graph of the system of equations is shown at the left. Note that the graphs intersect at | the point whose coordinates are (2, —1), the solution of the system of equations.
| Check your understanding 4 _ Solve by substitution: |
3x
iyis3
| 6x + 3y = —4 | SOLUTION
See pages S-1-S-2.
(= = 2)
|Focus on solving an inconsistent system of equations
| by the substitution method | Solve by the substitution method: |
(1) 6x + 2y = 8 QQ) She sry = 2
|SOLUTION 3x
(3)
+y=2
7 =
¢ We will solve Equation (2) for y.
She ap 2
* This is Equation (3).
| | (1) |
(he Sr 2y =
8
* Thisis Equation (1).
6x + 2(—3x a¢ 2) =
8
¢ Equation (3) states that y = —3x + 2 Substitute —3x + 2 for y in Equation (1).
6x — 6x
+4 = 8
* Solve for x.
Ox+4=8 4=8
| This is not a true equation. The system of equations is inconsistent. The system of equa| tions has no solution.
| The graph of the system of equations is shown at the left. Note that the lines are parallel.
Section 9.1 * Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing and by the Substitution Method
Check your understanding 5
7
y
| Solve by substitution and graph: er dese Nga 72 yeast | SOLUTION
See page S-2.
No solution
iFocus on solving a dependent system of equations | by the substitution method | Solve by substitution and graph:
| Wyte Sy = 12 | Viera
hasta
SOLUTION
9x + 3y = 12 Ox + 3(— 3x ae 4) =
ae
12
*
Saat
A
ele 12 = 12
| This is a true equation. The system is dependent. The graphs are the same line. | The solutions are the ordered pairs (x, —3x + 4) A
Check your understanding 6 |Solve by substitution and graph: beOxi— oy ="6 2X y= 2 SOLUTION
See page S-2.
tn
ey
(Coppa)
Objective 9.1B Practice
Solve by the substitution method. 1. x=2y+4 4x + 3y = -17 (pes)
2. 2x — Sy = —-9 322y y=4x+
1
ae c
4. 6x — 4y = 3 3x — 2y =9
No solution
Bh 256 —= Thy =O 3x +y=0
(0,0)
Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.
Objective 9.1C
Solve investment problems The annual simple interest that an investment earns is given by the equation Pr = I, where
P is the principal, or the amount invested, r is the simple interest rate, and / is the simple interest.
8
Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables
For instance, if you invest $500 at a simple interest rate of 5%, then the interest earned after one year is calculated as follows: Pr=I
500(0.05) =I 25=1
+ Replace P by 500 and r by 0.05 (5%) * Simplify
The amount of interest earned is $25.
Tips for Success > Note that solving a word problem includes stating a strategy and using the strategy to find a solution. If you have difficulty with a word
'You have a total of $5000 to invest in two simple interest accounts. On one account, a _ money market fund, the annual simple interest rate is 3.5%. On the second account, a bond fund, the annual simple interest rate is 7.5%. If you earn $245 per year from these two investments, how much do you have invested in each account?
problem, write down the
Strategy for Solving Simple-Interest Investment Problems
known information. Be very specific. Write out a phrase or sentence that states what you are trying to find. See
1. For each amount invested, use the equation Pr = 7. Write a numerical or variable expression for the principal, the interest rate, and the interest earned.
AIM for Success.
Amount invested at 3.5%: Amount invested at 7.5%: y | | =
Amount at 3.5% Amount at 7.5%
2. Write a system of equations. One equation will express the relationship between the amounts invested. The second equation will express the relationship between the amounts of interest earned by the investments.
_ The total amount invested is $5000: « + » = 5000 The total annual interest earned is $245: 0.035%
Solve the system of equations.
_ Solve Equation (1) for y: Substitute into Equation (2):
+ 0.075y
= 245
(1) x + y = 5000 (2) 0.035x + 0.075y = 245 (3) y = —x + 5000 (2) 0.035x + 0.075(—x + 5000) = 245 O35 O107Sie 3 37 245 —0.04x = —130 ie
- Substitute the value of x into Equation (3) and solve for y.
y = —x + 5000 y = —3250 + 5000 = 1750 |The amount invested at 3.5% is $3250. | The amount invested at 7.5% is $1750.
S250)
Section 9.1 * Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing and by the Substitution Method
9
Focus on solving an investment application An investment of $4000 is made at an annual simple interest rate of 4.9%. How much additional money must be invested at an annual simple interest rate of 7.4% so that the total interest earned is 6.4% of the total investment? STRATEGY
¢ Amount invested at 4.9%: $4000 ¢ Amount invested at 7.4%: x ¢ Amount invested at 6.4%:y
| Prine
a PERE
| Pi int cir ipal | | Rate |
|
leasen ra eon
anco
Ti
Interest in inter
0.049|ie049(4000)
Amount at 7.4%
0.074
ria 074x
Amount at 6.4%
0.064
| 0.064y 0. |
¢ The amount invested at 6.4% (y) is $4000 more than the amount invested at 7.4% (x): = x + 4000 | ¢ The sum of the interest earned at 4.9% and the interest earned at 7.4% equals the interest earned at 6.4%:
0.049(4000)
+ 0.074x = 0.064y
| SOLUTION
(1) (2)
y = x + 4000 0.049(4000) + 0.074x = 0.064y
Replace y in Equation (2) by » + 4000 from Equation (1). Then solve for x.
0.049(4000) + 0.074x 196 + 0.074x 0.01x x
= = = =
0.064(. + 4000) 0.064x + 256 60 6000
$6000 must be invested at an annual simple interest rate of 7.4%.
Check your understanding 7 An investment club invested $13,600 in two simple interest accounts. On one account,
the annual simple interest rate is 4.2%. On the other, the annual simple interest rate is 6%. How much should be invested in each account so that both accounts earn the same annual interest?
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
$8000 at 4.2%; $5600 at 6%
Objective 9.1C Practice
1. Two investments earn an annual income of $575. One investment earns an annual simple interest rate of 8.5%, and the other earns an annual simple interest rate of 6.4%. The total amount invested is $8000. How much is invested in each account? $3000 at 8.5%; $5000 at 6.4% 2. A company invested $30,000, putting part of it into a savings account that earned 3.2% annual simple interest and the remainder in a stock fund that earned 12.6% annual simple interest. If the investments earned $1665 annually, how much was invested in each account? $22,500 at 3.2%; $7500 at 12.6%
10
Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables
3. An account executive divided $42,000 between two simple interest accow' tax-free account, the annual simple interest rate is 3.5%; on the money ma the annual simple interest rate is 4.5%. How much should be invested in each so that both accounts earn the same annual interest? $23.625 at 35005 > Solutions on pp. S-10-S-12.
Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method Objective 9.2A
Solve a system of two linear equations in two variables by the addition method The addition method is an alternative method for solving a system of equations. ‘This method is based on the Addition Property of Equations. We use the addition method when it is not convenient to solve one equation for one variable in terms of another. Note, for the system of equations at the right, the effect of adding Equation (2) to Equation (1). Because —3y and 3y are
()
ara
Q@Q)
Obese sip = 9,
14
additive inverses, adding the equations results in an equation
Pee
with only one variable.
a
The solution of the resulting equation is the first coordinate of the ordered-pair solution of the system.
Ue =i 76 == |
The second coordinate is found by substituting the value of x into Equation (1) or (2) and then solving for y. Equation (1) is used here.
CG
a
see = Shee i 5(1) — 3y = 14 5 — 3y = 14 —3y =9 y= = 5)
The solution is (1, —3),
Tips for Success » Always check the proposed solution of a system of equations. For the system at the right:
Sometimes each equation of a system of equations must be multiplied by a constant so that the coefficients of one of the variables are opposites.
| Solve by the addition method:
(1) 3x + 4y = 2 Q), Bie sr Sy = =
_To eliminate x, multiply Equation (1) _ by 2 and Equation (2) by —3. Note at
2(3x + 4y) = 2-2 Xx
_ the right how the constants are chosen.
=o (2x4) 5y) = —3(—1)
6-4
« The negative is used so that the coefficients will be opposites
6x + 8y = 4
| 64
Sy
* —3 times Equation (2).
Hy = 7 The solution checks.
ye
¢ 2 times Equation (1).
il
* Add the equations. * Solve for y.
Section 9.2 © Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method
| Substitute the value of y into Equation (1) or Equation (2) and solve for x. Equation (1)
_ will be used here.
i (1)
3x + 4y = 2 Bye 45 4(-1)
=2
3x -4=2 3x = 6 x=2
* Substitute
—1 for )
* Solve for a
The solution is (2, —1).
Focus on solving an independent system of equations by the addition method Solve by the addition method: ()), © Ghe == 2p nea) iO) 2a i3yi= 4 SOLUTION
Write Equation (1) in the form Ax + By = C.
WiSXaeeD yo 26 Ie 58 = Ds) Solve the system: 56 = Ps)
| 2x + 3y = —4 Eliminate x.
—2(x — 2y) = —2(5)
2x3 Sy) 4 = D5e ae Chy == 1K) 2x + 3y = —4 Ty = Ses
—|4
¢ Add the equations
2
¢ Solve for y
Replace y in Equation (2). 2x + 3y = —4 2x + 3(—2) = -4 2x—-6=-4 2x =2 x=! The solution is (1, —2).
Check your understanding 1 Solve by the addition method: 2x + Sy = 6 She = Dy = Gis se 2 SOLUTION
See page S-3.
(2)
Focus on solving a dependent system of equations by the addition method Solve by the addition method:
(1) (2)
2xy=3 4x —2y=6
11
12
Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables
Take Note >
| SOLUTION
The result of adding Equa-
|
tions (3) and (2) is 0 = 0.
It is not x = 0 and it is not y = 0. There is no variable in the equation 0 = 0. This result does not indicate that
| To eliminate | (1) —2(2x | (3) | ||
y, first multiply Equation (1) by —2.
—4x
Pi, y) =
—2(3)
¢ —2 times Equation (1).
+ 2y =
-6
* This is Equation (3)
_ Add Equation (3) to Equation (2).
the solution is (0, 0); rather, it
indicates a dependent system of equations.
|
(2)
4x —2y =6
G3)
=432y==56 0=0
The equation is dependent. _ are the same. _ equations are
0 = 0 indicates that the system of equations This means that the graphs of the two lines Therefore, the solutions of the system of the ordered-pair solutions of the equation of
the line. Solve Equation (1) for y. |
2x-y=3 Ws De ae 3} V = 26 The ordered-pair solutions are (x, 2x — 3), where 2x — 3
| is substituted for y.
Check your understanding 2 | Solve by the addition method: (1)
4x — 8y = 36
OQ)
se = Op = 27/
|
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
(«. aa [> WN
9 a]
| Focus on solving an inconsistent system of equations by the addition method Solve by the addition method: () 3x + 6y=7 (2) 2x+ 4y=5 |
SOLUTION
_ Eliminate x. Multiply Equation (1) by ~2 and Equation (2) by 3. Then add. (1) —2(x + 6y) = -2:7 | | |
2)
3C@s-4y)i= 325
—6x — 12y = —14 6x + 12y= 15 0=
1
¢ This is a false equation.
| The system of equations is inconsistent and therefore has no solution.
Check your understanding 3 2x+y=5
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
No solution
Section 9.2 © Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method
13
Objective 9.2A Practice Solve by the addition method. 1. x-3y=4 rym tT. — 1) 2. 3x + by =7 2x + 4y =5
30 2x — 3y — 14 ie OVe—u 52. 4. 3x —4y =0 4x — Ty =0
No solution
(4
2)
(0,0)
So ieoy — ox — |
2X
y= 4y
9
(—3,
5)
Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.
Objective 9.2B
Solve a system of three linear equations in three variables by the addition method An equation of the form Ax + By + Cz = D, where A, B, and C are the coefficients of the
variables and D is a constant, is a linear equa-
tion in three variables. Examples of this type of equation are shown at the right.
Graphing an equation in three variables requires a third coordinate axis perpendicular to the xy-plane. The third axis is commonly called the z-axis. The result is a three-dimensional coordinate system called the xyz-coordinate system. To help visualize a three-dimensional coordinate system, think of a corner of a room: The floor is the xy-plane, one wall is the yz-plane, and the other wall is the xz-plane. A threedimensional coordinate system is shown at the right.
Each point in an xyz-coordinate system is the graph of an ordered triple (x, y, z). Graphing an ordered triple requires three moves, the first in the direction of the x-axis, the second in the direction of the y-axis, and the third in the direction of the
z-axis. The graphs of the points with coordinates
(—4, 2, 3) and (3, 4, —2) are shown at the right.
Ds Se Jigen
,
am,
ei ieee OVtatZ
3
14
Module 9 © Systems of Linear Equations in Two or Three Variables
The graph of a linear equation in three variables is a plane. That is, if all the solutions of a linear equation in three variables were plotted in an xyz-coordinate system, the graph would look like a large piece of paper extending infinitely. The graph of x + y + z =3 is shown at the right.
Just as a solution of an equation in two variables is an ordered pair (x, y), a solution of an
equation in three variables is an ordered triple (x, y, z). For example, the ordered triple (2, 1, —3) is a solution of the equation 2x — y — 2z = 9. The ordered triple (1, 3, 2) is not a solution.
A system of linear equations in three variables is shown at the right. A solution of a system of equations in three variables is an ordered triple that is a solution of each equation of the system.
Mee Ay eee = © BX ay = DZ == 2 Dge = Sy se Sie = II
For a system of three equations in three variables to have a solution, the graphs of the equations must be three planes that intersect at a single point, must be three planes that intersect along a common line, or must be the same plane. These situations are shown in the figures that follow.
The three planes shown in Figure A intersect at a point. A system of equations represented by planes that intersect at a point is an independent system.
An Independent System of Equations
The three planes shown in Figures B and C intersect along a common line. In Figure D, the three planes are all the same plane. The systems of equations represented by the planes in Figures B, C, and D are dependent systems.
Dependent Systems of Equations
Section 9.2 © Solving Systems of Linear Equations by the Addition Method
15
The systems of equations represented by the planes in the four figures below are inconsistent systems.
Inconsistent Systems of Equations
A system of linear equations First, eliminate one variable variable from any other two variables. Solve this system
Solve: i
in three variables can be solved by using the addition method. from any two of the given equations. Then eliminate the same equations. The result will be a system of two equations in two by the addition method.
(1)
x + 4y—z=10
(2) Cia
3x + 2y+z=4 syle = —7/
—
Eliminate z from Equations (1) and (2) by adding the two equations. The result is Equation (4). ESTE
(4)
x+ 4y—z= 10 3x + 2y+z=4 4x + 6y =
14
¢ Add the equations.
/
2x + 8y — 2z = 20
* 2 times Equation (1).
|
Dae = Bis pig}
* This is Equation (3).
iHe)
4x + Sy =
13
« Add the equations.
| Using Equations (4) and (5), solve the system of two equations in two variables. = 14 Cae
Sian ae Roun aS Or {lms 13 (nN
|!Eliminate x. Multiply Equation ie NS! —_—“
i
SS 33), = Kate Ly lz
{
SOLUTION
=-6 =D
See pages S-4—S-5.
3
Objective 9.2B Practice
Solve by the addition method. Ile 6o — BAY are KG) BPP Shy ee ANG) Seek eae oO, 2.4) jay,
Dear y = Be = 7 Nie) Vest oe all
Sx Bi
Ay
3z 113 © (3, 1, 0)
os Sy a re Il 12 = Dy se Bye = 5 Mee =
6y ot 4z =
3
No
solution
(Oi
—1,7 =2a)8
S-6
Solutions to Module 9
Section 9.4
Check your understanding 1 STRATEGY
¢ Rate of the rowing team in calm water: t Rate of the current: c
|
Rate |time |
co ceo ‘Aniovcoror [me|2[ato | ¢ The distance traveled with the current is 18 mi. The distance traveled against the current is 10 mi.
2(t + c) = 18 2(t—c)= SOLUTION
(+0
52+ d =5
1 1 =o WG ae @) = =? 18
2(t + c) = 18
2
—
=e) at
Ge)
Gi
.
ols
2)
S10 0
2
t+c=9 Cis)
2t = 14 t=7 t+c=9 1te=
9
¢ Substitute 7 forf
c=2
The rate of the rowing team in calm water is 7 mph. The rate of the current is 2 mph.
Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY ¢ Amount invested at 9%: x
Amount invested at 7%: y Amount invested at 5%: z
FriaRate ttre fa|a ¢ The amount invested at 9% (x) is twice the amount invested at 7% (y): x = 2y The sum of the interest earned by all three accounts is $1300: 0.09x + 0.07y + 0.05z =
The total amount invested is $20,000: x + y + z = 20,000
SOLUTION (1)
Mee ZY
(2) 0.09x + 0.07y + 0.05z = 1300
(3)
x+y+z=
20,000
Solve the system of equations. Substitute 2y for x in Equation (2) and Equation (3).
0.09(2y) + 0.07y + 0.05z = 1300 2y + y + z = 20,000
1300
Solutions to Module 9
(4)
0.25y + 0.05z lI= 1300
+2 = 20,000
3y
(5)
S-7
_ _- 0.09(2y) + 0.07y = 0.25)
+ 2 +y=3y
Solve the system of equations in two variables by multiplying Equation (5) by —0.05 and adding to Equation (4).
0.25y + 0.05z ~0.15y — 0.05z 0.10y y
= = = =
1300 —1000 300 3000
Substituting the value of y into Equation (1), x = 6000.
Substituting the values of x and y into Equation (3), z = 11,000. The investor placed $6000 in the 9% account, $3000 in the 7% account, and $11,000 in the 5% account.
Section 9.5
Check your understanding 1 Shade above the solid line graph of y = 2x — 3. Shade above the dashed line graph of y = —3vx. The solution set of the system is the intersection of the solution sets of the individual inequalities.
Check your understanding 2 3x + 4y > 12
dy> —3x3 ve
12
“Fe ae 3}
Shade above the dashed line graph of y = —}x alae).
Shade below the dashed line graph of y = 4x tile The solution set of the system is the intersection of the solution sets of the individual inequalities.
S-8
Solutions to Module 9
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 9.1A
1. x—-y=-2 x + 2y = 10
The solution is (2, 4).
2. 3x =2y= 6 yi
The solution is (4, 3).
3:
x=4 3x — 2y = 4
The two equations represent the same line. The system of equations is dependent. The solutions are the ordered pairs (x, 2x — 6).
Solutions to Module9
5. 2x + 3y=6
a
ake
categgh 3
cae 5
The lines are parallel and do not intersect, so the system has no solution.
Objective 9.1B
1. (1) Q)
x=2y+4 Vag sy == 17 Substitute 2y + 4 for x in equation (2). 4x + 3y = -17
4(2y + 4) + 3y = -17 8y + 16 + 3y = —17 iby se Ke) = hl 7/
ily= —33 y= -3 Substitute —3 for y in equation (1).
x=2y+4
x = 2(-3) +4 x=-6+4
x=-2 The solution is (—2, —3).
21)
26 "5
===
9
(2) y=9 — 2x Substitute 9 — 2x for y in equation (1). 2 — Sy = —9 -9
2x — 5(9 — 2x) = 2x — 45 + 10x = se = Ay = 12x = x=
—9
9) 36
Substitute 3 for x in equation (2).
jy a)
ae
y= 926) y=9-6
We)
The solution is (3, 3). 25 Ul) Bree Py = 7 (2) y=4x+ 1 Substitute 4x + 1 for y in equation (1). 264+ 2y = 7 Oe 4 24x 41) = 7 Dye ae (ye ae PD = TT hese 2= 7 10x =5
Ac
1
1
S-9
S-10
Solutions to Module 9
Substitute 5for x in equation (2).
y=4%4+1
1 y= 4(—) + 1
;
(;)
y=2+ 1
We) The solution is (3,3),
4. (1)
6x —4y =3
(2)
3x-2y=9
Solve equation (1) for y. 6x — 4y = 3 —4y = —6x + 3
a
5
Substitute 3x = 2 for y in equation (2).
She = hy =O)
This is not a true equation. The lines are parallel and the system is inconsistent. The system has no solution. Ee (G))) a — hy = © (2) 3x+y=0 Solve equation (2) for y. 3x + y= 0 y= —3% Substitute —3x for y in equation (1). 2x — Ty = 0
2x — 7(—3x)= 0 2x + 21x =0 23x = 0 =0 Substitute 0 for x in equation (2). 3x +y =0 3(0) +y =0 Ose 7 = © y=0 The solution is (0, 0).
Objective 9.1C
1. STRATEGY Let x represent the amount invested at 8.5%. Let y represent the amount invested at 6.4%.
Pina wate [nt fameonaesn |= _[oes|ows| Amount at 6.4%
Solutions to Module9
S-11
The total amount invested is $8000: x + y = 8000 The total interest earned is $575: 0.085x + 0.064y = 575 SOLUTION
(1) x + y = 8000 (2) 0.085x + 0.064y = 575 Solve equation (1) for y and substitute for y in equation (2). y = 8000 — x 0.085x + 0.064(8000 — x) = 575 0.085x + 512 — 0.064x = 575 OOM ke se SI = Sys 0.021x = 63 x = 3000 y = 8000 — x = 8000 — 3000 = 5000 $3000 is invested at 8.5% and $5000 is invested at 6.4%. .
STRATEGY
Let x represent the amount invested at 3.2%. Let y represent the amount invested at 12.6%.
en ee
The total amount invested is $30,000: x + y = 30,000 The total interest earned is $1665: 0.032x + 0.126y = 1665 SOLUTION
(1) x + y = 30,000 (2) 0.032x + 0.126y = 1665 Solve equation (1) for y and substitute for y in equation (2). y = 30,000 — x 0.032x + 0.126(30,000 — x) = 1665 0.032x + 3780 — 0.126x = 1665 —0.094x + 3780 = 1665 —0.094x = —2115 x = 22,500 y = 30,000 — x = 30,000 — 22,500 = 7500 $22,500 is invested at 3.2% and $7500 is invested at 12.6%. .
STRATEGY
Let x represent the amount invested at 3.5%. Let y represent the amount invested at 4.5%.
ee
The total amount invested is $42,000: x + y = 42,000
The interest earned from the 3.5% investment is equal to the interest earned from the 4.5% investment. 0.035x = 0.045y
S-12
Solutions to Module 9 SOLUTION
(1) x+y = 42,000 (2) 0.035x = 0.045y Solve equation (1) for y and substitute for y in equation (2). y = 42,000 — x 0.035x = 0.045(42,000 — x) 0.035x = 1890 — 0.045x 0.080x = 1890 = 23,625 y = 42,000 — x = 42,000 — 23,625 = 18,375 $23,625 is invested at 3.5% and $18,375 is invested at 4.5%.
Objective 9.2A
1.(1)
x-3y=4
(2) x+5y= Eliminate x.
—4
—1(e=3y) = -1(4 Kot Visas
== Xa ect Ly = 4 Add the equations. 8y = -8 y=-] Replace y with —1 in equation (2). x+ 5y = —4 x + 5(-1) = —4 x-5=-4 x=1
The solution is (1, —1). 2. ())
20 -6y7
(2) 2x+4y=5 Eliminate x.
2(3x + 6y) = 2(7) —3(2x + 4y) = —3(5)
6x + 12y = 14 =(op0 == A) == 115) Add the equations. 0=-!1 This is not a true equation. The system of equations is inconsistent and therefore has no solution. aE (ID) 2e=— shy = 4 Qy Se — Oy = 32 Eliminate y.
—2(2x — 3y) = —2(14) 5x — by = 32
=a
+ 6y = —28
5x — 6y = 32
Add the equations. x=4
Solutions to Module 9
Replace x with 4 in equation (1). 2x — 3y = 14 2(4) — 3y = 14 8 — 3y = 14 —3y =6
yee 2 The solution is (4, —2). - (1) 3x-4y=0 (2) 4x -Ty=0 Eliminate x.
—4(3x — 4y) = —4(0) 3(4x — Ty) = 3(0)
—12x + loy = 0 12x — 2ly = 0 Add the equations.
—S5y = 0 y=0 Replace y with 0 in equation (1). 3x — 4y = 0 3x — 4(0) = 0 3x = 0'— 0 3x = 0 x=0
The solution is (0, 0). 5
(Cl)
Soe — Dy
ae —
O) ay AyD Write the equations in the form Ax + By = C. Solve the system of equations. Gb) =Shp Shy = al (2) 2x + 3y = 9 Eliminate x. 2(—3x — 2y) = 2(—1) 3(2x + 3y) = 3(9)
=6%— 4y = =2 6x + 9y = 27 Add the equations. Sy = 25 y=5 Replace y with 5 in equation (1). SG Dy — 8 — 5% —.2(5) = 8x — 1 ape = 10) = ee Il — sya) i= eS
The solution is (—3, 5).
S-13
S-14
Solutions to Module 9
Objective 9.2B
1. (1)
x-2y+z=6
(OOP
ser Shy sh 2 = 116
QD)
se — y= 4 = 1
Eliminate z. Add equations (1) and (3). B86 — Nae 7 =
3k = y = oS (4)
4x — 3y = 18
Add equations (2) and (3). Bhar Sar z= 1G
Sh = i
(5)
ig Se
4x + 2y
28
Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for x and y.
4x — 3y = 18 4x + 2y = 28 Eliminate x. 4x — 3y = 18
—1(4x + 2y) = —1(28) 4x — 3y = 18 4% — Dy 8 Add the equations. aye 110) y=2 Replace y with 2 in equation (4). 4x — 3y = 18 4x — 3(2) = 18 4x —-6= 18 4x = 24
x=6 Replace x with 6 and y with 2 in equation (1). x= Ly i=
6 — 2(2) +z Qa
eS
The solution is (6, 2, 4).
» CYS QQ)
WeDa yas ea es =2y Saal
@) Breer thy = Be = 13) Eliminate z. Add equations (1) and (2).
PS oP — oy
7
YSey ae3e =| (4)
3x-y=8
Add equations (2) and (3). re = Dy ap Bye = Il 3x + 4y — 3z = 13 (5)
4x + 2y=
14
Solutions to Module9 Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for x and y. 3x —y=8
4x + 2y = 14 Eliminate y.
2(3x — y) = 2(8) 4x + 2y = 14
6x — 2y = 16 4x + 2y = 14 Add the equations.
10x = 30 x =3 Replace x with 3 in equation (4). 5518 3(3) -y=8 9-y=8 -y=-]
y=1 Replace x with 3 and y with 1 in equation (1). Vo
2(3) + (1) — 32 =7 Goel she 7 = 8ye= 7 —3z=0 z=0
The solution is (3, 1, 0). 5
GY) (Q)) (3)
oe By ee Pee il 4 = 2y32 —5 2x —- 6y + 4z4=3
Eliminate x. Use equations (1) and (2). 55 = Sy ap De = 59 = Dae Bye = 33 — Sar Oe
|
—1(x — 2y + 3z) = -1(5) eet eee = Sit Ly 32 = =5
CD ae a. a aia Use equations (2) and (3).
j= Dy ae she 2x — 6y + 4z = 3
—2(x — 2y + 3z) II= —2(5) 2x — 6y + 4z = 3
= Dye ae BN (oye ll== = Ill0) DhySe 0)ie Yas)
(6).
Oy = 22 = —7
S-15
S-16
Solutions to Module 9
Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for y and z. ae yy = es
7]
-2(=y =)=-2(-4 I)
Se
= 7
2y + 2z=8 y= eS 7
0O=1
This is not a true equation. The system of equations is inconsistent and therefore has no solution. 4. @)
4% +5y+z=6
(Oy (3)
7Ae = ae De = 1h abar Dy ae Be = Eliminate z. Use equations (1) and (2).
4x +S5y+z=6 Dg yp ae De = Il
—2(4x + 5y + z) = —2(6) Die \) ae Wg =| — = stone — MOK Dees 2% ay ei (Ch)
1)
ore — iy = il
Use equations (2) and (3).
hg Wear oye = II aap Dy ae Die = (6
—1(2x — y + 2z) = -1(11) Kat 2y te 2
6
Seer i — es =I) Sap 2) ar 2 = ©
(5)
=x+3y=—5
Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for x and y.
Soe hy = = Xie Vie Eliminatex. oye — Why = il —6(—x + 3y) = —6(—5) =(oxe = Slip = =! 6x — 18y = 30
—29y = 29
|
Solutions to Module9 Replace y with —1 in equation (4).
On lily = = 1
6x — 11(—1)
=
-1
=o
ae iil = Il = OX — 1D, x=2 Replace x with 2 and y with —1 in equation (1). 4x + 5y+ z=
4(2) + 5(-1)
+z=
of 8) Ae Ole a=
The solution is (2, —1, 3). 7 (Si Syst 4z ="6 @) 4255 = Sys 22 = 10) GC) yaoe 4 Eliminate x. Use equations (1) and (3). 3x — 3y + 44 = 6 x—2y+3z=4 3x — 3y + 4z = 6
OG
2y 1 oz) — 314)
3x = 3y + 4z |= oy = Shear (yy — Che ll (4)
3y—5z=
-6
Use equations (2) and (3).
4x — Sy + 2z = 10 ao = DY ap Be = a 4x — Sy + 2z = 10 —A(x — 2y + 3z) = —4(4)
=e
ale == ayy ae De = Ill) se fy = Ig = 110)
©)
By — Iz =
= 6
Use equations (4) and (5) to solve for y and z. 3y — 5z = —-6 3y — 10z = —-6 Eliminate y.
sal (307) 3
—3y + 5z =6 3y — 10z = —6 —5z=0
z=0
ml
NO = AS
6)
S-17
S-18
Solutions to Module 9
Replace z with 0 in equation (4). 3y — 5z = —6 3y — 5(0) = -6 3y = —6 y=Replace y with —2 and z with 0 in equation (1). 3x — 3y + 4z = 6
3x — 3(—2) + 40) =6 3x +6+0=6 3x =0 x=0
The solution is (0, —2, 0).
Objective 9.3A
1:
somal | |= 5@) = eo —3 5 7 ;
0) =10+1=11
(7) - 5(0)
=
—3(7) — 5(1) = —21
—5 = —26
5 -10 ; 3 = §(—2) — 1(-10) = -10+ 10=0
; ie | eal? lee 3
c
ee)
3
lee
oar?
= At—4-— 1)
=
3
1
14 13) + 3 + 6)
= 3
:
‘ el oe
3
cz
p)
1
| — sf 3) i
Al
4
il
=i 2
1
= 4(—4 — 5) — 5(12 — 10) — 2(3 + 2)
= —36 — 10 — 10 = —56 Objective 9.3B
Jy = 16 1. 3x 2x + 5y = 11
a 2
D=
anal
= I
od
c
F i D
=
aS
jy
ae
—2
Be)
i it 1DY,
=
2
The solution is (—2, 3).
==
Doe
3
=—=3
a
Solutions to Module9
S-19
3x + 4y = 11
D=|pr3 al| 14
[hi Dee
D,. =
Sy
=
or
Tp
=
—42,
a
St
=
OS Ds 0 ee2
D, = ,=S
Yy
=o
= 70
SS =
ris
The solution is (—3, 5). .
9x + by =7 3x + 2y =4 D=
bed Y
©
=0
: DS. Since D = 0, — is undefined. Therefore, the system of equations does not have a unique solution. The equations are not independent. 3X ly tee 2x + 3y + 2z = —6 353 = ar 2 =
3-2 1 2-23. 2) =——4 3 -1 1 Deas S| Delay ee aw 0 -1 1 ye 2x tI Dine or e238 ory ie By She = t3) DX ae OV tea 3x — 4y + 2z=9
ines De|> =3rh |= =A 3 -4 2 Sono De |S 30 all = 9 -4 2 isos DLS Mil y Be oe)
a
eeee tee
S-20
Solutions to Module 9
ape De I D,=|2
1
—
Objective 9.4A
a
3
=
SS
See
ol
eee
—
DS ri i
1. STRATEGY Let x represent the rate of the cabin cruiser in calm water. The rate of the current is y. Sige
eo] Distancce | alNae =
The distance traveled with the current is 45 mi. The distance traveled against the current is 45 mi. 3(x + y) = 45
5(x — y) = 45 SOLUTION
Solve the system of equations. 3(x + y) = 45 oh —y) = 45 == 3x +) =
xt+y=15 x-y=9 2x = 24 x=
xy
12
=U15
12+ y =15 ie) The rate of the cabin cruiser in calm water is 12 mph. The rate of the current is 3 mph. STRATEGY
Let p represent the rate of the plane in calm air. The rate of the wind is w.
a0 ee eee [Re
Soe:
ess,
| Time
|Distance_|
The distance traveled with the wind is 300 mi. The distance traveled against the wind
is 270 mi. 2(p + w) = 300
2(p — w) = 270
Solutions to Module9 SOLUTION
Solve the system of equations. 2(p + w) = 300 2(p — w) = 270 i 1 —:2(p + w) = —: 300
sila 1
Vues
¢
ee
! =-—:270
a
p+w = 150 Pp — w= 135 2p = 285 p = 142.5 p+w = 150 142.5 + w = 150 w=
7.5
The rate of the plane in calm air is 142.5 mph. The rate of the wind is 7.5 mph. -
STRATEGY
Let x represent the rate of the team in calm water. The rate of the current is y. a
Te
' — eh
iT sta
eT
ea
Against current
The distance traveled with the current is 20 km. The distance traveled against the current is 12 km.
2(x + y) = 20
2 iaary)A= SOLUTION
Solve the system of equations.
2(x + y) = 20 2(x — y) = 12 1
2 2(x + y) =
520-9) = Sotiris 9 x-y=6 2x = 16 x=
x+y=10 8+y=10
view? The rate of the team in calm water is 8 km/h. The rate of the current is 2 km/h.
S-21
S-22
Solutions to Module 9 4.
STRATEGY
Let x represent the rate of the plane in calm air. The rate of the wind is y.
The distance traveled with the wind is 800 mi. The distance traveled against the wind is 800 mi. A(x + y) = 800 5(x — y) = 800 SOLUTION
Solve the system of equations. 4(x + y) = 800 5(x — y) = 800 1 1 6 % A(x oa + y) = 4 800
1
: repli
I
J) ==—- 800
x + y = 200 x — y= 160
2x = 360 x = 180 x + y = 200 180 + y = 200 y = 20
The rate of the plane in calm air is 180 mph. The rate of the wind is 20 mph.
Objective 9.4B
1. STRATEGY Let x represent the cost of the cinnamon tea. The cost of the spice tea is y. First mixture:
WERPEAEES 1sPOL Ss | SeIT ES ia
pe
SEPCT
The first mixture sells for $40. The second mixture sells for $54.
10x + 5y = 40 12x + 8y = 54
Solutions to Module9
S-23
SOLUTION
Solve the system of equations. 10x + Sy = 40 12x + 8y = 54 —8(10x + S5y) = —8(40) 5(12x + 8y) = 5(54)
—80x — 40y = —320 60x + 40y = 270 —20x = —50 x= 2.5 10x + 5y = 40 10(2.5) + 5y = 40 25 + Sy = 40 Sy = 15 y=3
The cost of the cinnamon tea is $2.50/lb and the cost of the spice tea is $3.00/Ib. -
STRATEGY
Let x represent the cost per unit of electricity. The cost per unit of gas is y. First month:
Electricity Gas The total cost for the first month was $352. The total cost for the second month was
$304. 500x + 100y = 352 400x + 150y = 304 SOLUTION
Solve the system of equations. 500x + 100y = 352 400x + 150y = 304
3(500x + 100y) = 3(352) —2(400x + 150y) = —2(304) 1500x + 300y = 1056 —800x — 300y = —608 700x = 448 x = 0.64
S-24
Solutions to Module 9
500x + 100y = 500(0.64) + 100y = 320° 100y = 100y =
352 352 352 32
y = 0.32
The cost of gas is $0.32/unit. 3.
STRATEGY
Let x represent the amount of the first powder. The amount of the second powder is y.
Vitamin B.:
|
a
|
Amount | Sars: Pes
ec Ee [aedpowder |» [015 | 015) Vitamin B,:
Fae ree Fon ee Pe Pasapowaer [| y | 020 | 0207 The mixture contains 130 mg of vitamin B, and 80 mg of vitamin B 2° 0.20x + 0.15y = 130 0.10x + 0.20y = 80 SOLUTION
Solve the system of equations. 0.20x + 0.15y = 130 0.10x + 0.20y = 80
0.20x + 0.15y = 130 —2(0.10x + 0.20y) = —2(80) 0.20x + 0.15y = 130 —0.20x — 0.40y = —160
—0.25y = —30 y = 120
0.20x + 0.15y = 130 0.20x + 0.15(120) = 130 0.20x + 18 = 130 0.20x = 112 x = 560 The pharmacist should use 560 mg of the first powder and 120 mg of the second
powder. 4.
STRATEGY
Let x represent the cost of a blanket. The cost of a cot is y. The cost of a lantern is z.
Solutions to Module9
First Loatoagitt
aces
Un
coche nsioiy faites | 15 Third purchase:
a oan[e geal mid
The value of the first purchase was $1250. The value of the second purchase was
$2000. The value of the third purchase was $1625. SOLUTION
Solve (1) (2) Gn
the system of 15x + Sy + 20x + 10y + lOxS ISy
equations. 10z = 1250 15z = 2000 5271 11625
Multiply equation (3) by —2 and add to equation (1). 15x + 5y + 10z = 1250 spon 3 S0y 107 3250 @)
jox = 25y = —2000
Multiply equation (3) by —3 and add to equation 2. 20x + 10y + 15z = 2000 =30ke = 4S — bye Ai)
(5)
—10x — 35y = —2875
Multiply equation (4) by —2 and add to equation (5). 10x + 50y = 4000 = Ore = S59 = PASTS)
15y = 1125 y=75 Substitute for y in equation (4).
—5x — 25(75) = —2000 =Syr II= = 1125 x = 25
15(25) + 5(75) + 10z = 1250 375 + 375 + 10z = 1250 10z = 500 z= 50
Each blanket costs $25, each cot costs $75, and each lantern costs $50.
S$-25
S-26
Solutions to Module 9
Objective 9.5A
1. Solve each inequality for y. PR
Pi SWiK Se ar a Wee Pe — vl
ar VSS a9 + 14y? —5x?@Gx? — 3x — 7). —15x* + 15x? + 35x?
Solutions on p. S-4.
ey
mesa" — 2a? + Ta"
8
Module 10 © Polynomials
Objective 10.3B
Multiply two polynomials Multiplication of two polynomials requires the repeated application of the Distributive Property.
(y — 2)(9? + 3y + 1) = (y — 2)(») + Gy — 2)By) + (y — 2)0) =y-2y+3y-6y+y-2 =y ty? — 5y —2
A convenient method of multiplying two polynomials is to use a vertical format similar to that used for multiplication of whole numbers.
Multiply each term in the trinomial by —2. Multiply each term in the trinomial by y. Like terms must be in the same column.
ea
Add the terms in each column.
ime
Vrmoyety
Focus on multiplying two polynomials
Multiply: (2b° — b + 1)(2b + 3) SOLUTION
20
etal gy a 3}
6b°
= Bio ar 3
4b*
—
¢ Multiply 2b°>
2b + 2b
— b + 1 by 3
* Multiply 2b* — b + | by 2b. Arrange the terms in descending order
4b4+ + 6b° —
2b?
-—
b+3
* Add the termsin each column.
Check your understanding 2 Multiply: (2y? + 2y’ — 3)@Gy — 1) SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Ov ch 4
Oye
Or
Ss
Focus on multiplying two polynomials Multiply:
(4a? — 5a — 2)(3a — 2)
SOLUTION
AG =
5d = 2 sy =
— 8a? 12a* 12at
—
+ 10a + 4
* Multiply 4a* — 5a — 2 by
—
15a? —
6a
* Multiply 4a’ — 5a
8a* —
15a7+
4a+4
¢
SOLUTION
Add the terms in each column
(3x3 — 2x7 + x - 3)(2x + 5)
See page S-2.
Ce
See
A
—2
— 2 by 3a.
Check your understanding 3 | Multiply:
Gy 2
1S
— Sy — 2
Section 10.3 ¢ Multiplication of Polynomials
9
Objective 10.3B Practice
1. Multiply: (2x — 3)@? — 3x +5)
2x3 — 9x? + 19x — 15
2. Multiply: Gx — 5)(—2x? + 7x — 2) —6x> + 31x? — 41x + 10 3. Multiply: (y + 2)(y°? + 2y* — 3y +1) y+ +4y3+y?-Sy +2 Solutions on p. S-5.
Objective 10.3C
Multiply two binomials It is often necessary to find the product of two binomials. The product can be found using a method called FOIL, which is based on the Distributive Property. The letters of FOIL stand for First, Outer, Inner, and Last.
Multiply (2x + 3)(x + 5) using the FOIL method. Take Note > FOIL is not really a different way of multiplying. It is based on the Distributive Property.
(2x + 3)(x + 5) = 2x(x + 5) + 3 + 5) F O I Ib,
= oP lOn on = 2° + 13x + 15
_ Multiply the First terms.
(2x43) +5)0
2x-x=2r
Multiply the Outer terms.
(Qx+3)%+5)
2x5 = 10x
_ Multiply the Inner terms.
(2x + 3)(x + 5)
E)Rie
Multiply the Last terms.
(2x + 3)(x + 5)
Si Sealey
_ Add the products.
(2x + 3)(x + 5)
Combine like terms.
ante ys
F O Da: 2x7 + 10x + 3x + 15 2x° + 13x + 15
| Focus on multiplying two binomials using the FOIL method Multiply:
(4x — 3)(3x — 2)
| SOLUTION F
ee
O
3) (Siie 2) An (3)
I
ax
2)et(—3)(3x) ta
L
3) (2)
method
= 12x" ='8x = 9x + 6 4
=
Ie
* Use the FOIL
HG
¢ Combine like terms.
Check your understanding 4 Multiply: | SOLUTION
(4y — 5)(y — 3) See page S-2.
12y? — 27y + 15
| Focus on multiplying two binomials using the FOIL method Multiply: (3x — 2y)(x + 4y) SOLUTION F
O
I
iL,
(3x — 2y)(x + 4y) = 3x(x) + 3x(4y) + (—2y)(x) + (—2y)(4y) =
3,7? +
12xy —
Qxy =
=
357 +
10xy —
8y"
;
;
8y°
Check your understanding 5 Multiply: a + 2b)(3a — 5b) SOLUTION
See page S-2.
9a* — 9ab — 10b°
* Use the FOIL method.
* Combine like
terms.
10
Module 10 © Polynomials
Objective 10.3C Practice
. Multiply: (6 — 6)(6 + 3)
b? — 3b — 18
. Multiply: (Sy — 9)(y + 5)
Sy? + 16y — 45
. Multiply: (3b + 13)(5b — 6)
15h + 47b — 78
. Multiply: (x — 7y)(x + Sy)
9x? — 6xy — 35y?
. Multiply: (2a + 5b)(7a — 2b)
bh nan = ON
14a? + 3lab — 10b?
Solutions on p. S-5.
Objective 10.3D
Multiply binomials that have special products The expression (@ + ))(a — b) is the product of the sum and difference of two terms. The first binomial in the expression is a sum; the second is a difference. The two terms are a and b. The first term in each binomial is 7. The second term in each binomial is b. =
The expression (« + )) is the square of a binomial. The first term in the binomial is a. The second term in the binomial is /.
Using FOIL, it is possible to find a pattern for the product of the sum and difference of two terms and for the square of a binomial.
The Product of the Sum and Difference of Two Terms
(a + b)(a — b) =a —ab+ab-b =@¢-p
Square of first term
J
|
Square of second term
“Focus on finding the product of the sum and difference of two terms Multiply:
(2x + 3)(2x — 3)
| SOLUTION | (2x ae 3) (2x =
|
=
(2x)? =
|
=
47
—9
3?
3)
¢ (2x
+ 3)(2x —
3) is the product of the sum and difference of two terms.
¢ Square the first term. Square the second term.
¢ Simplify.
_Check your understanding 6 Multiply: | SOLUTION
2a + 5c)(2a — 5c) See page S-2.
Aa
5c
Section 10.3 ¢ Multiplication of Polynomials
11
The Square of a Binomial
(a+ bv =(a+bd\at+b)=a@ +ab+abt+h =a’+2ab+b? Square of first term
|
Twice the product of the two terms
Square of last term
(a — bP = (a — b)(a- b) =a
-—ab-abt+h
=a’ —-2ab+b* Square of first term
|
Twice the product of the two terms Square of last term
' Focus on finding the square of a binomial
Multiply: (4c + 5d)? SOLUTION | (4c + 5d)? (4c)? + 2(4c)(Sd) + (5d)?
+ (4c + Sd)? is the square of a binomial * Square the first term. Find twice the productof the two terms. Square the second term.
16c? + 40cd + 25d?
* Simplify
Check your understanding 7
| Multiply: (3x + 2y)? SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Qx° + 12xy + 4y°
Sa
Note that the result in the preceding example is the same result we would get by multiplying the binomial times itself and using the FOIL method.
(4c + 5d)? = (4c + 5d)(4c + 5d)
16c? + 20cd + 20cd + 25d? 16c*? + 40cd + 25d? Either method can be used to square a binomial.
Focus on finding the square of a binomial
Multiply: (8x — 2)?
SOLUTION (3x — 2)? =
(3x)? =
SO
* (3x — 2)? is the square of a binomial. 2(3x) (2) Ip (2)?
12x
4
¢ Square the first term. Find twice the product of the two terms. Square the last term.
* Simplify.
Check your understanding 8 Multiply: (6x — y)? SOLUTION
See page S-2.
36x° — 12xy + y?
12
Module 10 © Polynomials Objective 10.3D Practice
. Multiply: . Multiply: . Multiply: . Multiply: Ww ak = . Multiply:
(y — 5)(y + 5) y? — 25 (4% — 7)(4x + 7) 16x? — 49 Ga — 5)? 9a? — 30a + 25 (x + 3y)? x? + 6xy + 9y? (2a — 9b)? 4a? — 36ab + 81b?
Solutions on p. S-5.
} } H
|
Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation SS
Objective
10.4A
SSeS
RSA
SS
ii
Trent
Simplify expressions containing integer exponents The quotient of two exponential expressions with the same base can be simplified by writing each expression
Le dee ee
in factored form, dividing by the common factors, and then writing the result with an exponent.
el
ees POS : xXx re on
x
Note that subtracting the exponents results in the same
e =p
r=
quotient.
ee
a
Simplify.
7356
Boas
Da
a
TS) 7
i) .
The bases are the same. Subtract the exponent in the denominator from the exponent in the numerator.
is.
Subtract the exponents of the : like bases.
Z ee a
8
et =a r’s
1-3
4
8-7,6-1 aS aS 5
Recall that for any number a, a # 0, - = |. This property is true for exponential expres-
sions as well. For example, for x # 0, z = Ih
avers This expression also can be simplified using the rule for dividing ex-
4 Ss
ponential expressions with the same base.
x"
4
Sh
Because a = | and - = x’, the following definition of zero as an exponent is used. a
4
.
OPE
is
Section 10.4 © Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation Take Note > In example (1) at the right, we
13
Zero as an Exponent
indicated that a # 0. If we try to
evaluate (12a°)° when a = 0, we get [12(0)?]° = [12(0)}°= 0°. However, 0° is not defined.
If x # 0, then x° = 1. The expression 0° is not defined.
Therefore, we must assume
1. Simplify: (12a°)°, a #0
that a # 0. To avoid stating this restriction for every example or exercise, we will assume that variables do not take on values
that result in the expression 0°.
EXAMPLES Any nonzero expression to the zero power is 1.
. Simplify:
—G*)°, y # 0
Any nonzero expression to the zero power is 1.
Because the negative sign is outside the
—(y*)° = -1
parentheses, the answer is —1.
4
The meaning of a negative exponent can be developed by examining the quotient a
The expression can be merator and denominator the common factors, and exponent. B hadirs Now simplify the same
simplified by writing the nuin factored form, dividing by then writing the result with an
jy
ae eS ey
th
ea
PAR Se oe eee x
| oY
ea :
expression by subtracting the
exponents of the like bases.
i
4
==
xt
oS x
x,
Because |; = : and |; = x -, the expressions 4 and x * must be equal. This leads to the following definition of a negative exponent.
If n is a positive integer and x # 0, then x~ EXAMPLES In each example below, simplify the expression by writing it with a positive exponent.
Take Note >
' Evaluate 27+.
Note from the example at the
right that 2~* is a positive number. A negative exponent does not indicate a negative number.
Write the expression with a positive exponent.
Then simplify.
pte
uM
yh
NING
Now that negative exponents have been defined, the Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions can be stated.
14
Module 10 © Polynomials
Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions
If m and n are integers and x # 0, then or =e
n
EXAMPLES
Simplify each expression below by using the Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions.
6 De — yon
ay
y
| Focus on simplifying an expression containing negative exponents |
=3
| Write eur with a positive exponent. Then evaluate. | SOLUTION | ee |
|
|
| |
32
a
lea Si
=3
e 32-3~ and 3°2 have: the same base. Subtracty the exponents
3
SA'S
1 ss 2
|
=
* Use the Definition of Negative Exponents to write the expression with a positive exponent.
=
¢ Evaluate.
243
| Check your understanding 1 -2 Write — with a positive exponent. Then evaluate. 2 _ SOLUTION
See page S-2.
5
The rules for simplifying exponential expressions and powers of exponential expressions are true for all integers. These rules are restated here.
Rules for Exponents If m, n, and p are integers, then x” xy?
=
xt
Cad ie =
yy"
(xy)?
=
xP y"™?
1
x"=—,x #0
ae
An exponential expression is in simplest form when it is written with only positive exponents.
_ Focus on simplifying an expression containing negative exponents ane Simplify:
= a. a ’b°
b.
—4,6 oy —
e ¢: 6d ,d #0
Section 10.4 © Integer Exponents and Scientific Notation
15
SOLUTION be
a.
a'b
een)
* Rewrite a
’ witha positive exponent.
a —4,6
b
oy s
xy
=x 47
« Divide variables with the same base by subtracting the exponents
= x~5y4 yi
Take Note > =
In part (c), the exponent on d is —4 (negative 4). The d
f
hyen-
2
‘is
written in the denominator as d*.
* Write the expression with only positive exponents. tS
|
c.
6d
e
ees di
“=6: aN
The exponent on 6 is | (posi-
d
tive 1). The 6 remains in the
« Use the Definition of Negative Exponents to rewrite the expression
d
with a positive exponent
Check your understanding 2
numerator. Note that we indicated d # 0. This is necessary because division by zero is not defined. We
Caen Dies Simplify:
will assume that values of the variables are chosen so that divi-
ee
sion by zero does not occur.
Lb
a, xy =]
SOLUTION
c. 4c =3
b. Peak.
cS
See pages S-2-S-3.
aa
y
a
b; a°b2
Ca
4
c
_ Focus on simplifying an expression containing negative exponents
| |
m0 ei
Sinplityss
as ===
oe
b. (—2x)(3x*)~3
25 aigbe
SOLUTION
—S5a°bad °
25a
=
35a°b* SS
*b°
wey,
=
¢ A negative sign is placed
Dah
|
yes: 75,2 Oa,
=
|
* Factor the coefficients. Divide by the common factors. Divide variables with the same base by subtracting the
a5 '
De
= b.
exponents
ee! 5 Ta*
5p?
¢ Write the expression with only positive exponents.
Sb
(—2x) (Gxt 4) =
(—2x) (3 a 2x9)
* Use the Rule for Simplifying Powers of Products.
—2x + x®
||
a 33
¢ Write the expression with positive exponents.
2x!
—
¢ Use the Rule for Multiplying Exponential Expressions, and simplify the numerical exponential expression.
On
Check your understanding 3 12xq Py?
aietes
Simplify:
Wee —l6xy
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
L.
3
Objective 10.4A Practice
1. Simplify: 5S :
:
2. Simplity:
m
in front of a fraction.
2x 5.2
gent mn —18b° _ 2b 3. Simplify: 27b* 3
PS steal
b. (—3ab)(2a*ba. —7
3y’
9
xX
7) ~3
3p!
Be =
2. Divide: —-
_.,
3. Divide:
4. Divide:
+
see
2
Sy
16a’b — 20ab + 24ab*
4a
4ab
18a’b? + 9ab — 6
Prat
Z
—
3ab
;
—5 + 6b
eed5) ab
Solutions on p. S-6.
Objective 10.5B
Divide polynomials To divide polynomials, use a method similar to that used for division of whole numbers. The same equation used to check division of whole numbers is used to check polynomial division.
(Quotient x Divisor) + Remainder = Dividend For example, for the division at the left,
(Quotient x Divisor) (3565)
+ Remainder = Dividend +
2:
aly
20
Module 10 © Polynomials
Divide:
(x? — 5x + 8) + (x — 3)
Step 1 x
x- 3) , —S5x+8
y)
Think:
gi = She : =
=~i =x
5 Multiply: x — 3) = x — 3x
~2x + 8
Subtract: (x? — 5x) —
(? — 3x) = —2a
Bring down + 8. Step 2 se
x-3)e
—5x4+8
x = 3x
S
“2x+8
Think: x)—2x =——x = -2
2
e
Muldpty— 2G — 3) = —2x + 6
2)
Subtract:
(—2x + 8) — (—2x + 6) = 2
The remainder is 2. Check: Quotient X Divisor + Remainder
(x 2) GO 3)
a
= Dividend
er
OO
15x +8
ry
(x? = 5x8) ee
eee
? — 2y* — 9y +3
Check your understanding 3 3x - Or + x—
3
Dyean 5)
15x° — 10x? + 5x — 15 6x4 — 424
2x7 — 6x
6x4+ 11e -— 82-—
x-15
Check your understanding 4 (4y — 5)Gy — 3) = 12y’— 12y — 15y + 15 =
12y* a
2Ty am ils)
—« Use FOI * Combine like terms
Check your understanding 5
(3a + 2b)(3a — 5b) = 9a? — 15ab + 6ab — 10b° a
9a
=
Vala =
10b°
* Use FOI *
Combine
like terms
Check your understanding 6 (2a ats Sc) (2a ri 5c) ra (2a)? a
Age
(Se)r
* Product of the sum and difference of two terms
ne
Check your understanding 7 (3x + 2y)? = (3x)? +e 2(3x) (2y) +t (2y)?
* Squareof a binomial
= 9x7 + 12xy + 4y’ Check your understanding 8 (6x = y)? =
(6x)? = 2(6x) (y) ar (y)?
* Squareof a binomial
= 36x — Idx + y Section 10.4
Check your understanding 1 2
=
a
3
a
Tae
re
I
Be
= sap
Check your understanding 2 : a.
xy
Xx Ts
a
¢ Rewrite
)
with a positive exponent.
y bs
b
——= ;
a
=I
@p>
~b56 as ab
6
¢ Divide variables with the same base by subtracting exponents.
Solutions to Module 10
3
* Definition of Negative
Exponents
Check your understanding 3 ay EE Dr b.
ae
4
=16xy
°°) (—3ab)(2a*b-*) > = (—3ab)(2~3a
eos
Raa® 3b!
ye
8a*
Check your understanding 4 a. 57,000,000,000 = 5.7 x 10!° b. 0:000000017 = 1:7. x 107° Check your understanding 5 a. 5 X 10!? = 5,000,000,000,000 b. 4.0162 X 10°? = 0.0000000040162
Check your understanding 6 a. Multiply 2.4 and 1.6. Add the exponents on 10.
Q4-< 107 (165
10°) "318410
b. Divide 5.4 by 1.8. Subtract the exponents on 10.
5ADGIO. 7
——_——— = 3 x10? ESOC HOR: Section 10.5
Check your understanding 1 4xcy + 8x? — 4xy3 a 4x3y ieBry
2xy
2xy
2xy
4xy?
2xy
= 2x? + 4xy — 2y°
Check your understanding 2 24x*y* — 18xy + 6y _ 24x’? _—-18xy es 6y 6xy
6xy
6xy
Oxy
1 = 4xy -3 + 5G
Check your understanding 3 x +2x+2 Dooce xe
ot Ox? —
2x —4
«+ Thereis no x term.
x -— 2x
2x al 2x? = 4x 2x = 4 DN.
0 G3 — 2x
—-4)+ @-2)
=x
+2x4+2
Insert Ox? for the missing term.
S-3
S-4
Solutions to Module 10
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 10.1A
1. 2x? + 6x + 12 B57EE ees
5x7 + Tx + 20 x
—Ix+
4
27 + x—
10
x +2?
—6x—
6
(Sx° + 7x — 7) + (10x? — 8x + 3) = 5x° + 10x* + (7x — 8x) + (—7 + 3) =5¢ + 107° — x— 4
Objective 10.1B
(x? — 2x + 1) — Ge? + 5x 4+ 8)
= (°° — 2x + 1) + (-x — 5x - 8) x —-2x4+1 —x° — 5x — 8 Te
= 7
(4x? + Sx
= (Ay 4x°
elegant 20
Sx
or
ual)
eo
Lh)
1p ona 2 Shere Si =
Ax? ceon oa
(26 $e= I= ex x 3) = (—2e ie ae) = 00 Fe tee) dt) =
Objective 10.2A
=
—2e
i
2
(50°) (=20) = IG) 2igw a= =a" (—2x4) Gxiy) =) (255) ey (—3a°b)(—2ab*) = [(—3)(—2)(@*- a) - b’) = 6a°b*
(—Sy‘z)(—8y*z*) = [(—5)(-8)]0*- »V@- 2) 40y!z6
Objective 10.2B
(y5)3 is yb
(=237)* = =839°
Gyo (—3y)(—42y*)? = —3y(—64)x°y? = 192x*y"® (—3ab)?(—2ab)? = 9a*b?(—8)a°*b? = —72a°b°
Objective 10.3A
3a7(a — 2) = 3a* — 6a” 2x(6x? — 3x) = 12x° — 6x" 2y?(—3y* — 6y + 7) = —6y* — 12y? + 14y’ —5x7(3x* — 3x — 7) = —15x4 + 153° + 35x7
Solutions to Module 10
Objective 10.3B
1.
¢—
3x+
5
DS
—3x7 +
9x— 15
2x7 — 6x? + 10x D5 = 9x" + 19% —
—27 +
15
Tx-
2
se
SS
10x? — 35x + 10 —6x° + 21x7 -—
6x
—6x° + 31x — 41x + 10 y + 2y — 3y + 1 ear 2
2y> + 4y? — 6y +2 y' a 2y? =
yi + 4y +
Objective 10.3C
3y° stay,
y —5y+2
(b — 6)(b + 3) = b? + 3b — 6b — 18 = b’ — 3b — 18 (Sy — 9)(y + 5) = Sy” + 25y — 9y — 45 = Sy’ + 16y — 45
(3b + 13)(5b — 6) = 15b? — 18b + 65b — 78 = 15b? + 47a — 78 (3x — Ty)(3x + Sy) = 9x? + 15xy — 21xy — 35y* = 9x7 — Oxy — 35y’ (2a + 5b)(7a — 2b) = 14a* — 4ab + 35ab — 10b? = 14a” + 3lab — 100? Objective 10.3D
OS Sich 5) ay = Sy
25
(4x — 7)(4x + 7) = (4x)? — 7 = 16x? — 49
(a — 5)? = Ga)? — 2(3a)(5) + 5? = 9a" — 30a + 25 (x + 3y)? = x7 + 2x(By) + By)? = x + Oxy + Oy’
(2a — 9b)? = (2a)? — 2(2a)(9b) + (9b)? = 4a? — 36ab + 810? Objective 10.4A
8 os Se Ke 97 ae
De m4*n!>
= wn?
eShop, 27b*
3
3
5
Fae ee a Se
ie
SS
24a°b' 36a'b°c
Objective 10.4B
ean Se
SS
3
SS
3
a opt 3
SS
3x3
5 oe = ee 3
2,370,000 = 2.37 X 10° 0.00000000096 = 9.6 x 10°'° 2.3 X 10’ = 23,000,000
¥ 2b*c* Bai
S-5
S-6
Solutions to Module 10
. 3.54 x 10°* = 0.0000000354 . 5,980,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 = 5.98 x 1074 . 0.000000000000665 = 6.65 x 1019
Objective 10.5A
Sx°y” Ply
omy, :: 10xy
Sxy
Sxy
Sxy
9y® — 15y° sf gy° —3y3
15y°
—3y
_-3y3 a.
ae
16a°b — 20ab + 24ab* _ 16a*b _ 20ab 5 24ab* 4ab
4ab
4ab
4ab
= 4a — 5 + 6b 18a°b* + 9ab — 6 _ 18a°b? , 9ab _ 6 3ab
3ab
3ab — 33ab 2 = 6ab + 3 —- — i ab
Objective 10.5B
be 7.
b — 7)b? — 14b + 49 b> — 7b
—Tb + 49 —Tb + 49 0 (b> — 14b + 49) + (b-7)=b-7 se se Il
x4
2) ee 2x? + 4x ie ae 2 eta
0 (2x7 + 5x
+ 2) + @4+2)
=2x4+1
3h =)
4x = 112 = 2344 5 12x° — 3x
—20x + 5 —20x + 5
0 (12x* — 23x + 5) + (4x - 1) = 3x -5 x +2x4+3 x+1)e +3 +5x 48 r+ x
2x? + 5x
2x? + 2x Shearts) Bhp ae 3 5
Chae
heater moss)
em sepheae ays:
MODULE
Factoring Polynomials SECTION 11.1
Common Factors
Objective 11.1A
Factor a monomial from a polynomial
Objective
Factor by grouping
11.1B
SECTION 11.2
Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c
Objective 11.2A
Factor trinomials of the form x? + bx +c
Objective 11.2B
Factor completely
SECTION 11.3
Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c
Objective 11.3A
Factor trinomials of the form ax* + bx + c by using trial factors
Objective 11.3B
Factor trinomials of the form ax? + bx + c by grouping
SECTION 11.4
Special Factoring
Objective 11.4A
Factor the difference of two squares and perfect-square trinomials
Objective 11.4B
Factor the sum or difference of two perfect cubes
Objective 11.4C
Factor a trinomial that is quadratic in form
Objective 11.4D
Factor completely
SECTION 11.5
Solving Equations
Objective 11.5A
Solve equations by factoring
Objective 11.5B
Solve application problems
2
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
Ss
1ON
Common Objective 11.1A
Factors
Factor a monomial from a polynomial
Take Note > 12 is the GCF of 24 and 60 because 12 is the largest integer that divides evenly into both 24 al (A).
The greatest common factor (GCF) of two or more integers is the greatest integer that is a factor of all the integers. : : The GCF of two or more monomials is the
24 =2-2-2-3 CON 22 35 GGE 12232
Oxy = 25 Bien x
product of the GCF of the coefficients and the common variable factors.
Se ys Dek GCE = 2 *xex
Note that the exponent of each variable in the
The GCF of 6x*y and 8xy" is 2x.
12 y
x xeyy y= 2ry
GCF is the same as the smallest exponent of that variable in any of the monomials.
| Focus on finding the GCF of two monomials
_ Find the GCF of 12a*b and 18a7b’c.
_ SOLUTION ath
=O
3
a op
¢ Factor each monomial.
18a°b’e.= 2-3-3" Gg)abave | GCF
=
2:3:-a’?-b
=
6a’b
* The common variable factors are a> and b.
|
¢ is not a common
factor.
| The GCF of 12a*b and 18a°b*c is 6a°b.
_ Check your understanding 1 | Find the GCF of 4x®y and 18x’y°. | SOLUTION
See page S-1.
2x*y
The Distributive Property is used to multiply factors of a polynomial. To factor a polynomial
means to write the polynomial as a product of other polynomials.
Multiply |
Factors a=
5)
=
;
Polynomial 2x- + 10x
In the example above, 2. is the GCF of the terms 2x? and 10x. It is a common monomial factor of the terms. x + 5 is a binomial factor of 2x? + 10x.
_ Focus on factoring the GCF from a polynomial | |
| Factor. a. 5x?— 35x24 10x
db. 16x2y + 8x4y? — 12x45
Section 11.1
© Common
Factors
3
| SOLUTION i as line GERMS
|
ox
¢ Find the
oe Sars Sys
» See As 5x
5x° —
35x? +
ll
=
ih
10x Spi
=2
GCF of the terms of the polynomial
* Divide each term of the polynomial by the GCF
10x
* Use the quotients to rewrite the polynomial, expressing each term as a product with the GCF
5x(x?) + 5x(—7x) + 5x(2)
as one of the factors
-
(x2 — Jr 9) lI Sx(x Tx SD)
* Use the Distributive Property to write the polynomial as a product of factors
b. 162y = 2-2-2-2-x Si yea
| |
rend
>
y
¢ Find the GCF of the terms of the polynomial!
gto?
1 ye) Deas eee The GCF is 4x’y. 2
l6x-y
8x4? at
Axy
pia
Axy
. te IRENE
¢ Divide each term of the polynomial by the
GCF
—12x*y° pid 5 = —3xy 4x“y
|
2
l6x’y + 8x4y? —
12x4y
|
=
4x’ y(4) + 4x?y(2x"y)
|
=
Ax’ y(4 +
Qaxy —
+ Ax’ y(—3x°y4)
3x7y")
° Use the quotients to rewrite the polynomial, expressing each term as a product with the GCF as one of the factors ¢ Use the Distributive Property to write the polynomial as a product of factors
Check your understanding 2
| Factor.
.a,.J4a7 — Jiab — be 6x7
Oy + 1D xy
|
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Bs Wae(2—y3aSd)
oD 8xy7 Ox? = Sx
Ay)
Objective 11.1A Practice i Bactons) Sigel
2. Factor: 3yt — 9y
(2et)
3y(y* — 3)
3. Factor: 6a’b® — 12b?
6b*(a*b — 2)
4, Factor: 3x° + 6x7 + 9x 5. Factor: 8x°y? — 4x°y + x?
3x(x? + 2x + 3) -x°(8y? — 4y + 1)
Solutions on p. S-6.
Objective
11.1B
Factor by grouping In the examples below, the binomials in parentheses are called binomial factors. 2a(a + b)
3xy(x — y) The Distributive Property is used to factor a common binomial factor from an expression.
In the expression at the right, the common binomial factor is y — 3. The Distributive Property is used to write the expression as a product of factors.
x(y — 3) + 4(y — 3) = — Bic 44)
4
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
‘Focus on factoring
a common
binomial factor
|Factor: y(x + 2) + 3(x + 2)
| SOLUTION | y(x + 2) + 3(% + 2)
* The common binomial factor is x + 2
= (x + 2)(y + 3)
_ Check your understanding 3 | Factor:
a(b — 7) + b(b — 7)
_ SOLUTION Sometimes be found.
See page S-1.
(b — 7)(a + b)
a binomial factor must be rewritten before
a common
binomial
factor can
Factor: a(a — b) + 5(b — a) a — band b — a are different binomials.
Note that (b — a) = (-a + b) = —(a — b). Rewrite (b — a) as —(a — b) so that the terms have a common factor. ala — b) + 5(b — a) = ala — b) + 5[—-(a — BD)
ala — b) — 5(a — b) (a — b)(a — 5)
' Focus on factoring | Factor:
a common binomial factor
2x(x — 5) + y(5 — x)
| SOLUTION | 2x(x — 5) + y(5 — x) =
2x(x == 5) = y(x a
=
(x
Sy)
5)
Ore y)
¢ Rewrite
5 — x as
—(x — 5) so that the terms have a common
factor
¢ Write the expression as a product of factors
_ Check your understanding 4
| Factor: 3y(5x — 2) — 4(2 — 5x) | SOLUTION
See page S-1.
(Sx — 2)(3y + 4)
Some polynomials can be factored by grouping the terms so that a common factor is found.
x: Factor=Nee 2° = 37> 4; 4016 Group the first two terms and the last two terms
De
ye
binomial
AG
= (2x7 — 3x") + (4x - 6)
(put them in parentheses).
Factor out the GCF from each group.
= x°(2x — 3) + 2(2x — 3)
Factor out the common binomial factor and write the expression as a product of factors.
= (2x — 3)
+ 2)
Section 11.2 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c
Focus on factoring by grouping
Factor. a. 2x° — 3x* + 8x — 12
b. 3y> — 4y’ — 6y + 8
| SOLUTION
|
We
3x + Bxi= 12
|
|
Ce _— 3x°) +
(8x _— 12)
* Group the first two terms and the last two terms
lI (2x = 3) ala 4(2x a 3) =
(2x
bails =
— 3)(x°
* Factor out the
+ 4)
GCF from each group.
¢ Factor out the common binomial factor and write the expression as a product of factors
4y — 6y + 8 (3y° —
Ay’) —
4
(6y —
8)
¢ Group the first two terms and the last two terms.
Y
= y’By _ == (Sn)
I
4) _ >
2By ~
6)
4)
Ss
(6)
Note that
8)
* Factor out the GCF from each group
2)
¢ Factor out the common binomial factor and write the expression as a product of factors
Check your understanding 5
Factor. a. y — 5y° + 4y>-— 20 SOLUTION
See page S-1.
ib. 2y° — 2y? — 3y +3
a. ()
S)(y2
+ 4)
b. (yy
NG
3)
Objective 11.1B Practice
. Factor: x(a + b) + 2(a +b) . Factor: ay — 7) + BT — x)
(a + b)(x + 2) («-7)(a —- db)
. Factor: a(x — y) — 2(y— x)
(«—
y)(a + 2)
. Factor by grouping: ? + 4t — st— 4s
. Factor by = YN Ww nk
(¢ + 4)(t—s)
grouping: 4a? + 5ab — 10b — 8a
(4a + 5b)(a
— 2)
Solutions on p. S-7.
SECTION
112 Objective 11.2A
Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c Factor trinomials of the form x? + bx +c Trinomials of the form x* + bx + c, where
v’+9x+14,
b=9,
c=
b and c are integers, are shown at the right.
w—x-
b=
1,
II ¢c=-12
b=-2,
c=~-15
12,
x —2x-15, Some trinomials expressed as the product of binomials are shown at the right. They are in
——
factored form.
x +9x+
Trinomial
v?—-x-12
14
Factored Form
14 = (+ 2)@+7) =@+3)@-4)
x — 2x — 15 = (x + 3)@ — 5)
5
6
Module 11 * Factoring Polynomials
The method by which the factors of a trinomial are found is based on FOIL. Consider the following binomial products, noting the relationship between the constant terms of the binomials and the terms of the trinomials.
(emo) (2h Sionetane
SiiLo60nd2———————
Ree:
}
Product of 6 and 2
binomials are
the same
an Det Ox + (6)(2) = 2? + 8x + 12
(x — 3)(@ — 4)
=? — 4x - 3x + (-3)(-4) = 2 -— 7x + 12 Sum of —3 and —4___*_ Product of —3 and
ee) Oe)
oe txt (3)(—5) =x = 2x = 15
epee ie
Siena
Product of 3 and —5
: binomials are
opposite
|
—4
(x — 4)@ + 6) = x? + 6x — 4x + (—4)(6) = 2° + 2x — 24 Sum of —4 and 6______-*__ | Product of —4 and 6
Points to Remember in Factoring x* + bx +c . In the trinomial, the coefficient of x is the sum of the constant terms of the binomials.
. In the trinomial, the constant term is the product of the constant terms of the binomials. . When the constant term of the trinomial is positive, the constant terms of the binomials have the same sign as the coefficient of x in the trinomial. . When the constant term of the trinomial is negative, the constant terms of the binomials have opposite signs.
Success at factoring a trinomial depends on remembering these four points. For example, to factor x7 — 2x — 24, find two numbers whose sum is —2 and whose product is —24 [Points | and 2]. Because the constant term of the trinomial is negative (—24), the numbers will have opposite signs [Point 4].
A systematic method of finding the correct binomial factors of x7 — 2x — 24 involves listing the factors of the constant term of the trinomial and the sums of those factors.
(-24) = -1+24=
Section 11.2 © Factoring Polynomials of the Form x? + bx +c
Take Note >
7
4 and —6 are two numbers whose sum is —2 and whose product is —24. Write the binomial factors of the trinomial.
Always check your proposed factorization to ensure accuracy.
Mx
Check,
tA
24
(x + 4)(x — 6)
6) = x — 6x + 4-24 = a? — 2x — 24
By the Commutative Property of Multiplication, the binomial factors can also be written as
x —2x-24=(«
— 6)(x + 4)
—
Focus on factoring a trinomial | Factor: x7 + 18x + 32 SOLUTION * Try only positive factorsof 32 [Point 3] * Once the correct pair is found, the other factors need not be tried
e+
18x + 32=(14+
Check:
20+
16)
¢ Write the factorsof the trinomial
(x + 2)(x + 16) = x? + 16x + 2x + 32 = x7 + 18x + 32
Check your understanding 1 Factor: x° — 8x + 15 SOLUTION
See page S-2.
(p93)
(5)
Focus on factoring a trinomial
| Factor: x2 — 6x — 16 | SOLUTION ¢ The factors must be of opposite signs [Point 4].
x — 6x —
Check:
16 = (x + 2)(« — 8)
* Write the factors of the trinomial.
(x + 2)(x — 8) = x° — 8x + 2x - 16 = x7 — 6x — 16
|
Check your understanding 2 Factor: x° + 3x — 18
|
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
(x + 6)(x — 3)
8
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
Not all trinomials can be factored when using only integers. Consider the trinomial 2 pee OU — Co),
Because none of the pairs of factors of —8 has a sum of —6, the trinomial is not factorable using integers. The trinomial is said to be nonfactorable over the integers. Objective 11.2A Practice
1. Factor: x7 + 5x +6
(x + 2)(x + 3)
2. Factor: a2 — 2a — 3
(a +
3. Factor: p? — 4p — 21
I)(a — 3)
(p + 3)(p—7)
4. Factor: y? — 9y + 81
Nonfactorable
5. Factor: a? — Ja — 44
(a + 4)(a — 11)
Solutions on p. S-7.
Objective 11.2B
Factor completely A polynomial is factored completely when it is written as a product of factors that are nonfactorable over the integers.
iFocus on factoring completely Factor:
3x° + 15x* + 18x
SOLUTION | The GCF of ax
1557 and
18x is 3x.
¢ Find the GCF of the terms of the polynomial.
3x8 + 15x? + 18x =
3x(x°) ae 3x(5x) aE 3x(6)
* Factor out the GCF
=
3x(x- aR Ove ar 6)
¢ Write the polynomial as a product of factors. * Factor the trinomial x* + 5x + 6. Try only positive factors of 6
3x + 15x* + 18x = 3x + 2) + 3) Check:
3x(x + 2)(x + 3) = 3x? + 3x + 2x + 6) = 3x(x° + 5x + 6)
= 3x9 + 15x? + 18x Check your understanding 3 Factor:
3a’b —
SOLUTION
18ab — 81b
See page S-2.
3b(a + 3)(a — 9)
Section 11.3 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx
+c
9
Focus on factoring a polynomial containing two variables
Factor: x? + 9xy + 20y7 SOLUTION The terms do not have a common
factor. ¢
Take Note >
+
The terms 4y and 5y are placed in the binomials. This is necessary so that when the binomials
are multiplied, the middle term of the trinomial contains xy and the last term contains y’.
Oxy
Check:
207 =
Try only positive factors of 20
& + 49) @ + Sy)
(x + 4y)(x + 5y) = x7 + S5xy + 4xy + 20y’
x° + Oxy + 20y?
Check your understanding 4
| Factor: 4x° — 40xy + 84y° SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Aces)
ey)
Objective 11.2B Practice 1. Factor: 3a + 3a —
18
3(a + 3)(a — 2)
2. Factor: 2a? + 6a” + 4a 2a(a + 1)(a + 2) 3. Factor: z* + 2z7 — 80z* 2(z + 10)(z — 8) 4. Factor: x7 — 8xy + 15y? (x — 3y)(x — Sy)
5. Factor: 4x°y — 68xy — 72y
4y(x + 1)(x — 18)
Solutions on p. S-7.
SECTION
1 1 ao
Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c
Objective 11.3A
Factor trinomials of the form ax? + bx + c by using trial factors Trinomials of the form ax’ + bx + c, where a, b, and c are integers and
3x7 —x + 4, 4° +5x-8,
Zope a II -
1. II
oa
¢ = 4 —8
a # (), are shown at the right.
These trinomials differ from those in the previous section in that the coefficient of x? is not 1. There are various methods of factoring these trinomials. The method described in this objective is factoring trinomials by using trial factors.
To factor a trinomial of the form ax? + bx + c means to express the polynomial as the product of two binomials. Factoring such polynomials by trial and error may require testing many trial factors. To reduce the number of trial factors, remember the following points.
10
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
Points to Remember in Factoring ax? + bx + c 1. If the terms of the trinomial have a common factor, factor out the common factor first. 2. If the terms of the trinomial do not have a common factor, then the terms of a binomial factor cannot have a common factor.
3. When the constant term of the trinomial is positive, the constant terms of the binomials have the same sign as the coefficient of x in the trinomial. 4. When the constant term of the trinomial is negative, the constant terms of the binomials have opposite signs.
Factor by using trial factors.
a. 10x°-—x-—3
b. 4x? — 27x + 18
a. The terms of the trinomial 10x — x — 3 do not have a common factor; therefore, the terms of a binomial factor will not have a common factor [Point 2].
Because the constant term c of the trinomial is negative (—3), the constant terms of the binomial factors will have opposite signs [Point 4]. Find the factors of a (10) and
the factors of c (—3).
Using these factors, write trial factors. Use the Outer and Inner products of FOIL to check the middle term.
( + 1)(10x — 3) (x — 1)(10x + 3)
(2x + 1)(5x — 3) (2x — 1)(5 + 3) (10x + 1)(x — 3)
(Ox 1) ie 3) (5x + 1)(2x — 3) (5x — 1)(2x + 3) From the list of trial factors, 10x° — x — 3 = (2x +
Check:
=(|Spp ab 2s =
I Sye== Doe =
1)(5x — 3).
(2x + 1)(5x — 3) = 10x? — 6x + 5x —3 = 10%? -x -3
All the trial factors for this trinomial were listed in this example. However,
_b. The terms of the trinomial 4x* — 27x + 18 do not have a common factor; therefore, the terms of a binomial factor will not have a common factor [Point 2]. Because the constant term c of the trinomial is positive (18), the constant terms of the binomial factors will have the same sign as the coefficient of x. Because the coefficient ofx is —27, both signs will be negative [Point 3]. Find the factors of a (4) and
the negative factors of c (18).
Section 11.3 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c Using these factors, write trial factors.
Middle
11
Term
=
Use the Outer and
(x — 1)(4x — 18)
Inner products of
(x — 2)(4x — 9)
FOIL to check the
oea 4vis = “|i
middle term.
Es
Common factor =O) = be Alfbe Common factor Common factor Common factor
(2x — 3)(2x — 6) (4x — 1)(« — 18)
Common factor =e = 2 = = Tae
(4x — 2)(x — 9) (4x — 3)(x - 6)
Common factor —24x — 3x = —27x
The correct factors have been found.
| 4x? — 27x + 18 = (4x — 3)(x — 6)
The last example illustrates that many of the trial factors may have common factors and thus need not be tried. For the remainder of this module, the trial factors with a common factor will not be listed.
Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor:
3x? + 20x + 12
SOLUTION * Because 20 is positive, only the positive factors of 12 need be tried
ie
Se
Aes
eS
S|
(x + 3)@Gx + 4)
=
Ax
ee
ee
¢ Write the trial factors. Use FOIL to check the middle term
of
Ox =" 13K
(3x + 1)(@@ + 12)
36x + x = 37x
(3x + 2)(x + 6)
18x + 2x = 20x
3x° + 20x + 12 = (3x + 2)(x + 6) Check:
(Ax + 2)(x + 6) = 3x* + 18x + 2x + 12 = 3x? + 20x + 12
Check your understanding 1 Factor: 6x7 — llx +5 SOLUTION
See page S-2.
(5G 11)(Gis
==)
12
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
_ Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor: 6x7 — 5x — 6
SOLUTION * Find the factors of a (6) and the factors of c (—6)
es |
¢ Write the trial factors. Use FOIL check the middle term
ee
(x + 6)(6x — 1) (2x — 3)(3x + 2)
| 6x? — 5x = 6 = (2x — 3)(3x + 2) Check:
(2x — 3)(3x + 2) = 6x? + 4x — 9x —6
|
=
6x
—
5x
-6
Check your understanding 2
Factor: 8x* + 14x — 15 | SOLUTION
See page S-3.
(4x — 3)(2x + 5)
_Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor:
15 — 2x — x
¢
esr Moye= eee 55= ipass 1b SShe am See Ais 34 — Ok = — 20
15 — 2x —-x = (3 —x)(5 + x) Check:
3 —x)(5+x)
=15+3x-5x-2+
=15-2x-7% Check your understanding 3
Factor: 24 — 2y — y’ SOLUTION
See page S-3.
(4 — y)(6 + y)
The terms have no common coefficient of x* is —1.
factors.
The
¢ Write the trial factors. Use FOIL to check the middle term
to
Section 11.3 © Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c
13
The first step in factoring a trinomial is to determine whether its terms have a common factor. If so, factor out the GCF of the terms.
| Focus on factoring a polynomial using trial factors Factor:
3x° — 23x? + 14x
| SOLUTION |
The GCF
of Ber Dae
and
14x is x.
¢ Find the GCF
| 3x? = 23x? + 14x = xGx? — 23x + 14)
of the terms of the polynomial
* Factor out the GCF * Factor the trinomial 3x° — 23x
(x — 14)(3x — 1) (x — 2)(8x — 7)
3x° — 23x? + 14x =
Check:
14
oe 490 jhe Mos = Sshe —2x — 21x = —23x
(x — 7)(x — 2)
||
+
x(x
7) (3x
2)
x(x — 7)(3x — 2) = xx — 2x — 21x + 14) x(3x? — 23x + 14) 3x° — 23x7 + 14x
|
| Check your understanding 4 Factor:
4a*b? — 30a*b + 14a’
SOLUTION
See pages S-3-S-4.
2g
(b— 27)(2b-— 1)
Objective 11.3A Practice
For Exercises | to 5, factor by using trial factors.
1. 3y° + 7y +2
(y+ 2)Gy +1)
2. 2x = 5x —3' (x —3)Qx +1)
3. 42° 4+5z-6 (+ 2)(4c — 3) 4. 12° + 28t-—5 (21 + 5)(6r — 1) 5 . 15d? — 115b + 70) 5(b — 7)(3b — 2) Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.
Objective 11.3B Take Note > In this objective, we are using
the skills taught in Objective 11.1B. You may want to review
that material before studying this objective.
Factor trinomials of the form ax* + bx + c by grouping In the previous objective, trinomials of the form ax” + bx + c were factored by using trial factors. In this objective, factoring by grouping is used. To factor ax* + bx + c, first find two factors of a: c whose sum is b. Use the two factors to rewrite the middle term of the trinomial as the sum of two terms. Then use factoring by grouping to write the factorization of the trinomial.
14
Module 11
Factoring Polynomials
| Factor by grouping.
a. 2x? + 13x + 15
b. 6x7 — Ilx — 10
c. 3x° — 2x — 4
a. 2x7 + 13x + 15
|
a=2,c=15,a-c =2-15 = 30 Find two positive factors of 30 whose sum is 13. The factors are 3 and 10.
Use the factors 3 and |0 to rewrite 13x as 3x + 10x.
2x7 +
Factor by grouping.
Check:
13x
ar IS
Ix? + 3x + 10x + 15
= =
(2x7 + 3x) + (10x + 15) x(2x + 3) + 5(2x + 3)
=
(2x + 3)(x
+ 5)
(2x + 3)(x + 5) = 2x? + 10x + 3x + 15
= 2x7 + 13x + 15 b. 6x7 —
Ilx — 10
a =6,c = —10,a-c = 6(—10) = —60 Find two factors of —60 whose sumis —11.
The required sum has been found. The remaining0000000factors need not be checked. The factors are + and — 15.
Use the factors 4 and — |5 to rewrite JMG GIS Gah == Joye: Factor by grouping. Note:
Check:
62 ee tO 6x + 4x — 15x — 10
=
—15x — 10 = —(15x + 10)
(6° + 4x) — (15x + 10) 2x(3x + 2) — 5(3x + 2) (3x + 2)(2x — 5)
(3x + 2)(2x — 5) = 6x” — 15x + 4x — 10 = 6x* — Ilx — 10
c. 3x° — 2x — 4
a=3,c=—4a-¢
—3-4)—
—-
Find two factors of —12 whose sum is —2.
No integer factors of —12 have a sum of —2. Therefore, 3x7 — 2x — 4 is nonfactorable over the integers.
Section 11.3 ¢ Factoring Polynomials of the Form ax? + bx +c
15
|Focus on factoring a polynomial by grouping
Factor: 2x? + 19x — 10 | SOLUTION
a‘c = 2(-10) | —1 (20) = Ae 0
= —20
° Find a:
—20 19
¢ Find two numbers whose product is sum is 19,
—20 and whose
| 2x7 + 19x — 10 = 2x7 — x + 20x — 10 ll
* Rewrite 19x as
(2x? — x) + (20x — 10)
—x + 20x
Factor by grouping
= x(2x — 1) + 10(2x — 1) (ica)
era 110)
| Check your understanding 5 | Factor: 2a? + 13a — 7 |
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
(2a — 1)(a + 7)
_Focus on factoring a polynomial by grouping |
| Factor: 8y* — 10y — 3 | SOLUTION (ROR
|
|
8(—3)
2(- 12) = 2 +
(-12)
=
—24
—24 =
¢ Find a:
* Find two numbers whose product is —24 and whose sumun
-10
1s
10
| 8y — 10y — 3 =
8y" ate 2y =
=
(8y? ot 2y) v2 (12y ar 3)
12y 8)
* Rewrite
—10y
as 2)
12y
* Factor by grouping
= 2y(4y + 1) — 3(4y + 1) = (4y + 1)Qy — 3)
Check your understanding 6 Factor: 4a” — lla — 3 | SOLUTION
See page S-4.
(4a + 1)(a — 3)
Remember that the first step in factoring a trinomial is to determine whether the terms have a common factor. If so, factor out the GCF of the terms.
16
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
Focus on factoring a polynomial by grouping
Factor: 24x°y — 76xy + 40y
SOLUTION 24x°y =
70xy >t 40y
¢ The terms of the polynomial have a common factor, 4) Factor out the GCF
= 4y(6x° — 19x + 10)
= =
tne
a:c = 6(10) = 60
To factor 6x* —
—4(-—15) = 60
Find two numbers whose product is 60 and whose sum
—4 + (-15) = -19 6x? = 19x + 10 |
Is
= 62 -4x— 15x+ 10
10, first find a-¢
19
Rewrite
= (6x° — 4x) — (15x — 10)
19x +
—19x
as
—4x
—
15x
« Factor by grouping
= 2x(3x — 2) — 5x — 2) = (3x — 2)(2x — 5) 76xy +
24x7y =
« Write the complete
40y
factorization
of
the given
polynem
= 4y(6x° — 19x + 10) =
2)(2x
4y(3x
3)
_ Check your understanding 7 Factor:
15° + 40.7 — 80x
SOLUTION
See page S-4.
Sx(Gx — 4)
+ 4
Objective 11.3B Practice
For Exercises | to 5, factor by grouping.
1. 2 —*-20 2. 3p? — l6€p R.
132 + 49> —
@+2r-—5 +5) $8
ip — SGp Nonfactorable
a 457 — Lhyz + 62
2=)(y
5S. 3p? — 16? + Sp
opp —Gp —
— 3
Solutions on p. S-9.
SECTION
Special Factoring Objective 11.4A
Factor the difference of two squares and perfect-square trinomiais: Recall that the product of the sum and difference of the same two terms cquais:thesemare of the first term minus the square of the second term (a+ b(a-—b) =ac¢-F The expression a* — 5* is the difference of two squares. The pattern just menhioned sug> gests the following rule for factoring the difference of two squares.
Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring
Rule for Factoring the Difference of Two Squares Difference of
Sum and Difference
Two Squares
of the Same Terms
a—b*
=
(a + b)(a — b)
EXAMPLES Each expression is the difference of two squares. Factor.
Lr
et D(x — 2)
2. y —-9=y — 3? = (y + 3)(y — 3) Take Note > Convince yourself that the sum of two squares is nonfactorable over the integers by trying to factor x° + 4.
————— 4x° + 81 is the sum of two squares. It is nonfactorable over the integers. 4x* — 81 is the difference of two squares. It factors as (2x + 9)(2x — 9).
| Factor: 8x° — 18x 8x? — 18x = 2x(4x* — 9)
| Check:
¢ The GCF
is 2x
= x(x) = 3 |
* 4y
= 2x(2x
* Factor the difference of squares
+ 3) (2x — 3)
9 is the difference of two squares
— 2x(2x + 3)(2x — 3) = 2x(4x° - 9)
i
= 8x" — 18x Factor:
x? — 10
10 cannot be written as the square of an integer.
i x° — 10 is nonfactorable over the integers.
Focus on factoring a difference of squares Factor:
16x° — y”
SOLUTION
16x? — y’ = (4x)? - y
= (4x + y) (4x —
* The difference of two squares
y)
* Factor.
Check your understanding 1 Factor:
25a? — b?
SOLUTION
See page S-4.
(5a + b) (Sa — b)
17
18
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
_ Focus on factoring a difference of squares |
Factor:
z* — 16
SOLUTION te —
16=
(Calle =a
¢ The difference of two squares Ge as 4)
(z +
« z
2) (z =
2)
— 4 is the difference of two squares
¢ Factor.
Check your understanding 2
Factor: n* — 81 | SOLUTION
See page S-5.
(Port 9)i(7 3) (a — 3)
Recall the pattern for finding the square of a binomial.
a+bP?=(at+b)at+b)=a+abtab+Py =a+2ab+b’ Square of the first =
Oy geal
Twice the product of the two terms Square of the last term
The square of a binomial is a perfect-square trinomial. The pattern above suggests the following rule for factoring a perfect-square trinomial.
Rule for Factoring a Perfect-Square Trinomial Perfect-Square Trinomial
a’ + 2ab + Bb? a —2ab+b*
Square of a Binomial
(a + b)(a + b) (a — b)(a — b)
=
= =
(a + by (a — b)’
EXAMPLES
Each expression is a perfect-square trinomial. Factor.
La + 6
9 = Gee)
2. 7° — 6 +9 Se
= 3)?
Note in these patterns that the sign in the binomial is the sign of the middle term of the trinomial. Take Note > A perfect-square trinomial can always be factored using either
of the methods presented in Sec-
Factor: 4x? — 20x + 25
tion 11.3. However, noticing that
;
trinomial can save you a consid-
_ mial as the square of a binomial. Check the factorization.
a trinomial is a perfect-square
Because the first and last terms are squares [(2x)
Oh =
eee
:
erable amount of time.
4x7 — 20x + 25 = Qx — 5)
| Check:
>
(2x — 5)? = (2x)? + 2(2x) (—5) + 5° =
4x? =
Nore es DS
pena
= Ayea Sy = 25, try to factor this trino-
¢ The factorization is correct.
Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring
19
| Factor: 4x? + 37x + 9 _ Because the first and last terms are squares [(2x)? = 4x°; 3? = 9], try to factor this trino_ mial as the square of a binomial. Check the proposed factorization.
| 42 + 37x + 9 = (2x + 3) Check
Grr 3) = (2x)
!
2 (2x)\(3)
334
=47 + 12xr+9
' Because 4x7 + 12x + 9 # 4x° + 37x + 9, the proposed factorization is not correct. In this case, the polynomial is not a perfect-square trinomial. It may, however, still factor. In
| fact, 4x7 + 37x + 9 = (4x + 1)(x + 9)
_Focus on factoring a perfect-square trinomial |Factor: 9x = 30x.
25
|SOLUTION | Try to factor this trinomial as the square of a binomial.
| Si Grr 2516)2
|9x2 = 30x + 25 = Bx — 5)? | Check:
(3x — 5)? = (3x)? + 2(3x)(—5) + 5° = 9x? — 30x + 25
| Check your understanding 3
|| Factor:
16y? + 8y + 1
|
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
(4y + 1)?
_ Focus on factoring a trinomial | Factor:
9x7 + 40x + 16
SOLUTION |
9x° = (3x)* and 16 = 4°. Because 2(3x) (4) # 40x, the trinomial is not a perfect-square
_ trinomial.
| Try to factor by another method.
| 9x° + 40x + 16 = (9x + 4)(x + 4) | Check your understanding 4 | | Factor: x7 + 15x + 36
|SOLUTION
See page S-5.
(x £33) Ge + 12)
i
Objective 11.4A Practice
1. Factor: a7 -— 81 (a+ 9)(a— 9) 2. Factor: x7 — 12x + 36 (x — 6)” 3. Factor: 9x7 —
16
(3x + 4)x
4. Factor: 25x7 + 10x +1
— 4)
(5x + 1)
20
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
5. Factor: 2527 — y? (5z + y)(5z — y) 6. Factor: 4a? — 12ab + 9b? (2a — 3b) Solutions on p. S-9.
Objective 11.4B
Factor the sum or difference of two perfect cubes The product of the same three factors is called a perfect cube. The first seven perfect cube integers are:
1 = 17,8 = 27,27 = 3°,64 = 4°, 125 = 5°, 216 = 6°, 343 = 7° A variable term is a perfect cube if the coefficient is a perfect cube and the exponent on each variable is divisible by 3. The table below shows some perfect-cube variable terms.
The cube root of a perfect cube is one of the three equal factors of the perfect cube. W is the symbol
for cube root. To/find!the exponents on the cube'root) of aperfect-cube variable expression, divide the exponents variables onthe by3.
IGE ee 3/53
W/6Ax5 3
The following rules are used to factor the sum or difference of two perfect cubes.
Take Note >
Factoring the Sum or Difference of Two Perfect Cubes
The first factoring formula is the result of finding the quotient
Cae) Bory, a
(a — b)(a* + ab + b’)
EXAMPLES
Similarly, a—b a—b
a? + b? = (a+ b)(@’ — ab + b’)
b+bhD
aD
=a
3
+ab+b
3
Xx
2.2
= 644 = 7 A=
Factor: 64x° —
125
64°
(4x)? =
—
125 =
=
= Wie Az
5
16)
e Write the binomial as the difference of two perfect cubes
=
(4x —
5)(16x° A
Square of the first term of the binomial factor
35 BOM
se 25)
¢ The terms of the binomial factor are the cube roots of the perfect cubes. The sign of the
binomial factor is the same as the sign of the given binomial. The trinomial factor is obtained from the binomial factor.
Opposite of the product of the two terms
Square of the last term
Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring Take Note > Note the placement of the signs. The sign of the binomial factor is the same as the sign of the sum or difference of the perfect cubes. The first sign of the trinomial factor is the opposite of the sign of the binomial factor.
21
|| Focus on factoring the sum of two cubes |
| Factor: m? + 64n? | SOLUTION | m
_ 64n3 =
(m)? ale (4n)°
e
|
Write as the sum of two perfect cubes a
|
= (m
|
+ 4n)(m*
— 4mn
+ 16n7)
mand
b =
“Use a? + b=
4n
(a
+10)(a ab’
5°)
| Check your understanding 5 | Factor: 64c*? + d?
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
(4c + d)(16c?
— 4cd + d’)
_Focus on factoring the difference of two cubes
| Factor: 8x3 — 27 | SOLUTION | 8x? —
V]=
(2x)? _
33
¢ Write as the differenceof two perfect cubes a= 2x and b = 3
|
|
(2x
— 3)(42 + 6x + 9)
¢ Used’
— b = (@ — b)@
+ ab + b’)
Check your understanding 6 Factor: x*y? — 1 SOLUTION
See page S-5.
Gay = Wieey7
sexy
1)
Objective 11.4B Practice
Factor: 2° — 27.)
(x — 3)(x?
Factor: y> + 125.
Factor: 64a? + 27 Factor: 1 — 125b> . Factor: 27a> Sa
—
16
+ 3x + 9)
(y + 5)(y? — 5y + 25)
(4a + 3)(16a2 — 12a + 9) (1 — 5b)(1 + 5b + 25b’) Nonfactorable
Solutions on p. S-10.
Objective 11.4C
Factor a trinomial that is quadratic in form Certain trinomials that are not quadratic can be expressed as quadratic trinomials by making suitable variable substitutions. A trinomial is quadratic in form if it can be written as au’ + bu +c.
22
Module 11 ® Factoring Polynomials
Take Note > An expression is quadratic in form if it can be written as
Trinomials That Are Quadratic in Form
a()? + b() + c, where the same
A trinomial is quadratic in form if it can be written as au? + bu + c.
expression is placed in both sets of parentheses.
EXAMPLES
Ls 2s
The expression 2x° — 7x° + 4 is quadratic in form because
Ca
Let =e. then uv? = (2)? = 2°.
Tag td
2° —-7 +4527
= 2(¢)? — 7(°) + 4
-—Tu+4
2x° — 7x° + 4 is quadratic in form.
The expression 5x°y’ + 3xy — 6
2. 5x’y? + 3xy — 6
is quadratic in form because 5x’y? + 3xy — 6
Let u = xy. Then uv? = (xy)? = xy?
= 5(xy)? + 3(xy) —6
5xy + 3xy - 65 5w + 3u -6
5x°y? + 3xy — 6 is quadratic in form.
When we use this method to factor a trinomial that is quadratic in form, the variable part of the first term of each binomial factor will be uw.
_Focus on factoring a polynomial that is quadratic in form Factor: x* + 5x7 + 6 SOLUTION
| x° +59" 4) 6) oy
|
ou
©
° Let w = x*. Then w? = x"
= (u + 3)(u + 2)
» Factor
= (x + 3)(x* + 2)
* Replace u by x2.
Check your understanding 7 |Factor: 3x* + 4x? — 4 |SOLUTION
See page S-5.
(x? + 2)(3x? — 2)
| Focus on factoring a polynomial that is quadratic in form |Factor: x — 2Vx — 15
| SOLUTION
| x—2Ve— 15 =
— Qu — 15
a e
=
¢ Replace u by V x.
(\ , — 5)(V x a= a)
Factor.
Check your understanding 8 | Factor: 6xy’ — xy — 12
SOLUTION
ten
\| (u = 5) (u ai 3)
See page S-S.
Gxy + 4)(2xy — 3)
ae
Section 11.4 ¢ Special Factoring
Objective 11.4C Practice . Factor: xy? — 8xy
+ 15
. Factor: xt — 92° + 18 . Factor:
(xy — 3) (xy (6
x + 3Vx + 2
(Weer
. Factor: 2x* — 13x7-— 15 YY we bh an =.
Factor: x%© —- xP -6
3) (x —
— 5) 6)
SINCE ae 13)
(2c — 15)(2 + 1)
(3 + 2)(x
=3)
Solutions on p. S-10.
Objective 11.4D
Factor completely
Tips for Success >
General Factoring Strategy
You now have completed all the lessons on factoring polynomials. You will need to be able to recognize all of the factoring patterns. To test yourself, try the exercises in this objective.
When factoring a polynomial completely, ask the following questions about the polynomial. . Is there a common factor? If so, factor out the GCF. . If the polynomial is a binomial, is it the difference of two perfect squares, the sum of two perfect cubes, or the difference of two perfect cubes? If so, factor.
. If the polynomial is a trinomial, is it a perfect-square trinomial or the product of two binomials? If so, factor.
Take Note > Remember that you may have to
. Can the polynomial be factored by grouping? If so, factor.
factor more than once in order to write the polynomial as a product of prime factors.
. Is each factor nonfactorable over the integers? If not, factor.
Factor: 64y* — 125y
| 64y* — 125y
=
°
Factor out y, the GCF
yl(4y)? — 5°]
.
Write the binomial as the difference of
y(4y — 5)(16y? + 20y + 25)
e
y(64y3 —
125)
two perfect cubes. Factor.
Focus on factoring a polynomial completely | Factor: 6a? + 15a? — 36a | SOLUTION
6a? + 15a? — 36a
= 3a(2a’ + 5a — 12)
3a(2a — 3)(a + 4)
¢ The GCF is 3a. e Factor the trinomial.
Check your understanding 9 Factor: 18x° — 6x* — 60x | SOLUTION be
See page S-5.
6x(3x + 5)(x
2)
a = 4y and b = 5
23
24
Module 11 @ Factoring Polynomials ir
Focus on factoring a polynomial completely
Factor: x’y + 2x7 — y — 2 SOLUTION
All four terms do not have a common factor. The polynomial is not a binomial or a trinomial. Try factoring by grouping. xry+27°-y-2 = (ey + 2x) -
(y + 2)
¢ Factor by grouping.
= xy ty2) aoa) 3
(y ala 2) (x? -
* x —
1)
= (y + 2)ax + 1)@ —
| isa difference of squares.
1)
Check your understanding 10 Factor: 4x — 4y — x° + 2x’y | SOLUTION
See page S-5.
Ge
SLOAE 9
Oe)
Objective 11.4D Practice
. . . .
Factor: Factor: Factor: Factor:
. Factor:
5x* + 10x +5 S(x + 1) 7x7 — 28 7(x + 2)(x — 2) 8x° — 98x° =2x°(2x + 7)(2x — 7) x4 — y* (2 + (x + ye — ») 16a* — b*
. Factor: x = NY & kh Nn
(4a? + b*)(2a + b)(2a — b)
— 27% —-—x+2
(«—-2)(x+
IG
- 1)
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
SECTION
Solving Equations Objective
11.5A
Solve equations by factoring Recall that the Multiplication Property of Zero states that the product of a number and zero is zero. If a is areal number, then a: 0 = 0.
Consider the equation a- b = 0. If this is a true equation, then either a = 0 or b = 0.
_
Principle of Zero Products
If the product of two factors is zero, then at least one of the factors must be zero. Ifa:b
= 0,thena
=0orb=0.
Section 11.5 ¢ Solving Equations
25
The Principle of Zero Products is used in solving equations.
f Solve:
Ge — 2)(@— 3) = 0
jUf (@ — 2)(@ — 3) = 0, then (« — 2) = O or & — 3) = 0. Take Note >
(x — 2)(« — 3) =0
x — 2 is equal to a number. x — 3 is equal to a number. In
ba)
(x — 2)(x — 3), two numbers
Kw
3 —"()
x=.
are being multiplied. Since their
x=
product is zero, one of the
bthecks
Meo
numbers must be equal to zero. The number x — 2 is equal to
|
Ce
0 or the number x — 3 is equal to 0.
* Solve each equation forx
3
3) = 0
G2)
—3)— 0
2)| Gono) Ges)
0(—-1) | 0
0=0 A true equation | The solutions are 2 and 3.
alo
1(0) | 0
0=0 A true equation * Write the solutions
An equation that can be written in the form ax + bx
+c =0,
a #0, is a quadratic equation. A quadratic equation is in standard form when the polynomial is equal to zero and its terms are in descending order.
37° +2x+1=0
4x° — 3x
+ 2=0
A quadratic equation can be solved by using the Principle of Zero Products when the
polynomial ax? + bx + c is factorable. | Focus on solving a quadratic equation by factoring
| Solve: 2x7 + x = 6 |
| SOLUTION |
Dial
|
Soir
6
¢ This is a quadratic equation
2? +x-6=0
¢ Write it in standard form.
|
(2x a
3)(x Ge 2) =0
2 |
0) 2x =
¢ Factor the trinomial
x+2=0
3
¢ Set each factor equal to zero (the Principle of Zero Products)
oe)
« Solve each equation for x
3 OG
=
2
_ Check:
Die
|
2 s\n iste,3 |e
|
9 3 A—)+= |} 6 4 2
||
Oe
SPS
peed
6=6 5
3
|| The solutions are 52 and —2.
* Write the solutions.
Check your understanding 1 Solve:
2x? — 50 = 0
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
—5 and 5
26
Module 11 © Factoring Polynomials
The example on the previous page illustrates the steps involved in solving a quadratic equation by factoring.
Steps in Solving a Quadratic Equation by Factoring . Write the equation in standard form. . Factor the polynomial. . Set each factor equal to zero. . Solve each equation for the variable. . Check the solutions.
| Focus on solving a quadratic equation by factoring Solve:
(x — 3)(x — 10) = —10
SOLUTION (x -
x —
3)(x aT 10) =
—10
¢ This is a quadratic equation. The Principle of Zero Products cannot be used unless 0 is on one side of the equation
13x + 30 =
-10
* Multiply
ae Sx
(x = | fo —
On)
8) (x =
13 =)
5) =
0
* Factor
65.0)
x=8
(« — 3)(x — 10)
¢ Write the equation in standard form
—
¢ Set each factor equal to zero.
x=5
* Solve each equation for x
Che solutions are 8 and 5.
Write the solutions
Check your understanding 2 Solve: (x + 2)(x — 7) = 52 LSOLUTION
See page S-6.
6 and 11
Objective 11.5A Practice
For Exercises | to 5, solve by factoring. .
(z + 8)(z —
9) =
~2+2-72=0
2a? 9a-5=0
0
-§ and 9
—9and8
—~ands
. (x + 8)(x — 3) = -30 —2and -3 .x(x-1)=x+15
NY WwW ak
—3and5
Solutions on p. S-11.
Solve application problems
Objective 11.5B
~ Focus on solving an application
|A
into a well with an initial velocity of 8 ft/s. The | Howstonemanyis thrown seconds later will the stone hit the bottom of the well? d = vt + 16f, where d is the distance || and ¢ is the time in seconds.
well is 440 ft deep.
Use the equation
in feet, v is the initial velocity in feet per second,
Section 11.5 ¢ Solving Equations
27
STRATEGY
To find the time for the stone to drop to the bottom of the well, replace the variables d and v by their given values and solve for tf. | SOLUTION
|
d=vt+ 16f 440 = 8t + 16°
|
* Replaced with 440 and v with 8
0) = Wa? 42 Bp = Ay)
* Write the equation in standard form
0 = 82P +t — 55)
* Factor out the common
0=2f
* Divide each side of the equation by 8
+1-—55
0 = (2t + 11)(t — 5)
| 2t+
11 =0
2t= |
| |
¢ Factor the trinomial
ta
—-11
factor of 8
= 0
* Set each factor equal to zero
t=
* Solve each equation for 1
ool
Farin: .
:
Because time cannot be a negative number,
OE
4
— > is not a solution.
The time is 5 s.
Check your understanding 3 | The length of a rectangle is 3 m more than twice the width. | The area of the rectangle is 90 m?. Find the length and | width of the rectangle.
| | SOLUTION
See page S-6.
2W +3
Length: 15 m; width: 6m
i
Objective 11.5B Practice
1. The length of a rectangle is 2 ft more than twice the width. The area is 144 ft’. Find the length and width of the rectangle. Length: 18 ft; width: 8 ft 2. The height of a triangle is 4 m more than twice the length of the base. The area of the triangle is 35 m?. Find the base and height of the triangle. Base: 5 m: height: 14 m 3. The height h, in feet, of a ball above the ground f seconds after being thrown upward with a velocity of 48 ft/s is given by h = —16f + 48¢ + 3. After how many seconds will the ball be 35 ft above the ground?
Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.
After 1 s (on the way up) and after 2 s (on the
way down)
urived wo >
T
4
oy
ey or) only a.
Solutions to Module 11
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
11
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 11.1
Check your understanding 1 AxSyi= DDR y
1Sxtyo
973
¢ Factor each monomial
3
ye
GCF = 2+x?-y = 2x’y
¢
The common
variable factors are
x and y
The GCF of 4x°y and 18x7y® is 2x’y. Check your understanding 2
a. 14a? =2-7-a° Mab
* Find the GCF of the terms
=3+7-ab
The GCF is 7a’.
14a?
21a"
Ta’
Ta’
¢ Divide each term by the GCF
14a? — 21a*h = 7a*(2) + 7a?(—3a’b)
¢ Write each term as a product
= 7a’(2 — 3a*b) ¢ Find the GCF of the terms
12x°y* os =
Se
The GCF is 3x’y”. 6x4? Po
Save
, —9xy? oh,
Save
6x*y? es 9x3)? a
= 3x yx)
DON:
12x’) ae
385
* Divide each term by the GCF
ep
Shave
12x7y*
3x y= 3x) + 3xy?(4y’)
¢ Write each term as a product
= 3x’y’(2x? — 3x + 4y’)
Check your understanding 3 a(b — 7) + b(b — 7) = (b= Mat)
¢
The common
binomial
factor is b
Check your understanding 4 3y(5x — 2) — 4(2 — 5x) = 3y(5x — 2) + 4(5x — 2)
* Rewrite 2
5x as
(5x
2)
= (5x — 2)(y + 4) Check your understanding 5
a. yi — = = = b.
oy Ay = 20 (y° — Sy’)+ 4’ — 20) y(y’ — 5) + 4(y’ — 5) (9°— 5)(y? + 4)
* Group the terms
¢ Factor the GCE from each group. ¢ Factor out the common
binomial factor.
2y? — 2y? - 3y +3
=
ini
eal yen =a)
¢ Group the terms.
= 2y’*(y -— 1) - 30 - 1)
¢ Factor the GCF from each group.
Sy
¢ Factor out the common
= 8)
binomial factor.
i
S-1
S-2
Solutions to Module 11
Section 11.2
Check your understanding 1 « The factors must both be negative.
vr? -—8&+15=
(x =
3)(x —
5)
¢ Write the factors.
Check your understanding 2 r ¢ The factors must be of opposite signs.
40 = A) Like se
y + y—
2
20 ak
4y = 21
3. Multiply:= pated =.2g a clevara eer 4. Multipl Multiply: ply
=
sli 28 xe Se 4
ee
10
x +2 =
Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.
Objective 12.1C
Divide rational expressions The reciprocal of a fraction is the fraction with the numerator and denominator interchanged. b a
b ‘ Fraction
a
5 aa Gade! YG
a a
|
ee Reciprocal x
ant 32
To divide two fractions, multiply the first fraction by the reciprocal of the divisor.
.¢ _a@d_ad
“d be be
EXAMPLES ee yoe a
2,2
+4 KG
2) G
y
y= 2
4
Section 12.1
¢ Multiplication and Division of Rational Expressions
| Focus on dividing rational expressions Divide.
er i
eo en= OXY a.
=
a
.
eC
2x + 5x 2.
3x eeeeioea
2x” 3x =")
Dele
SOLUTION .
xy? — 3x’y 4 6x° — 2xy 5)
os
5
z
xy” — 3x’y
=
= ie
z
oar Ox
Zz =
255)
¢ Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal
=
x y(p=3x7-
2?
¢ Multiply the numerators.
z+ 2xBx—yy
|
the denominators. common factors
1
V2
¢ Write the answer in simplest form
+
+
5x+2
3x7 + 13x +4
“2x7 4+3x-2
2° +7x-4
JOB Ee
Desi
Se
* Rewrite division as multiplication by the reciprocal
22 +3x—-2 324+ 13x +4
|
(x4 x+y: Oe De +4
~ Ox Gx + 4 2x +
¢ Factor the numerator and denominator of each fraction. Multiply the numerators. Multiply the denominators, Divide by the common factors
1 ¢ Write the answer in simplest form
3x t |
Check your understanding 4
| Divide. a.
a
a
:
p, et 26x + 16 —— , 2x + 9x = 5 .
4bc? — 2b’c ~~ 6 be — -3b"
|
| SOLUTION
3x? — 7x — 6
See pages S-I-S-2.
a.
se
3¢ yA 6
9 34
1 Divide
== 16a*b-
Oy ADR
Agee
3. Divide:
45
dre)
14a'b
ae {él
= | LX
Abye = 30)
ae! Or
2?—y—56 iF
~~ ae Gy
ae I
6n?° + 13n+6
4 Divide
Aba = &
Solutions on p. S-8.
7 reas}
40xb
(bese 9 = 20).
d3
y— 13y + 40
eet Va Ve 6n? ee Ab
+n-2 = ||
RSP
8
Objective 12.1C Practice
es
Multiply
Divide by the
2 poe 2n— 3
Dee =
15)
7
8
Module 12 © Rational Expressions
Addition aand Subtraction ofRational Expressions — Object:v2 12.2A
Express two fractions in terms of a common denominator The least common multiple (LCM) of two or more numbers is the smallest number that contains the prime factorization of each number. The LCM of 12 and 18 is 36. 36 contains the prime factors of 12 and the prime factors of 18.
IPA at PRO PAE 8) IIfe} =s Ae She 3} Factors of 12 aN
LCM = 36> 2-2-3°3 SS)
Factors of 18
The least common multiple of two or more polynomials is the simplest polynomial that contains the factors of each polynomial.
| Find the LCM of 4xy and 6xy’. 4x’y ==! YG PROG
TAF
EOSy
¢ Factor each monomial.
1 LCM 2223syay =
|2xy
* Write the product of the LCM of the numerical coefficients and each variable factor the greatest number of times it occurs in any one factorization
| Find the LCM of 4x? + 4x and x? + 2x + 1.
Take Note » The LCM must contain the
14x?
factors of each polynomial. As shown with braces at the right,
+40 = ax
1) = 252 xa
r+2xt+1=@+
the LCM contains the factors
1)
1@+1)
Factors of 4x? + 4x
of 4x? + 4x and the factors of ot On,
| LCM
aaSef.teOoOoF
= 2:2-x(x + 1) + 1) :
, Es
* The LCM of 4x° + 4x and x° + 2x + 1 is the product of the LCM of the numerical coefficients and each variable factor the greatest number of times it occurs in any one factorization.
Factors of x + 2x + |
= 4x(x + I(x + 1) | Focus on finding the LCM of two polynomials |
Find the LCM of x2 — x — 6 and 9 — 2’.
| SOLUTION ~C=7—6=
(x =
3)(x =r 2)
9=7 == —9)==G LCM
=
& —
¢ Factor each polynomial
+ 3)G—3)
3)(x + 2)(x + 3)
« The LCM isthe productof each factor the greatest number
factorization.
of times
it occurs
in any one
Section 12.2 © Addition and Subtraction of Rational Expressions
9
| Check your understanding 1 "Find theLCMofm?— 6m + 9 andm?~ 2m ~3. _SOLUTION
See page S22;
(mn
3) (m1 —
3)(m
+
1)
When adding and subtracting fractions, it is often necessary to express two or more fractions in terms of a common denominator. We can use as a common denominator the LCM of the denominators of the fractions. Expressing fractions in terms of the LCM of their denominators is referred to as writing the fractions in terms of the LCD (least common denominator). + 1
Write the fractions * The LCD
is 12x74
Ix+1_x+1 4x°
Take Note >
=
3(x =
ay
17 a
.
eae
es
rewrite each fraction in terms
of the LCD before adding. The
LCD is 12. Qinlen
eS
3; onleber wArnelany
se
rome lB
* Find the LCD
* For each fraction, multiply both the numerator and denominator
2)
by the factors whose product with the denominator
6
2( %
)
NAT
ZS)
te
6x7 — 12x
pews
PA
34-2)
4x?
32
Recall that to add 2 + a we
=
25 6x7 =— 12: - in terms of the LCD.
and
4x?
:
5
so we are not
jes}
is the
changing the value of either fraction
aye
:
6x(x — 2) 2x
Dae
caer
12
12x*(x 2.
: — 22)
_Focus on writing two fractions in terms of the LCD ienkaa, 3x7
Write the fractions
SOLUTION
and * = in terms of the LCD.
The LCD is 24x’y.
Die) elle ate ee Vis ON =
3x2
=
"
in terms of the LCD.
SOLUTION
2x — 1 Ree
=
2x - 1 =
The.LC Das sero CSU
eeaael
2x — x
2
amy
6k
store
5
* Rewrite 7
eet). ese
E
x(x — 2) x +3
oy pe
2x - 1
=(2 :* 2x) =
x x (x — 2) + 3) te
ERT
LCD
| and = = |. We are multiplying each fraction by |
Sh eat
x(x — 2)(x + 3)
r x(x — 2)(x + 3)
2 With a denominatorof x" —
2x.
10
Module 12 © Rational Expressions
| Check your understanding 3 c _ Write the fractions 3 2i4 cea
| SOLUTION
and 2
Diets
ex
See page S-2.
95 in terms of the LCD.
+20
Ker Ax
(x+ (x — 5) +5)’ + DA—S+5)
Objective 12.2A Practice
1 . Find the LCM of 12a*b and 18ab>.
36a°b’
2 . Find the LGMiofix—
@=
1andx—
25)
1)(« — 2)
3. Find the LCM of x? — 2x — 24 andx* — 36. 4
oY
(x — 6)(x + 6)(x + 4)
;
:
. Write = and 5 in terms of the LCD of the fractions. 6x
XY
5. Write 7,74 6. Write
12.2B
iSoesy
and > * { in terms of the LCD of the fractions.
77 =
and a 2x 9 in terms of the LCD of the fractions. See
Solutions on pp. S-S-S-9.
Objective
14x
Oye
5
a)
15y
Pee
airs
o)'
2x? — Ax
eae
8G
= 9)
Add and subtract rational expressions When adding rational expressions with the same denominator, add the numerators. The denominator of the sum is the common denominator. The sum is written in simplest form. When subtracting rational expressions with the same denominators, subtract the numerators. The denominator of the difference is the common denominator. Write the answer in simplest form.
Adding and Subtracting Rational Expressions To add or subtract rational expressions with the same denominator, add or subtract the numerators. The denominator of the sum or difference is the common denominator. Write the answer in simplest form.
EXAMPLES ort ah
ile}
Ales!
a
c
b
b
Gh ar
b
Bel
a
18
Take Note > Be careful with signs when subtracting rational expressions. In example (4) at the right, note that we must subtract the entire numerator 2x + 3.
(Ge = i) = (ect 3) = p=
lh = De= 3
gS vr? —-5x+4
Section 12.2 ¢ Addition and Subtraction of Rational Expressions
11
Before two fractions with different denominators can be added or subtracted, each fraction
must be expressed in terms of a common denominator. In this text, we express each fraction in terms of the LCD, which is the LCM of the denominators.
2 ade Sh
| Add: i2
Take Note >
x —-2x
=
This objective requires use of the skills learned in the objective on writing two fractions in terms of the LCD and the objective on adding and subtracting rational expressions with the same denominator.
= x(x =
2A
Fee
6
xr-4 2)
Theil CD is 1G Le =
42)
x A
Ss
Bae 2)
5 =
Base
6
+
x +2
37 =
i x
Se
:
x(x i
=
2
6 2s
=
¢ Find the LCD
2)
eer.)
(x iz 2)(x si 2)
6
6x
HES
aie
:
* Write each
oe
:
fraction in terms of the
Multiply the first fraction by
LCD
> and the
second fraction by
@)
1
¢ Add the fractions
x(x — 2)(x + 2) x + 5x — 6
x(x — 2)(x + 2) (x + 6)(x — =
1)
5) Xx (x
at
=
2) (x
¢ Factor the numerator to determine whether
Ap 2)
there are common
factors
in the numerator
denominator
Focus on adding or subtracting rational expressions |
4 3 a. Be Se ar au se Seg aby
Add or subtract.
De
3 5x
| SOLUTION |
Asethe EEDaselo y —
x
4
3
Sie
4x
uA +
* Find the LCD
y =
y :
12
4y
4
3x
4
y .
aml)
+
lay _ l6y | 9y
(Whe Dy
a
y
Ie —
lov
»
12x
3y
3
Aye
3)
y :
has a denominatorof 12x
Nye +
2
Sy
=
* Rewrite each fraction so that it
—
¢ Add and subtract the fractions.
* Simplify the numerator.
12x
b. The LCD is 5x. ie
3
Sy
=
x
a
3
ee
5x
* Write x as ' and multiply it by 5x"
¢ Subtract the fractions.
and
12
Module 12 © Rational Expressions
| Check your understanding 4
|
ae
| Add or subtract, | |
| SOLUTION
a, — — —~ + ~~ 8y 3y 4y
bevy + ae y-7
z
See page S-2.
a5,
i
y>—
ee
Ty +5
SLE :
24)
y-
_ Focus on adding or subtracting rational expressions |
|
D}
| Add or subtract. |
a.
die
a ee Diy = 8g
: Sl
Som) cae je = BS Bo
: A i a
| SOLUTION
| a. The LCD is (2x — 3)(x + 1). 2x
1
|
2x
=
|
De =
xt
=
3
heap
De
Me
9
By I
Teak
|
Sear
i
+ 2x
* Rewrite each fraction so
2he I~
(2x — 3)(e +1)
|
2253=3
3
II
=
3}
that it has adenominator
3
One
(2x* + 2x) — (2x — 3) C23) a1)
=
Ay ers
Ye
=
We
nike) * Simplify the numerator
2), 3
=
AX
(x a
|
|
=
3
air
A) (x ar 2) yt 3
(x—4)(*+2)
SiG
2) ¢« Rewrite each
=x = 4) St e (x ale 2) —3(x de 2)
fraction so that it has a
(x -4)(«+ 2)
denominator of
(x + 3) + (—3)(@ + 2)
|
Ge= 4)(r + 2)
=
fractions.
ivi
|
~ (x — 4)(@ + 2)
¢ Simplify the
numerator.
S|
Check your understanding 5 b
4x
afeamait
a.
oe
9
et)
b
Eerie
osoe Bee S35
ee
pig = || oe .
x
ie
2965
Ges
B55 —4b
2. Add:
xO
sear Jl
ie
2 —5x—-—12
3. Subtract:
Syl, ae
Be ||
ae 0 30 ae 2
|
2x*-5x—12 Beta
See
6y
Oxy
. Subtract: ee ssa ais
y= Dorey.
x-4
on arene Oy 18xy?
Faeroe
ae
2 ay
+ (x + 5)(x — 5)
ea
Objective 12.2B Practice
1. Subtact |=: 10.
the
i 5P 3) = Be = ©
|
or subtract.
(x — 4)(x + 2)
e Add
(x = 4) (x af 2)
Add
Mh)
* Subtract the fractions
(2x — 3)(« + 1)
Ib. The LCD is Ge = 4)Ga eer) sh 3
— 3) (ieee
(2x-3)@+4+ 1)
Oy -
Section 12.3 « Complex Fractions
5. Subtract:
5x
2
xet+2x-8
x«+4
a+2
6. Add: a
2
35
grea) a
+
A
(x +4)0-2)
3
+a-2
13
at+6
2a
—
3
ai
ae
eiPan = IN)
Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.
SECTION
1 2.3 Objective
Complex Fractions
12.3A
Simplify complex fractions A complex fraction is a fraction whose
; numerator or denominator contains one or more fractions. Examples of complex fractions are shown at the right.
3
:
+-o
1° a,
2)
| ,
ee+
ai > eh ae x+4
Jae = x
4
Ree
;
Simplify; ———
1+-XxA Aes
' The LCD
of a AnGie— 1S kee x x
4 j Np
1+
a x
* Find the
LCD of the fractions in the numerator
and denominator
4 |e -
—-
=) x
x
D
i
1+
)
¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction by the LCD. We are multiplying the complex fraction by
x
x
. Which equals 1, so we are not changing the value of the fraction
4, Ihe iS
=
coy X
PARAS
Me [Lose
qe =o
Xx
re
;
4
¢ Use the Distributive Property to multiply (WPrmes res
;
A
\
and
(Ta).
x
aged x + 2x ¢ Simplify
The method shown above of simplifying a complex fraction by multiplying the numerator and denominator by the LCD is used in the “Focus on” example that follows. However, a different approach is to rewrite the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction as single fractions and then divide the numerator by the denominator. The example shown above is simplified on the next page using this alternative method.
14
Module 12 © Rational Expressions
4 a
=
i TA2 Pe
2
x2
x — 4 e
1: Z ate 2
Z x
x
x
5
¢ Rewrite the numerator and denominator of
=
=
a
1+
4
x
2
x
x
the complex fraction as single fractions.
2
xt a
;
eae
x
x
x
Recall that the fraction bar can be read “divided by.” Divide the numerator of the complex fraction by the denominator. Rewrite
x+2
division as multiplication by the reciprocal
m8 (x a 2)
¢ Multiply the fractions. Factor the numerator,
vx re 2)
eS
Se
* Simplify.
Xx
Note that this is the same result as before.
| Focus on simplifying a complex fraction
|
tip
|
BG
2,
x
4
Simpy,
es ———=
ees
julilyah
15
x
x
yo aS
29108930 a
sg
SOLUTION
a. The LCM of the denominators, x, 2, x*, and 4, is 4x’.
| || |
|
1 5 ae
alee
ae ee ie 1
1
1
|
|
|
* Multiply the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction by 44~
Ae
|
|
ar W450
1
—-4? =
+ > 4x?
is
¢ Use the Distributive Property.
1 1 = +4 — —-4¢ Ge =
Tar
2x
4— x a ee
(2 a x) (2-+xy =
¢ Factor the numerator and denominator. Divide by the
common factors « Write the answer in simplest form
Section 12.3 ¢ Complex Fractions
b. The LCM of the denominators, x and x’, is x’ Py
ia 11 x
Als)
7h,
te =. ie
30
Sica
]
x”
Jk
ara) BO
tp
Xx
Jb
ey
2a ey
Xe
ee
eer
He openness
= ade: «2 1
/|
ln
pms Wo eee
|
|
2590
=
>ale
* Use the Distributive Property
BON Mane eae 2
x — 2x —
|
* Multiply the numerator and denominator of the complex fraction by x°
Ix
15
30 * Factor the numerator and denominator
(x =
|
ae
1 ==
6)
Divide by the common factors
* Write the answer in simplest form
10:
| Check your understanding 1
|
hai
|
3 Sia
|
x
| Simplify. ee
a.
|
i ied ONE
|
| SOLUTION
ee
A
e8 Ke
———— = pean
>
a
ie
See pages S-3-S-4.
a.
_
Objective 12.3A Practice
1. Simplify:
2. Simplify: —————_
——
3. Simplify:
4. Simplify:
ais
x
Gee is Sfa= a 1
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
3 X
:
aex
a +
=7
15
16
Module 12 © Rational Expressions
Equations Containing Fractions Oblec
= 12.44
Solve equations containing fractions Recall that to clear denominators, we multiply each side of an equation by the LCD. The result is an equation that contains no fractions. In this section, the fractions in the equations contain variables in the denominators. =
Solve:
2
id
1h
==
Sx
FOX
The LCD of the fractions is 12x. Take Note »
Shae
Note that we are now
solving
equations, not operating
on
expressions. We are not
writing
LCD
-
SOX jl
y
12x (=
each fraction in term the LCD; we are multiplying both sides of the equation by
eee: seals
4x eee =
3x PB
rf
Ax
(2)
3x D
1
a
Ti
at =) =
4x
the
* Find the LCD
a)
ee
3x
rd
(ee |
4x
ii
36x = 1)
* Multiply each side of the equation by the LCD.
6x a
Niobe
1
6x
¢ Simplify by using the Distributive Property
\6x
#40) = 20)
She == 3) se 3 = Il
* Solve for x.
9x +5 = 14 9x = 9 x=
1
1 checks as a solution. The solution is 1.
| Focus on solving an equation containing fractions 4° a x | Solve: === Gans |
i
ae
| SOLUTION
|
ns
|
=
bales
4
2
a
||
a
.
¢ The LCD of the fractions is 2x.
te!
x
Deg
| 2x
a.
2
oes
a =
Dy
2h
=
* Multiply each side of the equation by 2x.
2) eel
lie |
$= 27 = 75
| |
|
* This is a quadratic equation.
0=x+7x-8 0=
x+8=0
(x a6 8) (x a
Ba
¢ Write the quadratic equation in standard form. 1)
=
| x= —8 x=1 | Both —8 and | check as solutions. | The solutions are —8 and 1.
¢ Solve by factoring.
Section 12.4 e Equations Containing Fractions
17
Check your understanding 1
1 4— Solve: Olve: xx + 3= = 3x SOLUTION
4
See page S-4.
3
and |
Occasionally, a value of a variable in a fractional equation makes one of the denominators
zero. In this case, that value of the variable is not a solution of the equation. Solve:
=1+
= 2)
i = 2)
| The LCDas x — 2. DK
* Find the LCD. 4
=l|+
2)
y=
2
Dx (x =
2)
4
=D
=
("=
2)
=
(x Se)
I 45
* Multiply each side of the equation by
=D)
the LCD.
2x (x =
2)
4
=)
ll saps
2) s
meee
* Simplify by using the Distributive Kea
yp =a ye =
Property
PP ae al
¢ Solve for x.
Die =e x=2
When x is replaced by 2, the denominators of ae ae 5 and _ not a solution of the equation.
= 5 are zero. Therefore, 2 is
| The equation has no solution.
| Focus on trying to solve an equation with no solution Solve:
iis
= 5) Ger
Sor A
1 ee A
| SOLUTION
|
3x se = Al
e
= 2))\c
Sie
= 5)or
12
¢ The
= (Ge = 4) 5 4-
eee
.
(
3x — oy — 20 B56 = De — ae
She =
4 does not check as a solution.
The equation has no solution.
Check your understanding 2
SOLUTION
ye +2 ~
BRE
LO x+2
See page S-4.
* Multiply each side of the equation by x — 4
¢ Use the Distributive Property on the right-hand side of the equation. ° Solve for x
=
x=4
Solve:
4.
12
=|
3x = (x — 4)5 + 12
|
LCD of the fractions is x
ip al
No solution
18
Module 12 » Rational Expressions Objective 12.4A Practice 1. Solve.
t eee
2. Solve:
4 ie +S ae = al
3. Solve: 2 + 4. Solve:
—3
MG
1 a
=
2
5. Solve: 2 =
Ye
3 3)
= =
= z eee,
Z
RVs
an 3p = a
5
a
No solution
@=3 2
ae if
a
Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.
Gbiective 12.4B
Solve problems involving similar triangles Similar objects have the same shape but not necessarily the same size. A tennis ball is similar to a basketball. A model ship is similar to an actual ship. Similar objects have corresponding parts; for example, the rudder on the model ship corresponds to the rudder on the actual ship. The relationship between the sizes of the corresponding parts can be written as a ratio, and each ratio will be the same. If the rudder on the model ship is “00 the size of the rudder on the actual ship, then the model wheelhouse is 1 the size of the actual wheelhouse, the width of the model is ia the width
of the actual ship, and so on. The two triangles ABC and DEF shown at the right are similar triangles. Side AB correspondsto DE,
F A
side BC corresponds to EF, and side AC
5
j ZEN,
corresponds to DF. The
.
Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY * This is an inverse variation. To find the value of k, write the general inverse variation equation, replace the variables by the given values, and solve for k. ¢ Write the specific inverse variation equation, replacing k by its value. Substitute 4 for m and
solve for h. SOLUTION
k
——
¢ Use the general form of an inverse variation equation
m
9=
k
=
5
45 =k
* Replace / by 9 and m by 5 * Solve for k by multiplying both sides by 5
45
h=—
:
* Write the specific inverse variation equation by substituting 45 for k
m
i
45 4
* Replace m with 4 to find h when mz is 4
h = 11.25 It takes 11.25 h for four assembly machines to complete the daily quota.
Section 12.6
Check your understanding 1
STRATEGY * Time for one printer to complete the job: t
Ist printer
2nd printer
1
¢ The sum of the parts of the task completed must equal 1.
Solutions to Module 12
S-7
SOLUTION
Sees)
Se t
t
Sapa
tt—-+—-]=t-l t
¢ Multiply each side by r, the
t
345.
=
LCD.
¢ Distributive Property
8=t
Working alone, one printer takes 8 h to print the payroll.
Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY
¢ Rate sailing across the lake: r Rate sailing back: 2r
ee =
Across
a
=
e
¢ The total time for the trip was 3 h. SOLUTION
Ona (au Wap C6 Ors | =r2r3) iP Ap 6 6 2 OF; r oi Sane
12+
¢ The time spent sailing across plus the time spent sailing back equals 3 h
* Multiply each side by 27
¢ Distributive Property
6=6r
* Solve for)
13)— 67 =r
The rate across the lake was 3 km/h.
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 12.1A
1
16x’) Any
,
2k 3y
x + 8x + 16
Geta) Gan
aoa 4
72x — 24
(4 —6)@ +4)
4-6
pee ete ag es 2 ee ee ee yoy 100 5) a ey att Lys A
2n? —9n +4
Cre
“ 2n—5n-12
Objective 12.1B
1
4 Wry Tab I
2 tab Oxy" 3
as
ree
oni
(2n+3)(n-—4)
2n+3
ag
7 3a
he
bP ey
a Sabxy"
PHE
S-8
Solutions to Module 12
30
On
" 5x-20
ihe mel oie),
eee
ve Wa—4y
2
27x-54 5 -—t Yar 99 1
1
9
1
1
1
i
1
]
|
i
yty—20 yt+4y-21_ G+5)—4) 9+ 7G—3) | YT RY tee 8 GSO 8) Gay 4 = 1 1
x — 1ixt+28 °4+7x%+4+ 10
” ¢ = 135» OO
1
O-Na—4y
1
(e+5)(x + 2)
ee EG =I16) 4—xj(S-+a 1
_xt2
B= 6 lens
Gaoaal
Ox yt — sedan: as 9x y* Ha’
Objective 12.1C
l6a*h?> ~ 14a’b_
MBsa* Si
28x t 14
dager
45x’ 2
Sexi
28x 14 307 — 20
” A5x = 30° 30x22 20 = 45x02 30° -14e 7 ?)
1
_ HQx+t]
2
1
WBx—2}
é
yO
ye
"y~+8y+7
1
eNO
ee ad Oy ty
y-4y-5
y+ 8yt+7 y— 13y + 40
_ OBL
IH)
= 1
6? + 13n +6
6n? +n-—2 6n?+13n+6
at 20)
|
ee
ee
4n’?-1
Ome Gr
_ Ga 230043) Ont} Qn+1) (2n — 3)Qa+3) Gat 2)Qn—t} _eieee!
Up = 3
Objective 12.2A
12ath = 2 3a-b [8ah° = 32a: LCM = 2?- 32a’b° = 36a’b? .
¥-
x=
2G 1&2)
LCM
= @ =
1I)@ = 2)
~e-xe-24=(% - Oe + 4) x — 36 = (&« — 6)(« + 6) LCM
= (x — 6)(x + 6)(x + 4)
Solutions to Module 12
4. LCD = 18x7y
Sy a Loy.
62
18x2y
4
14x
Oxy 18x°y LCD = (2x — 1)(x + 4) or
Bele: + 4)
e+
Retest)
4
Ot— 1)G+4)
lee
(ee (esl)
x+4
(+ 4)(2x -
Dx
1)
(2x —
1)(x + 4)
LCD = (« + 3)(% — 3)(« — 2)
x xrtx-6
;..
x(x — 3) (+ 3) —- 3)
-2)
x — 3x
~ ( + 3)(x — 3) — 2) 2 ts ey 2x(x — 2) xr -9 (x + 3)(x — 3) — 2) 2x? — 4x
(x + 3)(x — 3)(@ — 2)
Objective 12.2B
1.
Ox
3S 3x
Pat)
4
Gra
See
x+1
aj=Sse¢
x
10
x
x+2
MOR Se
Be= il
Ue
xe = 5x — 12
10
ie Nisin Chee
x SHS, = 10 2x +3
(2x + 3)(x — 4)
1 =
Bhs 6y"
ie) Oxy
Sieh)
ey ar 5)
18xy" Re Oise
4
18xy" ys
10y
18xy"
6x es
3 ee
6x(2x + 3) (x + 5)(2x +3)
300s 5) (x + 5)(2x + 3)
12x + 18x — 3x — 15 (x + 5)(2x + 3)
1 ae
aslo
(x + 5)(2x + 3)
Lea) (x + 5)(2x + 3)
S-9
S-10
Solutions to Module 12
5
Se
2
" P+2r—8
7
She
x PA
a
D)
(x+4)(x-2)
=
x3x+4
5x
2 = 2)
= (x+4)~%-2)
Dee
(@&+4)@-2)
teats +
~ & +4)— 2) ape ap a!
~ &+ 4G —2) aoe 2
3
“@t+a-2
Oa
OD
3
G1) =
1
a
a-1 "
a + 3a — 1) 3
(a+ 3)(a- 1) aie 8
Tease
3
G+3G—1
GaP 3 ae 3
~ (a+ 3)(a— 1) at+6
~ @+ 3-1)
jective aan, 22h. {20a |ae ee
ie
1
Sas aes
Ape
ee
rar. 2x(x + 4)
Dx:
~@-4a+4) x-4
Eee >,
eee
e+ ie
_
Sear
3
pe
59 ar 5
eo an 2)
3
year 5
ate)
bi
DS
sag
I(x + 5) —
St
+ 5)
S08 25
x
5¢ aS) = 3}
5p ae 2
Solutions to Module 12
2x? + 5x — 12
(2x — 3)(x + 4)
KeanAt
4x? — 4x — 3
(2x -3)(Qx+1)
2x41
a+4+ (Get Oleta
a a
ala - 2) + 6a - 2) +—
i
Objective 12.4A
1.
= Mel ae (oa) = WB se 15)
Gd ow AG 33) a)
ee
@+4at+3
atl
1--=4
x—-9=4% —9 = 3x —3=x The solution checks.
4x + 5(x — 4) = 5x ase ap Se = 20) = She he — PX0) = Spe 4x = 20 x=5
The solution checks.
(a+3)\a+1)
S-11
§-12
Solutions to Module 12
3
7)a
ee ee
p= 3
3
(@-3(24
)=@-a
Ol
Y=
Ge =
= ) 3
ae 8} == (0)
2a-3=a Be
SW
a=3 The solution does not check. The equation has no solution.
16
4.
Sie Pa 16
8 =— ON
x(x — 2) Sa)
8 =
16x = 8x — 16 8x = —16 x=-2
1-2(8) 6-951) 8y — 16 = 2y + y’ — 2y
0=y' — 8y + 16
= y—-4=0
y=4 The solution checks.
Objective 12.4B
1, 40 = 42 DF DE AC 4 15 eo. 9AC =
15(4)
9AC = 60 AC ~ 6.7 cm
2, jal HSFE h5
Tan
12h = 5(7) 2p
= 35)
h =~ 2.9m
4)
Solutions to Module 12
DiI 3.
AC
Er
A
BC
DEES,
SiG 6DF = 9(5) 6DF = 45 DF = 7.5 ft Perimeter = 6 + 9 + 7.5 = 22.5 ft
oad H hk
DE 12
12a Oris 18h = 12(12) 18h = 144 h=8m
=
A=
Fie
L= 7 (12)(8) = 48 im 1
Objective 12.5A
1.
P=kR 20) =4h15) 20 k=—=4 5 P=kR
P = 4(6) P= 2.
24
M=kP 15 = k(30) 15 espns
I
M = kP M =0.5P M = 0.5(20) M = 10 3.
paw Ww
wee3 96 =k We
Sige ES
cca el
alpen
2
S-13
S-14
Solutions to Module 12
4.
[=kvV 4 = k(100) 4 b= Sa 100 0.04 IT=kV I= 0.04V I = 0.04(75) I = 3 amperes
5
ja" R k 0.25 =— 8 2=k
ee I
ie
eS Objective 12.6A
TR
R
een 12 ~ 1-6 ohms
1. Time for Doug’s son to reroof the house: x
if
Doug
2 2
ei mes
x=12
It will take Doug’s son 12 days, working alone, to reroof the house. 2. Time for the old machine to make the cans: x :
:
5
Time for the new machine to make the cans: 3
Solutions to Module 12 Pp i x x ie & {7 +2) = x00 a8 BX 27+9=x x = 36 me = 3
i
RS
I)
3
The new machine, working alone, will do the job in 12 h.
Objective 12.6B
1. Rate of the prop plane: r Rate of the jet: 4r
plane
450
300
r
fe
ee
450 300 pecs tence EC r
ip
450 + 300 = 5r 750 = Sr
r = 150 4r = 600
The rate of the jet is 600 mph. 2. The unknown distance: d
d d 140 ' 110 d d is40— =) = (1540 g an a)= Coy) lid + 14d = 3080 25d = 3080 Se
+
——
—
= 123.2 The pilot can fly 123.2 mi north and return within 2 h.
S-15
MODULE
3
Rational Exponents and Radicals
SECTION 13.1
Introduction to Radical Expressions
Objective 13.1A
Simplify numerical radical expressions
Objective 13.1B
Simplify variable radical expressions
SECTION 13.2 Objective 13.2A
SECTION 13.3
Addition and Subtraction of Radical Expressions Add and subtract radical expressions
Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions
Objective 13.3A
Multiply radical expressions
Objective 13.3B
Divide radical expressions
SECTION 13.4
Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions
Objective 13.4A
Solve equations containing one or more radical expressions
Objective 13.4B
Solve application problems
SECTION 13.5
Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions
Objective 13.5A
Simplify expressions with rational exponents
Objective 13.5B
Write exponential expressions as radical expressions and radical expressions as exponential expressions
Objective 13.5C
Simplify radical expressions that are roots of perfect powers
2
Module 13 ® Rational Exponents and Radicals
Introduction to Radical Expressions Obieuitve 13.1A
Simplify numerical radical expressions A square root of a positive number x is a number whose square is x.
A square root of 16 is 4 because 47 = 16. A square root of 16 is —4 because (—4)* = 16. Every positive number has two square roots, one a positive number and one a negative number. The symbol V__, called a radical sign, is used to indicate the positive or principal square root of a number. For example, 16 = 4 and \/25 = 5. The number or variable expression under the radical sign is called the radicand. When the negative square root of a number is to be found, a negative sign is placed in front
of the radical. For example,
—\/16 = —4 and —\/25 = —S.
The square of an integer is a perfect square. 49, 81, and 144 are examples of perfect squares.
7? =1A9 Oe = 8]
12? = 144 The principal square root of a perfect-square integer is a positive integer.
V49 = 7
Val = 9
V144 = 12 The chart below shows square roots of some perfect squares.
Square Roots of Perfect Squares
1/100 = 10 Vim TAA = 12
Take Note >
If an integer is not a perfect square, its square root can only be approximated. For example, 2 and 7 are not perfect squares. Thus their square roots can only be approximated. These
Recall that a factor of a number
numbers are irrational numbers. Their decimal representations never terminate or repeat.
divides the number evenly. For example, 6 is a factor of 18, and 9 is also a factor of 18. Note that 9 is a perfect-square factor of 18, whereas 6 is not a perfect-
square factor of 18.
\/)= NAGI 5 ee
VT = D6A5 7513
ee
The approximate square roots of numbers that are not perfect squares can be found using a calculator. The square roots can be rounded to any given place value. Radical expressions that contain radicands that are not perfect squares are generally writ-
ten in simplest form. A radical expression is in simplest form when the radicand contains enn tet ; no factor greater than | that is a perfect square. For example, \ 50 is not in simplest form because 25 is a perfect-square factor of 50. The radical expression V15 is in simplest form
because there is no perfect-square factor of 15 that is greater than 1.
Section 13.1
¢ Introduction to Radical Expressions
5
In order to avoid variable expressions that do not represent real numbers, and so that absolute value signs are not needed for certain expressions, the variables in this module
will represent positive numbers unless otherwise stated. A variable or a product of variables written in exponential form is a perfect square when each exponent is an even number. To find the square root of a perfect square, remove the radical sign and divide each exponent by 2.
' Simplify: V/a° Vae =a
¢ Remove the radical sign, and divide the exponent by 2.
A variable radical expression is not in simplest form when the radicand contains a factor greater than | that is a perfect square.
| Simplify: Vx" Vy
SV
a
¢ Write x’ as the product of x and a perfect square.
= V8 Vx
¢ Use the Product Property of Square Roots.
BGaN/ x
| Simplify:
* Simplify the square root of the perfect square.
3xV 8x7y"
3xV 8xy!3 =
=
3xV 4x7y!?(2xy)
¢ Write the radicand as the product of a perfect square and factors that do not contain a perfect square.
3xV Ay?
* Use the Product Property of Square Roots.
V 2xy
shee 2xy® VV 2xy
* Simplify.
= 6x’y°V 2xy | Focus on simplifying the square root of a variable radical expression Simplify. a. V24x°
b. 2aV 18a%b'°
SOLUTION a.
bio
V24x° ma VAxt OX
2aN
¢ Write the radicand as the product of a perfect square and factors that do not contain a perfect square.
lI
Vv 4x4 Vox
* Use the Product Property of Square Roots.
=
2x°V 6x
¢ Simplify Vax.
18a7b'° = 2aV 9a’*b' - 2a = 2a
ab”
V2a
¢ Write the radicand as the product of a perfect square and factors that do not contain a perfect square. ¢ Use the Product Property of Square Roots.
= 2a: 3ab°V 2a
* Simplify V9ab".
= 6a2b°V/ 2a
* Multiply 2a and 3ab>.
Check your understanding 3
Simplify. a. V45b’ SOLUTION
See page S-1.
ib. 3a
28a°b"®
a, 3b°V5b_
ib. 6a°b? Va
6
Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals
_ Simplify:
V25(x + 2)?
V 25(x 5 2)F =
5(x ai 2)
* 25 is a perfect square. (x + 2) is a perfect square
= 5x + 10
| Focus on simplifying the square root of the square of a binomial
| Simplify: V16(« + 5)2 SOLUTION Hex |
2
16(x Ste De = A(x a5 5)
* 16 is a perfect square.
(v + 5)> is a perfect square
= 4x + 20
Check your understanding 4
"Simplify: V49(a + 3)? SOLUTION
See page S-1.
ja
2k
Objective 13.1B Practice
1. Simplify;
Vins
2. Simplify: Vy!
3. Simplify: VI8y* 4. Simplify:
=x y?Vy
3)°V/2
V32a°b'§ —4a2b7\2ab
5. Simplify: —4\/20a'b’
6. Simplify: V9(x + 2)?
—8a*b*V/5b
3x + 6
Solutions on pp. S-5—S-6.
Addition and Subtraction
of Radical Expressions Objective 13.2A
Add and subtract radical expressions The Distributive Property is used to simplify the sum or difference of radical expressions with the same radicand.
5/2 HB N/ De) = 8A
6V2x — 4V2x = (6 — 4) V2x = 2V2x Radical expressions that are in simplest form and have different radicands cannot be simplified by the Distributive Property.
2V3 + 4V2 cannot be simplified by the Distributive Property. To simplify the sum or difference of radical expressions, simplify each term. Then use the Distributive Property.
Section 13.2 e Addition and Subtraction of Radical Expressions
rf
Subtract: 4V8 — 10V2 Ave a
10V
== 4V/4-2 =
10V/2
¢ Simplify each term
= 4V4V/2 — 10V2 = 4-2/2 — 10V2 = 8V2 - 10V2 =
(8 7
10) V2
* Subtract by using the Distributive Property.
= —2V2 | Focus on combining numerical radical expressions
| Simplify. a. 5V2—3V2+12V2_
b. 3V12 — 527
|SOLUTION |a. 5V2 — 3V2 + 12V2 = (5 —3 + 12)V2
= Use the Distributive Property
= 14V2 |Is
SWI
—
SINT)
=
Bye
By
Saves}
* Simplify each term
= 3V4 V3 —- 5V9 V3
= 3:2V3 —-5-3V3 = 6V3 — 15V3 (6 =
15)V3
* Subtract by using the Distributive Property
ONS
| Check your understanding 1
| Simplify.
a. 9V3 + 3V3—-18V3
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
| Subtract:
8V 18x — 2V32x
|
8V 18x — DIN BW. =
8V9
a. —6V3
V2x
>
b. 2V50 — 5V32 b. —10V2
2V16
i
= §-3V2x— 2-4V/2x
|
= 24V/2x — 8V/Ox a
i
V2x
(24 a7 8) V2x
¢ Simplify each term.
* Use the Distributive Property to subtract the
radical expressions.
= 16V2x
| Focus on combining variable radical expressions
| Simplify.
a. 3V/12 — 2xV3x
ob. 2xV8y — 3V/22y + 2V322y
SOLUTION a.
3V128 = 2x\V/3x = 3V/4xr V3x = 2xV/3x
* Simplify each term,
= 3-2xV3x — 2xV3x = 6xV3x — 2xV3x == (6x ri 2x) V3x
= 4xV3x
* Subtract by using the Distributive Property.
8
Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals
V2y + 2162 V2y_—« simp |b. 2xV8y -— 3V2xy + 2V32y = 2xV4 V2ya5}— 3V2 each te -xV2y aL Hie AxV2y ==) reo ON /2y
| | |
= 4xV2y — 3xV2y + 8xV2y
|
= |
(4x = Bye ae 8x) V2y 2 ae
= 9xV2y
¢ Subtract by using the Distributive Property
| Check your understanding 2 |Simplify.
a. yV 28y + 7V 63y°
b. 2V 27a — 4aV
12a? + a?V 75a
|
| SOLUTION
See page S-2.
a. 23yViy_
b. 3a’°V3a
Objective 13.2A Practice
. Simplify: -3V3 —5V3 . Simplify: 3xV2 —xV2
—8V3 2xv2
. Simplify: V45 + V125
85
. Simplify: 4V/128 — 332
20v2
. Simplify: 3V3x2 — 5V272 -12xv3 . Simplify: 2aV8ab? — 2bV2a3— 2ab 2a = NY kW wm NAH . Simplify: b°Va°b + 3a2Vab>— 4a°h? Vab Solutions on p. S-6.
Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions Objective 13.3A
Multiply radical expressions The Product Property of Square Roots is used to multiply variable radical expressions.
V2x V3y = V2x-3y = Véxy
| Multiply: V 2x? V32x° j V2
V'32° = V2
j
= V 64x’
i
=
32x
V 64° Wx
* Use the Product Property of Square Roots to multiply the radicands.
¢ Simplify.
= or Nx
| Focus on multiplying radical expressions |
| Multiply:
V3x4 V2xy V oxy
Section 13.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions
9
SOLUTION V3x4 V2x2y V 6xy" = V 3x4 : 2x’y : 6xy"
¢ Use the Product Property of Square Roots to multiply the radicands.
= V 36x’)?
= V/36x°y? V xy = 6ryV xy
* Simplify.
| Check your understanding 1
| Multiply: V5a V 15a3b4* V3b° | SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Sab’ Vb
When the expression (x) is simplified by using the Product Property of Square Roots, the result is x.
(CVn
x Wx
= \/pey
WE =
35
For a > 0, (Va)?
EXAMPLES 1038)
Multiply: . V 2x (x ar
H=3
V2x (x + V2x) OW 2x) =
V2x (x) a
WS
WD
¢ Use the Distributive Property to remove parentheses.
= xV2x.+ (V2x) = xV2x
+ 2x
° Simplify (V/2x)?.
_Focus on multiplying radical expressions by using the Distributive Property
| Multiply: V3ab (V3a + V9b) SOLUTION
| V3ab(V3a + V9b) |
=
V3ab (V3a) + V3ab (V9b)
= Vorb +
+ Use the Distributive Property to remove parentheses.
V27ab?
= V9a2 Vb + V9b? V3a
* Simplify each radical expression.
= 3aVb + 3bV3a
Check your understanding 2
Multiply: V5x(W5x — V25y) SOLUTION
See page S-2.
5x — 5V5xy
10
Module 13 * Rational Exponents and Radicals
Multiply: (V2 — 3x) (V2 + x) | (V2 = 3x) V2
x) = (V2)? + xV2 - 3xV2 - 3x°
Sa
* Use the FOIL met
(& = 3x) V2 — 3x =
2xV2
—
3x
* Simplify
_Focus on multiplying radical expressions by using the FOIL method
|| Multiply: (2Vx — Vy)(5Vx — 2Vy) |SOLUTION
| 2Vx — Vy)6Vx — 2Vy) | = 10(Vx)? — 4Vxy — SVxy + 2(Vy)?
+ Use the FOIL method
|
* Simplify.
=
10x
— 9Vxy + 2y
_ Check your understanding 3 |Multiply: | SOLUTION
(Vx — Vy)(SVx — 2Vy) See page S-2.
15x — 11Vxy + 2y
The expressions a + b and a — b, which are the sum and difference of two terms, are called conjugates of each other.
The product ofconjugates isthedifference oftwo squares. (a+ b\a-b)=a-b’
2+ VI)Q-—V7) =2- (VIP =4-7=
-3
Bane) Caste: Vi) 99 |Focus on multiplying conjugate radical expressions | Multiply:
(Va — Vb)(Va + Vb)
SOLUTION
(Va == Vb) (Va a Vb) =
(Va) =
(Vb)?
=i
_ Check your understanding 4
Multiply: (2Vx + 7)(2Vx — 7) SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Ax — 49
Objective 13.3A Practice
. Multiply: V3 V12_ . Multiply: Ver
. Multiply: V8ab5
6
Vab>— @b°
V/12a"b 4a‘b’ V6
. Multiply: (44V3 + (V3 - 1) 11-3V3 . Multiply: (2Va — y)? 4a — 4y Va + y? NY WO fF. nn NAN =.
Multiply: (V2 -— Vy)(V2 + Vy)
Solutions on p. S-6.
2-y
¢ The expressions are conjugatesof each other
Section 13.3 ¢ Multiplication and Division of Radical Expressions
11
Divide radical expressions
Objective 13.3B
The square root of a quotient is equal to the quotient of the square roots.
The Quotient Property of Square Roots
If a and b are positive real numbers, then EXAMPLES
24x77
| Simplify. a. ne
OA
a.
y!
3x/y"
b.
3x’ y4 8y>
ES
V 4x7y
Vay
« Simplify the radicand
xt
seb = 7;
|
|
2
¢ Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.
Vi
V 4yt V 2y = aes
¢ Simplify
NEE
2y?V/25 2
V 4x7y
b.
4x’y
=
¢ Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.
=
V4x
¢ Simplify the radicand.
=
V4 Vx
¢ Simplify the radical expression.
= 2Vx A radical expression is not in simplest form if a radical remains in the denominator. The procedure used to remove a radical from the denominator is called rationalizing the denominator.
St:
2
Simplify: —= i i
a
il
'
2 Wey
=
ave) DNS . AVE BV)
i
* The expression
e
Va has a radical expression in the denominator. Multiply the
expression by Va which equals 1.
i
=
2V3 A
(v3)
Poe
¢ Simplify.
12
Module13 « | ‘ational Exponents and Radicals
OME
.
ae
,
Thus 7 = *3~. Note that ae is not in simplest form. However, because no radical remains in the denominator and the radical in the numerator contains no perfect-square
factors other than 1, a
is in simplest form.
When the denominator contains a radical expression with two terms, simplify the radical expression by multiplying the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator.
V2y
Simplify:
Vie
Viy__ _Vy V3 iVy+3
Vy+3
* Multiply the numerator and denominator by Vy — 3, the conjugate of Vy + 3
Wy-3
V2y? — 3V2y
(Vip #
¢ Simplify.
The following list summarizes our discussion about radical expressions in simplest form.
Radical Expressions in Simplest Form A radical expression is in simplest form if: 1. The radicand contains no factor greater than | that is a perfect square.
2. There is no fraction under the radical sign. 3. There is no radical in the denominator of a fraction.
| Focus on dividing radical expressions |
qos
V4xy°
MaRS
impliry.
a.
_
v2
>
a
nee
eS
te V5
Cok
ee
eS 2
SOLUTION
7
RS)
Ax'y
=
V 3x4y
4x°y°
* Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.
3x4y 4
=
a
¢ Simplify the radicand.
On
Use the Quotient Property of Square Roots.
=
Simplify the radical expressions in the numerator and denominator.
TNS) D
=
Dye
8
+_—
193}
INE:
V3
.
;
ee
* Rationalize the denominator by multiplying the expression by
which equals 1.
:
V3 ——, V3
Section 13.4 © Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions | b
ava)
V2
°
WD, +
ae
Vx
:
V2 ra Wx
2
=
Nx
V2 ar Vx
13
* Rationalize the denominator by multiplying the numerator and denominator by the conjugate of the denominator
Dade 2x — c.
YO.
2—x
B= Va
=
24+3V5
.
24+3V5
OSes
5 —
:
gate of the denominator. +
ewe 4
21
=
the numerator and denominator by the conju-
V5
coe
=
* Rationalize the denominator by multiplying
2-3V5 LNG 9-5
.
8
V5
ths
¢ Simplify.
—41
—
¢ Use the FOIL method to multiply the numerators.
21-11V5 4]
Check your understanding 5 |
Simplify
| | | SOLUTION {he
a
M 15x*y’
b
V3x7y9
Vy
Vy +3 V5 sy xy
See page S-2.
‘s
5) ar Vy
"1 -2Vy y — 3V5 5 + 11Vy + 2) St Cee y= — 4y
Objective 13.3B Practice (Divides
2. Divide:
V 32
=e
V2 Te
6x2
V 2x
aU Diviie
ee 32x
v
i!
IW2 + 49
4.) Vides ———
47
V2-—7 Vy
5. Divide: ————-
2-
Vy
uN
Voor
———
A
4-—y
3- V6 2 6. Divide: ————= _ 3 + V6 5-2V6 Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.
SECTION
Solving Equations Containing
Radical Expressions Objective 13.4A
Solve equations containing one or more radical expressions An equation that contains a variable expression in a radicand is a radical equation.
Vx =4 \Radical Ve +2 = Vx —7 J equations
The following property of equality states that if two numbers are equal, then the squares of the numbers are equal. This property is used to solve radical equations.
14
Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals
Property of Squaring Both Sides of an Equation
If a and b are real numbers and a = b, then a? = b’.
} Solves
Take Note » Any time each side of an equation is squared, you must check the proposed solution of the equation.
S\N
Wine 2 0
Xie 2-7=0 (cao a) = 7) ( VO
* Rewrite the equation with the radical on one side of the equation and the constant on the other side.
Ne eae ye
¢ Square both sides of the equation
x—-—2=49
x= Check:
* Solve the resulting equation.
51
Wad =
=
9f =a)
* Check the solution. When both sides of an equation are squared, the resulting equation may have a solution that is not a solution of the original equation.
| The solution is 51.
Focus on solving an equation with one radical expression | Solve:
V3x + 2 =5
| SOLUTION
V/3n
25 V3x =3
¢ Rewrite the equation so that the radical is alone on one side of the equation.
(V3x)° => ey
3x =9
¢ Square both sides of the equation.
* Solve forx
ia
V3x+2=5
Check:
Ws)
* Both sides of the equation were squared. The solution must be checked.
se 2
es 2S sar 22, || ss S55
¢ This is a true equation. The solution checks.
The solution is 3.
Check your understanding 1 Solve:
V4x + 3 =7
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
4
Section 13.4 ¢ Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions
15
"Focus on trying to solve a radical equation with no solution SOME
WeA8 — Si ae 3) 0)
SOLUTION
\/2er 15 8 = V2x
—5 =
(V2x — 5)? =
2
—3
¢ Rewrite the equation so that the radical is alone on one side of the equation
(-—3)?
« Square each side of the equation.
Sam
* Solve for x
2x = 14 x=7
Check
= sN 2k
3
lI
ViToSs 23 1495-3 Wns
Breas) 6#
)y| ae Cary Real tee) (Sp em!
¢ This is not a true equation. The solution does not check.
There is no solution.
| Check your understanding 2 Solves
V4u—
SOLUTION
7 +
= 10
See page S-3.
No solution
The following example illustrates the procedure for solving a radical equation containing two radical expressions. Note that the process of squaring both sides of the equation is performed twice.
| Solve:
V5 +x+ Vx =5
V5 +x+ Vx =5 V5+x=5-
(V5 ap x) =
Vx
(5 =
Vx)
5+x=25-—10Vx+x —20
=
2=
iss 4=x
| The solution is 4.
—10Vx
* Solve for one of the radical expressions.
¢ Square each side.
© Recall that (a — b)? = a? — 2ab + B*. ¢ Simplify.
Vx
¢ This is still a radical equation.
(Vx)?
¢ Square each side. ¢ 4 checks as the solution.
16
Module 13 © Rational Exponents and Radicals
_ Focus on solving an equation with two radical expressions | Solve:
=1 Vx Vx — —5
| SOLUTION | Vx-
Vx—-5=1
Ve=e1+VWxr—5
(Vx) =e
5)?
|
x=1+2Vx—5+(¢-—5)
|
4=2Vx—5
|
2=Vx—-5
* Square each side. * Simplify
AN asst 9
|
* Square each side
— * Simplify * This is still a radical equation
2 = (Wx —5)
|
* Solve for one of the radical expressions
Q=x
| Check:
Vx-— Vx—5=1
|
Voy ea
er
a— V4)
L
SP
1
|p ii 1=1
The solution is 9.
Check your understanding 3 Solve:
Vx
SOLUTION
+ Vx +9=9
See page S-3.
16
Objective 13.4A Practice For Exercises | to 5, solve and check.
1. V5e4=45 2. V5 458 =
1
3. V3x+9=4
Nosolution
23s
ASA =e 5. V2x+ V2x+9=9
8
Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.
Objies\ve 13.4B
Solve application problems A right triangle contains one 90° angle. The side opposite the 90° angle is called the hypotenuse. The other two sides are called legs.
The angles in a right triangle are usually labeled with the capital letters A, B, and C, with C reserved for the right angle. The side opposite angle A is side a, the side opposite angle B is side b, and c is the hypotenuse.
Hypotenuse
Leg
4 z
Section 13.4 ¢ Solving Equations Containing Radical Expressions
17
The Greek mathematician Pythagoras is generally credited with the discovery that the square of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the two legs. This is called the Pythagorean Theorem. The figure at the left is a right triangle with legs measuring 3 units and 4 units and a
hypotenuse measuring 5 units. Each side of the triangle is also the side of a square. The number of square units in the area of the largest square is equal to the sum of the numbers of square units in the areas of the smaller squares. Square of the hypotenuse
Sum of the squares of the two legs
Pythagorean Theorem If a and b are the lengths of the legs of a right triangle and c is the length of the
hypotenuse, then c? = a? + b’.
If the lengths of two sides of a right triangle are known, the Pythagorean Theorem can be used to find the length of the third side. The Pythagorean Theorem is used to find the hypotenuse when the two legs are known. Take Note >
Hypotenuse = V (leg)* + (leg)?
ei aE
If we let a = 12 and b = S, the result is the same.
Meow 1) aacihHO) c= V25 + 144 c= V169 c=
15
The Pythagorean Theorem is used to find the length of a leg when one leg and the hypotenuse are known.
Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)? a= a
WV cei
= V/(25)? — (20)
Q@—=V,625 a=
V225
a
15
= 400
Focus on using the Pythagorean Theorem to solve an application A guy wire is attached to a point 22 m above the ground on a telephone pole that is per| pendicular to the ground. The wire is anchored to the ground at a point 9 m from the base of the pole. Find the length of the guy wire. Round to the nearest hundredth.
| STRATEGY To find the length of the guy wire, use the Pythagorean Theorem. One leg is the distance from the bottom of the wire to the base of the telephone pole. The other leg is the distance from the top of the wire to the base of the telephone pole. The guy wire is the hypotenuse. Solve the Pythagorean Theorem for the hypotenuse.
18
Module 13 « “ational Exponents and Radicals SOLUTION
| ¢=
Vigo
¢ = V C2) | c=
V484
9)
se
+ 81
22,b = 9
* Simplify the radicand
€ = V505 c = 23.77
¢ Use a calculator to approximate
565
| The guy wire has a length of 23.77 m.
Check your understanding 4 | A ladder 12 ft long is resting against a building. How high on the building will the ladder | reach when the bottom of the ladder is 5 ft from the building? Round to the nearest hundredth.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
10.91 ft
| Focus on using a radical equation to solve an application _ _ | _
How far above the water would a submarine periscope have to be for the lookout to locate a ship 5 mi away? The equation for the distance in miles that the lookout can see is d = V1.5h, where h is the height in feet above the surface of the water. Round to the nearest hundredth. STRATEGY
_ To find the height above the water, replace d in the equation with the given value. Then | solve for h. | SOLUTION
d= WV 15h 5 = V1.5h or as ( V 1.5h)°
°d=5 ¢ Square both sides of the equation
25 = 1.5h 2
25 = |i,
ils)
* Solve for h
16.67 ~h | The periscope must be 16.67 ft above the water.
| Check your understanding 5 |Find the length of a pendulum that makes one swing in 1.5 s. The equation for the time | of one swing is T = 277 oSL where Tis the time in seconds and L is the length in feet. | Round to the nearest hundredth.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
1.82 ft
Objective 13.4B Practice
1. The hypotenuse of a right triangle measures 20 cm. One leg of the triangle measures 16 cm. Find the length of the other leg of the triangle. 12 cm 2. A formula used in the study of shallow-water wave motion is C = 32H,
where C is the wave velocity in feet per second and H is the depth in feet. Use this formula to find the depth of the water when the wave velocity is 20 ft/s. 12.5 f 3. Find the length of a pendulum that makes one swing in 3 s. The equation for the time
of one swing is T = 27 4/4 where T is the time in seconds and L is the length in feet. Round to the nearest hundredth. 7.30 ft
Section 13.5 © Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions
19
4. A stone is dropped into a mine shaft and hits the bottom 3.5 s later. How deep is the mine shaft? The equation for the distance an object falls in T seconds is ut
cc
MiSs
.
.
‘
16, where d is the distance in feet.
196 fi
Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.
SECTION
1 3.5 Objective 13.5A
Rational Exponents and Radical Expressions Simplify expressions with rational exponents In this section, the definition of an exponent is extended beyond integers so that any rational number can be used as an exponent. The definition is expressed in such a way that the Rules of Exponents hold true for rational exponents.
Consider the expression (a")" fora > Oandna positive integer. Now simplify, assuming that the Rule for Simplifying a Power of an Exponential Expression is true.
(a")" =q'"=q'=a i
ile
:
Because (a")” = a, the number a” is the number whose nth power is a.
Definition of a* ik : If n is a positive integer, then a” is the number whose nth power is a. EXAMPLES
1. 9 = 3 because 3? = 9.
2. 64° = 4 because 43 = 64. 3. (—32)5 = —2 because (—2)° = —32.
ih If ais a negative number and n is an even integer, then a” is not a real number. For instance,
Take Note >
|
Le
:
:
:
S
(—9)2 is not a real number. We shall discuss such numbers later in this section.
Suppose that (—9)? = x. Then by the definition of ee eG. However, the square of any real
: As shown at the left, expressions that contain rational exponents do not always represent real numbers when the base of the exponential expression is a negative number. For this
number is not a negative number.
reason, all variables in this section represent positive numbers unless otherwise stated.
dy
uh
ate
‘
eceaies (—9)? is not a real
Using the definition of a” and the Rules of Exponents, it is possible to define any exponen-
number.
tial expression that contains a rational exponent. m
Definition of a n
ik If m and n are positive integers and a” is a real number, then m
q=
(a""
20
Module 13 * Rational Exponents and Radicals
Focus on simplifying an expression containing a rational exponent 5
5
2
Simplify.
2
a. 273
b. 32°55
SOLUTION
| a
2
32
273 = (3 )3
| |
|
=
3363)
=
3?
* Rewrite 27 as 3°. ¢ Use the Rule for Simplifying a Power of an Exponential Expression.
=9
¢ Simplify.
2 Take Note
=
29-5
Note that 32 Pin
boo =
number. A negative does not affect the
number.
2
Dositiv
Qs
* Rewrite 32 as 2°.
=
re ae
exponent
|
= 2
* Use the Rule for Simplifying a Power of an Exponential Expression.
=
* Use the Definition of a Negative Exponent.
‘
sign of a
|
|
ei
2 l
i
=4
* Simplify. pur
|Check your understanding 1
|| Simplify.
a. 64
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
|
b. 1674 EN
ls
|
8
|_ Focus on simplifying an expression containing rational exponents
| |
2
| Simplify.
a. b?-b3-b4
L
eS 3 ay)
a
b. (—64x°y2)efi
|
i
| SOLUTION | a.
Os
b2- b3
aol
2 aa
V/5b
¢ Product Property of Square Roots ¢ Simplify V 9b°
b. 3aV28a°b'® = 3aV/4a5b'® -7a = 3aV/4a*p"® 7a = 3a: 2a'h?V7a
= 6b? Va Check your understanding 4 49 is a perfect square.
(a + 3)’ is a perfect square. V49(a
Section 13.2
+ 3)? = 7(a + 3) = 7a + 21
Check your understanding 1
a. 9V3 + 3V3 — 18V3 =
(9 + 3) =
18) V3
¢ Distributive Property
= -6V3 b. 2V50 — 5V32 = 25) = 516-2 = 225 V2 — 5V 16 V2 = 5/2 — 542 = 10V2 — 20V2 = (10 — 20) V2 = -10V2
* Simplify each term.
* Distributive Property
S-2
Solutions to Module
13
Check your understanding 2 a.
yV28y ote TV 63y3
= yV4 Vy + V9 Vy =y-: 2W Ty ap
2 3yV Ty
= WVIy + 2yVTy = 23yVTy
b. 2V27a° — 4aV/12a? + a?\/75a = 2V9a* V3.4 = 4a
4a
3a) aV/25
3a
= 2-30°V3a — 4a-2aV3a + a? -5V3a = 6a’V
“ion 13.3
3a — 8a
3a + 5a’V
3a = 3a°V
3a
Check your understanding 1
V5a V 15a°b* V'3b° = V225a‘b? =V225a'b®Vb = 15ab*Vb
+ Product Property of Square Roots Simplify
Check your understanding 2
V5x(V5x — V25y) =
(V5x)° oa V125xy
* Distributive Property
= 5x = V25 Vou = 5x — 5V5xy
* Product Property of Square Roots * Simplify
Check your understanding 3 BVx — Vy)(SVx — 2Vy)
15(Vx)? — 6Vxy — SV xy + 2(Vy)? 15x — 11Vxy + 2y
* Use FOIL * Simplify
Check your understanding 4 (2Vx ati T)(2Vx -
7)
* Conjugates
= (2Vx) — 7 = 4x — 49 Check your understanding 5 ‘
V15x8y’ m
15x®y’ aE
Vase
VN
V5
Vay?
* Quotient Property of Square Roots
DAE WE Er ONES Rationalize the denominator
yVx
po
yVx
NI
NO
Wy 33
AyR3
Va
xy
tS Dey Vee
6 Sa.
SING ay) ey 1=2Vy
“ Va2Vvy
12x
5+ 10Vy + Vy + 2y -
1 — 4y
_ 5 + Ivy + 2y
ei
4
Solutions to Module 13
Section 13.4
Check your understanding 1 V4x +3 =7 — « Subtract 3 from each side
Vogt14 (4x)? = 42" |« Square both sides 4x = 16 = Solve for x
x=4
Check:
V4x +3 =7
V4-4 +3 Wilkoar Sh || 7 Ae Lani 7=7
© Atrue equation
The solution is 4.
Check your understanding 2
Vax —-7+5=0 V4x —7 = —5 (VW4x — 7)? = (-5)? 4x —7 = 25 Ax = 32
¢ Subtract 5 from each side
¢ Square each side
¢
Solve
for x
x=8 Check:
V4x —-7+5=0 V4°8—74+5 V32—-74+5 WIS) FPS) Saris
There is no solution.
Check your understanding 3 Vx t+ Vxt+9=9
Vi=9- VES
(Wx)? = (9 — Vx +9)? x=
(Vx +9) = 5? x+9=25 Check:
¢ Square each side
81 —-18Vx+9+(+9)
18Vx + 9 = 90 Vxt+9=5
x=
* Solve for one radical
° Divide each side by 18 ¢ Still a radical * Square each side ¢ Simplify
16
Vx + Vx+9=9 WAIO sp WANG se & 4+ V25 | 9 4 Sy te 9=9
The solution is 16.
« A true equation
S-3
S-4
Solutions to Module 13
Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY To find the distance, use the Pythagorean Theorem. The hypotenuse is the length of the ladder. One leg is the distance from the bottom of the ladder to the base of the building. The distance along the building from the ground to the top of the ladder is the unknown leg. SOLUTION
a=Vc-P a
=V(12)?—G)?
a=
V 144 —
a=
V119
+
25
€=12, b=
* Simplify. ¢ Use a calculator
a =~ 10.91 The distance is 10.91 ft.
Check your understanding 5
STRATEGY To find the length of the pendulum, replace 7 in the equation with the given value and solve for L. SOLUTION
T=2
55
=
ma
TN39 27
ile
39
—— z
.
fl;
i
os
20
1.5
¢ Divide by 27
32
=I
= eS
:
(es .
——s
=
==
Qa
e
Square
each
side
3)
ES)
\
|y
aeN+ 4 Ve
¢ Solve for L.
Bit
rm
\|
ee)i)
¢ Use the 7 key on your calculator.
leAlu BS) aN SS
1.82 = L The length of the pendulum is 1.82 ft. Section 13.5
Check your understanding 1 a.
643 =
(29);
=
b.
—
a6
¢ Multiply the exponents.
1674 = (24)
=
a
* Rewrite 64 as 2°
Ky x
* Rewrite 16 as 2°.
3
¢ Multiply the exponents.
aoe
* Definition of a Negative Exponent
5 2 TS
33
u
aes
ys 4
=
ogo e
y2
Rema
¢ Rule for Dividing
Exponential
:
Expressions
Solutions to Module 13 Bi Abe
b
32
See
the exponents * Multiply
yz?
’) See
(xty2z
S-5
8
2
ea
¢ Definition of a Negative Exponent
xy3
Gay 9) aa Oy)
Becay i ee
1
Cc.
.
¢ Rule for Simplifying Powers of Products
Si abie =
5
¢ Simplify 9
3xy" SS
ag
geen
27x p;
By52 oS
=
* Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions
Check your understanding 3 a. The denominator of the rational exponent is the index of the radical. The numerator is the power of the radicand.
(2x3)3 = Vir)
vier
b. Note that —5 is not raised to the power. —5a6 = —5(a5)6 =
—5\/ a5
Check your understanding 4 3
a.
b.
a4/
i
3ab =
3
(3ab)3
* The index of the radical is the denominator of the exponent : ° The index of the radical is the denominator of the exponent
d ! xt + y" == Ga ate y*)s
Check your understanding 5 acme,
TD ike =
3
hile
2
b.
V —8x)4 cs
G&
We
4
D
ee
¢ The radicand is a perfect square. d
=
¢ The radicand is a perfect cube. Divide each exponent by 3 2
—3x7y"
=
¢ The radicand is a perfect fourth power. Divide each exponent by 4
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 13.1A
1. V144 = 12 2. W500i V5 (SN 2 Se
3. —9V72 = -9V36-2
= -9V36V2
= —9(6)V2 = -54V2 4 5. 180 =5 36-5
= 5'V 36/5 = 56) V5 = 305
N/a
Objective 13.1B
1 /yi Al /\)'0, LA /y0V/y = yy
V18y4 = Voyt-2 = VoytV/2 = 3yV/2
a.
V32ab
= V 16a*tb'* - 2ab =
Divide the exponent by 2 5
—2x*y
V l6a’b"*V 2ab = 4a*b'V 2ab
S-6
Solutions ic
Module 13
—4V/20a*b’ = —4\/4a'b® - 5b
= —4V/4a'h>\V/5b = —4(2a°b?) 5b = —8ab?V/'5b
V9(x + 2)? = 3(x + 2) = 3x + 6 tive 13.2A
=°
=3V3 S3280/3. 3xV2 — xV2 = 2xvV2
V45 + V125 = V9-5 + V25°5 = BN/5 + 5/5: = 8.v5
4V/128 — 3V32 = 4V64-2 — 3V16-2
= 4(8) V2 — 3(4)V2 = 32V2 - 12V2 = 2072
3V3x2 — 5V 272 = 3xV3 -—5V92-3 = 3xV3 — 5(3x) V3
3xV3 — 15xV3 —12xV3
2a
8ab? — 2bV/ 2a? = 2aV4b? 2a — 2bV a?+2a = 2a(2b)V2a — 2b(a)V2a = 4abV/2a — 2abV2a = 2abV2a
PV ab + 3a2Vab> = b’Vat ab + 3a b' - ab = @b’Vab + 3a°b’Vab = 4a’*b?Vab
Objective 13.3A
V3V12 = Vee
6
VerV abs = Vaib® = ab? V8ab>V/12a"b = V'96a5b°
= V16a8b® 6 = 4a‘b? V6
(4V3+ DVZe Ie AC
ave + V3 — I
= 11 -3V3
(2Va — y)? = (2Va — y)(2Va — y) =4a-4yVa+y
(V2 ~ Vi)(V2 + V3)= (V3? - (V5) = 2 =» Objective 13.3B
WD VB Via
V2x
=
RS = V16 a
=4
720? _ \/r64 = 6x2
Dy
Solutions to Module 13
8
8
8
V30x
Vi6-2x 4V 2x DN 22% Wx TWh
CN V2-7
Wi,
“xcs
25
36
e249 V2 +49 V24+7
2 — 49
AT
ha Al aeOREae
2-Wy 2+Vy
4-y
BEV On V6 pclont V6 412 =3+ V6 25 — 24 BaDV6 SHOVE Objective 13.4A
1.
V5x +4 =3
(Vix +4)? =3? 5x + 4-=9 5x =5 x= 1
Check:
V5x+4=3 V5-1+423
V5+423
VOSS 3 =3 The solution is 1.
V5x +8 = 23 V5r=5
(Vane ails: 5x = 225 x = 45 Check:
V5x +8 V5-45 +8 V225 +8 Ike 23 Io TI 15+ 8 Ihe ge 23
The solution is 45.
8S V3x +9=4
V3x = —5 (V3x)? = (5)? 3x = 25
S-7
S-8
Solutions to Module 13
Check:
V3x+9=4 1
25
5
Bye 7 ae Os
ah
V25+924 5+924 1444 The solution does not check. The equation has no solution.
4.
Vx = Vx4+3-1
(Va)? = (Va +3 - 1)? x=xt+3-2Vx4+3+1
x=x+4-W%x4+3
2Vx+3=4 Vx +3 =2 (Vitor => xo
4: x=
Check:
1
Vx = Vx+3-1 12£Vi+3-1 12V4-1 122-1 1=1
The solution is 1.
5. Vx + V2x+9=9
(V5 IO) AO 07) PEGs) = Il — Ihe WIRE ae 236
18SWon 72 Ve
(V2x)? =4 2x = 16 x=8
Check:
V2x + V2x+9=9
V2E8 + V2 849 29 N/ 1Gi a GeO go Bei) ae) 9=9 The solution is 8.
Objective 13.4B
1.
C=a+b
20° = 167 + 400 = 256 + b’ 14407
b = V144 = 12 The length of the other leg is 12 cm.
Solutions to Module 13. De
C = V32H 20 =
V32H
20? = (V32H)? 400 = 32H 125 =H
The depth of the water is 12.5 ft. 3
IL, ==
T=2
ENED
iG
3 = Dir
|S
62
peer: 20
By)
Cialis) 2a
By)
Boe oe, 42-32
9(32 ( ) = 7.30
=
An
The length of the pendulum is 7.30 ft.
Pate
te 16 d
i)
Ww Nn
ll
a|® 7
EN, ee
12223) = cs 16 196 =d The mine shaft is 196 ft deep.
Objective 13.5A
1. 16° = (2‘)? =22?=4 20
U
= 4"
aA
Kae
5 xs
\
_4
5 SoG eget taemar xs
x
Is
8
16 15
=
— 2xtty) ( _ Axity)
5a 12x34
53 ye
=I 8xy!
=I 8xiys
2 3
S-9
S-10
Solutions to Module 13
Objective 13.5B
1. @ = (@) = Vai 2, =36 = Sea
5. -V3x = —(3x°)2 = —3x2
Objective 13.50
1. V/25x° = 5x 2. Vibatb? = V24a'b? = 2a°b® = 4ab®
3. W27d = 3a = 3a!
4, W/—64x°y? = W(—4)3x8y?= —43)4
5. W8la” = Va" = 3a
P MODULE Quadratic & quations 14 pune.
SECTION 14.1
Solving Quadratic Equations !)
actoring or by Taking Square
Roots Objective 14.1A
Solve quadratic equations by factor:
Objective 14.1B
Solve quadratic equations by taking =
SECTION 14,2
Solving Quadratic Equations )\ Completing the Square
Objective 14.2A
Solve quadratic equations by complet:
SECTION 14.3
Solving Quadratic Equations 5
Objective 14.3A
SECTION 14.4 Objective 14.4A
SECTION 14.5
ire roots
; the square
Using the Quadratic Formula
Solve quadratic equations by using i = quadratic formula
Applications of Quadratic Equa’
woOnsS
Solve application problems
Complex Numbers
Objective 14.5A
Simplify complex numbers
Objective 14.5B
Add and subtract complex numbers
Objective 14.5C
Multiply complex numbers
Objective 14.5D
Divide complex numbers
Objective 14.5E
Solve quadratic equations with complex number solutions
SECTION 14.6
Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations
Objective 14.6A
Solve equations that are quadratic in form
Objective 14.6B
Solve radical equations
Objective 14.6C
Solve fractional equations
SECTION 14.7
Nonlinear Inequalities
Objective 14.7A
Solve nonlinear inequalities
2
Module 14 e Quadratic Equations
tions byFactoring __ Solving QuadratiuacreEqRouaot s
or by Taking Sq Objective
14.1A
Solve quadratic equations by factoring An equation that can be written in the form ax? + bx + c = 0, a # 0, is a quadratic equation.
Ameer
1l=0,
3x7 -4=
a=4.b—=—3-c=1
0,
a=3,b=0.
c=
=4
A quadratic equation is also called a second-degree equation. A quadratic equation is in standard form when the polynomial is in descending order and equal to zero. The two quadratic equations above are in standard form.
Recall that the Principle of Zero Products states that if the product of two factors is zero, then at least one of the factors must be zero. Ifa-b
= 0, thena = 0orb=0.
The Principle of Zero Products can be used in solving quadratic equations.
Solve by factoring: 2x7 — x = 1 9x72 — x=
1
* This is a quadratic equation
Ir? —-x-1=0 (2x +
Da
=
1) =
¢ Write it in standard form 0
Dyess || = @)
¢ Factor the left sideof the equation
x-1=0
° If (2x + 1)(x — 1) = 0, then either 2x + 1 =0 or x
2x =
—1
x=
2 ‘
|
The solutions are
—>5 and |.
| Solve by factoring: aa =
| (x a x=
1=0
* Solve each equation for x |
1
=
x —
1
10x
100 =
Ox 25
+ 25=0
5)(x = a=
0
x=
5
5) = of —
¢ This is a quadratic equation. ¢ Write it in standard form
0
¢ Factor the left side of the equation. 5) = x=5
0)
* Let each factor equal0 ¢ Solve each equation for x
' The factorization in this example produced two identical factors. Because x — 5
| occurs twice in the factored form of the equation, 5 is a double root of the equation.
Section 14.1
¢ Solving Quadratic
Focus on solving a quadratic e
is by Factoring or by Taking Square Roots
3
1 by factoring
Z ie 1 olve by factoring =.) 5 AG Solvelbyiiactonns. —— = — 0 SOLUTION
ag
ee st
a) 2) SO 2 Zz % 1 = =— = = =} = a0)
a0
ractions,
$77 2g = 20
quation 1s in standard form.
(3z -— 1I)(z+1)=0
ie =
i = @
multiply each side of the equation by
fractions
le
of the equation
Zae Il =)
Bye ==
al
nN for
a ges
[he solutions are
and
—|
is
Solutions
Check your understanding 1 3y"
|
2
Solve by factoring:
| SOLUTION
a sy = a
See page S-1.
0
and
Objective 14.1A Practice
For Exercises | to 5, solve by factoring.
De
oe 15 = 0,
2 10 = Br
2-5,3
SA=2
ap5y4 lly = 12)
3,2
MeO"ety
Jee 2
ieuine2 apecta 23
Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.
Objective 14.1B Take Note > Recall that the solution of the
Solve quadratic equations by taki:
square roots
Consider a quadratic equation of the form «° = a. This equation can be solved by factoring.
xy = 25 7 —25=0
equation |x| = 5 is +5. This principle is used when solving an
Gee S)iG 35)
0)
equation by taking square roots.
x 4P 5) =O
ea)
Remember that Vx2 = |x|. Therefore,
Meee Ge)
o= 5
The solutions are —5 and 5.
% = 25
\/ =
V5
|x| =5 =
2D
Solutions that are plus or minus the same number are frequently written using +. For the
example above, this would be written: “P))o so\ulions are +5.” The fact that the solutions
+5 can be written as + V/25 suggests an alternative method of solving this equation.
4
Module 14 © Quadratic Equations
Principle of Taking the Square Root of Each Side of an Equation If x? =a,thenx
=
+V4a.
EXAMPLES 1 Ais then x = 3: 2. If x = 16, then x= +V16 = +4.
We can solve the equation x* = 25 by using this principle.
Take the square root of each side of the equation.
B25
Vie = V5 Simplify.
x=+V25=
Write the solutions.
+5
The solutions are 5 and —5.
Solve by taking square roots: 3x° = 36 Take Noite > You should always check your
; 3x" = 36
solutions by substituting them Daclsanto the original equation.
x=
12
* Solve for
Vxe = Vi12
* Take the square root of each side of the equation
x=+V12
=
+2VvV3
* Simplify
Check: 3x° = 36
3x” = 36
3(2V3)? | 36
3=-3(-2V3)?_ | 36
3(12)"
1236
36 =
3(12) | 36
36
The solutions are
36 =
2/3 and
36
—2V3.
¢ These are true equations.
The solutions check.
* Write the solutions
Focus on solving a quadratic equation by taking square roots Solve by taking square roots:
2x* — 72 = 0
| SOLUTION
2
— 72 =0 TD
* Solve for x?
> = 36 Ve =
x=
36
*
Take the square root of each side of the equation. Then simplify
+V36
x = +6 | The solutions are 6 and —6.
_ Check your understanding 2 Solve by taking square roots: 4x° — 96 = 0 | SOLUTION
See page S-1.
+26
An equation containing the square of a binomial can be solved by taking square roots.
Section 14.1 * Solving Quadratic Equations by Factoring or by Taking Square Roots | Solve by taking square roots:
2(x — 1) — 36 = 0
20 s)s 330)— | 2(x — 1)? = 36
» Solve for (@ — 18
|
* Divide each side of the equation by 2.
(x 7
1)? =
V(x =
18
1) = V18
Hy —
Al
Be
arate
x=
1+
* Take the square root of each side of the equation.
WAR}
* Simplify
BV)
ix-1=3V2
x-1=-3V2 3V2
Check:
+ Solve for.
r=] 2(x ai 1) —
36 =
0
*
Check
the solutions.
2(1 + 3V2 — 1)’ — 36 | 0
RGN Pa =136>|
0
218) = 36 | 0 Bow 30) 1! 0 0=0
2(x — 1)? — 36 =0
|
2(1 —
3V2 — 1)? — 36 | 0 2(-3V2)* — 36 | 0 2(18) — 36 | 0 B86 36) 0 0=0
The solutions are 1 + 3°\V2 and
|
a2
* Write the solutions
Focus on solving an equation containing the square of a binomial | Solve by taking square roots: (x — 6)* = 12
| SOLUTION b>
6)?
112
» Take the square root of each side of the equation.
Vie - 6? = V12 eed
eta VAD
wis Gus
° Then simplify
a IN/3,
x-6=2V3
x
x=6+2V3
6=
—-2V3
f= Oa 2y3
The solutions are 6 + 23
and 6 —
2V3.
Check your understanding 3 Solve by taking square roots: | SOLUTION
See page S-1.
(x + 5)? = 20 =jias WE
Si
Objective 14.1B Practice
For Exercises 1 to 5, solve by taking square roots. ty 49 7
2. 25x -64=0
5
+2
* Solve for x.
6
Module 14 e Quadratic Equations
3. B27
71
4.(¢+1)?-18=0
AeA. .
||
z&
2
=
-1 +32 Mee
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
Solving Quadratic Equations. by Completing the Square Objective 14.2A
Solve quadratic equations by completing the square Recall that a perfect-square trinomial is the square of a binomial. Perfect-square Trinomial
Square of a Binomial
x +6x+9
=
(x + 3)?
Xie LO)
-
a5 )o
x’ + 8x + 16
=
(x + 4)?
For each perfect-square trinomial above, the square of 5 of the coefficient of x equals the constant term. 1
xo Oa,
2
(5-6) =9
x? — 10x + 25,
1 ‘ 3 (10) =5 1
x + 8x + 16,
1 : a 7 coefficient of x | = Constant term
2
(5-8) =16
This relationship can be used to write the constant term for a perfect-square trinomial. Adding to a binomial the constant term that makes it a perfect-square trinomial is called completing the square.
Complete the square of the binomial. Write the resulting perfect-square trinomial as the _ square of a binomial.
la,
x — 8x
[ee
se = ie
b. y? + Sy
2
2,
—(—8)
=
1
2
x —
8x
age —
8x +
16
¢ Find the constant term
+ 3s = -1 .
-3+ V5 B+
pi) se
TING
~
Ny 6
—
Section 14.3 ¢ Solving Quadratic Equations by Using the Quadratic Formula
SECTION
9
| Solving Quadratic Equations by Using the Quadratic -ormula
Objective 14.3A
Solve quadratic equations by using the quadratic formula Any quadratic equation can be solved by completing the square. Applying this method to the standard form of a quadratic equation produces a formula that can be used to solve any quadratic equation.
To solve ax? + bx +c =0,
a #0, by
completing the square, subtract the constant term from each side of the equation.
we + be ae 4: be Sere ee ee ri ee
Multiply each side of the equation by the
(ax? + bx) =
reciprocal of a, the coefficient of x.
a bea a
Complete the square by adding l
Al
> °—] b @ :
F
;
2s
b
: ;
:
;
A.
x Factor the perfect-square trinomial on the 3
left side of the equation. Take the square root of each side of the
te
a
Dae b
@
25
aedee =
4a
b
ae ae
da?
=
b?
c
4a
4¢
a
4a
b?
4ac
4a
i bb’
4a
Ag?
— 4ac
4a’
bay? _ & 4a
Be ae
=
2a
ees
equation.
4a?
‘ e
b? — 4ac
a
4a? ae, N/a b
Ps
2a Solve for x.
32 Ate
b 2a
=
“4 =
Vb? — 4ac 2a
b 28 oP a a
b , Vbi = Aac D7 “
soe
2a
—b + Vb — 4ac fas
2a
G ae
b
=
b°
a
1 ap
‘
b
a oN
Aa D Ne a See
:
Simplify the right side of the equation.
a
rt+—4%4= ae a a lL BY See E a) "NS age
a
to each side of the equation.
(—c)
A
:
coe
4ac
2a
Vb’ — 4ac 2a
b
Vb — 4ac
2a
2a
es Vb? — 4acmi 2a
10
Module 14 e Quadratic Equations
The Quadratic Formula
If ax’ + bx + c = 0,a ¥ O, then .
=
—-b+ Vb’ — 4ac 2a
Oo If
The quadratic formula is frequently written in the form bobs ri
Vb? — 4ac 2a
Solve by using the quadratic formula: 2x7 = 4x — 1
2x7 = 4x - 1 Ix —4,x+1=0
« Write the see * ae a=2,b and ¢ =
form
—b = Vb? — 4ac
x=
¢ Replace a, b, and c in the quadratic formula by their values
2a
_ -(-4) + V(=4? = 4-2-1 i. 2D) Ae
WAI
= “=
en
* Simplify
4s 4
_ te NO V2) ies
4
24 V2
Qe2
p:
5 Focus on solving a quadratic equation by using
_ the quadratic formula
| Solve by using the quadratic formula. | a. 2° —3x+1=0 b. 2 = 8x5 |
| SOLUTION | a.
22 —3x¥+1=0
||
=(-3) = V C3) = 40)@) Af
|
|
|
|
| |
* This is a quadratic equation in standard form. a = 2,b = —3,¢
_—
* Replace a, b, and c in the quadratic
Vn D)
=
4
341
aie
formula by their values.
3-1
4
Aan Bari
4
eax, hae) .
|
The solutions are | and 5.
=
=
4
* Simplify
J
Section 14.4 © Applications of Quadratic Equations a
| b.
ae okie
|
De
:
a quadratic equation
—8x+5=0 ess
=
|
5
(ja
he equation in standard form
Sa
ile)
( 8) =
11
oe
( 8)
4(2)(6)
D2
ice
a,
b,and ¢ in the quadratic formula by their
8 + V64 — 40 4
|
SO
|
wea
od
Re Vo |
Pn ets
|
IG
rig V6)
ae V6
PED) :
2
The solutions are
4+
V6 { ~~ and
Check your understanding 1 | Solve by using the quadratic formula.
asmoxeniax 4 0 ya boatst 2x = 1 SOLUTION
See pages S-2-S-3.
a.
|
b
V2
Objective 14.3A Practice
For Exercises | to 5, solve by using the quadratic formula.
12 2oe
By
5 6z— 7 = 0» a
6
0)
7, | ee
a = Bye
4.6%-s-2=0
—1Ya
5. 9/7 = —30v — 23
V2
Solutions on pp. S-12-S-13.
SECTION
|
14.4 | Applications Objective 14.4A
of Quadratic Equations
Solve application problems Each of the strategies for the problems in this section will result in a quadratic equation.
Solve: A small pipe takes 16 min longer to empty a tank than does a larger pipe. Working together, the pipes can empty the tank in 6 min. How long would it take each pipe, working alone, to empty the tank?
|
12
Module 14 © Quadratic Equations
Strategy for Solving an Application Problem * Determine the type of problem. Is it a uniform motion problem, a geometry problem, an integer problem, or a work problem?
The problem is a work problem.
* Choose a variable to represent the unknown quantity. Write numerical or variable expressions for all the remaining quantities. These results can be recorded in a table.
The unknown time of the larger pipe: t The unknown time of the smaller pipe: t + 16
ees ae =
¢ Determine how the quantities are related.
The sum of the parts of the task completed must equal 1. 6
6
a
t
6
f+
=
=|
16
6
= oe sah =] = 1(t t(t + 19(¢ t(t ++ 16)
16)-1
(t+ 16)6 + 6t = ft? + 16f 6t + 96 + 6t = t? + 16t 0=1? + 4t -— 96
0 = (¢ + 12)(t — 8) f+ 125.0 t= —-12
(Rieti 0) t=8
The solution t = —12 is not possible because time cannot be a negative number. The time for the smaller pipe is ¢ + 16. Replace ¢ by 8 and evaluate.
t+16= 8+ 16 ="24 The larger pipe requires 8 min to empty the tank. The smaller pipe requires 24 min to empty the tank.
Section 14.4 * Applications of Quadratic Equations
13
Focus on solving an application by using the quadratic formula A kicker punts a football at an angle of 60° with the ground. Assuming no air resistance, the height h, in feet, of the punted football x feet from where it was kicked can be given by h = —0.0065x? + 1.73x + 4. How far is the football from the kicker when the height of the football is 70 ft? Round to the nearest tenth. STRATEGY
To find the football’s distance from the kicker when it is 70 ft above the ground, solve the equation h = —0.0065x? + 1.73x + 4 for x when h = 70. SOLUTION
h = —0.0065x* + 1.73x + 4
70 = —0.0065x* + 1.73x + 4 0 =
1
—0.0065x*
+ 1.73x —
* Replace h by 70
66
* Write in standard form.
—1.73 + V1.73? — 4(—0.0065)(—66) =
2(—0.0065)
* Solve by using the quadratic formula.
Seow = eleeO9 me —1k7S= 1.13 x=
=
(ICON) et
SOKO)
ee
Se
—0.013
ss
x = 46.2
Oe
—0.013
x = 220
When the football is 70 ft high, it is either 46.2 ft or 220 ft from the kicker. The flight of the football is shown below. Note that it is 70 ft above the ground twice, when x = 46.2 ft and when x = 220 ft from the kicker. h
=~ —
70 fi high
Oo SS. ec Ss Sy
Ss &
feet) (in Height N So
Distance from kicker (in feet)
Check your understanding 1 For the punt in the example above, the height /, in feet, of the football t seconds after it has been kicked is given by h = — 16° + 60.6t + 4. Assuming the ball is not caught and
lands on the ground, what is the “hang time”—the amount of time the ball is in the air? Round to the nearest tenth. SOLUTION
See page S-3.
3.95
14
Module 14 © Quadratic Equations
Focus on using a quadratic equation to solve a work problem A swimming pool is being emptied using two hoses. The smaller hose takes 2 h longer to empty the pool than does the larger hose. After the valves on both hoses have been opened for | h, the larger hose is turned off. It takes the smaller hose 1 more hour to
empty the pool. How long would it take the larger hose, working alone, to empty the pool? | STRATEGY
¢ ¢ _ © _*
This The The The
|
is a work problem. unknown time for the larger hose working alone: f unknown time for the smaller hose working alone: t + 2 larger hose operates for 1 h; the smaller hose operates for 2 h.
5
]
——
=
Rai
| be
2
1
|
|
aoe
"i
| =
eR ee
aS
ee
4 ee
ee 4
t
Smaller hose
i
ame
2)
t+2
Z
ip ie D)
| ¢ The sum of the part of the task completed by the larger hose and the part completed by the smaller hose is 1.
| SOLUTION |
|
Sar t
t(t + 2(+ae
ae
ta
2
1
)= ¢(t + 2)-1
* Multiply each side of the equation by the
PP ((+2)+2r=P+2r 0=
r =
* Simplify
7 =?
« Write the quadratic equation in standard form
O=(+1)@-—2) petits
iL=0)
|
t=-1
LCD
(w=
+ Factor ¢ Use the
Principleof Zero Products
ue
_ Because time cannot be negative, t = —1 is not possible. It would take the larger hose, working alone, 2 h to empty the pool.
Check your understanding 2 It takes Seth 3 h longer to wash the windows in a house than it does Tessa. Working together, they can wash the windows in 2 h. How long would it take Tessa, working alone, to wash the windows in the house?
SOLUTION
See pages S-3-S-4.
3h
Focus on using a quadratic equation to solve a uniform motion problem For a portion of the Snake River as it winds through Idaho, the rate of the river’s current is 4 mph. A tour guide can row 5 mi down this river and back in 3 h. Find the rowing rate of the guide in calm water.
Section 14.4 © Applications of Quadratic Equations
15
STRATEGY
¢ This is a uniform motion problem. ¢ The unknown rowing rate of the guide: r
Down river
¢ The total time of the trip was 3 h. SOLUTION
r+ alr~ a Pam5 al
5
=
+
(r “+ 4) (r -
4) +3
¢ Multiply each side of the equation
pe
by the
5(r— 4) + 5(r + 4) = 37 — 48
+ Simplify
LCD
10r = 3° — 48 0 =
3r- —
10r —
48
* Write the quadratic equation in standard form
0 = Gr + 8)(7 — 6) 3r+8=0
* Factor
r—-6=0
¢ Use the Principle of Zero Products.
=
S 3
——
r=
6
| Because the rate cannot be negative, r = -§ is not possible. The tour guide’s rowing rate in calm water is 6 mph
| Check your understanding 3 The rate of a jet in calm air is 250 mph. Flying with the wind, the jet can fly 1200 mi in 2 h less time than is required to make the return trip against the wind. Find the rate of the | wind.
SOLUTION
See page S-4.
5() mph
Objective 14.4A Practice
1. The height of a projectile fired upward is given by the formula s = vot — 167, where s is the height, v9 is the initial velocity, and f is the time. Find the time for a projectile to return to Earth if it has an initial velocity of 200 ft/s. 12.55 2. A small heating unit takes 8 h longer to melt a piece of iron than does a larger unit. Working together, the heating units can melt the iron in 3 h. How long would it take each heating unit, working alone, to melt the iron?
Smaller unit: 12 h; larger unit: 4h
3. A cyclist traveled 60 mi at a constant rate before reducing the speed by 2 mph. An-
other 40 mi was traveled at the reduced speed. The total time for the 100-mile trip was
9 h. Find the rate of the cyclist during the first 60 mi. Solutions on pp. S-13-S-15.
12 mph
16
Module 14 * Quadratic Equations
SECTION
Complex Numbers Objective 14.5A
Simplify complex numbers The radical expression V —4 is not a real number because there is no real number whose square is —4. However, the solution of an algebraic equation is sometimes the square root of a negative number. During the late 17th century, a new number, called an imaginary number, was defined so that a negative number would have a square root. The letter i was chosen to represent the number whose square is — 1.
An imaginary number is defined in terms of i.
Definition of an Imaginary Number If a is a positive real number, then the principal square root of —a is the imaginary number iV a. This can be written
V-a = iVa When a =
1, we have V—1
=i.
EXAMPLES 1. V=16
= iV 16 = 43
IN
2) a NP
It is customary to write iin front of a radical to avoid confusing Va i with Vai. Simplify:
3V—20
3-\/—20 = 3120 = 3i(2V5) = 615 The set containing the real numbers and the imaginary numbers is called the set of complex numbers. Definition of
a Complex Number
A complex number is a number of the form a + bi, where a and b are real numbers and i = V—1. The number a is the real part of the complex number, and b is the imaginary part of the complex number.
A complex number written as
a + bi is in standard form. EXAMPLES | ee es
Real part is 3; imaginary part is 4.
Deere ONO)
Real part is 5; imaginary part is —2V7.
aS
Real part is 5; imaginary part is 0 because 5 = 5 + Oi.
ph hl
Real part is 0; imaginary part is —4 because
—4i = 0- 4i.
Z 3 Real part is 5° imaginary part is 5
Section 14.5 * Complex Numbers
17
Real numbers a+ 0i
A real number is a complex number in which b = 0.
Imaginary numbers 0 + bi
An imaginary number is a complex number in which a = 0.
Complex numbers at bi
ae
ane
.
| Focus on writing
a complex number in standard form
|
Ae) : Write ok ae in standard form. | SOLUTION
fea
0 6
|
=
ea ay 20
¢ Write
6
44+ 2iV5
|
——————
|
=
* Simplify the radical
6
;
V—20 as /V 20.
Peer ive)
2 ivs
=
PL 3)
= * Factor and simplify
3
1
a
:
i
3
ee
* Write in standard form.
3
| Check your understanding 1 QV Write eT
_ SOLUTION
72 Tog in standard form.
See page S-4.
NS
PIN DD
Focus on evaluating an expression | Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a = 2, b = —2, and c = 3.
SOLUTION —b+
Vb — 4ac
| (+2) +V (2)? =4@2)G)
+ a =2,b=-2,=3
=2+V4-24
* Simplify
=2+ V-20 2+1V20 = 2+ iV4°5 II
2 + 21V5
Check your understanding 2 Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a = 1, b = 6, andc = 25. SOLUTION
See page S-S.
—6 + 8i
Objective 14.5A Practice
1. Simplify: V—64 PS
(AN
81 24
Treen
le =)6
3. Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a 4, Evaluate —b + Vb? — 4ac when a Solutions on p. S-15.
\|
4.b=2,andc=7. —1,b =4,andc
-—2+ 6iV3
= —29.
—4 + 10;
18
Module 14 © Quadratic Equations
Objective 14.5B
Add and subtract complex numbers Addition and Subtraction of Complex Numbers To add two complex numbers, add the real parts and add the imaginary parts. To subtract two complex numbers, subtract the real parts and subtract the imaginary parts.
(a+b) +(c+di)=a@t+todt+b+di (a+ bi) — (c+ di) = (a-—c) + (-d)i
_ Focus on adding and subtracting complex numbers Add or subtract.
a. (3 + 27) + (6 — Si)
b. (—2 + 6i) — 4 — 33)
_ SOLUTION a.
(3 alle 2i) Bie (6 =
5i) =
(3 +
=
b.
(—2 at 6i) x
(4 a
9
3i) =
6) +
(2 —_ 5)i
¢
Add the real parts and add the
imaginary parts
3i
(-2 a
“6:
4) a
[6 =
(—3) ji
¢ Subtract the real parts and subtract the imaginary parts
91
Check your understanding 3 | Add or subtract. a. (5 — 7i) + (2-2) SOLUTION
See page S-S.
An J — Si
b. (—4 + 2i) — (6 — 8i) b.
—10 + 10i
Objective 14.5B Practice
1. 2. 3. 4.
Add: (2 Add: (6 Subtract: Subtract:
+ 4) + (6-5i) 8-i — 91) + (44+ 21) 10-7i (8 — 2i) — (2+ 4i) 6 -— 6i (5 — 51) — (11 — 6) —6 + i
Solutions on p. S-16.
Objective 14.5C
Multiply complex numbers When we multiply complex numbers, the term i” is frequently a part of the product. Recall
that 7 = —1.
a. Multiply:
(—3i)(5i)
(—3:) (Si) oa —157
=
Take Note > Part (b) illustrates an important point. When working with the square root of a negative number, always rewrite the expression in terms of 7 before continuing.
_b. Multiply:
¢ Multiply the imaginary numbers
—15(-1)
V—6-
\/26-V=24
=
15
* Replace 7 by —1. Then simplify.
—24
= iV6- iV24
¢ Write the imaginary numbers in terms of i.
=
?V144
¢ Multiply the imaginary numbers
=
(— 1)(12) =
—]|2
* Replace > by —1. Then simplify
Section 14.5 « Complex Numbers
Focus on multiplying complex numbers Multiply.
(2
5
10
10
assGu4i\(Qisiedi)
b.
c. (4+ 5i)(4 — Si)
d. (6 + i)?
NC *)
l
| SOLUTION
| a. (3 — 4/(2 + 5i) | = 6+ 157 — 8i — 207
FOU
=6+7i — 207
nbine
=6+7i — 20(-1) =
|
like
by
26+7i
it
e FOU
Cera
ly
Rn
terms
—1
wer in the form a +
iy
ine
method
bi
method
* terms
Au
Onna
200 = =F
+=
c. (4+ 5)(4 — 5i) = 16 — 20i + 20i — 257
| | |
he
FOIL
method
= 16 — 2577 = 16 — 25(-1) =16 +5 =4l
| d. 6+ 1? = 36+ 121+ 7
Coys
=)1)
36 + 12i + (-1) II
35 +
121
|Check your understanding 4
Multiply. a. (4 — 3i)(2 — i)
|c. (3 + 6i)(3 — 61) SOLUTION
See page S-5.
a. 5
Objective 14.5C Practice
1. 2 3. 4.
Multiply: (—6i)(—4i) —24 Multiply: —314 — 5i) —15 Multiply: (4 — 7/)(2 + 3i) 29
Multiply: (2 + 51)?
Solutions on p. S-16.
—21 + 20i
c. 45
d= 24
10;
19
20
Module 14 ¢ Quadratic Equations
Objective 14.5D
Divide complex numbers A fraction containing one or more complex numbers is in simplest form when no imaginary number remains in the denominator. a.
Divide:
7 —
ih
i
l
“GY eee l Ta
ee l
* Multiply the expression by | in the form I
Ti =
;
jl=
cong,
cell!
* Replace © by —1.
Then simplify
hie Ot = 2i
b. Divide:
4-Si_
4-5i i
5
oe
21
Sa ti
.
ee
Dim
¢ Multiply the expression by | in the form =
a
ie
i
Sr
20 4i — 5(-1)
me
oe
2(-1)
° Replace i by —1
5 + 4i =
5
naga
||
¢ Simplify
=, Se
2i
¢ Write the answer in the form a +
bi
Focus on dividing complex numbers
| re |
|
» 247i
Divide.
a. ~~
.
4i
—14i 5
| SOLUTION la
= =
4i
mae = au
Li
|
* Multiply the expression by | in the form !
AY :
=
5
=
4(—1)
—-]
¢ Replace * by —1.
4
2+ 7 oe = . eth += | ° =146 ~ -14i i
)
| b.
|
Pe
Then simplify
:
* Multiply the expression by | in the for m +
Tis
— 147 7
21
7
ll
—14(-1)
ee
) —
aren
14
Se|
° Replace * by —1.
¢ Write the answer in the form a + bi.
=
|Check your understanding 5 | Divide. i
| SOLUTION
a.
=16)
Dial
ae 6i
Ai
]
See page S-5.
Then simplify
a. a
3
b. Perak
Section 14.5 « Complex Numbers
21
Conjugate of a Complex Number The conjugate of a + bi is a — bi, and the conjugate of a — bi is a + bi. The
product of the conjugates is (a + bi)(a — bi) = a? + b’. EXAMPLES
1. The conjugate of 2 + Si is 2 — Si. The product of the conjugates is
(V2 50 — 51). = 2745? ='29. 2. The conjugate of 3 — 4i is 3 + 4i. The product of the conjugates is
3 — 4i)3 + 4i) = 3? + 4 = 25. 3. The conjugate of —5 + i is —5 — i. The product of the conjugates is
(—5)? + 1?: = 26.
(5 a) 5, 1)
The conjugate of a complex number is used to divide complex numbers when the denominator is of the form a + bi. ia.
|
Divide:
\
3
i 2
=i 3
: Sb
We i
Bs
Bye
2
31
;
* Multiply the numerator and denominator by 2 + 37, the conjugate
of the denominator.
Oa) 2 ae 32
i
=
:
|b. 5
=
Vet
Pts Divide
kee |
() ar SH 13
6
2,
sp
13
cae!
« Write
13
the answer
in the form a + bi.
= 9H} :
[Wes i
et
— =
I ae
— 27
a
ap
ae
|
eet
i
=
|
c=
:
Ib
* Multiply the numerator and denominator by 1 — 2i, the
a
conjugate of the denominator.
rae
p+?
Spe
ea)
.
7
« Replace * by —1. Then simplify.
1+4
_5- 121-4 5
i i
=
j
I =
12a
=-
5
l
12.
:
mal!
,
« Write the answer in the form a + bi.
Sar
Focus on dividing complex numbers a IDINGGIES
137 Gy Sa 3) ae Di
B
Sar 3 ; AL oe 2)
SOLUTION 13:
13:
342i
. 3 —
3+2i
2
¢ Multiply the numerator and denominator by
3-2i
3 — 2i, the conjugate of the denominator.
13i(3 — 2i) _ 391 — 267 ae 9+4 9h 261). 26: 39%
A
13
=2+3i
13
* Replace i? by —1. Then simplify. e Write the answer in the form a + bi,
22
Module 14 © Quadratic Equations
5 ere ea 23 -=
A teadt
Be
te —
=
|
conjugateof the denominator
127: = 67
Apt? ie 6(—1)
|
¢ Replace i by —1.
16+ 4
WoO
.
* Multiply the numerator and denominator by 4 — 2i, the
21
e010)
|
.
:
Merecl
Then simplify
2+ 6 20
Zier
SS a
|
20
|
AS
a
in
|
10
10
¢ Write the answer
in the form a
+ bi
_ Check your understanding 6 |
|
| Divid | Divide. |
2) [> 3%
a.
|SOLUTION
b
24 51 30
:
See page S-6.
"As eted
b.
4 19 aes
Objective 14.5D Practice _
4
4
Ll. Divides
—s1
Si
a
>. Dj Pees . Divide: =——
mee :
iS =
Ae | = oy 3. Divide: :
=I
4
eee
Be
.
pee Divide:
ware
Fi
Solutions on p. S-16.
ojective 14.5E
Solve quadratic equations with complex number solutions Allowing complex numbers to be solutions of quadratic equations enables us to solve quadratic equations that have no real number solutions.
Take Note »
| Solve:
You should check these solutions. For instance, here is the check for —8i.
| 2x + 128
2x7 + 128 = 0
i
2x7 + 128 = 0
2
0 =
2(—8i)? + 128 | 0
x =
2(—8)7i7 + 128 | 0 2(64)(—1) + 128 | 0
Nie =
SIPS Se W378) 0=0 The solution —8i checks. You should check that 87 is a solution.
y=
of =
—128
¢ Subtract 128 from each
—64
¢ Divide each side of the equation by 2.
V-64 +V—64
side of the equation.
¢ Take the square root of each side of the equation. =
+iV64
ER
| The solutions are —8i and 87.
* Rewrite
V—64 as i V64
« Simplify V64.
Section 14.5 «© Complex Numbers
23
_ Focus on solving a quadratic equation by taking square roots Solve (x — 1)? + 9 = 1 and check. SOLUTION
Cree
es |
(x a
i
V(x =
=
—-8
IIi =
*
V-8
Yo
*
= V8
= +iV8
Subtract 9 trom each side of the equation Take
ale e212 eee DIA) Check:
the square root of each side of the equation.
* Rewrite V—8 as iV8
plify
V8
(x- 1)? +9=
(1 + 2iV2 — 1)? + 9 (2iV/2)? + 9
24V)(V2)? + 9 4(-1)(2) + 9 —8 +9
The solutions are
| + 27/2 and
|
2iV
2
| Check your understanding 7 Solve 8z* + 17 = —7 and check.
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
+ iv3
In many instances, the quadratic formula will be the best choice for solving a quadratic equation with complex number solutions. We restate the quadratic formula here for your reference. The solutions of the quadratic equation ax* + bx + c = 0, a # O, are given by —b+
Vb
— 4ac
x=
2a
| Solve 4x* — 4x + 2 = 0 and check.
i
ei
i
2=
—b+Vb* — 4ac
2a
Hee) (
)
Al (ats) Be ( 4)
|
4G) @)
2(4)
a
| 4+ V16—-32
4+ ~v-I6
8 4+iV16
8
|
,
|
| i
i
|
=
8 4
4
Se
Omen
=
1
424i 8 i
=—+—=—+-]
¢ Substitute into the quadratic formula:
2.
4 b=
¢ Rewrite
—4
¢
ao
V—16 as i
V16. V16
:
= 4
¢ Write the solution in the form a + bi.
24
Module 14 * Quadratic Equations
| Check:
4x° — 4x +2=0
Green 2
(f+ Git Git te) 2-142 4 4 4
0
eee — 2-217 2'|\0 ie d—1) = 27! 0 0=0 4° —4x+2=0
(5-38) -455) +2 Drveaie Pa? (7-5!
'
y+ 98)
0
2+2i+210
1-i-i+’?-2+2i+21]0 1-—2i+ (-1) +2: 10 0=0 ie
|
|
The solutions are 5 + +i and 5
yl.
| Focus on solving a quadratic equation by using | the quadratic formula
| Solve x2 + 4x = —6 and check. |SOLUTION
|
x + 4x = -6
(e+ 4x+6=0
¢ Write the quadratic equation in standard form
| | eee |e
2a
tee
4 — 4(1)(6)
a
2(1)
—4+ V16—-24
2 -4+iV8
l_b=
4,
6
-4+ V-8
a
2
-4+ 2iV2
¢ Rewrite
2 Messin 9
8 as / V8 and then rewrite i V8 as
¢ Write the solution in the form a
Check:
(—2 + iV2)? + 4(-2 | 4 — 212 — 2iV2 + 2(-V2)? — 8 4 — 4iV2+ (-1)2 -— 8 4 — 4iV/2 + (-2) — 8
\
2D Wed
+ + + +
iV2) 4iV2 4iV2 4iV2
+ bi
Section 14.6 ¢ Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations
cy AX
(22) Aenea
25
agO
+ 4(—2 — iV2) | -6
2 rr (\/2)? — 8'—-4in/2: |.—6
4+ 4iV2 + (-1)2 —- 8 - 4iv2 | -6 4+ 4iV2 + (—2)
6
—
|
41N2o i
The solutions are
—2 + iV2 and
—2
=
=—6
iV2
| Check your understanding 8 Solve x° — 6x + 4 = —6 and check.
| SOLUTION
See pages S-6-S-7.
Objective 14.5E Practice
1. Solve: x + 16 =0
4i
2. Solve: @— 3)? + 81=0 3. Solve: x° + 4x = —-8
3+9 2
4. Solve: 4x7 + 12x + 25=0
5. Solve: 4x° — 4x + 13 =0 Solutions on pp. S-16—S-17.
SECTION
Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations Objective 14.6A
Solve equations that are quadratic in form Certain equations that are not quadratic equations can be expressed in quadratic form by making suitable substitutions. An equation is quadratic in form if it can be written as au + bu+c=0.
To see that the equation at the right is quadratic in form, let x° = u. Replace x” by u. The equa-
X= 47 = 5 = 0 (4 Gaon)
tion is quadratic in form.
uo—4u—-3=0
To see that the equation at the right is quadratic 1
1
in form, let y2 = u. Replace y? by u. The equation is quadratic in form.
1
ics » =6=©@ ps
et
67)? — 62) -6=0 oe 0)
26
Module 14 © Quadratic Equations |Solve:
¢ + 72 - I =)
"|i
H
1
f
ge
i
lara
—
hss
0)
¢ The equation is quadratic in form
L
| (@)? + 7@) = 18 = 6
|
w+Tu18 =0 (u a
-u-2=0
* Solve for uw by factoring
u+9=0
u=2 y
= Lett=u
2)(u ar 9) =0
io
1
1
2=2
2=-9
1 (z2)? = 24
¢ Replace u by z
1 (z2)? == (—9)?
ii
* Solve for z by squaring each side of the equation
Z = Sl
:
1 Check:
z+7z2—-—18=0
* Check the solutions. When each side of the equation has been squared, the resulting equation may have an extraneous
MeeTGE=18.\\0 4+7:-2-18
4+
— solution 0
14-18
!0
O=0 4 checks as a solution.
EI = 18 = 0 81 + 7(81)2 —18
SicTeare18 Si 63 18 126 #0
' 81 does not check as a solution. ! The solution
is 4.
¢ Write the solution
| Focus on solving an equation that is quadratic in form
Solve.
Sale ee 12=0
b v= 2s —3=0
| SOLUTION | a.
| | |
| |
|
x6+x-12=0
© Let? =u.
(u = 3)(u a 4) = 0
u =3—
0
= Aven =
|
eee
* Solve for u by factoring
u+4=0
u=
|
|
* The equation is quadratic in form.
@?+ (2) -12=0 w+u-12=0
aw}
u=
—4
xr =
-4
* Replace w by x°.
y=
Wek
* Solve for x by taking square roots.
x= %
=
+21
Feet
:
The solutions are V3, —V3, 2i, and —2i.
Section 14.6 ¢ Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations
b.
a =
Axa —
37 =
27
* The equation is quadratic in form.
(x3)? — 2(x3) —3=
uw —2u-3= |
* Let x? = u
(u = 3) (u al) =
|
u—3=0
|
* Solve for u by factoring.
u+1=0
u = 3
|
u=—|]
a =
xe ==]
(xi)3 = 33
« Replace u by x
(3 = (-1)3
x = 27
Solve
for x by cubing both sides of the equation.
x=-]
The solutions are 27 and — |
Check your understanding 1
| Solve.
a x—5x29+6=0
_SOLUTION
See page S-7.
». 4x*+352—-9=0 a. 4,9
b
Objective 14.6A Practice 1. Solve: yt — 5’ +4= 2. Solve: w — wi =
tye
(ire
25
3. Solve: z3 — 3 —6=
8;.27
Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.
Objective 14.6B
Solve radical equations Certain equations containing a radical can be solved by first solving the equation for the
radical expression and then squaring each side of the equation.
Remember that When each side of an equation has been squared, the resulting equation
| Solve: Vx
+2+4=x
[Vet2+4=x
Pere
¢ Solve for the radical expression.
Sa
i (Vx + 2)? = (x — 4)? x+2=x
.
-— 8x+
16
O= 29%+14 0O=(—7)(e—2) |x-7=0
oe
v=]
|Check:
Write the equation in standard form.
— = Solve for x by factoring.
eal) x=2
Ve?
+4 =x
VIz2+4)7 VS 44
Wont
eT
By ae |) a 7=7 {
Square each side of the equation.
* Simplify
! The solution is 7.
° va42+4|
Al x
V4+4]
2
* Check the solutions.
2
De Al | Be 6 #2
e 2 does not check as a solution. ¢ Write the solution.
28
Module 14 * Quadratic Equations
Focus on solving an equation containing one radical | Solve:
V3x +7 —x = 3
| SOLUTION
| V3x +7 —x=3 Weyede7 = oy 463
* Solve for the radical expression.
(V3x + 7)? = (x + 3)?
* Square each side of the equation * Simplify
3x + 7=x+6x+9
|
Ox
|
0=(@+2)@+4
|x
2 = 0
|
x Spe
Bet 2
* Write the equation in standard form. 1)
* Factor
x+1=0
* Use the PrincipleofZero Products
x=-]
| Check:
V3x+7—-x=3
V3(—2) +7 - (-2)
V3x + 7—x =3
3(-1) +7 -(-1) | 3
|
ee oe| 3
/ |
1+2 | 3 33
WA
The solutions are —2 and
| —2 and —1 check as solutions.
Ts
2+1 | 3 =o —1.
_ Check your understanding 2
| Solve: \/2x all p= 7 | SOLUTION
See page S-8.
4
If an equation contains more than one radical, the procedure of solving for the radical expression and then squaring each side of the equation may have to be repeated.
Focus on solving an equation containing two radicals Solve: V2x
+5
—-Vxt+2=1
| SOLUTION
| Vix +5 — Vet 2=1 Vix+5=Vxt24+1
(V2x
Take Note » You must check the solutions in
|
the example at the right.
Deo de 5 ae oe Se) ap UWS Se) ap Al
x+2=2Vx42
V2x +5 — Vxseate
+5 — V(—2)= VA= 1
(x + 2)? = (2Vx + 2)?
ve +4x+4=4( + 2) ee Sy a
2
Simplify.
ely 1 1 1
Solve for the remaining radical expression. Square each side of the equation. Simplify.
ve +4x+4=4x+ 8
y-4=0
VOFEG = Wes = ji
V20) 5 = VO) V9=-V4\
Square each side of the equation.
et 5=x+IVe $2 +3
Check:
V2(—2)
+ 5)? = (Wx +2 + 1)?
Solve for one of the radical expressions.
(x + 2)(x — 2) =0 | x 420 p= =)
x= 2='0 x=2
The solutions are —2 and 2.
Write the equation in standard form. Factor. Use the Principle of Zero Products.
As shown solutions.
at the left, —2 and 2 check as
Section 14.6 © Equations That Are Reducible to Quadratic Equations
29
Check your understanding 3 Solve: V2x — 1 + Vx =2
SOLUTION
See page S-8.
Objective 14.6B Practice 1. Solve: V2s+1=s-1
4
2. Solve: V4y+1—y=1
0.2
3. Solve: Vx +6+ Vxt+2=2 Solutions on pp. S-18-S-19.
Objective 14.6C
Solve fractional equations After each side of a fractional equation has been multiplied by the LCD, the resulting
equation is sometimes a quadratic equation. solutions The to the resulting equation!/must
I 2r(r + (2+
}= 206 cons
le
(r+
ear dl
1) + 2r=r(r+
¢ Multiply each side of the equation by the LCD.
| Nw
1)°3
art+24+2r=(r4+7n)-: 3 4r+2=3r 4+ 3r
er = 2 0= '3r+2=0 8S
i
r=
Brt+2)(r—-1
r—-1=0 2
¢ Write the equation in standard form. Se
* Solve for r by factoring.
ail
2 3
i -} and | check as solutions. i } The solutions are
: —3 and |.
e Write the solutions,
30
Module 14 © Quadratic Equations
_ Focus on solving an equation containing fractions |
=f 3a == 17
| Solve: ve 5
_ SOLUTION 18
ee
+ 3a = 17
¢ The LCD is 2a — |
18 (2a a
1)
Pap =
ll
+ 3a])=
(2a =
1)17
* Multiply each side by the
LCD
| Qa — 1)5—— +(2a - 1)(3a)=@a - 1)17 18 + 6a* — 3a = 34a — 17 (6a —
7)(a =
()
5) =0
* Write the equation in standard form
* Solve for a by factoring
€=D-=
| 6a —-7=0
a=5
6a =7
7
| |
—
6a’ 55
|
a=
6
|
H and 5 check as solutions. - and 5
The solutions are
Check your understanding 4
pe
Solve: 3y +
=f
Shy = 2) ie
SOLUTION
See page S-8.
|
Objective 14.6C Practice 1. Solve: z = 2. Solve: 3. Solve:
>
5,—1
aaa
Dear 3
Eg
Voor
3 aye | Sey 3
1 +
—
viet IP ay 1
Solutions on pp. S-19-S-20.
SECTION
Nonlinear Inequalities Objective 14.7A
Solve nonlinear inequalities A quadratic inequality in one variable is an inequality that can be written in the form ae + bx be used.
+c 0, where a # 0. The symbols = and = can also
Section 14.7 © Nonlinear Inequalities
31
Quadratic inequalities can be solved by algebraic means. However, it is often easier to use a graphical method to solve these inequalities. The graphical method is used in the example that follows.
| Solve and graph the solution set of x — x — 6 62.68 2
pe —60.6 + 62.68 =)
ee = 00.0 — 62.68 = By)
t = —0.065
t = 3.8525
The time cannot be negative. The hang time is approximately 3.9 s.
Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY
* This is a work problem. ¢ The unknown time for Tessa: f ¢ The unknown time for Seth: ¢ + 3
¢ They work together for 2 h.
* The sum of the part of the task completed by Tessa and the part completed by Seth is 1.
S-4
Solutions to Module 14 SOLUTION
2.feats
t(t + a(? + 5) Set + 3) 1
* Multiply each side by the LCD
(t+ 3) +2r=P + 3r
* Simplify
4t+6=fP + 31 0=r-t-6
* Standard form
0O=(¢+ 2)(t-— 3) — © Factor beta ea) t=
t—3=0 -2
* Solve for r
t=3
The time cannot be negative. It would take Tessa 3 h to wash the windows.
Check your understanding 3 STRATEGY
¢ This is a uniform motion problem. ¢ The unknown rate of the wind: r
¢ The time flying with the wind is 2 h less than the time flying against the wind. SOLUTION
1200
_—:
ZO ar i
1200
2
PWS
1200 r)(250 — (S30 a 050 + n)(250 = (sz1200s -)= (250(250 ++7)(250
=
1200(250 — r) = 1200(250 + r) — 2(62,500 — 7) —2400r = —125,000 + 27° 0 = 2r + 2400r — 125,000
0 = 2(r + 1250)(r — 50) 0 = (r + 1250)(r — 50) par I)
=O
i
pi
ea)
ls0)
r= 50
The rate cannot be negative. The rate of the wind is 50 mph.
Section 14.5
Check your understanding 1
12
ee eV 3
2 3
12 — 6iV2
So
3
°
72
=1V72
¢ Simplify the radical.
3) =
ary
Ssee
4 — 2iV2
¢ Factor 3 from the numerator.
* Simplify.
2)
Solutions to Module 14.
Check your understanding 2 —b + Vb’ — 4ac —6+
V6’ — 4-1-25
=-6+
V36-—100
-s
= -6+ V—64 = -6 + iV64 = —-6+ 8i
Check your understanding 3 a. (5 — 7i) + (2-3) = (5 + 2) + [-7 + (-Dii =7-
id
add the imaginary
parts
8i
b. (—4 + 21) — (6 — 8))
= (—4 — 6) + [2 — (-8)]i
i! parts
and subtract the imaginary
= —10 + 10:
Check your understanding 4
a. (44-—3)2-) =8-—4-61+ 37 =8—- 101+ 37 = 5
40 4- 3(-1) = 5 —
» FOI
10:
Mo Se i At he quae oer.| sgt = a ieee. 40 ~ 10 €. (8+ 67)(3 = 61) = 9 — 181 + 181 — 367 = 9 — 367°
- FOI
= 9 — 36(-1) = 9 + 36 = 45 d. (1 + 5i)?
1 + 10i + 257? 1 + 10: + 25(—1)
= 1+ 10i — 25 = —24 + 10: Check your understanding 5 ea oi 6i Gi fei —3i —3i —i 1
po et 2a ties > 4 4i i
2i = 30 4?
Bele 1)
382i
4(—1)
=
*
Multiply
by
* Multiply by ; = 1
parts
S-5
S-6
Solutions to Module 14
Check your understanding 6 5
5
[= Pap iy)
il
ae Meo tee | —
aH
; SI
* Multiply the numerator and denominator by the conjugateof the denominator
eee) 5 151
i =
oa)
10
PRG Sy) b.
a) =
3
ra 9 =
2Se Sy)
:= 2)
l _
ze
2,
« Write
ina + bi form
Ghee)
( i): ( i) (3 Vertex: (0,
2. y=
1 ee
3.
+2
—2); axis of symmetry:
Vertex: (0, 2): axisofsymmetry:
y= x —3x+2>
3
;
x =
)
3.
x = 0 0
Vertex: & -7); axis of symmetry: x =
3
2
4, Graph f(x) = —2x? — 3x + 2. State the domain and range of the function. 5. Graph f(x) = x° + 4x — 3. State the domain and range of the function. y
Solutions on pp. S-5—S-6.
4. D: {x|x real numbers}
y
6
Module 15 « More on Functions
Objective 15.1B
Find the x-intercepts of a parabola Recall that a point at which a graph crosses the X- or y-axis is called an intercept of the graph. The X-intercepts of the graph of an equation occur when y = 0; the y-intercepts occur when x = 0.
x-intercepts y por
The graph of y = x° + 3x — 4 is shown at the right. The points whose coordinates are (~ 4. ()) and (|. 0) are x-intercepts of the graph. y-Intercept
|Focus on finding the x-intercepts of a parabola |
| Find the coordinates of the x-intercepts of the parabola whose equation is
| y=2r
—-x-6.
|SOLUTION | y=2r-x-6
| 0=27° -—x-6
* To find the x-intercepts, let y = 0
0 = x + 3)(x - 2)
ee
| w+3=0
* Use the Principle of Zero Products
x-2=0 3
x=
5
x=2
[he coordinates of the x-intercepts are
(—5,0) and (2, 0). See the graph at the left.
_Check your understanding 3 | Find the coordinates of the x-intercepts of the parabola whose equation is | f(x) =7+2x-8.
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
(—4, 0), (2, 0)
If ax’ + bx + c = 0 has a double root, then the graph of y = ax* + bx + c intersects the x-axis at one point. In that case, the graph is said to be tangent to the x-axis.
Find the coordinates of the x-intercept of the parabola whose equation is
ly =4—4e4 Fe ly=40
40
0)
Ay? —4x+4+
0=
(2x
'2x-1=0 |
1) (2x
&6=1 | Dire
2
1
¢ To find the x-intercept, let y = 0
1)
¢ Solve for x by factoring and using the Principle of Zero Products
2%-1=0 2x = 1 i UG.
2
* The coordinates of the x-intercept are Cr 0). See the graph at the left.
Section 15.1
© Properties of Quadratic Functions
1
Recall that the discriminant of ax* + bx + c is the expression b? — 4ac and that this expression can be used to determine whether ax* + bx + c = 0 has zero, one, or two real
number solutions. Because there is a connection between the solutions of ax” + bx + c = 0 and the x-intercepts of the graph of y = ax* + bx + c, the discriminant can be used to determine the number of x-intercepts of a parabola.
Effect of the Discriminant on the Number of x-Intercepts of a Parabola
with Equation y = ax? + bx +c 1. If b? — 4ac = 0, the parabola has one x-intercept.
2. If b> — 4ac > 0, the parabola has two x-intercepts. 3. If b> — 4ac < 0, the parabola has no x-intercepts.
| Focus on using the discriminant Use the discriminant to determine the number of x-intercepts of the parabola with the given equation. an yR2e =x 2 ba fG) = ax ti4em 4 | SOLUTION
Ja y=2?-x+2 |
b* — 4ac
ret = 40y0) =1———
¢ Evaluate the
a2) oe
discriminant
16 i
The discriminant is negative.
z.
The parabola has no x-intercepts
b. f(x) = -x° + 4x - 4 |
b> — 4ac
(4)? = 4(-1)(-4)
y, ¢ Evaluate the discriminant
ses
ped
oa
=
= 16 — 16 =() The discriminant is zero.
The parabola has one x-intercept.
Check your understanding 4
Ce) = x7 44, —4
Use the discriminant to determine the number of x-intercepts of the parabola with equatony =x —-—x-6.
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Two
Objective 15.1B Practice For Exercises | to 5, find the coordinates of the x-intercepts of the parabola given by the
equation.
1) = x= 41 -0,0),({—250) 2. y= 3x°+ 6x (0,0), (—2,0)
8
Module 15 * More on Functions
3. y=32—19x — 14 ($0), (7,0) 4.y=x 5.
+4%—=3
(-2 + V7.0), (-2-— V7.0)
y= —x7— 43-5
No x-Intercepts
Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.
Objective
15.1C
Find the zeros of a quadratic function Recall that a zero of a function f is a number c for which f(c) = 0. For the graph of
f(x) = x° + x — 2 shown at the left, the x-coordinates of the x-intercepts are zeros of f. {Qi ax
aax— 2
fy) =P +x-2
f(—2pr—e2) (2) -2
fli) = 1? 41-2
f(-2) =4 + (-2) -2 f(-2) =
Osi) FY a0
—2 is a zero of f.
l is a zero of f
There is an important connection between the x-intercepts and the real zeros of a function.
Because the numbers on the x-axis are real numbers, Coordinate thé Of an intercept of
_ Focus on finding the real zeros of a function | Find the zeros of f(x) = x7 — 2x — 1. SOLUTION
foaSxe = 2a I =
| x =
x
—
Jy —
—bh+
|
¢ To find the zeros, let f(x)
Vb’ — 4ac
aoe ¢
a
Ek. i)
es V/(=2)
=
4(1)(=1)
.
Use the the quadrati quadratic
* a
2(1)
0 and solve for x
1,b =
formula nL
—2, and «
|
_24V4r4 a
2
ees oie
e222 ae = 1 The zeros of the function are
1 —
V2 and
1+
V2.
The graph of f(x) = x° — 2x — 1 is shown at the left, along with the x-intercepts of the | graph. Note that the x-coordinates of the x-intercepts are the real zeros of the function. | | | | |
Check your understanding 5
| Find the zeros of f(x) = 2x* + 3x — 1. SOLUTION
See page S-2.
SO
Z
VAT
:
at
;
Vit
Section 15.1 © Properties of Quadratic Functions
9
The x-axis consists only of real numbers. If the graph of a function does not cross the x-axis, it will not have any x-intercepts and therefore will not have any real number zeros. In this case, the function has complex number zeros.
| Focus on finding the complex zeros of a function
Find the zeros of f(x) = —x? + 2x — 2.
| SOLUTION fe) = x O=
2x — 2
=x
Sie,
—b +
*
To find
the zeros,
let f(x)
= 0 and solve for x
VB? — 4ac
x=
e
|
€
gt adratic
formula
2a
=e Vy |
4(—1)(—2)
;
2(=1)
|}
—-24+V4—8 =2
| a2 V4 | =9 | srehced
8
~2
| The complex zeros of the function are | — i and | + i.
The graph of f(x) = —x? + 2x — 2 is shown at the left. Note that the graph does not | cross the x-axis. The function has no real zeros.
| Check your understanding 6
| Find the zeros of f(x) = 4x? — 8x + 5. SOLUTION
See page S-2.
fecal
The example above shows that a function can have a zero without crossing the x-axis. The zero of the function, in this case, is a complex number. If the graph Of afunction crosses the
Objective 15.1C Practice For Exercises 1 to 5, find the zeros of the function.
1. f&) = +3x4+2
-2,-1
E5
2. f(x) = =3x? + 4x -— 1
5. f(x) == 2
2
+ 3x +2
Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.
3
=
1
| Rea
Module 15 ® More on Functions
Objective 15.2A
Solve minimum and maximum problems
The graph of f(x) = x° — 2x + 3 is shown at the right.
y
Because a is positive, the parabola opens up. The vertex of the parabola is the lowest point on the parabola. It is the point that has the minimum y-coordinate. Therefore, the value of the function at this point is a minimum. ) Minimum
{ y-coordinate 2
The graph of f(x) = —x? + 2x + 1 is shown at the right. Because a is negative, the parabola opens down. The vertex of the parabola is the highest point on the parabola. It is the point that has the maximum y-coordinate. Therefore, the value of the function at this point is a maximum.
4
2 Onna
y 4
Vertex (1, 2) i
)}: Maximum
( y-coordinate
To find the minimum or maximum value of a quadratic function, first find the x-coordinate of the vertex. Then evaluate the function at that value.
Focus on finding the minimum or maximum value of a function
Find the maximum or minimum value of the function f(x) = —2x? + 4x + 3. SOLUTION
;
=
2 =
2a
{=
2(—2)
=
1
+ Find the x-coordinate of the vertex. a
2. b=4
rae
fi) ==207 + 4) + 3
* Evaluate the function at x = 1
f{Y=s Because a < 0, the graph of f opens down. Therefore, the function has a maximum value.
The maximum value of the function is 5. See the graph at the left.
Check your understanding 1 Find the maximum or minimum value of the function f(x) = 2x7 — 3x + 1. SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Minimum:
Objective 15.2A Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the maximum or minimum value of the function.
IR TAG See 2 f=
eae
Minimum:
2
Maximum:
—|
Section 15.2 © Applications of Quadratic Functions 3 f(x) =
—2x? + 4x -—5
4, f(x) = 2
+ 3x—8
11
Maximun Minimum
Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.
Objective 15.2B
Solve applications of minimum and maximum _A mason is forming a rectangular floor for a storage shed. The perimeter of the rectangle is 44 ft. What dimensions of the rectangle will give the floor a maximum area? What _ is the maximum area? _ We are given the perimeter of the rectangle, and we want to find the dimensions of the rectangle that will yield the maximum area for the floor. Use the equation for the perimeter of a rectangle. P=2L+2W 44=2L
+ 2W
«P=
22=L+W
DE
[hy
¢
il
44
Divide
both
sides
of the equation by 2
* Solvefor
_ Now use the equation for the area of a rectangle. Use substitution to express the area in terms of L.
A=LW A
=
Lo
—
+ 22L
at 11, the L-coordinate of the vertex.
—121 + 242 = 121 } The maximum area of the floor is 121 ft.
The graph of the function f(L) = —L’ + 22L is shown at the right. Note that the vertex of the parabola is (11, 121). For any value of L less than 11, the area of the floor will be less than 121 ft’. For any value of L greater than 11,
the area of the floor will be less than 121 ft*. 121 is the maximum value of the function, and the maximum value occurs when L = 11.
f(L)
Module
15 ® More on Functions
Focus on solving an application A mining company has determined that the cost c, in dollars per ton, of mining a mineral is given by c(x) = 0.2x7 — 2x + 12 | where x is the number of tons of the mineral that are mined. Find the number of tons of the mineral that should be mined to minimize the cost. What is the minimum cost? | STRATEGY
_ © To find the number of tons that will minimize the cost, find the x-coordinate of the vertex. _ ¢ To find the minimum cost, evaluate the function at the x-coordinate of the vertex. | SOLUTION
|
b ae
ae)
——J
=
—_—
2a
2 —
2(0.2)
To minimize the cost, 5 tons should be mined.
c(x) = 0.2x° — 2x + 12
c=
O26)2- 25) +12 =5 -10412=7
The minimum cost per ton is $7.
Note: The graph of the function c(x) = 0.2x7 — 2x + 12 is shown at the left. The vertex
of the parabola is (5, 7). For any value of x less than 5, the cost per ton is greater than $7. For any value of x greater than 5, the cost per ton is greater than $7. 7 is the minimum value of the function, and the minimum value occurs when x = 5.
|Check your understanding 2 _ The height s, in feet, of a ball thrown straight up is given by s(t) = —167 + 64r, where t is the time in seconds. Find the time it takes the ball to reach its maximum height. What is the maximum height? | SOLUTION
See page S-3.
2s; 64 ft
Focus on solving a problem by writing a quadratic equation _ Find two numbers whose difference is 10 and whose product is a minimum. | STRATEGY
| ¢ Let x and y represent the two numbers.
ie Express y in terms of x. Be aaa)
a
10
y=xt10
¢ The difference of the numbers is 10
* Solve for y.
¢ Express the product of the numbers in terms of x.
xy = x0; 10) f@ = x + 10x
*y=x+10 * The function f represents the product of the two numbers.
* To find one of the two numbers, find the x-coordinate of the vertex of f(x) = x* + 10x. ° To find the other number, replace x in x + 10 by the x-coordinate of the vertex and evaluate. SOLUTION
x 102-5410='5 The numbers are —5 and 5.
Section 15.3 * Algebra of Functions
13
Check your understanding 3 A rectangular area is being fenced along a stream to enclose a picnic area. If 100 ft of fencing is available, what dimensions of the rectangle will produce the maximum area for picnicking? See the figure at the left.
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
25 ftb
fit
Objective 15.2B Practice
1. An event in the Summer Olympics is 10-meter springboard diving. In this event, the height s, in meters, of a diver above the water rt seconds after jumping is given by
s(t) = —4.9P + 7.8t + 10. What is the maximum height that the diver will reach? Round to the nearest tenth.
{3.1
:
2. A manufacturer of microwave ovens believes that the revenue R, in dol-
lars, the company receives is related to the price P, in dollars, of an oven by
R(P) = 125P — 0.25P*. What price will give the maximum revenue? $250 3. The Buckingham Fountain in Chicago shoots water from a nozzle at the base of the fountain. The height h, in feet, of the water above the ground ¢ seconds after it leaves
the nozzle is given by h(t) = —16° + 901 + 15. What is the maximum height of the water? Round to the nearest tenth. 41.6 ft 4. The suspension cable that supports a small footbridge hangs in the shape of a parabola. The height h, in feet, of the cable above the bridge is given by
h(x) = 0.25x? — 0.8x + 25, where x is the distance in feet from one end of the bridge. What is the minimum height of the cable above the bridge?
24.36 ft
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
15.3 | SECTION
Objective 15.3A
Algebra of Functions Perform operations on functions The operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of functions are defined as follows.
Operations on Functions
If f and g are functions and x is an element of the domain of each function, then
14
Module 15 © More on Functions
| a. Given f(x) = x7 + 1 and g(x) = 3x — 2, find (f + g)(3).
(f+ g)() = fl) + gt)
b. Given f(x) = 2x + 1 and g(x) = x + 1, find (£)-2)
Clare)
c. Given f(x) = 3x — 2 and g(x) = 2x + 1, find (f- g)(x).
(f- g)@) = FQ) g@) = (3x — 2)- (2x + 1) =a)
x
2
You cannot evaluate the quotient of two functions at any value that results in a denomina-
tor of zero. For instance, consider trying to evaluate (Z)oo. given f(x) = 2x7 — 5x + 6 and g(x) = x — 1. 8
Ree
a) 426
(1)? — J 3 0
=e
3
* 5 is nota real number
m
-
Because = is not defined, the expression (4)(1) cannot be evaluated.
Focus on adding or subtracting two functions
Given f(x) = 2° — x + 1 and g(x) = x — 4, find (f — g)@).
SOLUTION
(F—2)3) =fE)= 23) | 2560 epee) = 7 — 23
| (fC
ear
|Check your understanding 1
| Given f(x) = x2 + 2x and g(x) = 5x — 2, find (f+ g)(—2). SOLUTION
See page S-3.
=.
Section 15.3 ¢ Algebra of Functions
' Focus on multiplying two functions
| Given f(x) = x — 2x — 1 and g(x) = 2x + 3, find (f- g)().
SOLUTION
| (f-8)@) =f): g&) = (x — 2x — 1): (2x + 3) = (° — 2x — 1):2x + (°° — 2x - 1)-3
(2x7 — 4x7 — 2x) + Bx — 6x — 3) Per Shore
Ane)
pee)
Check your understanding 2 | Given f(x) = x° + 3 and g(x) = 3x — 5, find (f- g)(). | SOLUTION
See page S-4.
ax
es
9% = 15
| Focus on dividing two functions | Given f(x) = x + 4x + 4 and g(x) = x — 2, find (L)o.
|
g
| SOLUTION
if
f(3)
| (Ao = 20) |
_ 3? +43) +4 TMH
Oo-
SaBtEIS
2 Ts
| Check your understanding 3 | Given f(x) = x* — 4 and g(x) = x + 2x + 1, find @a | SOLUTION
See page S-4.
Objective 15.3A Practice
For Exercises 1 to 3, use f(x) = 2x° — 3 and g(x) = —2x + 4. 1. Find (f+ g)(0). | 2. Find ()-0.
ae
3. Find (f- g)(x).
—4.3
g
6
+ 8x
+ 6x —
12
For Exercises 4 to 6, use f(x) = x? + 3x — Sand g(x) = x» — 2x + 3. 4. Find (f — g)(2). —2 5. Find (f- g)(—3). 90
Aa (£)(-2). 7 &
Solutions on pp. S-11-S-12.
15
16
Module 15 * More on Functions
Objective 15.3B
Find the composition of two functions Composition offunctions is another way in which functions can be combined. This method of combining functions uses the output of one function as the input for a second function. Suppose that a propane heater is used to heat the air in a hot-air balloon and that the shape of the balloon can be approximated by a sphere. The propane expands the air in the balloon in such a way that the radius of the balloon, in feet, is given by r(¢) = 0.3¢, where tf is the time, in minutes, that the propane heater has been running.
The volume of the balloon depends on its radius and is given by V(r) = qar’. To find the volume of the balloon 20 min after the heater is turned on, we first find the radius of the balloon and then use that number to find the volume of the balloon.
rf =0.3t r(20)
=
VinA= Aue
0.3(20)
Sit
20 min
V(6) =
=6
4
3
ae (6°)
*r=6ft
= 2887
=~ 904.78 The radius is 6 ft.
The volume is approximately 904.78 ft’.
There is an alternative way to solve this problem. Because the volume of the balloon depends on the radius and the radius depends on the time, there is a relationship between the volume and the time. We can determine that relationship by evaluating the formula for the
volume using r(t) = 0.3r as our input. This will give the volume of the balloon as a function of time.
4
ae V(r)(r) = =a V[r(d]
=
4
aml}
iy
* Replace r by r(t).
4
= —7 [0.3tP
° r(t) = 0.38
3}
= 0.0367f° The volume of the balloon as a function of time is V(t) = 0.03671. To find the volume of the balloon 20 min after the heater is turned on, evaluate this function at t = 20.
V(t) = 0.03677
V(20) = 0.0367 (20)?
©
+= 20min
= 2887 ut 904.78
This is exactly the same result we calculated earlier. The function V(t) = 0.0367? is referred to as the composition of V with r. The notation Vor is used to denote this composition of functions. That is,
(Vo r)(t) = 0.03600
Section 15.3 * Algebra of Functions
17
Definition of the Composition of Two Functions
Let f and g be two functions such that g(x) is in the domain of f for all x in the domain of g. Then the composition of the two functions, denoted by f° g, is the
function whose value at x is given by (f° g)(x) = f[g(x)].
The function defined by (f° g)(x) is called the composite of f and g. We read (f° g)(x) as “f circle g of x,” and we read f|[2(x)| as “f of g of x.” Consider the functions f(x) = 2x and g(x) = x°. Then (f° g)(3) = f[g(3) |means to evaluate the function f at (3).
g(3) = 3° =9
flg(3)] = £9) = 2(9) = 18 The function machine that is illustrated at the right shows
the composition of g(x) = x° and f(x) = 2x. Note that the
composite
function,
(fe g)() = flg(x)], uses the
output
function
of the
g(x) =x
square
as the
input of the double function f(x)
Dx.
.
(fog)(x) = fle(x)]
The requirement in the definition of the composition of two functions that g(x) be in the domain of f for all x in the domain of g is important. For instance, let 1
FC3
e(x) = 3x —5
and
eal
When x = 2,
g(2) = 32) -5=1 flg(2)]
= f(l) =
—
=
7
° , is not a real number
In this case, g(2) is not in the domain of f. Thus the composition is not defined at 2.
|a. Given f(x) = x + 3x — 4 and g(x) = 3x — 1, find f[g(1)]. i
g(x) = 3x - 1
* Find g(1).
g() = 3() - 1 =
+ g(l) =2
f(x)
=x
+ 3x -4
i =flgQ)]=[gQ)P + 3le)]—4 i
= 23 + 3(2) —4
i
=8+6-4
| — f[g(1)] = 10
+ Find f[e()] * Replace g(1) by 2.
18
Module 15 © More on Functions
b. Given f(x) = x? + 3x — 4 and g(x) = 3x — 1, find g[f(1)].
fQ@) =
+3x-4
- Find f(1)
fl) = 1° +301) -4=0
-~si)
=0
g(x) = 3x — 1
gif(1)] = 3[f()] - 1 = 3(0) - 1
* Find gf f(1) * Replace f(1) by 0
slf(1)] = -1
Given f(x) = 7° + 4x — 1 and g(x) = 2x + 3, find f[g(x)]. f(x)
=? +4x-1
fle@)] = [g@)P + 4[g@)] - 1
* Replace x by g(x)
= (2x + 3? + 4[2x + 3] -1 = [40° + 12x + 9] + [8x + 12] -1 fle)] = 4° + 20x + 20
+ Simplify
© g(x) =2x +3
}‘Focus on finding a composition of functions |
| Given f(x) = x° — 1 and g(x) = 3x + 4, find each composite function.
a flg2] | SOLUTION
b. glf@)]
| a.
g(x) = 3x4+4
|
(2) = 322)
|
fa) =x
+4 = 10
Find g(2)
-1
flg(2)] = [g2)P - 1 |
=10'=1
|
= 100-1
- Find f(¢(2) * Replace g(2)by 10
fl[g@)] = 99 b. |
g(x) = 3x +4 g| f(x) } = 3[f(x) ] +4
|
= 30 =
|
= 37° -3+4
1]+4
alf)] = 3° +1
« Replace x by fix).
°
fy
=xr-1
¢ Simplify
Check your understanding 4
Given g(x) = 3x — 2 and h(x) = x° + 1, evaluate each composite function.
a. g(h(0)] | SOLUTION
—b. ALg()] See page S-4.
a. g{h(0)] = 1
b. Alg(x)] = 9x7 — 12x + 5
Objective 15.3B Practice
For Exercises 1 to 4, use f(x) = 2x — 3 and g(x) = 4x — 1. 1. Find f[g(2)]. 11
2. Find g(f(—2)].
—29
Section 15.4 ° One-to-One and Inverse Functions
3. Find f[g(x)].
8x — 5
4, Find g[f(@)].
8x — 13
19
4
For Exercises 5 to 7, use f(x) = x + x.+ Land Ax), = 35 4
5, Find f{A(0)]. 6. Find f{A(x)].
7
7. Find h[f(x) ]. Solutions on pp. S-12—S-13.
SECTION
One-to-One and Inverse Functions Determine whether a function is one-to-one Recall that a function is a set of ordered pairs in which no two ordered pairs that have the same first component have different second components. This means that given any x, there is only one y that can be paired with that x. A one-to-one function satisfies the additional condition that given any y, there is only one x that can be paired with that y. One-to-one functions are commonly expressed by writing 1-1.
The function given by the equation y = |x| is not a 1-1 function since, given y = 2, there are two possible values of x, 2 and — /, that can be paired with the given y-value. The graph at the left illustrates that a horizontal line intersects the graph more than once. Just as the vertical line test can be used to determine whether a graph represents a function,
a horizontal line test can be used to determine whether the graph of a function represents a 1-1 function.
Horizontal Line Test
A graph of a function is the graph of a |—1 function if any horizontal line intersects the graph at no more than one point.
The graph of a function is shown at the right. Since any horizontal line will intersect the graph at no more than one point, the graph is the graph of a |—1 function.
20
Module 15 « More on Functions
The graph of a quadratic function is shown at the right. Note that a horizontal line can intersect the graph at more than one point. Therefore, this graph is not the graph of a
y
1-1 function. In general, f(x) = ax’ + bx + c, a # 0, is
Sea
pak
not a 1-1 function.
| |
Focus on determining whether a graph is the graph of a 1-1 function
|
| Determine whether the graph represents the graph of a 1-1 function. | | a. y b. | 4
| | |
46
Sg
tt
| SOLUTION a.
oy
* A vertical line can intersect the graph at more than one point. The graph does not represent a function.
|
| |
|
|
This is not the graph of a |—] function. * A horizontal line can intersect the curve at more than one point.
This is not the graph of a 1-1 function.
Check your understanding 1 Determine whether the graph represents the graph of a 1-1 function.
a.
| SOLUTION
y
See page S-4.
b.
Ey NaS
y
b. Yes
Section 15.4 e One-to-One and Inverse Functions
21
Objective 15.4A Practice
For Exercises 1 to 4, determine whether the graph represents the graph of a 1-1 function. Y es
22.
yy
No
Solutions on p. S-13.
Objective 15.4B
Find the inverse of a function The inverse of a function is the set of ordered pairs formed by reversing the coordinates of each ordered pair of the function.
For example, the set of ordered pairs of the function defined by f(x) = 2x with domain {—2, -1,0, 1,2} is {(—2, —4), (—1, -2), (0, 0), (1, 2), 2, 4)}. The set of ordered pairs of the inverse function is {(—4, — 2), (—2, —!), (0,0), (2, 1), (4 2)}. From the ordered pairs of f, we have
Domain = {—2, —1, 0, 1, 2}
and
Range = {—4, —2, 0, 2, 4}
From the ordered pairs of the inverse function, we have
Domain = {—4, —2, 0, 2, 4}
and
Range = {—2, —1, 0, 1,2}
Note that
| Find the inverse of the function {(—1, 3), (1, —2), (3, —3), (5, 4), (6, 5)}. ' Reverse the coordinates of each ordered pair. {(3. —1),
(—2,1),
(—3. 3), (4, 5), (5, 6)}
Now consider the function defined by g(x) = x° with domain {—2, —1, 0, 1, 2}. The set of ordered pairs of this function is {(—2, 4), (-1, 1), 0, 0), (1, 1), (2, 4)}. Reversing the coordinates of the ordered pairs gives {(4, —2), (1, -1), (0, 0), (1, 1), (4, 2)}. These ordered pairs do not satisfy the condition of a function because there are ordered pairs with the same first coordinate and different second coordinates. This example illustrates that not
22
Module 15 ® More on Functions
The graphs of f(x) = 2x and g(x) = x° with the set of real numbers as the domain are shown below.
FO) = 2x
ox) =
By the horizontal line test, f is a 1-1 function but g is not.
Condition for an Inverse Function
A function f has an inverse function if and only if f is a 1-1 function.
Note > important to note that f~! ymbol for the inverse on and does not mean ocal,”
(staal ear:
The symbol f “! is used to denote the inverse of a 1-1 function f. The symbol f ~'(x) is read “f inverse of x.”
f —'(x) does not denote the reciprocal of f(x) but is the notation for the inverse of a 1-1 function.
To find the inverse of a function, interchange x and y. Then solve for y.
Find the inverse of the function defined by f(x) = 3x + 6. Note » e ordered pairs of f are given , y), then the ordered pairs are given by (y, x). That ‘ and y are interchanged s shown in the equation = 3y + 6
f(x) = 3x + 6 Wee
D
Ores
300 Sa)
* Replace
f(x) by y
yes
Bh) se ©
* Interchange x and )
6 —
3y
¢
1 a 3
Solve
for
\
y
| fae)
a
a
=
~
Y
¢ Replace
.
;
Py
y by f
(x)
The inverse of the function is given by f ‘(x) = -
; | Focus
|
yx — 2.
on finding the inverse of a function
Find the inverse of the function defined by the equation f(x) = 2x — 4.
Section 15.4 ¢ One-to-One and Inverse Functions
23
SOLUTION
fe) Ss2x 4
y=2x-4
+ Replac
x=2y-4
* Intercha
2y=x+4
* Solve
f
1 Vee EA)
Lig ee 2
| Check your understanding 2 |
Find the inverse of the function defined by the equation f(x) = 4x + 2.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
The fact that the original function cludes the points middle, the points drawing a smooth
ordered pairs of the inverse of a function are the reverse of those of has a graphical interpretation. The function shown at the left below with coordinates (—2, 0), (—1, 2), (1, 4), and (5, 6). In the graph in with the reverse coordinates are plotted. The inverse function is graphed curve through these points, as shown in the rightmost figure.
Note that the dashed
the inthe by
graph of y = x is shown in the rightmost figure.
A special property relates the composition of a function and its inverse.
Cc
This property can be used to determine whether two functions are inverses of each other.
24
Module 15 ¢ More on Functions
| Are f(x) = 2x — 4 and 2a) = tx + 2 inverses of each other? _ To determine whether the functions are inverses, check that they satisfy the
_ Composition of Inverse Functions Property.
|
1
flee] = a5 e 2)a)
| 6slf@le_ er 4) +2
Bc
=x>-2+2
=A
=x
| Because fl g(x)] = x and g[ f(x)] = x, the functions are inverses of each other.
? Focus on determining whether two functions _ are inverses of each other
Are the functions defined by the equations f(x) = —2x + 3 and g(x) = —5x + 3 | inverses of each other? | SOLUTION
wis
1
if[ g(x) ] =Ff{——x
3
ll
| i)
ye
+ —
2;
> dp
“a Nile }
AU
¢ Check that the functions fand g satisfy the Composition of
2)
Inverse Functions Property
ae |N NS
ll é | ies) a Ww =x
* flg(x))
=x
=X
© glftx)] = x
The functions are inverses of each other.
_Check your understanding 3 | Are the functions defined by the equations h(x) = 4x + 2 and g(x) = ix —- 5 inverses of | each other? |
| SOLUTION
See page S-5.
Yes
|
y
The function given by the equation f(x) = 5x does not have an inverse that is a function. Two of the ordered-pair solutions of this function are (4, 8) and (—4, 8). The graph of f(x) = 5x is shown at the left. This graph does not pass the horizontal line Zi
test for the graph of a 1-1 function. The mirror image of the graph of f with respect to the graph of y = x is also shown. This graph does not pass the vertical line test for the graph of a function.
Section 15.4 ¢ One-to-One and Inverse Functions
Objective 15.4B Practice
1. Does the function {(1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), (4, 15)} have an inverse function? If so, find it.
Yes. {(0, 1), G, 2), (8, 3), (15, 4)}
2. Find the inverse function of f(x) = 4x — 8. 3. Find the inverse function of f(x)
2
==x+4. 2
f ‘(yj = rs ra)
3
f'(x~) = ae ve
. Use the Composition of Inverse Functions Property to determine whether h(x) = 4x —
1 and f(x) = tx ae 7hare inverses of each other.
Yes
. Use the Composition of Inverse Functions Property to determine whether (r=
—tx = 4and h(x) =
Solutions on pp. S-13—S-14.
—2x + | are inverses of each other.
No
25
. =
e
=
J
Solutions to Module 15
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
15
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 15.1
Check your understanding 1 0 (1) =0
x-coordinate:
a
aa
¢ Find y when
ie =
3
*a=1.b=0
x =
= (0? —2 =-2 The coordinates of the vertex are (0, —2).
The equation of the axis of symmetry is x = 0. ¢
Find
ordered-pair
valuesof x greater
*
Use symmetry
to find two
the other side of the
axis
t
more
of
points
on
symmetrs
Check your understanding 2 Because a > 0, the graph of g will open up. The coordinates of the vertex are J
7.
ge
a
=
2)
——=}
2
y = g(-2) = (-2)? + 4(-2) - 2 = -6 Find several ordered-pair solutions and then use symmetry to draw the graph.
The domain is {x|x € real numbers}. The range is {y|y = —6}. Check your understanding 3 f(x)
=x =x
0=
+ 2x -— 8 + 2x -
8
(x aif 4) (x =
x+4=0
x=-4
~—
* Replace f(x) by 0. 2) 2—
¢ Factor (0)
¢ Solve for
x
x=2
The coordinates of the x-intercepts are
(—4, 0) and (2, 0).
S-1
Solutior
to
Module 15
Check your understanding 4 y=xr-x-6 a=
1,b> c=
b —
4ac =
7-6
(- 1)? fe 4(1)(—6)
¢ Evaluate the discriminant
= 172425 The discriminant is positive. The parabola has two x-intercepts.
Check your understanding 5 fx) = 2x? + 3x - 1 0=2r+3x-1 x=
ee
* Replace f(x) by 0
id Se Ej 4(2)(—1)
;
¢ Use the quadratic
formula to solve for x
2(2) _
See
ee
Ot
4
VET
4 =>
The zeros are
17
i
and
Si
ere WAN
Z
;
Check your understanding 6 fx) = 4° — 8x +5 0=
4
—
8x+
5
* Replace f(x) by 0
—(-8) + V(—8)? — 4(4)(5)
Xs
eee
|
* Use the quadratic formula to solve for x
2(4) 8 + V64 — 80
7 =
8 ex
Wail
n=
8
i eeZ
1
8
1
= (leery
2D
1
The zeros are | — at and 1 + ar
Section 15.2
Check your understanding 1
b a 4
ie
ye 200) 74
¢ Find the x-coordinate of the vertex
ae
fig) = el 2
8 Because a is positive, the function has a minimum value. ete
:
1
The minimum value of the function is —¢.
Solutions to Module 15
Check your understanding 2 STRATEGY ¢ To find the time it takes for the ball to reach its maximum height, find the t-coordinate of the vertex. ¢ To find the maximum height, evaluate the function at the t-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION
PAS:
Die i
2a
64
5
2(—16)
The ball reaches its maximum height in 2 s.
s(t) = —16f° + 64¢
s(2)= —16(2)?+ 64(2) = —64 + 128= 64 The maximum height is 64 ft.
Check your understanding 3 STRATEGY ¢ Width of rectangle: x Length of rectangle: y Amount of fencing, F: 100 ft ¢ Express the length of the rectangle in terms of x.
TE
Die 5
100 = 2x + y
*
100 — 2x =y
F= 100
* Solve for y
Express the area of the rectangle in terms of x. A =xy
A = x(100 — 2x) A =
°
y= 100 — 2x
—2x* + 100x
° To find the width, find the x-coordinate of the vertex of f(x) = —2x? + 100x. * To find the length, replace x in y = 100 — 2x by the x-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION
= ey
b
100 =- meee) = 25
The width is 25 ft.
100 — 2x = 100 — 2(25) = 100 — 50 = 50 The length is 50 ft.
Section 15.3
Check your understanding 1 Given f(x) = x° + 2x and g(x) = 5x — 2,
Fe)
2) ct.s(=2) aera (a2) |+41 Kaela? = (4 — 4) + (-10 — 2)
(f+ g)(-2) = -12
S-3
S-4
Solutions to Module 15
Check your understanding 2 Given f(x) = x7 + 3 and g(x) = 3x — 5,
(f-g)(x) = FQ) - g(x) = (x7 + 3)x — 5) (f- g)(x) = 3x° — 5x2 + 9x — 15
Check your understanding 3 Given f(x) = ° — 4and g(x) =x? + 2x + 1,
i (‘)4)
f(4) g(4) i
47-4
eae i ~
le
16+ 841
F\ 4) = 2 (‘)Oe 25 Check your understanding 4 a. h(x) =x? +1 h(0) =
0? eal
—s
¢ Find h(0)
gx) = 3x = 2 § [h(0)] = 3[h(0)] —2 — « Find g{A(oy]
= 3(1) —2
* Replace A(0) by |
g[h0)] = 1 b.
h(x)
=x +1
h{ g(x)] = [g@)P + 1
* Replace x by g(x)
= 3x — 2)? +1
= 9-12
* Replace g(x)by 3x — 2
+4+1
Ale@)| = 99 = 12x +5
Section 15.4
Check your understanding 1 a.
Because any vertical line will intersect horizontal line will intersect the graph graph of a 1—1 function. b. Because any vertical line will intersect horizontal line will intersect the graph graph of a 1-1 function.
Check your understanding 2 fx) =4e +2 y=4x+2
* Replace f(x)by y.
x=4y+2
* Interchange x and y.
4y=x-
2
Slt TA 1s yea ees
p'Q) =48-5
* Solve for y.
the graph at no more than one point, and any at no more than one point, the graph is the the graph at no more than one point, and any
at no more than one point, the graph is the
Solutions to Module 15
S-5
Check your understanding 3 Check that the functions / and g satisfy the Composition of Inverse Functions Property.
The functions are inverses of each other.
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 15.1A
Vertex: (0, 2) Axis of symmetry: x = 0
S-6
Solutions to Module 15
3s
i
4
4.
Domain: {x|x © real numbers} 25 Range: {>Wes 4 Sh
Domain: {x|x € real numbers}
Range: {y| y = —7}
Objective 15.1B
1.
y=2-4 O=x-4 0 = (x — 2)@ + 2) x-2=0 x=2
x+2=0 5 eat
The x-intercepts are (2, 0) and (—2, 0). 2.
y=
eon
O= 3x + Ox 0 = 3xG +2) 3x = 0 x=0
x+2=0 Ko),
The x-intercepts are (0, 0) and (—2, 0).
Solutions to Module 15
3. y = 3x — 19x — 14 0 = 3x* — 19x — 14 0 =
Bx + 2)(« — 7)
3x +2=0
ae] = ()
3x = —2
x=7
Re
er
2
The x-intercepts are (~5,0)and (7, 0).
4.
y=x+
47-3
O=xr +4-3 a=1,b=4,c= —-3 —-b+Vb? — 4ac x=
2a
Aen
4-7 AI) (—3) 2(1)
7
—4 + V16 + 12
=-2+V7 The x-intercepts are (—2 + V7, 0) and (—2 — V7, 0).
Saya a
0=-2- 4-5 a=-1,b=-4,c=-5
pat alee Vb? — 4ac
2a
= SD) The equation has no real solutions. The parabola has no x-intercepts.
S-7
S-8
Solutions to Module 15
Objective 15.1C
1. f@) =x+3x+2 0=x+4+3x+2 0=(+ 2) 4+1) Sear 2 == 0
36 3a)
x=-2
ell
Mheizeros are-—2 and =|.
2. {G) = —3e + 4x — 1 0=
-3° + 4x -1
0 = (-3x + I(x - 1) = Bye 7e Il = @ =s37
x —1=0
S =|
x=1
a The zeros are yand ir
3.
fe) =r - 6x +9 0=r-6x+9
0 = (& — 3)(x — 3) x-—3=0
x-3=0
x=3
aie)
Thezero is 3. 4.
fe) = —-2P +x4+5 0= a=
—-2,b=1,c=5
—bh+Vb*
— 4ac
2a
The zeros are
1+
V41
4
and
ay
4
4
:
Solutions to Module 15
5.
f(x) =2°+3x+2
0= 2x + 3x+2 a=2,b=3,c=2
Se Abc =
2a
—3 + V3? — 4(2)(2)
e
2(2) —-3+ V9 a —- 16 a
—3+ V-7 Riga —3+iV7 eee The zeros are
Objective 15.2A
1.
3
4 +
f(x) =x -2x+3
Since a is positive, the function has a minimum value. The minimum value of the function is 2.
2. f(x) = —2x? + 4x - 3 ae
ton 2a
f(x) =
soni | 2(—2)
—2;? + 4x —3
f() = -2(1)? + 4(1) - 3
24+4—3=-1 Since a is negative, the function has a maximum value. The maximum value of the function is —1.
3. f(x) = -2x? + 4x -— 5 b
Nena f(x) =
27
4
(2D) + 47% —-—5
fl) = -2(1)? + 40) -5 = -2+4-5=-3 Since a is negative, the function has a maximum value. The maximum value of the function is —3.
S-9
S-10
Solutions to Module 15
f(x) = 2 + 3x — 8 b 3 a= = = i AO)
3 4
=
f(x) = 2x? + 3x - 8
Since a is positive, the function has a minimum value. Le
p
ileottl
3
The minimum value of the function is -*
Objective 15.2B
ik
STRATEGY
To find the time it takes for the diver to reach the maximum height, find the t-coordinate of the vertex.
To find the maximum height, evaluate the function at the t-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION
=
b
Peet
jn
7.8
aaoy
=
ee035
The diver reaches the maximum height in 0.8 s.
s(t) = —4.9P + 7.8t + 10 s(0.8) = —4.9(0.8)? + 7.8(0.8) + 10
—3.136 + 6.24 + 10 ~ 13.1 The maximum height is 13.1 m. STRATEGY
To find the price that will give the maximum revenue, find the P-coordinate of the vertex. SOLUTION
b 125 p= -— = -——~ = 250
A price of $250 will give the maximum revenue. STRATEGY
To find the maximum height, find the coordinate of the vertex and evaluate the function at that value. SOLUTION
h(t) = —16P + 90t + 15
=
Sy
b
=-—
90
EG
= 28125
h(2.8125) = —16(2.8125)* + 90(2.8125) + 15 = 141.6 The maximum height of the waterspout is 141.6 ft.
Solutions to Module 15
S-11
STRATEGY
To find the distance from one «: minimum height, find the x-coo: To find the minimum height, e\ SOLUTION
|). oe
bridge to the point at which the cable is at its the vertex.
the function at the x-coordinate of the vertex.
See 025)
The cable is at its minimum he
‘ from one end of the bridge.
h(x) = 0.25x? — 0.8x + 25
h(1.6) = 0.25(1.6)? — 0.8(1.6) = 0.64 — 1.28 + 25 = 24.36 The minimum height is 24.36 ft
Objective 15.3A
i
(f + g)(0) =f) + gO) = [2(0)?— 3] +
[-2(0)
=-3+4 1 (f+ g)(0) =1 ie
Bis!)
Gren
eel) 3
~ =2(-1) +4
pak BEG f
ial
|
(f- 2)(@) = (2x? — 3)(—2x + 4) = —4x° + 8x7 + Ox — 12 = [2? + 3(2) — 5] — [22 — 2) + 3]
=(4+6-—5]—([8-—4+3] =5—7 =-2
ie) (2)i= 92 N= 3)= f(—3) -2{-3) = 3)e + 3(—8) = Sliel 3) — 203) aes! = [9 —9 —5]-[-27+6+3]
=>) = 90
(f-g)(—3) = 90
(18
Solutions to Module 15
(—2)? + 3(-2) -—5 (—2)? — 2(-2) + 3
1.
las
=4(22)-1=8-1=7
ih Fag
~
ee
a
FO) =20)
— 3 = 14 -— 3 = 11
Ugeceal lesa Pe
cme
~~
flgG)] = fx — 1) 2(4x — 1) —3 Ree =
= 8
‘se = O)
flg@)] 4.
OK
f(x) = 2x —3 sif(x)]
= (2x - 3) 4(2x — 3) -1
eye — 1
= Il
he — 13}
gif) ]= Liem omy aN
Objective 15.3B
B=
| 1
S-12
8x — 13
3(0) +2 =0+2=2
f(2)
24241]
44241=7
Solutions to Module 15
6.
S-13
h(x) = 3x +2
f@ =x
xt 1
fih(x)] = fx + 2) = Bx + 2)? + Bx +2) +1
= 97 + 12x +4+3x+2+1
= 9x7 + 15x +7 flhk@)] = 9x7 + 15x +7 7
f®=r4+x4+1 h(x) = 3x + 2
Hp)peti: eres 1):= 3(x° +x + 1) +2 =37°4+3x+34+2 = 3x7 + 3x45
h[f(x) | Objective 15.4A
3° + 3x +5
1. The graph represents a !—1 function. . The graph does not represent a |—! function. It fails the horizontal-line test. . The graph represents a 1—1 function. we WwW >= .
Objective 15.4B
The graph does not represent a 1-1 function. It fails the horizontal-line test.
1. Yes. The inverse of {(1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), (4, 15)} is {(0, 1), (@, 2), (8, 3), (15, 4)}. ar
f(x) = 4x - 8 y=4x- 8 x=4y-8 x+8=4y
1
Sia)
4
The inverse function is f '(x) = ra + 2.
3.
fa) =x +4 aed
73,3 SS
2,
2 ee
ar
“(«4)= 3)
i
ay
: 3 The inverse function is f '(x) = a = 10),
S-14
Solutions to Module 15
4
oe
(i A x+i— 71 ——
f(h@)) = flax = 1) 1
= —(4x - 1) + — oe Dt Ye
l
4
]
fo
4
Se
The functions are inverses of each other.
5. g(h(x)) = g(—2x + 1)
No, the functions are not inverses.
MODULE
Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
SECTION 16.1
Exponential Functions
Objective 16.1A
Evaluate exponential functions
Objective 16.1B
Graph exponential functions
SECTION 16.2
Introduction to Logarithms
Objective 16.2A
Write equivalent exponential and logarithmic equations
Objective 16.2B
Use the properties of logarithms
SECTION 16.3 Objective 16.3A
SECTION 16.4
Graphs of Logarithmic Functions Graph logarithmic functions
Exponential and Logarithmic Equations
Objective 16.4A
Solve exponential equations
Objective 16.4B
Solve logarithmic equations
SECTION 16.5 Objective 16.5A
Applications of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions Solve application problems
2
Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
SECTION
Exponential Functions Objective
16.1A
Evaluate exponential functions Data suggest that since the year 2000, the number of Internet users worldwide has been increasing at a rate of approximately 17% per year. The graph at the right shows this growth. This graph depicts an example of exponential growth.
%
(=!oO
millions) (in users of Number Internet 246)
8) 1012
t
Years since 2000
Nuclear medicine physicians use radioisotopes for the diagnosis and treatment of certain diseases. One of the most widely used isotopes is technetium-
&g Ea
99m. One use of this isotope is in the diagnosis
za5
of cardiovascular disease. The graph at the right shows the amount of technetium-99m in a patient its injection injection into th the patient. tient. This This graph gra after its into de picts an example of exponential decay.
aa = es 0
2Tine 4 6Ga)kous) 8 10 12 14
ff
Definition of an Exponential Function The exponential function with base b is defined by
fis 2 where b > 0, b # 1, and x is any real number.
In the definition
of an exponential
function,
b, the base, is required to be posi-
tive. If the base were a negative number, the value of the function would be a com-
plex number for some values of x. For instance, the value of f(x) = (—4)* when x = 5is f(3) = (—4)2 = V—4 = 2i. To avoid complex number values of a function, the base of the exponential function is always a positive number.
Evaluate f(x) = 2" atx = 3 and x = —2. i f (3) =199 = 78
iGi
2)
oe:
* Substitute 3 for x and simplify
A
* Substitute —2 for x and simplify
To evaluate an exponential expression at an irrational number such as V2, we obtain an approximation to the value of the function by approximating the irrational number. For
instance, the value of f(x) = 4° when x = V2 can be approximated by using an approximation of V2.
2)
42 = A). 71029
Because f(x) = b* (b > 0,b # 1) can be evaluated at both rational and irrational numbers, the domain of f is all real numbers. And because b* > 0 for all values of x, the range of f is the positive real numbers.
Section 16.1
* Exponential Functions
3
|Focus on evaluating an exponential function | Evaluate f(x) = (5)" atx = 2 and x = —3. | SOLUTION
eae
ames
|Check your understanding 1 | Evaluate T)= (3) ee Se and x= 0, b # 1, is a 1-1 function.
Focus on graphing an exponential function
Graph.
a. f(x) =3%!
SOLUTION | a.
sp 9 Z 3 r 3
be f(x) = 2" - 1
6
Module 16 * Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
£I]wW ON] ]NWF
Check your understanding 4 | Graph.
a. f(x) =2°2
“SOLUTION
4
f@=?
+1
Bs ~~
See page S-1.
|
‘|
(|
| Focus on graphing a natural exponential function Der
“as f(x) =e"
Graph.
=e"
1
| SOLUTION
_ Check your understanding 5 \Grapa SOLUTION
wa bfG)e 2” -- 2 See page S-2.
Objective 16.1B Practice
I.
1. Graph: f@) =2"!
2Gephary = 6) 3. Graph: f(x) = 2* — 3 4, Graph: f(x) =»
7 3)
Logarithms base 10 are called common logarithms. We usually omit the base, 10, when writing the common logarithm of a number. Therefore, log), x is written log x. To find the common logarithm of most numbers, a calculator is necessary. A calculator was used to find the value of log 384, shown below.
The logarithms of most numbers are irrational numbers. Therefore, the value displayed on a calculator is an approximation.
log 384 ~ 2.584331224 When e (the base of the natural exponential function) is used as the base of a logarithm,
log, x is referred to as the natural logarithm and is abbreviated In x. This is read “el en x.” The equivalent exponential form of y = In x is e&” = x, Using a calculator, we find that In 23 ~ 3.135494216.
_ Focus on solving a logarithmic equation containing _ a natural logarithm | Solve Inx = —1 for x. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth. | SOLUTION
Inx = -1 |
Qo
= i
| 0.3679 ~ x
¢ Use In x = y is equivalent to e” = x
* Evaluate e7
| ‘The solution is 0.3679. | |Check your understanding 5 | Solve log x = 1.5 for x. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth.
| SOLUTION
See page S-2.
31.6228
Section 16.2 © Introduction to Logarithms
11
Objective 16.2A Practice
For Exercises | and 2, write the exponential equation in logarithmic form.
dees
Saipan 5 — 2
1 2. 47 = — 16
log, ae wale
For Exercises 3 and 4, write the logarithmic equation in exponential form.
5 jogs
1
ee. oN
a at
4. logx=y
OL
10° =x
For Exercises 5 and 6, evaluate the logarithm. 5. log, 49 2
6. log 0.001
—3
For Exercises 7 and 8, solve for x.
7. log,x=6
64
8. logs x = —2
|
ai
Solutions on p. S-8.
Objective 16.2B
Use the properties of logarithms Because a logarithm is an exponent, the properties of logarithms are similar to the properties of exponents. The table at the right shows some powers of 2 and
the equivalent logarithmic form of each. The table can be used to show that log, 4 + log, 8 equals log, 32. fog 4st logs = "2.43. = 5
a ;3s: ae
log, 4 = 2 log, 8 = 3
mn=
log, 32 =5
=
log, 16 = 4
log, 32 = 5 log, 4 + log, 8 = log, 32
Note that log, 32 = log,(4 x 8) = log, 4 + log, 8. The property of logarithms that states that the logarithm of the product of two numbers equals the sum of the logarithms of the two numbers is similar to the property of exponents that
states that to multiply two exponential expressions with the same base, we add the exponents. Take Note > Pay close attention to this theorem.
Product Property of Logarithms
Note, for instance, that this theorem states that
For any positive real numbers x, y, and b, b # 1,
log, (xy) = log,x + log,y
log;(4p) = log; 4 + log;p It also states that
EXAMPLES
It does not state any relationship
1. log,(9z) = log, 9 + log, z 2. log[(x — 2)(x + 3)] = log(x — 2) + log(x + 3)
that involves log,(x + y). This
3. In(xy) = Inx + Iny
logs 9 + logs z = logs(9z)
expression cannot be simplified.
The Product Property of Logarithms can be extended to more than two factors. For instance, log, (xyz) = log, x + log, y + log, z
12
Module 16 ® Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
To prove this property, let log, x = m and log, y = n.
Write each equation in its equivalent exponential form.
ee De ee viet De
Use substitution and the properties of exponents.
ay xy =
pate
Write the equation in its equivalent logarithmic form.
log, (xy) =m
+n
Substitute log, x for m and log,y for n.
log, (xy) = log, x + log, y
A second property of logarithms involves the logarithm of the quotient of two numbers. This property of logarithms is also based on the fact that a logarithm is an exponent and that to divide two exponential expressions with the same base, we subtract the exponents. Note
This theorem
>
is used to rewrite
sions such as log; —
that
= log; m —
Quotient Property of Logarithms log; 8
not state any relationship faces involves ———. log, \
This expression cannot be simplified.
x
For any positive real numbers x, y, and b, b # 1, log, — = log,x — log,y. J EXAMPLES
y if
log; —_—=
log; Sa
log;
11
M
all
De log ~ ike log(x + 1) — log(x — 1) 14
3. In— = In 14 — Inw
w
To prove this property, let log, x = m and log, y = n.
Write each equation in its equivalent exponential form.
fie la
Use substitution and the properties of exponents.
ee et e = oP x =
y=
pr
iy.
Write the equation in its equivalent logarithmic form.
log, -=m-—n
Substitute log,x for m and log, y for n.
log, a
y x
es
:
log, x — log, )
A third property of logarithms, especially useful in computing the power of a number, is based on the fact that a logarithm is an exponent and that the power of an exponential expression is found by multiplying the exponents.
Power Property of Logarithms
For any positive real numbers x and b, b # 1, and for any real number r, log, x” = r log, x. EXAMPLES
1. logjx = 5 log,x 2. log 3”! = 2x — 1)log 3
| 3, Inve = Inx? = 5 inx
Section 16.2 © Introduction to Logarithms
13
To prove this property, let log, x = m. Write the equation in its equivalent exponential form.
co,
Raise each side to the r power.
x = (p")"
Use the properties of exponents.
x =p”
Write the equation in its equivalent logarithmic form.
log, x =
Substitute log, x for m.
log, x’ = r log, x
The properties of logarithms can be used in combination to write a logarithmic expression in expanded form.
Focus on writing a logarithm in expanded form | | Write the logarithm in expanded form.
a.
log,(x°Vy)
i
b. In
YE
c. logsV xy
2
SOLUTION | a.
log, x + log, Vy
log, (x? Vy) =
boin
2
« Use the Product Property of Logarithms.
i1l
> a
log, aap
=
2 log, x +
log, y
*
log, }
= ing — In(yz*)2
Write
Vy
)
* Use the Power Property of Logarithms.
the( Quotient “nt ¢ Use > the
Proper Property
of
Logarithms Logarithms.
yz
=Inx—
(In y+
=Inx-
=Inx
In Zz)
¢ Use the Product Property of Logarithms.
(In yar 2 ihn z)
—Iny
2 In z
¢ Use the Power Property of Logarithms.
¢ Use the Distributive Property.
I Ce
loge V xy =
logg(x°y)?
* Write the radical expression as an exponential
|
expression
= > logs xy
* Use the Power Property of Logarithms.
= 7 (logs x : + logs y)
* Use Property of of Logarithms. Logarith se the the Product Product Property
= 48 logs xt+
* Use the Power Property of Logarithms.
=
3
a loge Dtdes
logs y)
|
B logs y
es
oe
e
¢ Use the Distributive Property.
Check your understanding 6 Write the logarithm in expanded form.
a.
x logs
SOLUTION
b. Iny3? See page S-3.
oe. logg\/xy? a. 2 log, x — log, y G
ul east 3
tee) line
| p 3 logy x + 3 logs y
The properties of logarithms are also used to rewrite a logarithmic expression that is in expanded form as a single logarithm.
14
Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
| Focus on writing a logarithmic expression as a single logarithm | Express as a single logarithm with a coefficient of 1. | a.
3 logsx + logs y— 2 log;z
b. 2(logyx + 3 log, y — 2 log, z) ]
OG 32 Inx ~ 4 Iny) | SOLUTION a. 3 log;x + logs y — 2 log; z =
logs x + logs Vea. logs Zz
* Use the Power Property of Logarithms
=
log; xy —
* Use the Product Property of
logs 2
ry
—n logs —
* Use the Quotient Property of
Logarithms.
Logarithms.
|b. 2(logyx + 3 log, y — 2 log, z) | |
| |
=
2(log, ets
log, y> =
=
3
2
a
2(log, xy
=
21 0 xy" 84 2
—
logy
ae
Sao
=
log, Zz)
¢ Use the Power Property of
Logarithms.
;
logy z )
* Use the Product Property of Logarithms *
vt
Use Use thethe QQuotient P Property I °
* Use the Power Property of
of
f | Logarithms I
Logarithms
‘es 2,6
xy |
=
ares
losg—
* Simplify the power of the exponential expression
|
32 Inx — 41ny) =
| =
1
2
]
3 a
—(In ae =
In y’)
3 In aa
¢ Use the Power Property of
Logarithms
* Use the Quotient Property of
Logarithms
yy =
2\1 cgn\ a 3/ X In oe ae In.” 7 \ 3 )y
¢ Use the Power Property of Logarithms. Write the exponential expression as a radical expression. I I
| Check your understanding 7 |
| Express as a single logarithm with a coefficient of 1. | a.
2 loge —
los, va logyz
| b. 3(logsx — 2 logs y+ 4 logs z) |
| c
{|
52 Inx — 5 In y)
|
x
| SOLUTION | es
See page S-3.
an loge
) yZ
rz
bilog,—— y
2
C. Iny
There are three other properties of logarithms that are useful in simplifying logarithmic expressions.
Section 16.2 © Introduction to Logarithms
15
Other Properties of Logarithms
Logarithmic Property of One For any positive real number b, b # 1, log, 1 = 0.
EXAMPLES 1. log; 1 =0
2. log 1 =0
3.
Inl=0
Inverse Property of Logarithms For any positive real numbers x and b, b # 1, log, b‘ = x and plote® =
EXAMPLES 1 loges?
x
4, 8i°8" = x
2.ei6e 104! =82=%1
3. Ine" = 2+
55 (EO = 2yacte 3
6. eae
|
d
1-1 Property of Logarithms For any positive real numbers x, y, and b, b # 1, if log, x = log,y, then x = y.
EXAMPLES 1. Tijog,(3x — 2) = log,(x + 4), then 3x —
2 =x + 4.
2. If In@? + 1) = In(2x), then x° + 1 = 2x.
Although only common logarithms and natural logarithms are programmed into a calculator, the logarithms for other positive bases can be found. _ Evaluate log; 22. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth.
Take Note > To evaluate
log
22
log 5
Tele on a scientific
| logs 22 =x 5* =
calculator, use the keystrokes
22 [log][+ |5 [loe][=]
5* =
log f=) 22
¢ Apply PP!) the common
log Dp
¢ Use the Power Property of
The display should read
1.9205727.
¢ Write the equation in its equivalent exponential form.
yx log 5=
y
log
« Write an equation 22
log 22
Xtina
log 5
logarithm to each side of the equation : | Logarithms
¢ This is an exact answer
x ~ 1.9206 i log; 22 =
1.9206
* This is an approximate answer.
In the third step of the preceding example, the natural logarithm, instead of the common logarithm, could have been applied to each side of the equation. As shown at the right, the same result would have been obtained.
Ss = 22 In 5* = In 22 xIn5 = In22 In 22
err:
1.9206
Using a procedure similar to the one used to evaluate log; 22, a formula for changing bases can be derived.
Change-of-Base Formula
16
Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
Focus on using the Change-of-Base Formula Evaluate log, 32. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth. SOLUTION
| log, 32=
In 32
281
ibe 7
=
1.7810
¢ Use the Change-of-Base Formula.
N
32,a
= 7,b=6e
_ Check your understanding 8 Evaluate log, 2.4. Round to the nearest ten-thousandth.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
0.6315
Focus on using the Change-of-Base Formula _ Rewrite f(x) = —3 log,(2x — 5) in terms of natural logarithms. | SOLUTION
f(x)
ll
—3 log, (2x — 5)
=
=
In(2x — 5)
SSS SS
* Use the
In7
3
=
—In(2x
—
In7
.
Change-of-Base Formula to rewrite
4
log;(2x
=
— 5) as
In
Tn 7
5)
Check your understanding 9 _ Rewrite f(x) = 4 logs(3x + 4) in terms of common logarithms. 4 SOLUTION
See page S-4.
log(3x + 4)
log
For the “Focus on” example above, it is important to understand that =
In(2x — 5)
and —3 log;(2x — 5) are exactly equal. If common logarithms had been used, the result would have been f(x) = = ig,7lone — 5). The expressions ~~ log (2x — 5) and —3 log,(2x — 5) are also exactly equal. If you are working in a base other than base 10 or base e, the Change-of-Base Formula will enable you to calculate the value of a logarithm in that base just as though that base were programmed into the calculator. Objective 16.2B Practice
For Exercises | to 3, write the logarithm in expanded form.
1. log,(fu?) s°
4 logy 1+ 2 logy u =
2. log oY
5 log s — 2 logt
33 loa( $5) logo x — 2 logy y — 3 logyz x
>
yZ For Exercises 4 to 6, express as a single logarithm with a coefficient of 1. 4. log, t+ log, v? —_log;(n”) 4 eas ay
4 logs lf =p
3 logs S af logs t
=
1
6. 3 logs Fe =
hoses y)
Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.
alee
logsy/ ‘
logs 3
:
Section 16.3 ¢ Graphs of Logarithmic Functions
17
SECTION
1 6.3
Graphs of Logarithmic Functions
Objective 16.3A
Graph logarithmic functions The graph of a logarithmic function can be drawn by using the relationship between the exponential and logarithmic functions.
To graph
g(x) = log, x, think
g(x) = log,x
of the function as the equation y = log, x.
y = log,x
Write the equivalent exponential equation. Because the equation is solved for x in terms of y, it is easier to choose
values
the corresponding
of y and
find
values of x.
The results can be recorded in a table.
Graph the ordered pairs on a rect-
angular coordinate system. Connect the points with a smooth curve.
x
=
2”
: a
29)
4
1 2
=|
1
0
:
1
Applying the vertical line and horizontal line tests reveals that g(x) = log, x is the graph of a 1-1 function. Recall that the graph of the inverse of a function f is the mirror image of the graph of f with respect to the line whose equation is y = x. The graph of f (x) = 2° was shown earlier. Be-
cause g(x) = log, x is the inverse of f(x) = 2", the graphs of these functions are mirror images of each other with respect to the line whose equation is y = x.
|B Graph: f(x) = log,x + 1 (aCe
log,x + 1
|
y = log,x + 1
aaa
1 =
bao
log, x
B= y
¢ Think of the function as the equation y = log, x + 1. ¢ Solve the equation for log, x. * Write the equivalent exponential equation.
_ Choose values of y, and find the corresponding values of x. Graph the ordered pairs on a
| rectangular coordinate system. Connect the points with a smooth curve.
18
Module 16 © Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
1
4 1
a 1 2
4
Focus on graphing a logarithmic function | Graph.
a. f(x) = log;x
b. f(x) = 2 log, x
SOLUTION |
| a.
f(x) =log,x Bi heae log; x
* Substitute
y=
¢ Write the equivalent exponential equation
)3%
y for f(x)
Choose values of y, and find the corresponding values of x. Graph the ordered pairs on a rectangular coordinate system. Connect the points with a smooth curve.
|Wl. woe
64
4 =O 4
x=
4
+
F
:
_Use the addition method to solve this system of equations. i
4x2 ae y =
is the same as the number of real
2
number solutions of the system
16
* Multiply equation
a
(2) by
—1 and add it to equation (1).
a
of equations.
By ant x
a
x=
Vil
¢ Solve for
+2
Pea ee =
a
2 at y’ = y
=
x
( -2)? + y ry: 0)
y
=
* Substitute the valuesof x into equation
(2), and solve for y.
0
! The solutions are (2, 0) and (—2, 0).
The graph of the system that was solved above is shown at the left. Note that the graphs intersect at two points.
:
‘Focus on solving a nonlinear system of equations using the substitution method
Solve: |
y= 2ittaede =1 y=
=e
Section 17.4 © Solving Nonlinear Systems of Equations
15
SOLUTION
(i)
v=2r — 3x — I
Cita
rt 5
2° — 3x -—1l=x-2x4+5
Use the substitution method to solve for x.
vr-—x-6=0
(x + 2)(x — 3) =0 x+2=0 = 2 y=27 y=
| =)
a
x=3
-3x-1
Substitute each value of x into equation (1) or equation (2)
yh 2)? ry 3(—2)
=
and solve for y. We will use equation (1).
y=8+6-1 y=
13
* When
25
= 13
y = 2x? -3x-1
y= 20); —33),— 1 Si Sal yy, =
all
8
«
When
a
3.
bat
The solutions are (—2, 13) and (3, 8).
Check your understanding 1 Solve: y = 2x7 +x-3 y=2x-2x+9
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
(4, 33)
Focus on solving a nonlinear system of equations using the addition method
Solve: 3x? —
2y’ = 26
voy
SOLUTION
(1)
Bx = 27 = 26
(2)
x =y=5 3x7 =
2y? =
=2x7 oe Dy =
x= x=
26
—-10
by
—2 and solve forx
16 +4
ein y = 5 (—4)? a
¢ Use the addition method. We will eliminate y. Multiply equation (2)
* Substitute each value of x into equation (1) or equation (2) and solve
y =5
for y. We will use equation (2)
16-y=5
=y = =11 y=11 =
xr
+\/] 1
x = —4,y ° When
=
—V1l
ory = VI11.
y’ =5
42 am y’ =5
16-y =5 sye= —11
y=11 y=
; +\/] 1
by
* When x = 4,y = —VI11 ory = V11.
The solutions are (—4, — V11), (—4, V11), (4,
-V11), and (4, V1).
16
Module 17 © Conic Sections
Check your understanding 2 Solve:
x — y= 10 a + ¥ =8
| SOLUTION
See page S-3.
No solution
Objective 17.4A Practice 1. Solve: y= 2x? -—x-1 y=2x+9
(—2, 5),5, 19)
2. Solvena? -F 2y? = 12
2x -—y=2 3. Solve: 2x* + 3y* = 30 eho 13 4. Solve:
CD
Aes ees)
(3, 2), 3,
—2),(
y= —P +x-1 y=x
+2x—-—2
Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.
(=. =.
IE
Solutions to Module 17
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
17
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 17.1
Check your understanding 1 b
1
2a
_
2(-1)
il
* Find the x-coordinate of the vertex.
2
y=axr txts |
:
4
D,
]
13
2
4
* Find the y-coordinate of the vertex.
The coordinates of the vertex
y
(3.3)
are
|5, 7}.
The equation of the axis of . I symmetry is x = 5.
Check your understanding 2 b
—4
pet
(S)
No
a
1
4(
1)
* Find the y-coordinate of the vertex
Ve aS
=
2(
x=
1)?
3
« Find the x-coordinateof the vertex
—]
The coordinates of the
y
vertex are (—1, —1). The equation of the axis of symmetry is y = —l.
Section 17.2
Check your understanding 1 Use the distance formula to find the radius.
© (x54)
r=V[3-— (—2)P + (5 — 3)?
ie
=(—2, 3), Gaye) = G,5)
WAS ch 2
r= VEF4
e
29
—
(aah) (x — 3)? + (y — 5)? = (V29)" ies)
The radiusis V29
> (hk) = B, 5), =
Check your understanding 2 xX + X2 Lo m ee 9)
Yin
Wai eee b 2)
monte =
Xm
Center:
1+ (-1) =
y)
=
1
——_——_
Ym
p)
(x,,, Yn) = (1, 0)
P= V(x) ix)
(1 = Yn)
r=V(-2- 17+ (0-=02 VoFT =2\/ 10
=
(0)
V29
S-1
S-2
Solutions to Module 17 Radius:
V10
(A) Aye) = 7 (x — 1)? + (y— 0? = (10)? (x — 1)? + y = 10 Check your understanding 3 vr +y— 4x + 8y + 15=0 (x? — 4x) + (y? 3p 8y) =
S115)
* Group terms
involving x and terms
involving \
(x? — 4x + 4) + (5? + 8y + 16)
(- 2) + (y+4)
Section 17.3
Center:
(2, —4)
Radius:
V5
—15
+ 4+
16
x
Il 5
Check your understanding 1
ey Aig
l
iZe
ne
=
x-intercepts: y-intercepts:
18
+—= 9
=;
1]
ea
(3-V2, 0) and (—3V2,0) y-intercepts:
(0, 3) and (0, —3) 1 (3v2 ae 45)
Check your understanding 2 WS Axis of symmetry: X-axis Vertices:
(3, 0) and (—3, 0) Asymptotes:
sae, SY 3
ble 2
2
el
yo 9 Axis of symmetry: y-axis Vertices:
(0, 3) and (0, —3) Asymptotes: y=xand y = —-x
reais
I
x-intercepts:
be
25
(\\
(0, 5) and (0, —S)
a
4.b
y
(2, 0) and (—2, 0)
the squareon
4x and y~
+ 8)
* Factor each trinomial
A
1. ==
© Complete
Te / 18,
)
Solutions to Module 17
Section 17.4
S-3
Check your understanding 1 (1)
y=2?+x-3
(2)
y=2?-2x+9
Use the substitution method. 27 -2x +9=2P +x -3
= Bie se O) = 3 ot 12 x=4 Substitute the value of x into equation (1). y=2r+x-3 y = 2(4)? + 4-3 Vi eee y = 33
The solution is (4, 33).
Check your understanding 2 (1)! a=?
(2)
= 10
x+y =8
Use the addition method. On 18
v7 =9
x=
+VO=
+3
Substitute the values of x into equation (2). et+y= P+y=8
P+y=8
ict y i 8
9+y=8 y=-l
9+y =8 y=-l
= asl y +V-1 y is not a real number. Therefore, the system of equations has no real number solutions.
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 17.1A
1. y=x+4x-4 b
4
a)
af
y= (-2) +4-2) —4=-8 Vettexs (0's)
Axis of symmetry: 2.
y=
a
x = —2
—-x + 2x -3
(1)
y = —(1)? + 2(1) - 3 = -2 Vertex: (1, —2)
Axis of symmetry: x = 1
S-4
Solutions to Module 17
Q-O--2
ee 1
Vertex: | = 1
Objective 17.2A
1.
ee eab by = (—2) = 3?
3. (x,1) = (1, 2), Gy) = (-1, 1)
d=Ve =x)" +
—
= V(-1- 1)? + @ — 2) =aV(=2)) + (=1)?
=V4+1 SVG
(- A? + -R2= 7 [x - (-1)P + & - 12 = (V5) (e+ 1)?+(1) =5
Solutions to Module 17.
S-5
4. The endpoints of the diameter are (—1, 4) and (—5, 8). The center of the circle is the midpoint of the diameter. (x1, 1) ia (-1,4)
a
(x, y>) =
xX +X
m
_ Nt
D
a
Ym
ois
A
(5! 8)
(—5)
2
p
_4+8
“)
The center of the circle is (—3, 6). The radius of the circle is the length of the segment connecting the center of the circle (—3, 6) to an endpoint of the diameter. Use
either (—1, 4) or (—S, 8). i ae Vx, ae sel fN(e
Ym)
r= V(-1 - (-3))? + 4 - 6) r=V4+4
.
Write the equation of the circle with center
(—3, 6) and radius V8: (x + 3)? + (y — 6) Objective 17.2B
xrt+y— 4+ 8y+4=0 (x? — 4x) + (y? + 8y) = -4
1.
Orne 4r
4) ay + Sy
16)
Il
( — 2)? + (+ 4)?
-4+4+16 16
Center: (2, —4) Radius: 4
x + y — 6x + 10y + 25 = 0
(x? — 6x) + (y? + 10y) = —25
(? — 6x + 9) + (y?+ 10y + 25)
—
(x — 3)? + (y + 5)?
9
Center: (3, —5) Radius: 3
yao
an 5)
S-6
Solutions to Module 17
3:
x+y?
— 10x + 8y + 40 =0
(x? — 10x) + (y? + 8y) = —40
(x?— 10x + 25) + (7 + 8y + 16) = —40 + 25 + 16 @-—5)?+(y+4’?=1 Center: (5, —4) Radius: |
Objective 17.3A
1. x-intercepts: (5, 0) and (—5, 0) y-intercepts: (0, 4) and (0, —4)
2. x-intercepts: (4, 0) and (—4, 0) y-intercepts: (0, 6) and (0, —6)
Objective 17.3B
1. Axis of symmetry: x-axis Vertices: (5, 0) and (—5, 0)
2 2 Asymptotes: y = 5* andy = are
2. Axis of symmetry: y-axis Vertices: (0, 2) and (0, —2)
1 ] Asymptotes: y = ae and y = ae
Solutions to Module 17
Objective 17.4A
1. (1) QQ)
y=x-x-1 y= 2x+ 9
Use the substitution method. y=
r-x-1
x+9=x-x-1 0 =x
-— 3x -
10
0 = & — 5)(x + 2) 2a
SO
ar
x=5
2 =o) x=-2
Substitute into equation (2).
y=2x+9
y=2x+9
y = 2(5) +9
y=2(—2) =9
y=10+9
y=-4+9
y=
y=5
19
The solutions are (5, 19) and (—2, 5).
25) Qh) Qs
ata Va 26 y= 2
Solve equation (2) for y.
2
y= 2 Ve y=2x-2
Use the substitution method.
ey
1D
More — 2) = 12 x? + 2(4x° — 8x + 4) = 12 x + 8x — 16x + 8 = 12 9° — 16x -4=0 (x — 2)(9x + 2) =0 ia)
5)
9x +2=0
x=2
9x = —2
ut, Oe
omer Substitute into equation (2).
ah
=
Dye — ii) =
2(2) -y=
2
4-y=2 =)
»
=
y
=
a
Aha manic’ =?)
4 dics econ
we eects CG 22 ie
: The solutions are (2, 2) and
2 WY Boe tg.)
9
S-7
S-8
Solutions to Module 17
3. Cl)
“2x
(2)
= 30
ey
is
Use the addition method. Multiply equation (2) by —2. 2x° + 3y’ = 30
—2;7 — 2y? = —26 y=4 y= +V4=
42
Substitute into equation (2).
x ay 1B
r+y=13
r+P7=e PASS
xv? + (-2)? = 13 Feet Ale |3
x =9
2 =9
x=+V9
Ke
ee
5 auece
ENO
The solutions are (3, 2), (3, —2), (—3, 2), and (—3, —2). 4-1)
y=—-v?+x-1
(2)
y=xr+2x-2
Use the substitution method. Vx
eo
peel
a
2¢
x=
ed
1=0
(2x — 1)@+ 1)=0 wo
il =
war lS
2x = | x=>
x=-!1
2
Substitute into equation (2). Mee
ado
2
=
(=|)
sf G)
462
Se
l
Si)
(5)
=
1
ols
ree
C1)
Pa?
2
in)
ii
3}
ee
The solutions are € -3)ands (Gallpaa)):
2
MODULE
18
Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
SECTION 18.1
Introduction to Sequences and Series
Objective 18.1A
Write the terms of a sequence
Objective 18.1B
Evaluate a series
SECTION 18.2 Objective 18.2A
Arithmetic Sequences and Series Find the nth term of an arithmetic sequence
Objective 18.2B
Evaluate an arithmetic series
Objective 18.2C
Solve application problems
SECTION
18.3
Geometric Sequences and Series
Objective 18.3A
Find the nth term of a geometric sequence
Objective 18.3B
Find the sum of a finite geometric series
Objective 18.3C
Find the sum of an infinite geometric series
Objective 18.3D
Solve application problems
SECTION 18.4 — Binomial Expansions Objective 18.4A
Expand (a + b)’
2
Module 18 © Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
SECTION
Introduction to Sequences and Series Obico-\ ve 18.1A_
Write the terms of a sequence An investor deposits $100 in an account that earns 10% interest compounded annually. The amount of interest earned each year can be determined by using the compound interest formula. The amount of interest earned in each of the first four years of the investment is shown below.
ac The list of numbers 10, 11, 12.10, 13.31 is called a sequence. A sequence is an ordered list of numbers. The list 10, 11, 12.10, 13.31 is ordered because the position of a number in this list indicates the year in which the amount of interest was earned. Each of the numbers of a sequence is called a term of the sequence.
Examples of other sequences are shown at the right. These sequences are separated into ; two groups. A finite sequence contains a fi-
SD eee) Finite L 2h dycts OO, Tee sequences Ll mela eal
nite number of terms. An infinite sequence contains an infinite number of terms.
1. Se5e3 2 lest.
Infinite
eo ae 1 Pep Ono. eee For the sequence at the right, the first term is 2, the second term is 4, the third term is 6, and the fourth term is 8.
2 Wy Ob.B; bee
A general sequence is shown at the right. The first term is a,, the second term is a, the third term is a3, and the nth term, also called the general term of the sequence, is a,,. Note that each term of the sequence is paired with a natural number.
OO
sequences
in Oy sear Ohya c
Frequently, a sequence has a definite pattern that can be expressed by a formula.
Each term of the sequence shown at the right is paired with a natural number by the
a = 3n
formula a, = 3n. The first term, a), is 3. The
Qj,
second term, a>, is 6. The third term, a3, is 9. The nth term, a, is 3n.
aM ae a )
An, >
«+25
3, ap
usiehers
An,
Spor a PUR on
5 Focus on writing the terms of a sequence Write the first three terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula || a,=2n—-1 n si
Section 18.1
¢ Introduction to Sequences and Series
| SOLUTION
d, = 2n—
'
1
aie 21) Sal =e
| ad) = 2(2) a3 >=
| | The
* Replacen by 1
—-1=3
= Replacenby 2
(3) —-1]=5
* Replace
n by 3
first term is 1, the second term is 3, and the third term is 5.
Check your understanding 1 Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula | a, = n(n + 1). |
| SOLUTION
See pageS-1.
2.6. 12. 00
_ Focus on finding specific terms of a sequence | Find the eighth and tenth terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula | an =
7
iis
SOLUTION
on ay
05° Il
|
8
|
10
aio =
four
* Replace 1 by 8
9
=
ei
| ag =
10
= TL
.
* Replacen by 10
alice,
10
The eighth term is 9, and the tenth term is |;
Check your understanding 2 Find the sixth and ninth terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula aon
n(n + 2)°
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
de =
a
=
Objective 18.1A Practice
1. Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by C= 0, “RSet 2. Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by
Geli
incl3 Sy 7.
3. Write the first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by
acl n
7
n
ae
es 1
.
2
a
1 4
5
For Exercises 4 and 5, find the indicated term of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula.
4. a,=n(n — 1);a,,
Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.
110
3
4
Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
Objective 18.1B
Evaluate a series At the beginning of sequence 10, 11, 12.10, to represent the amount in each of 4 years of an
this section, the 13.31 was shown of interest earned investment.
The sum of the terms of this sequence represents the total interest earned by the investment over the 4-year period.
SIO), SUI, W220), is).3)I
10 + 11 + 12.10 + 13.31 = 46.41 The total interest earned over the
4-year period is 546.41.
The indicated sum of the terms of a sequence is called a series. Given the sequence 10, 11, 12.10, 13.31, the series 10 + 11 + 12.10 + 13.31 can be written. S,, is used to indicate the sum of the first n terms of a sequence. For the preceding example, the sums of the series S;, S5, $3, and S, represent the total interest earned after 1, 2, 3, and 4 years, respectively. For the general sequence a, >, a3, ..., a,, the series S,, S5, $3, and S, are shown at the right.
S,= 10 = 10 S,=10+11 =21 S; = 10 + 11 + 12.10 = 33.10 S, = 10 + 11 + 12.10 + 13.31 = 46.41 S; =a, S,=a,+a S, = a, + a + a,
S,n = @ + G + a,45 > 2°
a,
It is convenient to represent a series in a compact form called summation notation, or
sigma notation. The Greek letter sigma, ©, is used to indicate a sum. The first four terms of the sequence whose nth term is given by the formula a, = 2n are 2, 4, 6, 8. The corresponding series is shown at the right written in summation notation and is read “the summation from 1 to 4 of 2n.” The letter n is called the index of the summation.
To write the terms of the series, replace n by the consecutive integers from | to 4. The series is 2 +4+
6+
8.
The sum of the series is 20.
Take Note > The placement of the parentheses in part (a) is important. Note that 3
al i=]
= 2(1) + 2(2) + 2(3) - 1
=2+4+4+6-1=11
This is not the same result that was obtained by evaluating
dei — 1),
4 n=1
S2n = 2(1) + 2(2) +28) + 2@) n=1
=2+4+6+8 = 20
Focus on evaluating a series 3 Evaluate the series. a. >) (2i — 1) t=]
SOLUTION 3
ac
ndS}Q7t= i) i=1
= (20)= 1) 2G) = Wh i26)—-1] II Lt. 3:555:
9
* Replace i by 1, 2, and 3. ¢ Write the series. ¢ Find the sum of the series.
Section 18.1
¢ Introduction to Sequences and Series
n=3
1
1
1
i
59) st 5 (4) ale 5 (5) + 5 (6)
|
3
=
5)
D qr fF Se » ae 3}
* Replace n by 3, 4, 5, and 6. * Write the series
=~9
¢ Find the sum of the series.
Check your understanding 3 |
4
| Evaluate the series. |
6
a. (7 — n)
Doo
r I
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
>
eee
\l Ww
a. 18
b. 78
| ==
|
Focus on writing Sie
a summation in expanded form
Write »} x' in expanded form. |
=a
|
| SOLUTION ip ao | > Mean
te ter txt
: we
* This is a variable series. Replace i by 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
i=1
| Check your understanding 4 | 5
Write ~ nx in expanded form. n=1
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
Cox
+ 3x + 4x + 5x
Objective 18.1B Practice For Exercises | to 3, evaluate the series.
1.
(2n +3) 45
Solutions on p. S-7.
5
6
Module 18 ° Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
18.2 SECTION
Objective 18.2A
Arithmetic Sequences and Series
|
Find the nth term of an arithmetic sequence A company’s expenses for training a new employee are quite high. To encourage employees to continue their employment with the company, a company that has a 6-month training program offers a starting salary of $1600 per month and then a $200-per-month pay increase each month during the training period. The sequence below shows the employee’s monthly salaries during the training period. Each term of the sequence is found by adding $200 to the previous term.
|
etic sequence is a type of sequence, one in
h the difference between successive terms is the constant. For instance, 5, 20, 25, .. . iS an arith-
etic sequence. The difference sen any two successive is 5. The sequence 1, 4, 9,
The sequence 1600, 1800, 2000, 2200, 2400, 2600 is called an arithmetic sequence. An arithmetic sequence, or arithmetic progression, is a sequence in which the difference between any two consecutive terms is constant. The difference between consecutive terms is called the common difference of the sequence. Each ee
is not an arithmetic seuence because 4 — 1 # 9 — 4.
Pie Si
shown below is an arithmetic ee
PNW OP, cos il, 8h =a
7 ik, 2 2. Ee Sh p, 2 2,
a
te cont
as
Common difference: 45 Common difference:
— 2?
Common difference:
| — 2
Consider an arithmetic sequence in which the first term is a, and the common difference is d. Adding the common difference to each successive term of the arithmetic sequence yields a formula for the nth term.
The first term is qj.
a, =a,
To find the second term, add the common difference d to the first term.
a=a,+d
To find the third term, add the common difference d
a;=a+d=
to the second term.
a, =a, + 2d
To find the fourth term, add the common difference
d to the third term. Note the relationship between the term number and the number that multiplies d. The multiplier of d is
1 less than the term number.
(a, +d)t+d
a4=a,+d=(a,+
2d) +d
a, = a, + 3d
a, =a, + (n—1)d
Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence The nth term of an arithmetic sequence with a common difference of d is given by
Gp
apace)
a:
Section 18.2 © Arithmetic Sequences and Series
7
Focus on finding a term of an arithmetic sequence Find the 27th term of the arithmetic sequence —4, —1, 2,5,8,.... SOLUTION
d=a,-—a,=-1—a, = a, + (n =
(-4) =3
* Find the common difference.
1)d
* Use the Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence
ay, = —4 + (27 — 1)3 |
= =4+
* n=
27,a,=
—4,d=3
(26)3
= —-4+ 78 = 74
Check your understanding 1 Find the 15th term of the arithmetic sequence 9, 3, —3, —9,....
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
—75
Focus on finding a formula for the nth term of an arithmetic sequence Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence See apply Sakisbress,ane SOLUTION
d=a-a,=-1On
(—5) 4
* Find the common
iy eg (n ap I)d
* Use the
* a
a, = —5 + (n— 1)4
difference
Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence.
5,d=4
a, = —-5 + 4n-— 4 a, = 4n — 9
Check your understanding 2 Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence —3, 1,5,9,....
| SOLUTION
See page S-2.
a,
=4n —7
"Focus on finding the number of terms in an arithmetic sequence Find the number of terms in the finite arithmetic sequence 7, 10, 13,..., 55. SOLUTION d=
Cm
Oy =O
55 = 7+
aS
LO
Ae (n =
7tsr3
¢ Find the common difference.
l)d
¢ Use the Formula for the nth Term of an Arithmetic Sequence.
aoindiee
w= 1)3
55=7+ 3n-3 55 =3n+4
I, d =
* Solve for n
51 = 3n 17 =n There are 17 terms in the sequence.
Check your understanding 3 Find the number of terms in the finite arithmetic sequence 7,9, 11,..., 59.
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
27
8
Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
Objective 18.2A Practice
1. Find the 20th term of the arithmetic sequence 3, 8, 13,.... 98 2. Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence L54ee et eee, Ort 2 3. Find the formula for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence 26, 1656555. 2, = —10n +/36 4. Find the number of terms in the arithmetic sequence 2,0, —2,..., —56.
30
Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.
Ohiective 18.2B
Evaluate an arithmetic series The indicated sum of the terms of an arithmetic sequence is called an arithmetic series. The sum of an arithmetic series can be found by using a formula.
Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series
Let a, be the first term of a finite arithmetic sequence, let n be the number of terms, and let a, be the last term of the sequence. Then the sum of the series S,,
is given by S, = n5 (a, + a,).
Each term of the arithmetic sequence shown at the right was found by adding 3 to the previous term.
I Oy e550 4 MEAD
Each term of the reverse arithmetic sequence can be found by subtracting 3 from the previous term.
LOL
MA re 5 Sue
This idea is used in the following proof of the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series. Let S,, represent the sum of the series.
S. =
aya Fd) oe Gp 2d) saa,
Write the terms of the sum of the series in reverse order. The sum is the same.
Sian d) cllanni2d) thar ote Add the two equations. DIS a (a + ay) + (a + a) at (a, Fri) dense+ (a, 1G)
Simplify the right side of the equation by using the fact that there are n terms in the sequence.
2S, = n(a, + a,) Solve for S,,. nN Se
=o
5 (a,
ah ,)
| Focus on finding the sum of n terms of an arithmetic sequence Find the sum of the first 10 terms of the arithmetic sequence 2, 4,6, 8,....
Section 18.2 ¢ Arithmetic Sequences and Series
9
SOLUTION d=a,-a,=4-2=2
* Find the common difference.
Os =) Be (n ar ld dy = 2+ (10 fas 1)2
* To find the 10th term, use the Formula for the nth Term of an \rithmetic Sequence.
| in S22vt1(9)2
|
sSigeite20 Sy, =
|
|
n > (a, ae Ap)
¢ Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series
10
| Sto = 5 2 JOO 0)=05(22) 0S
0
et
?
10).ay = 250;
S20
| Check your understanding 4 | Find the sum of the first 25 terms of the arithmetic Sequence) 4a) | |
| SOLUTION
See page S-2.
ieee
eee
500
| Focus on evaluating an arithmetic series 25
| Evaluate the arithmetic series SHE aaah |
n=1
SOLUTION
Gai orca Qi
3(1) +1=4
| @o5 = 3(25) + 1= |
¢ Find the first term
76
n
Sain 2 (a, a a,)
* Find the 25th term
* Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series.
25 | So5 =
mG
St 76)
|
= 25=> (80 (0)
|
flys BOCO
wa
Gh
76
| Check your understanding 5 18
Evaluate the arithmetic series 5) (3n — 2). n=1
L SOLUTION
See page S-2.
477
Objective 18.2B Practice 1. Find the sum of the first 50 terms of the arithmetic sequence 1,3,5,....
2500
1 2. Find the sum of the first 27 terms of the arithmetic sequence > he oer:
189
15
3. Evaluate the arithmetic series
5)(3i — 1). tA
Solutions on p. S-8.
345
10
Module 18 © Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
Objective 18.2C
Solve application problems
| Focus on solving an application involving an arithmetic sequence | The distance a ball rolls down a ramp each second is given by an arithmetic sequence. _ The distance in feet traveled by the ball during the nth second is given by 2n — 1. Find the distance the ball will travel during the first 10 s. STRATEGY
To find the distance: * Find the first and tenth terms of the sequence. | © Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series to find the sum of the first 10 terms. SOLUTION
a, = 2n — 1 a,
=
2(1)
aio
=
2(10)
S, = =(a, n
n
2 (a,
an | = =
+
1 =
| 19
a,)
10 he ball will roll 100 ft during the first 10 s.
Check your understanding 6 A contest offers 20 prizes. The first prize is $10,000, and each successive prize is $300 less than the preceding prize. What is the value of the 20th-place prize? What is the total amount of prize money that is being awarded? SOLUTION
See page S-3.
20th-place prize: $4300; total amount being awarded: $143,000
Objective 18.2C Practice 1. The distance that an object dropped from a cliff will fall is 16 ft the first second, 48 ft
the next second, 80 ft the third second, and so on in an arithmetic sequence. What is the total distance the object will fallin 6s? 576 ft 2. A display of cans in a grocery store consists of 20 cans in the bottom row, 18 cans in the next row, and so on in an arithmetic sequence. The top row has 4 cans. Find the
total number of cans in the display.
108 cans
Solutions on p. S-9.
18.3 | SECTION
Objective 18.3A
Geometric Sequences and Series Find the nth term of a geometric sequence An ore sample contains 20 mg of a radioactive material with a half-life of 1 week. The amount of the radioactive material remaining in the sample at the beginning of each week can be determined by using an exponential decay equation.
Section 18.3 * Geometric Sequences and Series
11
The following sequence represents the amount in the sample at the beginning of each
week. Each term of the sequence is found by multiplying the preceding term by . Week
1
Amount
20
The sequence 2(), 10, 5, 2.5. |.25 is called a geometric sequence. A geometric sequence, or geometric progression, is a sequence in which each successive term of the sequence is the same nonzero constant multiple of the preceding term. The common multiple is called the common ratio of the sequence. Take Note >
Each of the ice, shown below is a geometric ae
Geometric sequences are different from arithmetic sequences. For a geometric sequence, every two successive terms have the same ratio. For an arithmetic sequence, every two successive terms have the same difference.
3). (Oy, ND, Daa
Common ratio: 2
Aeon
Common ratio; —3
1
— tS S24. ...
2)
Hat:
ol
2
6, 4, S ae os oe 3) Oy wy
Common ratio: — 5
Consider a geometric sequence in which the first term is a, and the common ratio is r. Multiplying each successive term of the geometric sequence by the common ratio yields a formula for the nth term. The first term is a.
a; = ay
To find the second term, multiply the first term by the common ratio r.
a, = ar
To find the third term, multiply the second term by the common ratio r.
a3 = (a)r = (ar)r a, = ar
To find the fourth term, multiply the third term by the common ratio r.
a, = (a)r = (ar)r Gear
Note the relationship between the term number and the number that is the exponent on r. The exponent on r is | less than the term number.
a = ay
Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence The nth term of a geometric sequence with first term a, and common ratio r is
given by a, = a,r""!.
8 4
9 Find a formula for the nth term of the geometric sequence 5, 3, z,.... 5: an 3 i
eS
Ce
ata
(oie
3
an
8)
ratio.
¢ Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence. |
5(2)
5
* Find r, the common
* a, =5,7=
:
12
Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
_ Focus on finding a term of a geometric sequence | Find the sixth term of the geometric sequence 3, 6, 12,....
| SOLUTION |r=2=
os #
a
3
| a, = ar"
ag
* Find the common ratio. * Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence to find the sixth term
= SQ)?
*n=6,a,=3,r=2
= 3(2)° = 3(32)
| |
= 96
| Check your understanding 1 |Find the fifth term of the geometric sequence 5, 2, g, oe _ SOLUTION
See page S-3.
=
= |
Focus on finding a term of a geometric sequence Find a, for the geometric sequence 8, a), a3, 27,....
_ SOLUTION Ca
ar
a4
ar
| |
¢ Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence to find the
rel =
| 2
common
ratio.
Seas
bey)
r
¢ Solve for7
The first and fourth terms are known.
27,4
Substitute 4 for n.
fa)
|
| an | = | 8 eee 2 i
¢
|
Q\
| a=8
Z
|
~
‘
:
Take the cube root of each side of the equation
3-1
* Use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence to find a3. n = 3, a,
=6,F
3
_ Check your understanding 2 | Find a; for the geometric sequence 3, a), a3, —192,.... | SOLUTION
See page S-3.
48
Objective 18.3A Practice
1. Find a formula for the nth term of the geometric sequence By 12 0AS. ae oe 2. Find a formula for the nth term of the geometric sequence
oe
PEoie Ode
Om
= (3)
wee
9
Section 18.3 ¢ Geometric Sequences and Series
;
;
:
9
3. Find the eighth term of the geometric sequence 4, 3, 1
: ‘ 27 4. Find a, and a; for the geometric sequence 8, a), a3, “grt
13
2187
tebe
9 6, :
Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.
Objective 18.3B
Find the sum of a finite geometric series The indicated sum of the terms of a geometric sequence is called a geometric series. The sum of a geometric series can be found by a formula.
Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series
Let a, be the first term of a finite geometric sequence, let n be the number of terms, and let r be the common ratio, r # 1. Then the sum of the series S,, is
given by S, =
a,
=
r)
aie
| Focus on finding the sum of n terms of a finite geometric sequence Find the sum of the first five terms of the geometric sequence 2, 8, 32,.... SOLUTION
a,
8
r=—=-—=4
|
* Find the common
ratio
Cae, ad
met r’)
Sh = Tai
a
¢ Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series.
76 pec
a)
| —4 _ 201 — 1024)
n=
5. a
2,r=4
=3 5 21023) = _ —2046 =i) = 682
Check your understanding 3 Find the sum of the first eight terms of the geometric sequence I, 3, i Mek: SOLUTION
See page S-4.
1640
5187
14
Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
_ Focus on evaluating a finite geometric series |
7
i
_ Evaluate the geometric series >(5) : i=]
| SOLUTION
|
oN rs
ake
3
Tae
* To find a,, let? =
.
* ris the base of the exponential expression
3 Gi Si =
|
e—ore
at eet
sane
1
* Use the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series
a ici iege tee 2 A Vee
Sy =
2
2187
=
aa?
|
| —
en
7, ay
3 }
3
=
3
3
see BA DBT ne 448 t
2187
3
_ Check your understanding 4 a)
Evaluate the geometric series > (5). n=1
| SOLUTION
3]
See page S-4.
Objective 18.3B Practice
1. Find the sum of the first seven terms of the geometric sequence =A V2 50. Bie 2188 2. Evaluate:
é
3) 1995
(3
8 3. Evaluate:
Dyce
9840
n=1
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
Objective 18.3C
Find the sum of an infinite geometric series When the absolute value of the common ratio of a geometric sequence is less than 1, |r| < 1, then as n becomes larger, r’ becomes closer to zero, Examples
of geometric
sequences
for
il. a a : ’ : ‘
which |r| < 1 are shown at the right. As the number of terms increases, the abso-
lute value ofthe last term listed gets closer
3.9 ie
ree
27 81 243
rds ee
lige!
DEESENG
1
Sle
to zero. The indicated sum of the terms of an infinite geometric sequence is called an infinite geometric series.
Section 18.3 * Geometric Sequences and Series
An example of an infinite geometric series is shown at the right. The first term is 1.
1 3
@
ea *7
15
1 1 Bil zh243 i
The common ratio is ;.
The sums of the first 5, 7, 12, and 15 terms, along with the values of 7’, are shown at the right. Note that as n increases, the sum
1.4938272
0.0041152
of the terms gets closer to 1.5, and the value of 7” gets closer to zero.
1.4993141 1.4999972
0.0004572 0.0000019
1.4999999
0.0000001
Using the Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric Series and the fact that 7’ approaches zero when |r| < 1 and n increases, a formula for the sum of an infinite geometric series can be found.
The sum of the first n terms of a geometric series is shown at the right. If |r| < 1, then 7’ can be made
Approximately a
very close to zero by using larger and larger values of n. Therefore,
the sum
of the first n terms
is
approximately Ss mea
a, — 7’) Sn =
ay
eee
a,
0) Des
Formula for the Sum of an Infinite Geometric Series
The sum of an infinite geometric series in which |r| < 1, r # 0, and a, is the first term, is given by S = i
a
i
When |r| = 1, the infinite geometric series does not have a finite sum. For example, the sum of the infinite geometric series | + 2 + 4 + 8 + --- increases without bound.
"Focus on finding the sum of an infinite geometric series 2
ne
Yeti
:
Pt
Find the sum of the terms of the infinite geometric sequence 1, —5, 7, -i, aes SOLUTION
] p=
ay
=
ay
2
=
1
¢ Find the common
ratio.
2
ay S =
1
—=
e
|r|
3 ents
SOLUTION
See page S-5.
9
5
16
Module 18 « Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
Pee The repeating decimal shown at the right has been rewritten as an infinite
a 0.3 = 0.3 + 0.03 + 0.003 + --3 3 3 = ah seme
geometric series with first term b and common ratio + 10°
Be
Use the Formula
for the Sum
of an
S= a
Infinite Geometric Series.
aa
oe,
l
we
i
3
= av = 2 Sie
ee
ae
10
10
aye ; is equivalent to the nonterminating, repeating decimal 0.3.
|Focus on finding an equivalent fraction for a repeating decimal | Find an equivalent fraction for 0.12. | SOLUTION | Write the decimal as a sum that includes an infinite
| geometric series.
| 0.12 = 0.1 + 0.02 + 0.002 + 0.0002 + --1 10
2, 100
=—+
2 1000
-
2 — 10,000
~
fos.
| The geometric series does not begin with the first term, at
| The series begins with in: The common ratio is rt D |
S=
aos
Le
=
_ 100
« Use the Formula for the Sum of an Infinite Geometric
Vee i
Series to find
the sum of all the terms except the first, a.
10 2
|
— 100 _
9
90
10 a 0.12
|
ee
= at —_—ne:
,
:
10
90
90
;
5
to the of the AddAdd 7,+ to th sum ;
«
:
:
series
meu
| An equivalent fraction for 0.12 is 9p.
|Check your understanding 6 |Find an equivalent fraction for 0.36. |SOLUTION
See page S-5.
4
Ti
Objective 18.3C Practice :
;
:
;
:
;
1. Find the sum of the terms of the infinite geometric sequence 2, i, ve ae :
aya
i
2. Find the sum of the terms of the infinite geometric sequence 10° 100° 1000"
3. Find an equivalent fraction for 0.5.
5
4. Find an equivalent fraction for 0.83. Din
Solutions on p. S-11.
=
16
]
Section 18.4 ¢ Binomial Expansions
Objective 18.3D
17
Solve application problems Focus on solving an application by using
a geometric sequence
| On the first swing, the length of the arc through which a pendulum swings is 16 in. The length of each successive swing is Hthat of the preceding swing. Find the length of the arc on the fifth swing. Round to the nearest tenth. STRATEGY
To find the length of the arc on the fifth swing, use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence. i=
Nei palOat es
SOLUTION a, =
ay!
pee
a
= 16| —
(Z)
at
= 16(—]}
i
= 16
2401
4096)
=
38,416
4096
= 94
| The length of the arc on the fifth swing is approximately 9.4 in.
| Check your understanding 7 You start a chain letter and send it to three friends. Each of the three friends sends the letter to three other friends, and the sequence is repeated. If no one breaks the chain, how | many letters will have been mailed from the first through the sixth mailings?
SOLUTION
See page S-S.
1092 letters
Objective 18.3D Practice
1. On the first swing, the length of the arc through which a pendulum swings is 18 in. The length of each successive swing is 3that of the preceding swing. What is the total distance
the pendulum travels during the first five swings? Round to the nearest tenth. 54.9 in. 2. The temperature of a hot-water spa is 75°F. Each hour, the temperature is 10% higher than during the previous hour. Find the temperature of the spa after 3 h. Round to the nearest tenth. 99.8°F Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.
SECTION
i
Binomial Expansions Objective 18.4A
Expand (a + b)? By carefully observing the expansion of the binomial (a + b)" shown below, it is possible to identify some interesting patterns.
(a+b)'=a+b (a+ bP? =a
+2ab+b°
(a + b) = a + 3a’°b + 3ab’ + bP
(a + b)* = at + 4a°b + 6a°b? + 4ab> + b* (a + bP =a? + Sa*b + 10a*b* + 10a?b? + Sab* + b°
18
Module 18 © Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
PATTERNS FOR THE VARIABLE PARTS 1. The first term is a". The exponent on a decreases by | for each successive term. 2. The exponent on b increases by 1 for each successive term. The last term is b”. 3. The degree of each term is n. Write the variable parts of the terms in the expansion of (a + b)°. The first term is «’. For each successive term, the exponent on a decreases by 1, and the exponent on
b increases by 1. The last term is /)’.
aj,2),0b
aU .ob au,
The variable parts of the general expansion of (a + b)” are a”
a’
'b
a”
2b
a’ 'b’
ab"
b”
A pattern for the coefficients of the terms of the expanded binomial can be found by writing the coefficients in a triangular array known as Pascal’s Triangle.
Each row begins and ends
For (a + b)!:
with the number 1. Any other number in a row is the sum of
Bor (Geb):
the two closest numbers above
For (a + b)?:
it. For example, 4 + 6 =
i For (a + b)*: )
10.
For (a+b):
1 1
1 1
1
3 4
5
1 5
1
3 6
ura TSP
1 4
gli
1
Soya
sh
To write the sixth row of Pascal’s Triangle, first write the numbers of the fifth row. The first and last numbers of the sixth row are 1. Each of the other numbers of the sixth row can be obtained by finding the sum of the two closest numbers above it in the fifth row.
ToMrsouMOyMIOW 5- 1 EE ee Saerasmingg nO gs 6 The numbers in the sixth row of Pascal’s Triangle will be the coefficients of the terms in
the expansion of (a + b)°. Using these numbers for the coefficients, and using the pattern for the variable part of each term, we can write the expanded form of (a + b)° as follows:
(a + b)® = a° + 6a>b + 15a*b? + 20a°b? + 15a*b* + 6ab> + b® Although Pascal’s Triangle can be used to find the coefficients for the expanded form of the power of any binomial, this method is inconvenient when the power of the binomial is large. An alternative method for determining these coefficients is based on the concept of factorial.
For a natural number n, n! (which is read “‘n factorial’) is the product of the first n natural numbers.
n! =n-(n — 1):(n — 2): +++ +3-2-1 Zero factorial is a special case and is defined as 0! = 1. EXAMPLES ~ 51 = 5°453-2-1= 8h l=) . O!=1
120
827-6524 3=2 21 — 40320
Section 18.4 ¢ Binomial Expansions
19
| Focus on evaluating a factorial expression 7! 4131
| Evaluate:
SOLUTION
Pal eeOror A 322: 1 413! (4-3-2-1)(3-2-1) =
* Write each factorial as a product.
35
*
Simplify
Check your understanding 1 |
12! Evaluate: —— 715!
SOLUTION
See page S-5.
792
The coefficients in a binomial expansion can be given in terms of factorials. In the expan-
sion of (a + b)° shown below, note that the coefficient of a*b* can be given by a. The numerator is the factorial of the power of the binomial. The denominator is the product of the factorials of the exponents on a and b.
(a + bP? =a + S5a‘b + 10a*b? + 10a*b? + 5ab* + bP 3)!
9s!
=
ebony ayia
VOPNG: 2-1)
=
10
(Oeste Focus on evaluating i. Evaluate:
( A
5
SOLUTION
| (5) 2)
=
8!
Ree SAE
(S015)!5!
* Write the quotient of the factorials.
Bt 1) si 645)423-25 315! (3-2-1)(6-4-3-2-1)
=
56
¢ Simplify
Check your understanding 2
Bie
4
Evaluate:
SOLUTION
See page S-6.
l
Using factorials and the pattern for the variable part of each term, we can write a formula for any natural-number power of a binomial.
20
Module 18 ¢ Sequences, Series, and the Binomial Theorem
Binomial Expansion Formula (a =f b)" =
(7 Jeae (Tle
0
ane ("ero
]
de
eye
("Jar
2
r
1. @+b)*= @i + (Few + (Jere + @a + (4) = a’ + 4a*b + 6a°*b? + 4ab? + b*
@s n @ie> ss(5 2) + @les =a
6x F-12x 8
Focus on expanding a binomial
| Write (4x + 3y)* in expanded form. SOLUTION
(4x + 3y)?
(JJar + (F)Janren + Gave +(Jor = 1(64x*) + 3(16x’)(3y) + 3(4x)(9y’) + 1(275°) 64x
+
144x*y
+
108xy*
+
277°
Check your understanding 3 | Write (3m — n)* in expanded form. | SOLUTION
See page S-6.
Sim
108nrn
+ S54m-n
l2mn-
Focus on finding terms of a binomial expansion
Find the first three terms in the expansion of (x + 3)!>. SOLUTION
ae,
G+ 3)? = @ia ~ (se) ‘ Ee = Ix! + 15x'4(3) + 105x3(9) + --=p oe 45x? 945° Check your understanding 4
Find the first three terms in the expansion of (y — 2)!°. SOLUTION
See page S-6.
y — 20y? + 180y®
— -
lt
n
n
EXAMPLES
pe
fe 3 oe
+ n°
b"
Section 18.4 © Binomial Expansions
21
The Binomial Expansion Formula can also be used to write any term of a binomial expansion. In the expansion of (a + b)° below, note that the exponent on b is | less than the term number.
(a + b)? = a@ + 5a*b + 10a°b* + 10a2b? + Sab* + BP
Formula for the rth Term of a Binomial Expansion
Focus on finding a term of a binomial expansion | Find the fourth term in the expansion of (x + a)
|
|
SOLUTION (
n
= — Jarrat!
* Use the Formula for the rth Term of a Binomial Expansion.
ip = Il
7 (,es kpeieain
ey
“(2
4.
T,.a=x,b=3
= 351 (27) = 945.4 | Check your understanding 5
| Find the third term in the expansion of (¢ — 2s)’. || SOLUTION
See page S-6.
841s
L
Objective 18.4A Practice 8!!
1. Evaluate: ——
56
2. Evaluate: @
28
5!3!
3. Expand: (y — 3)* 4. Expand: (2x + 3y)
y* — 12y? + 54y? — 108y + 81 8x? + 36x°y + S4xy? + 27y*
5. Find the sixth term in the expansion of Ge Solutions on p. S-12.
7)",
Qin
neo
@ ens b
\
regi
_ -
| a
ie
‘ =
a :
7 _
-
Solutions to Module 18
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
18
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 18.1
Check your understanding 1 a, = n(n + 1)
a
ri 1) =
ay
ll oe
The first term is 2. The second term is 6.
D=
3(3 + 1) = 12
The third term is 12.
4(4 + 1)=20
The fourth term is 20.
Check your understanding 2 | a, =
(pS
n(n + 2)
Se SSSee he s six tom eMMliSaes ie Cowen l
Ay = 90 + 2) = 99
;
aan
The ninth term is 99.
hess your understanding 3 2
> Te =
n)
¢ Replace n by 1, 2, 3, and 4
Cree = 2) ne a Ge 4 =6+5+4+3=18 6
b.
» (7 a
2)
¢ Replace i by 3, 4, 5, and 6
Ir w
SiGe e422) + (5792) 67 eo) =7+ 14+ 23 + 34 = 78 Check your understanding 4 5
Donn =x + x + 3x 4H4x + 5x n=1
Section 18.2
Check your understanding 1 ids = 8 =O
ox
d =a, —- a, =3 —9=
—6 - Find the common difference
a, =a, + (n—- 1)d
15 = 9 + (15 — 1)(-6)
= 9 + (14)(-6)
=9-84=-75
«n=
15,a,=9,d = —6
S-1
S-2
Solutions to Module 18
Check your understanding 2 =
Ono
ee
d = a) — a, = 1 — (—3) =4
© Find the common difference.
a, = a, + (n— 1)d a, =
= 3) 5p (n =
a, = —3 a,
1)4
a
-3,d=4
+ 4n-—4
= 4n — 7
Check your understanding 3 7,95 Vee 9
eh
e hyAo)
a= Ff sp)
¢ Find the common difference
a, = a,+(n-1)d 59 =7+(n—59)
1)2
° a,
tee
=59,a,
=7.d=2
* Solve for n
59 =5+2n 54 = 2n 27 =n
There are 27 terms in the sequence.
Check your understanding 4 =
42: OND ae
d=a,—4, An =
as
=
a
+
=
=2-—
(n —
—4+
(—4) =2
l)d
(25 =
* Find the common difference ¢ Find the 25th term
1)2
.
Se
sad
=
—A.¢0.
= —4 + (24)2
= -4448=44 n
Sn =
rac 1 a,)
25
Sos
ed
¢ Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series
gee)
* n=
25,4,
=
—4, a, = a,
= 44
25 = (40) 5 = 25(20) = 500
Check your understanding 5 S Gn — 2)
a, = 3h Oh = Oh = Sy, =
S2=
2
3(1) —2=1
¢ Find the first term.
3(18) =
¢ Find the 18th term.
5
>
= 9(53)
2) = 3
oF Ap)
+ 52)
477)
¢ Formula for the Sum of n Terms of an Arithmetic Series
Sera
Ss a
Ue
Solutions to Module 18
S-3
Check your understanding 6 STRATEGY
To find the value of the 20th-place prize: ¢ Write the equation for the nth-place prize.
¢ Find the 20th term of the sequence.
To find the total amount of prize money being awarded, use the Formula for the Sum of 1 Terms of an Arithmetic Series. SOLUTION
10,000, 9700,... d = a) — a, = 9700 —
10,000 = —300
a, =a, + (n— 1)d = 10,000 + (n — =
1)(—300)
10,000 — 300n + 300
= —300n + 10,300
ayy = —300(20) + 10,300 = —6000 + 10,300 = 4300 n ay a
5
a
a,)
20
= 10(14,300) = 143,000 The value of the 20th-place prize is $4300. The total amount of prize money being awarded is $143,000.
Section 18.3
Check your understanding 1 aed, >
tele
5
(i i a
rat
Pe
Gy
¢ Find the common
ratio
oars
Ne as =
:
(§)
*n=5,a,
=5,r=%
= (2) = (28) = 28 5
625
125
Check your understanding 2 35 Cy hy MOD, 5 5c
d=
ai
ane Oi
en=4
—192 = 377!
© a =
—192,a,
—192 = 3°
* Solve for r:
=3
—-64=Pr
—4=r a=
ar.
a, =3(-4)> 1
+ n=3,a,=3,r=-4
= 3(—4)? = 3(16) = 48
S-4
Solutions to Module 18
Check your understanding 3 Ie oil il. (2) Qh =
p=
5)
eo
0 find
>
a, letnr
* ris the base of the exponential expression
a\(1 =. r’)
Ss, = =
ee
¢ Formula for the Sum of n Terms of a Finite Geometric
1\5
Sa
il'-()
=
ee
a
on=5.a,=5.r=
es 1
1
i =
2 St
1/31
31
=) - Ass) _ 64 1 TS 0 V2
2 eon
2
;
Series
Solutions to Module 18
S-5
Check your understanding 5 AS 3° “9° ae
3,
ay C=
a
‘Sa=
Dy; =
2 =
3
=
¢ Find the common
3
os
°
|)
|.
ratio
Use the Formula for the Sum of an Infinite Geometric Series
il =P a!
3
2
i} seule
3 ©
ae
de
ee
2
5
3
3
ibe ay
5
Check your understanding 6 0.36 = 0.36 + 0.0036 + 0.000036 + -:-
36. a
100
ere
eye
MOOT
te
~ 100 36
M00) Y 360244 yg074 99 411 100 An equivalent fraction for 0.36 is
1 - Fle DEO ei. 4 10I) An equivalent fraction is 5.
0.8333 = 0.8 + 0.03 + 0.003 + 0.0003 +...
g +
oie
2 +
10
100
a2
pers
100
:
1000
wt
110:000
+
em
a
100 _3_
or bh Se a2) — 90 eso 10 Disa
oe a
1030
S10
6
An equivalent fraction is 2
Objective 18.3D
1. STRATEGY To find the total distance the pendulum travels in five swings, use the Formula for the Sum of a Finite Geometric Series.
$-12
Solutions to Module 18 SOLUTION
ia
Seaes
re
a,(1 - 7’)
i
Il = 7
=
4
ag 1g{1 - U) 5S
Meg
_ 18 =ioe
-— 781 2 no
~ 54.9 The total distance is approximately 54.9 in. 2.
STRATEGY
To find the temperature after 3 h, use the Formula for the nth Term of a Geometric Sequence. Let a, be the temperature after | h. SOLUTION
f= a,
3,47 = 1075) =
= 82.5, 7= 110% = 1.10
are
ax = 82510)
= 82.51.12) = 99:8
After 3 h, the temperature of the spa is approximately 99.8° F.
Objective 18.4A
8! 1. 5131
Siem sry | S-4-3-2-1)G3-2°1)
56
> (6) eo 8! ~ 216! 8°7-6:5°4-3-2°1 (2-1)(6-5-4-3-2-1) SOF
3. a =(Shi+ rca + haar + (Spa + (2-9 =y + 4y(—3) toy) + Ay(—27) + 81 = y* — 12y’ + 54y’ — 108y + 81
4. x +3)=($)en + (Deva + )evex + 3Jey = 1(8x°) + 3(4x7) By) + 3(2x)(Qy’) + 1(27y%) = 8x + 36x°y + 54xy’ + 279° 5. n= 7,4 =e
b=
1.= 6
4y! L i | erat = (7)oaror = 21x
Measurement
SECTION 19.1.
The U.S. Customary System
Objective 19.1A
Convert units of length in the U.S. Customary System
Objective 19.1B
Convert units of weight in the U.S. Customary System
Objective 19.1C
Convert units of capacity in the U.S. Customary System
Objective 19.1D
Convert units of time
SECTION 19.2 Objective 19.2A
The Metric System Convert units of length in the metric system
Objective 19.2B
Convert units of mass in the metric system
Objective 19.2C
Convert units of capacity in the metric system
SECTION 19.3
Conversion Between the U.S. Customary and the Metric Systems of Measurement
Objective 19.3A
Convert U.S. Customary units to metric units
Objective 19.3B
Convert metric units to U.S. Customary units
2
Module 19 * Measurement
SECTION
| The U.S. Customary System
Objective
19.1A
Convert units of length in the U.S. Customary System A measurement includes a number and a unit.
9
feet
23
pounds
2
cups
Number
— Unit
The standard U.S. Customary units of length, or distance, are inch, foot, yard and mile. The list below gives equivalences between some units of length.
Equivalences Between Units of Length in the U.S. Customary System
12 inches (in.) = 1 foot (ft) 3 ft = 1 yard (yd)
5280 ft = 1 mile (mi)
A conversion rate is used to change from one unit to another. To find a conversion rate, begin with a unit equivalence. For instance, to find a conversion rate to convert inches to feet,
begin with | ft = |2 in. Then divide each side of the unit equivalence equation by 12 in. 1 ft = 12 in. 1 ft —
12in.
12 in.
=
:
12 in.
| ft
—=
|
12 in
¢ Divide each
side by 12 in
¢ Note that a conversion rate always equals |
Because a conversion rate equals 1, multiplying a measurement by a conversion rate does not change the value of the measurement. : 1 ft
The conversion rate |, _, 18 used to convert inches to feet. To find the conversion rate that converts feet to inches, divide each side of the unit equivalence equation | ft = 12 in. by I ft.
1 ft = 12 in. aie
a=
1 ft
12 a,
SS
1 ft
:
¢ Divide each side by | ft.
3 ft
lyd
5280 ft
Other conversion rates for length are 7 yj, Aap ian
1 mi
and Asi
Dimensional analysis involves using conversion rates to change from one unit of measurement to another unit of measurement.
Section 19.1 ¢ The U.S. Customary System
3
| Focus on converting inches to feet Convert 18 in. to feet. SOLUTION Choose a conversion rate so that the unit in the numerator of the conversion rate is the
| same as the unit needed in the answer (“feet” for this problem). The unit in the denominator of the conversion rate is the same as the unit in the given measurement (“inches”’ for ® . . 1 ft this problem). The conversion rate is |, Iie 1f
San
ar —1180)°
Oona
* The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°.
— aL Oe
« ZD = 32° and
120° + ZF = 180°
* Solve for
ZE = 88
ZF
| 120° — 120° + ZF = 180° — 120° ZF
= 60
| Focus on finding the measure of an angle in a triangle | |Two angles of a triangle measure 42° and 103°. Find the measure of the third angle.
| SOLUTION The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°.
ZA + ZB + ZC= 180° ZA + 42° + 103° = 180°
/
ZA + 145° = 180°
| ZA + 145° — 145° = 180° — 145° ZA = 35° The measure of the third angle is 35°.
Check your understanding 4 Two angles of a triangle measure 62° and 45°. Find the measure of the third angle. SOLUTION
See page S-1.
73
A right triangle contains one right angle. The side opposite the right angle is called the hypotenuse. The legs of a right triangle are its other two sides. In a right triangle, the two acute angles are complementary. ZA + ZB = 90°
| In the right triangle at the left, 2A = 30°. Find the measure of 2B. ZA
+ ZB
= 90°
* The two acute angles are complementary
30° + ZB = 90°
-
| 30° — 3023828 =190" = 30°
ZA = 30
* Solve for ZB
ZB = 60°
orn : P : | Focus on finding the measures of the angles in a right triangle | One angle in a right triangle measures 50°. Find the measures of the other two angles. | SOLUTION
| In a right triangle, one angle measures 90° and the two acute angles are complementary.
|
PAPE AB
|
ZA+ 50° = 90" Lh A020; 190
OO?
|
ZA = 40°
50"
| The other angles measure 90° and 40°.
Section 20.1
¢ Angles, Lines, and Geometric Figures
7
Check your understanding 5 A right triangle has one angle measuring 7°. Find the measures of the other two angles. _SOLUTION
See page S-1
90° and 83
A quadrilateral is a closed, four-sided plane figure. Three quadrilaterals with special characteristics are described here. A parallelogram has opposite sides parallel and equal. The perpendicular distance AE between the parallel sides is called the height.
A
B
D
E G Parallelogram
A rectangle is a parallelogram that has four right angles. A square is a rectangle that has four equal sides.
Square
Rectangle
A circle is a plane figure in which all points are the same distance from point O, which is called the center of the circle. The diameter of a circle (d) is the length of a line segment through the center of the circle with endpoints on the circle. AB is a diameter of the circle shown.
The radius of a circle (r) is the length of a line segment from the center to a point on the circle. OC is a radius of the circle shown. d=2r
or
| r=-d
The line segment AB is a diameter of the circle shown. Find the radius of the circle. The radius is one-half the diameter. Therefore,
} =—(8in)
+d=8in.
Focus on finding the diameter of a circle A circle has a radius of 8 cm. Find the diameter. SOLUTION
l=
Dp
=2:8cm=
l6cm
The diameter is 16 cm.
Check your understanding 6 A circle has a diameter of 8 in. Find the radius.
SOLUTION
See page S-1.
4 in.
Circle
8
Module 20 ¢ Geometry
A geometric solid is a figure in space, or space figure. Four common space figures are the rectangular solid, cube, sphere, and cylinder. A rectangular solid is a solid in which all six faces are rectangles.
A cube is a rectangular solid in which all six faces are squares.
Cube
A sphere is a solid in which all points on the surface are the same distance from point O, which is called the center of the sphere. The diameter of a sphere is the length of a line segment going through the center with endpoints on the sphere. AB is a diameter of the sphere shown.
Cc
Sphere
The radius of a sphere is the length of a line segment from the center to a point on the sphere. OC is a radius of the sphere shown above. d=2r
or
r=—-d
' The radius of the sphere shown at the right is 5 cm. Find the _ diameter of the sphere. d=2r =
2(5 cm)
¢ The diameter equals twice the radius *r=5cm
= 10cm | The diameter is 10 cm.
The most common cylinder is one in which the bases are circles : : and are perpendicular to the side.
Height
ae
Cylinder
Objective 20.1B Practice
. A triangle has a 13° angle and a 65° angle. Find the measure of the other angle. 1()2° . A right triangle has a 62° angle. Find the measures of the other two angles. 90° and 28°
. A triangle has a 30° angle and a 45° angle. Find the measure of the other angle. . Find the diameter of a circle with a radius of 24cm. 48 cm 0.6 m wn nk = . The diameter of a sphere is 1.2 m. Find the radius. Solutions on p. S-6.
105°
Section 20.1
Objective 20.1C
e Angles, Lines, and Geometric Figures
9
Solve problems involving angles formed by intersecting lines Four angles are formed by the intersection of two lines. If the two lines are perpendicular, then each of the four angles formed is a right angle. If the two lines are not perpendicular, then two of the angles formed are acute angles and two of the angles formed are obtuse angles. The two acute angles are always opposite each other, and the two obtuse angles are always opposite each other. In the figure, Zw and Zy are acute angles. 2x and Zz are obtuse angles. Two angles that are on opposite sides of the intersection of two lines are called vertical angles. Vertical angles have the same measure. 7 w and Zy are vertical an; gles. 2x and Zz are vertical angles.
Zw=Z ae: cS
Two angles that share a common side are called adjacent angles. In the figure above, 7x and Zy are adjacent angles, as are Zy and Zz, Zz
Zx + Zy = 180° Zy + Zz = 180° z+ Zw = 180°
and Zw, and Zw
Zw + 2x =
and Zx. Adjacent angles of
180°
intersecting lines are supplementary angles.
‘ In the figure at the left, 7c = 65°. Find the measures of angles a, b, and d. ke \ BO
=65"
*
Zb+
Zc
=
180°
Za
c because
:
Zc and Za are vertical angles.
s Supplementary to
2b because
Zc and Zb are adjacent
angles
Zb + 65° = 180°
.
65°
|2b + 65° — 65° = 180° — 65° 2b = 115 G
( AGGIES
AIS
a
|
b because
2b and Zd
are vertical angles.
| Focus on finding angles formed by intersecting lines | In the figure at the left, Za = 75°. Find 2b. | SOLUTION Za m1
+ Zb
=
180°
| Te ae Alp = Oe Lb
=
105°
¢
ea
Zaand
Zb are supplementary
5°
e Subtract
75° from each side
| Check your understanding 7 In the figure, Za = 125°. Find 2b. SOLUTION
See page S-2.
-
@ b
55) tas
A line intersecting two other lines at two different points is called a transversal. If the lines cut by a transversal are parallel lines and the transversal is perpendicular to the parallel lines, then all eight angles formed are right angles.
Transversal 4,
@,
10
Module 20 * Geometry
If the lines cut by a transversal are parallel lines and the transversal is not perpendicular to the parallel lines, then all four acute angles have the same measure and all four obtuse angles have the same measure. For the figure at the right, there are two groups of angles with the same measure: ZLa=Lo=Lw=Zy
and
Transversal
LZb=Zd=2Zx= Zz
Alternate interior angles are two nonadjacent angles that are on opposite sides of the transversal and between the parallel lines. For the figure above, 7c and Zw are alternate interior angles. 7d and Zx are alternate interior angles. Alternate interior angles have the same measure. Alternate exterior angles are two nonadjacent angles that are on opposite sides of the transversal and outside the parallel lines. For the figure above, Za and Zy are alternate exterior angles. 2b and Zz are alternate exterior angles. Alternate exterior angles have the same measure. Corresponding angles are two angles that are on the same side of the transversal and are both acute angles or are both obtuse angles. For the figure above, the following pairs of angles are corresponding angles: Za and Zw, Zd and Zz, 2b and Zx, Zc and Zy. Corresponding angles have the same measure.
In the figure at the left, ¢, ||€, and 2c = 58°. Find the measures of Zf, Zh, and Zg. Lf h
= 58
«
58
Zf = Zc because
e
Lh
180"
*
2g is supplementary to
Zg + 58° = 180°
3+
Zh=58°
Ag + Lh =
L2z=
122
c because
Zfand
¢ Subtract 58°
4c are alternate interior angles
2c and Z/ are corresponding angles
Zh
from each side
Focus on finding angles formed by a transversal
In the figure, ¢, ||€, and Za = 70°. Find 2b. SOLUTION LE
=a
Zap
AG
Lb
MOG Zb
—
V0"
¢ Corresponding angles are equal
=
M802
*
NSO
sae
110
¢ Subtract 70° from each side
=
Zband
Zc are supplementary
10" t
|
Check your understanding 8
a
In the figure, ¢, ||€, and Za = 120°.
aes
Find Zb. | SOLUTION
See page S-2.
60
; 1
Z,
Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure
11
Objective 20.1C Practice
1. Find the measures of anglesaandb.
Za = 106°;
2b = 74
3. Given that €, | €,, find the measures of anglesa and b.
4a = 44°; 2b = 44°
La
= 130°: 2b
=
50
Solutions on pp. S-8-S-9.
20.2 Objective 20.2A
Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure Find the perimeter of a plane geometric figure A polygon is a closed figure determined by three or more line segments that lie in a plane. The sides of a polygon are the line segments that form the polygon. The following figures are examples of polygons.
12
EID —-
Module 20 © Geometry
A regular polygon is one in which each side has the same length and each angle has the same measure. The polygons in Figures A, C, and D above are regular polygons. The name of a polygon is based on the number of its sides. The table below lists the names of polygons that have from 3 to 10 sides.
| Name ofthePolygon Triangle Ouadelatera!
™ Pentagon Hexagon . “Heptagon =|
9
Octagon
_
Nonagon
10
-
Decagon
Triangles and quadrilaterals are two of the most common types of polygons. Triangles are distinguished by the number of equal sides and also by the measures of their angles. C
A
B
A
B
A
An isosceles triangle has two sides of equal length. The angles opposite each of
The three sides of an equilateral triangle are of equal length.
A scalene triangle has no two sides of equal length. No two angles are of equal
the equal sides are of equal
The three angles are
measure.
measure.
of equal measure.
AC = BC ZA = ZB
AB = BC = AC MIN = fey = ME
B
Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure Cc
A
C
A
B
\
An acute triangle has three acute angles.
13
B
An obtuse triangle has one obtuse angle.
G
B
A right triangle has a right angle.
Quadrilaterals also are distinguished by their sides and angles, as shown below. Note that a rectangle, a square, and a rhombus are different forms of a parallelogram.
Parallelogram
Rectangle Opposite
Opposite sides parallel Opposite sides equal in length Opposite angles equal in measure
sides
Square
parallel
Opposite sides equal in length
Opposite sides parallel
All angles measure 90 Diagonals equal in length
All sides equal
Quadrilateral
in length
All angles measure 90° Diagonals equal in length
Rhombus
Opposite sides parallel All sides equal in length Opposite angles equal
Trapezoid
Isosceles Trapezoid
In Measure
Two sides parallel Nonparallel sides equal in length
The perimeter of a plane geometric figure is a measure of the distance around the figure. The perimeter of a polygon is the sum of the lengths of its sides. Perimeter is used, for example, in buying fencing for a lawn or in determining how much baseboard is needed for a room. Here are the perimeter formulas for some of the more common geometric figures.
Perimeter of a Triangle Let a, b, and c be the lengths of the sides of a triangle. The perimeter of the triangle is
P=a+b+c.
EXAMPLE
Find the perimeter of the triangle shown at the right. P=a+b+t+ec
=3cm+5cm+6cm = 14cm
The perimeter of the triangle is 14 cm.
14
Module 20 © Geometry
Focus on finding the perimeter of a triangle Find the perimeter of a triangle with sides of lengths 5 in., 7 in., and 8 in.
| SOLUTION = 5in. |
+ 7in. + 8 in.
= 20 in.
The perimeter of the triangle is 20 in.
| Check your understanding 1 Find the perimeter of a triangle with sides of lengths 12 cm, 15 cm, and 18 cm.
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
45 cm
Perimeter of a Rectangle Let L be the length (usually the longer side) of a rectangle and W be the width (usually the shorter side) of a rectangle.
The perimeter of the rectangle is P = 2L + 2W.
EXAMPLE Find the perimeter of the rectangle shown at the right. P=2L+2W = 2(6 m) + 2(3 m)
=12m+6m = 18m The perimeter of the rectangle is 18 m
Focus on finding the perimeter of a rectangle Find the perimeter of a rectangle with a width of ;ft and a length of 2 ft. SOLUTION P=2L
.)
+ 2W
maa
= 2(2 ft) + 2; ft
3
=4ft+ a 3 1 = 5—- ft 3 z
-
:
ile
The perimeter of the rectangle is 53 ft.
Check your understanding 2 Find the perimeter of a rectangle with a length of 2 m and a width of 0.85 m. | SOLUTION —
See page S-2.
5.7m
2
Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure
15
Apply the Concept A building contractor must place a security fence around a rectangular construction lot that is 95 ft long and 72 ft wide. How many feet of fencing must the contractor buy? SOLUTION
To find the amount of fencing needed, find the perimeter of the lot.
P=2L+2W = 2(95 ft) + 2(72 ft)
© L=95 ft, W= 72 ft
= 190 ft+ 144 ft = 334 ft The contractor must buy 334 ft of fencing.
Take Note >
Recall that a square is a rectangle in which all four sides are equal.
The perimeter of a square is the sum of the four sides:
sts+s+5=
4s
Perimeter of a Square Let s be the length of a side of a square. The perimeter of the square is P = 4s.
EXAMPLE Find the perimeter of the square shown at the right. P=4s = 4G fi)
= 12 ft The perimeter of the square is 12 ft.
The perimeter of a circle is called its circumference. The circumference of a circle is equal to the product of pi (7r) and the diameter. The value of 7 can be approximated as Lie SEO
yp;
Bs waa
The 7 key on a calculator gives a more exact approximation of 77.
16
Module 20 ¢ Geometry
Circumference of a Circle Let d be the diameter of a circle. The circumference of the circle is C = zd.
(Pr
Because the diameter is twice the radius, the circumference
is also given by C = 2zr.
EXAMPLE Find the circumference of the circle shown at the right. C =2nr = 27(6 in.)
= 2(3.14)(6 in.) = 37.68 in. The circumference of the circle is approximately
37.68 in.
Apply the Concept The diameter of a car tire is 16 in. If the tire makes two complete revolutions, what distance has the tire traveled? Use 3.14 for 7. SOLUTION
To find the distance, first find the circumference of the tire. Because the tire makes
two complete revolutions, multiply the circumference by 2. C=d = 3.14(16 in.)
° d= 16in
= 50.24 in. The circumference of the tire is approximately 50.24 in.
2 X 50.24 = 100.48 The tire has traveled a distance of 100.48 in.
Focus on finding the circumference of a circle Find the circumference of a circle with a radius of 18 cm. Use 3.14 for 7. SOLUTION
C =2mr
=2-3.14-18cm = 113.04 cm | The circumference is approximately
113.04 cm.
Check your understanding 3 Find the circumference of a circle with a diameter of 6 in. Use 3.14 for zr.
SOLUTION
See page S-2.
18.84 in.
Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure
17
Objective 20.2A Practice
1. Find the perimeter of the triangle given below. 12 in.
: 20
56 in.
in.
24 in.
2. Find the perimeter of the square given below.
20 fi
5 ft
3. Find the circumference of the circle given below. Use 3.14 for 7.
25.12 in.
4. Find the perimeter of a rectangle with a length of 2 m and a width of 0.8 m. 5.6 m 5. A horse trainer wants to build a rectangular corral that is 60 ft wide and 75 ft long. How many feet of fencing will the trainer need to build the corral? 270 ft 6. The diameter of a quarter dollar is 24.26 mm. What is the circumference of a quarter dollar? Use 3.14 for 77. Round to the nearest hundredth. 76.18 mm Solutions on p. S-9.
Objective 20.2B
Find the perimeter of a composite geometric figure A composite geometric figure is a figure made from two or more geometric figures. The following composite is made from part of a rectangle and part of a circle:
iv sitio ma NET Perimeter of the
; = 3 sides of a rectangle + composite figure Perimeter of the
composite figure
the circumference of a circle
=2L+W+tod a
The perimeter of the composite figure below is found by adding twice the length plus the width plus one-half the circumference of the circle. 12m
12m |
i
12m
P=2L+W+ 5nd = 2(12 m)
+
1
4m + ~(3.14)(4 m) 2
= 34.28 m The perimeter is approximately 34.28 m.
*
L=12m,W=4m,d=4m. Note: The diameter of the circle is equal to the width of the rectangle.
18
Module 20 ¢ Geometry
‘Focus on finding the perimeter of a composite figure Find the perimeter of the composite figure.
Bone
aaa
Use = for 7.
_ SOLUTION
Vee.
tO
| Perimeter
sum of
| of
length
: | composite
a =
oe | figure
5the
Reig of the
+
4s
ar
: four sides
Pe
:
circumference ‘
of the circle io NS ] and
ivf
= 4(5cm) + (>) (7 cm) =
20cm
+ 11 cm
= 31cm
The perimeter is approximately 31 cm.
Check your understanding 4 | Find the perimeter of the composite figure. | Use 3.14 for 77. | SOLUTION
See page S-2.
25.42 in
8in
oy
Objective 20.2B Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the perimeter of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for 7. i
5 cm
121 cm
8 cm
27 cm 19 cm
42 cm
oh
i
2
50.56 m
3.57 ft
=e. Domt a
Solutions on p. S-10.
DiS Dit tee
Section 20.2 ¢ Perimeter of a Plane Geometric Figure
Objective 20.2C
19
Solve application problems Focus on solving an application The dimensions of a triangular sail are 18 ft, 11 ft, and 15 ft. What is the perimeter of the sail?
STRATEGY
To find the perimeter, use the formula for the perimeter of a triangle. SOLUTION
J =O) ae Waar ©
= Stcr
Utes
lott 44 ft
The perimeter of the sail is 44 ft
Check your understanding 5 What is the perimeter of a standard piece of computer paper that measures 84 in. by 11 in.?
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
39 in
Focus on solving an application If fencing costs $6.75 per foot, how much will it cost to fence a rectangular lot that is 108 ft wide and 240 ft long?
STRATEGY
To find the cost of the fence:
¢ Find the perimeter of the lot. ¢ Multiply the perimeter by the per-foot cost of the fencing. SOLUTION
P= 2b
2W
= 2(240 ft) + 2(108 ft) = 480 ft + 216 ft = 696 ft Cost = 696 X 6.75 = 4698 The cost to fence the lot is $4698.
20
Module 20 © Geometry
| Check
| Metal
| | At | |
your understanding 6
stripping is being installed around a workbench that is 0.74 m wide and 3 m long.
$4.49 per meter, find the cost of the metal stripping. Round to the nearest cent.
| SOLUTION
See page S-3.
$33.59
{
Objective 20.2C Practice
1. How many feet of fencing should be purchased to enclose a rectangular garden that is 18 ft long and 12 ft wide? 60 {i 2. Find the length of molding needed to trim a circular table that is 3.8 ft in diameter. Use 3.14 fora. 11.932 ft 3. Bias binding is to be sewed around the edge of a rectangular quilt measuring 72 in. by 45 in. Each package of bias binding costs $5.50 and contains 15 ft of binding. How many packages of bias binding are needed for the quilt? 2 packages 4. A tricycle tire has a diameter of 12 in. How many feet does the tricycle travel when the wheel makes eight revolutions? Use 3.14 for. 25.12 !1 Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
SECTION
Area of a Plane Geometric Figure Objective 20.3A
Find the area of a geometric figure Area is a measure of the amount of surface in a region. Area can be used to describe, for example, the size of a rug, a parking lot, a farm, or a national park. Area is measured in square units.
A square that measures | in. on each side has an area of
1 square inch, which is written 1 in’. 1 in? 1 em?
A square that measures | cm on each side has an area of 1 square centimeter, which is written | cm’.
Larger areas can be measured in square feet (ft), square meters (m7), square miles (mi*), acres (43,560 ft?), or any other square unit.
Section 20.3 ¢ Area of a Plane Geometric Figure
21
The area of a geometric figure is the number of squares that are necessary to cover the
figure. In the figures below, two rectangles have been drawn and covered with squares. In the figure on the left, 12 squares, each of area 1 cm”, were used to cover the rectangle. The area of the rectangle is 12 cm-.
In the figure on the right, 6 squares, each of area
1 in’, were used to cover the rectangle. The area of the rectangle is 6 in’.
The area of the rectangle is 12 cm?.
The area of the rectangle is 6 in?.
Note from the above figures that the area of a rectangle can be found by multiplying the length of the rectangle by its width.
Let L be the length of a rectangle and W be the width of a rectangle. The area of the rectangle is A = LW.
EXAMPLE
Find the area of the rectangle shown at the right.
A=LW = (8 fH ft)
*L=8
ft; W=Sft
= 40 ft’ The area of the rectangle is 40 ft’.
22
Module 20 * Geometry
Apply the Concept A carpet installer charges $.30 per square foot to install wall-to-wall carpeting. How much would the installer charge to install wall-to-wall carpeting in a rectangular room that measures 12 ft by 14 ft? SOLUTION
To find the cost, first find the area of the room. Then multiply the area by the cost per square foot.
A = LW = (14 fH(12 ft)
° L=
14 ft: W= 12 ft
= 168 ft? The area of the room is 168 ft’. Cost = 168 - 0.30 = 50.40 The installer would charge $50.40 to install the carpet.
Area of a Square Let s be the length of one side of a square.
The area of the square is A = s*.
EXAMPLE Find the area of the square shown at the right.
A=s = (14 cm)?
*s=
14cm
= 196 cm? The area of the square is 196 cm’.
Area of a Triangle In the figure at the right, AB is the base b of the triangle, and CD, which is perpendicular to the base b, is the height h. The area of a triangle is A = tbh.
EXAMPLE Find the area of the triangle shown at the right. 2
A = bh
= veld m)(5 m)
°b=20m:h=5m
= 50 m? The area of the triangle is 50 m?.
Section 20.3 e Area of a Plane Geometric Figure
Area of a Circle Let r be the radius of a circle.
The area of the circle is A = wr”.
Take Note >
Note that we gave two answers for the area of the circle: the exact answer, which includes
EXAMPLE
Find the area of the circle shown at the right. A=ar
the symbol for 77, and an ap-
= 7(8 in.)? = 647 in?
proximate answer, which uses an approximation for 77.
Pe, J Son) es =~ 64° 3.14 in’ = 200.96 in
The area is exactly 6477 in’. The area is approximately 200.96 in
Apply the Concept The bottom of a circular children’s wading pool has a diameter of 5 ft. What is the area of the bottom of the pool? SOLUTION
To find the area, first find the radius of the bottom of the pool. Then use the equation A = 777 to find the area. Use 3.14 for 7. _ diameter
— 5 ft
2
)
= 2.5 ft
=r a7(2.5 ft)?
3.14(2.5 ft) = 19.625 ft The area of the bottom of the pool is 19.625 ft.
Focus on finding the area of a circle Find the area of a circle with a diameter of 9 cm. Use 3.14 for 7. SOLUTION
1
1
i= 54 = A cm) = 4.5cm A = ar
=~ 3.14(4.5 cm)? = 63.585 cm? The area is approximately 63.585 cm’. Check your understanding 1 Find the area of a triangle with a base of 24 in. and a height of 14 in. SOLUTION
See page S-3.
168 in?
23
24
Module 20 ¢ Geometry
Objective 20.3A Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the area of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for 7.
Ik.
144 ft? 6 ft
24 ft pe
81 in’ 9 in.
9 in.
3. e
4.
50.24 ft
2
20 in?
10 in
5. Find the area of a circle with a diameter of 40 cm. Use 3.14 foram.
1256
cm
Solutions on p. S-11.
Objective 20.3B
Find the area of a composite geometric figure The area of the composite figure shown below is found by calculating the area of the rectangle and then subtracting the area of the triangle. y 20 in.
i A = LW — —bh 2
1 = (20 in.)(8 in.) ~ (20 in.)(3 in.) = 160 in? — 30 in? = 130 in’
Focus on finding the area of a composite figure | Find the area of the shaded
| portion of the figure. | Use 3.14 for ar.
re
|
|
8m
Section 20.3 ¢ Area of a Plane Geometric Figure SOLUTION
| ah 5 _ ie.
areaof
a
ae
A=
|
area of
s
cule —
gr
=(8m)?>
—
7(4m)?
=64m?
—
3.14(16 m’)
=64m’
—
50.24m’ = 13.76
The area is approximately
13.76 m* 6 In.
Check your understanding 2 | Find the area of the composite figure. 4 in.
| SOLUTION
See page S-3.
10 in.
48 in?
Objective 20.3B Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the area of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for zr. i
8 cm
26 cm
4cm
4 in.
3.
1.3488 m? 0.8 m
| 2m
4, vi cm
22.4 cm
Solutions on p. S-12.
447.8208 cm?
25
26
Module 20 © Geometry
Objective 20.3C
Solve application problems Focus on solving an application A walkway 2 m wide is built along the front and both sides of a building, as shown in the figure. Find the area of the walkway.
STRATEGY
To find the area of the walkway, add the area of the front section (54 m - 2 m) and the _ area of the two side sections (each 35 m - 2 m).
_ SOLUTION Aiea cf Ik
bs
aac!
area of front
+
section SV
2(area of one side
section) Se
A = (54 m)(2 m) + 2(35 m)(2 m) 108 m? + 140 m? 248 m? The area of the walkway is 248 m°.
Check your understanding 3 New carpet is installed in a room measuring 9 ft by 12 ft. Find the area of the room in
square yards. (9 ft? = 1 yd’) SOLUTION
See pages S-3-S-4.
12 yd?
Objective 20.3C Practice 1. Artificial turf is being used to cover a playing field. The field is rectangular with a length of 100 yd and a width of 75 yd. How much artificial turf must be purchased to cover the field? 7500 yd?
2. You plan to stain the wooden deck attached to your house. The deck measures 10 ft by 8 ft. A quart of stain will cost $11.87 and will cover 50 ft’. How many quarts of stain should you buy? 2 qi 3. A fabric wall hanging is to fill a space that measures 5 m by 3.5 m. Allowing for 0.1 m of the fabric to be folded back along each edge, how much fabric must be purchased for the wall hanging? 19.24 m. An irrigation system waters a circular field that has a 50-foot radius. Find the area
watered by the irrigation system. Use 3.14 for 77.
7850 fv
. You want to tile your kitchen floor. The floor measures 12 ft by 9 ft. How many tiles, each a square with side 1 ft, should you purchase for the job? Solutions on pp. S-12-S-13.
48 tiles
Section 20.4 « Volume
20.4 | SECTION
Objective 20.4A
27
Sitben, |! A
Volume Find the volume of a geometric solid Volume is a measure of the amount of space inside a closed surface, or figure in space. Volume can be used to describe, for example, the amount of heating gas used for cooking, the amount of concrete delivered for the foundation of a house, or the amount of water in
storage for a city’s water supply.
A cube that is 1 ft on each side has a volume
of
1 cubic foot, which is written | ft*.
A cube that measures 1 cm on each side has a volume of | cubic centimeter, which is written 1 cm?.
The volume of a solid is the number of cubes that are necessary to fill the solid exactly. The volume of the
rectangular solid at the right is 24 cm’ because it will hold exactly 24 cubes, each 1 cm on a side. Note that
the volume can be found by multiplying the length times the width times the height.
Volume of a Rectangular Solid Let L be the length, W be the width, and H be the height of a rectangular solid. The volume of the rectangular solid is V = LWH.
EXAMPLE Find the volume of the rectangular solid shown at the right.
V=LWH = (9 in.)G in.)(4 in.)
= 108 in’
e
L=9in., W=3in.,
te
The volume of the rectangular solid is 108 in’.
28
Module 20 © Geometry
‘Focus on finding the volume of a rectangular solid Find the volume of a rectangular solid with a length of 3 ft, a width of 1.5 ft, and a height | of 2 ft.
SOLUTION V = LWH
= (3 fi)(1.5 (2 ft) = 9ft The volume is 9 ft’.
Check your understanding 1 Find the volume of a rectangular solid with a length of 8 cm, a width of 3.5 cm, and a height of 4 cm.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
112 cm
A cube is a rectangular solid for which the length, width, and height are all equal. The volume of a cube is found by multiplying the length of a side of the cube times itself three times (“‘side cubed”).
Volume of a Cube Let s be the length of one side of a cube. The volume of the cube is A = s°.
EXAMPLE
Find the volume of the cube shown at the right.
A=s° S(Enuly
*s=3ft
= 27 ft? The volume of the cube is 27 ft’.
-
‘Focus on finding the volume of a cube | Find the volume of a cube that has a side measuring 2.5 in. | SOLUTION | |
Viz
= (2 Sane || | | |
= "15.625 in° The volume is 15.625 in’.
Check your understanding 2 | Find the volume of a cube with a side of length 5 cm. |
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
125 cm?
Section 20.4 * Volume
Volume of a Sphere Let r be the radius of a sphere. The volume of the sphere is V = ear.
EXAMPLE
Find the volume of the sphere shown at the right. Use 3.14 for 7. Round to the nearest hundredth. 4 V=—rr
3
= —(3.14)(2 in.)?
4
ts
= 36.148 in?) =~ 33.49 in? The volume is approximately
33.49 in
Volume of a Cylinder Let r be the radius of a cylinder.
The volume of the cylinder is V = ar h.
EXAMPLE
Radius r
Find the volume of the cylinder shown at the right. Use 3.14 for 77. Round to the nearest hundredth. V=arh =
3.14 cm)?(8 cm)
7
—
sche
— scm
= 3.14(9 cm’)(8 cm) = 226.08 cm?
Radius = 3 cm
The volume of the cylinder is approximately 226.08 cm’.
Focus on finding the volume of a cylinder Find the volume of a cylinder with a radius of 12 cm and a height of 65 cm. Use 3.14 for 77. SOLUTION
V=arh
=~ 3.14(12 cm)?(65 cm) = 3.14(144 cm7)(65 cm) = 29,390.4 cm?
The volume is approximately 29,390.4 cm’.
29
30
Module 20 © Geometry ||
Check your understanding 3
|Find the volume of a cylinder with a diameter of 14 in. and a height of 15 in. Use = | for 7.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
2310 in?
_Focus on finding the volume of a sphere |
| Find the volume of a sphere with a diameter of 12 in. Use 3.14 for 77.
SOLUTION | 1
| |
Uae
r=—d=
—(12 in.) =
2
| V=
-
au
2
6in.
3
¢ Find the radius
¢ Use the formula for the volume of a sphere
4
4
- 38-14) (216 in’) |
= 904.32 in’
| The volume is approximately 904.32 in’.
_ Check your understanding 4 _ Find the volume of a sphere with a radius of 3 m. Use 3.14 for zr.
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
113.04 m?
Objective 20.4A Practice
1. Find the volume of the figure below.
:
240 fv
8 ft
6 ft
2. Find the volume of the figure below. Use 3.14 for 7.
2143.57 in’
3. Find the volume of the figure below. Use 3.14 for 7.
157 ft
Section 20.4 * Volume
31
4. Find the volume of a cube with a side of length 2.14 m. Round to the nearest tenth. 9.8 m° 5. Find the volume of a cylinder with a diameter of 12 ft and a height of 30 ft. Use 3.14 foram. 3391.2 Solutions on p. S-14.
Objective 20.4B
Find the volume of a composite geometric solid A composite geometric solid is a solid made from two or more geometric solids. The solid shown is made from a cylinder and one-half of a sphere.
oe)
|)
Volume of the
:
=
composite solid
:
volume of the cylinder
1
ar 5 the volume of the sphere
| Find the volume of the composite solid shown above if the radius of the base of the cylin| der is 3 in. and the height of the cylinder is 10 in. Use 3.14 for 7. The volume equals the volume of a cylinder plus one-half the volume of a sphere. The | radius of the sphere equals the radius of the base of the cylinder. it \V=arht+
‘
q
57")
2\3
= 3.14(3 in.)*(10.in) + (Seve in)? 1
/
4 ji
|
1/4
er
= 3.14(9 in*)(10 in.) + a3
xa
) in’) (3.14(27
= 282.6 in? + 56.52 in? = 339.12 in?
| The volume is approximately 339.12 in’
Focus on finding the volume of a composite figure Find the volume of the solid shown in the figure. Use 3.14 for 77. 28m
Pes
isd
40m
30m
es
SOLUTION
eis) Volume
el volume of
of solid = Tectangular ~ solid
volume of
oviinder
32
Module 20 © Geometry
V = =~ = =
LWH — arh (80 m)(40 m)(30 m) — 3.14(14 m)?(80 m) 96,000 m? — 49,235.2 m° 46,764.8 m?
The volume is approximately 46,764.8 m°.
Check your understanding 5 _ Find the volume of the solid shown in the figure. Use 3.14 for 77.
_ SOLUTION
See page S-4.
915.12 in
Objective 20.4B Practice For Exercises | to 4, find the volume of the given figure. If necessary, use 3.14 for 77. A: 2 in. 82.26 in
1 in.
2. 40 cr
1.6688 m
3.
1.5m
Sm
1.5m 50 cm
aah 4.
Fas
2m
2 in.
69.08 in*
6 in
sAg
2 in.
EN
;
Seaah cia
Solutions on p. S-14.
aay |
Ve
Section 20.4
¢ Volume
Solve application problems
Objective 20.4C
| Focus on finding the volume of an aquarium An aquarium is 28 in. long, 14 in. wide, and 16 in. high. Find the volume of the | aquarium. | STRATEGY
To find the volume of the aquarium, use the formula for the volume of a rectangular solid. SOLUTION
V = LWH
= (28 in.) (14 in.) (16 in.) = 627210"
The volume of the aquarium is 6272 in
Check your understanding 6 Find the volume of a freezer that is 7 ft long, 3 ft high, and 2.5 ft wide. SOLUTION
See page S-S.
52.5 ft
‘Focus on finding the volume of a bushing | Find the volume of the bushing shown in the figure below. Use 3.14 for 77. 4 cm
4cm
STRATEGY
|
To find the volume of the bushing, subtract the volume of the half-cylinder from the volume of the rectangular solid. SOLUTION
e).LA
Volume of bushing
ae
_
-
volumeof rectangular
_
+ volume of cylinder
solid
1 V = LWH — yah =~ (8 cm)(4 cm)(4 cm)
ae: (3.14)(1cm)?(8
cm)
= 128 cm — 12.56 cm?
= 115.44 cm? The volume of the bushing is approximately 115.44 cm’.
33
34
Module 20 * Geometry
Check your understanding 7 Find the volume of the channel iron shown in the figure below.
0.8 ft
SOLUTION
See page S-S.
3.4 ft
Objective 20.4C Practice
1. A rectangular tank at a fish hatchery is 9 m long, 3 m wide, and 1.5 m deep. Find the volume of the water in the tank when the tank is full. 40.5 m 2. An oil tank, which is in the shape of a cylinder, is 4 m high and has a diameter of 6 m. The oil tank is two-thirds full. Find the number of cubic meters of oil in the tank. Use 3.14 for 77. Round to the nearest hundredth. 75.36 m 3. A silo, which is in the shape of a cylinder, is 16 ft in diameter and has a height of 30 ft. The silo is three-fourths full. Find the volume of the portion of the silo that is not being used for storage. Use 3.14 for 7. 1507.2 ft 4. An architect is designing the heating system for an auditorium and needs to know the volume of the structure. Find the volume of the auditorium with the measurements shown in the figure below. Use 3.14 for 7. 809.516.25 {1
125 ft
94ft Solutions on pp. S-15—S-16.
| SECTION The Pythagorean Theorem Objective 20.5A
Find the square root of a number The area of a square is 36 in’. What is the length of each side?
Area of the square = (side)? 36 = side: side
What number multiplied times itself equals 36?
36 = 6:6 Each side of the square is 6 in.
Section 20.5 ¢ The Pythagorean Theorem
35
The square root of a number is one of two identical factors of the number. The square root symbol is The square root of 36 is 6.
\/36 = 6 A perfect square is the product of a whole number times itself. aS
1, 4, 9, 16, 25, and 36 are perfect squares.
The square root of a perfect square is a whole number.
|
NY BW Nn
ll
SaASS5
Ni nj~ayo;]Bai] WN Nn
If a number is not a perfect square, its square root can only be approximated. The approximate square roots of numbers can be found using a calculator. For example:
35 ~ 5.916 Focus on finding square roots a. Find the square roots of the perfect squares 49 and 81. b. Find the square roots of 27 and 108. Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION
a.
V49 = 7, V81 = 9
b. V27 ~ 5.196, V108 ~ 10.392 |Check your understanding 1 a. Find the square roots of the perfect squares 16 and 169. b. Find the square roots of 32 and 162. Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION
See page S-5.
aes
b. 5.657, 12.728
Objective 20.5A Practice 1. Find V7. Round to the nearest thousandth.
2.646
2. Find V64. 8 3. Find V144, 12 4. Find V/130. Round to the nearest thousandth.
11.402
Solutions on p. S-16.
Objective 20.5B
‘Find the unknown side of a right triangle using the Pythagorean Theorem The Greek mathematician Pythagoras is generally credited with the discovery that the square of the hypotenuse of a right triangle is equal to the sum of the squares of the two legs. This is called the Pythagorean Theorem. However, the Babylonians used this theorem more than 1000 years before Pythagoras lived.
36
Module 20 * Geometry
Square of the hypotenuse
equals
ate
=
Ba
4
25
=
9+
16
25
=
sum of the squares of the two legs
aS
If the length of one side of a right triangle is unknown, then one of the following formulas can be used to find it.
If the length of the hypotenuse is unknown, use
Hypotenuse = V (leg)? + (leg)?
= V6P +
3
=1/0 + 16 =V25=5 If the length of a leg is unknown, use
Lego = (hypotenuse)? — (leg)?
a)
= V Ga
ed a.
| Focus on finding the hypotenuse of a right triangle | Find the hypotenuse of the triangle shown in the figure. Round | to the nearest thousandth.
|
| SOLUTION
| Hypotenuse = V (leg)* + (leg)?
=V8
+4
= V64 + 16 = V 80 = 8.944 | The hypotenuse is approximately 8.944 in.
| Check your understanding 2 _ Find the hypotenuse of the triangle shown in the figure. | Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION | | en
See page S-5.
8 in.
13.601 in. 11 in.
Section 20.5 * The Pythagorean Theorem
Focus on finding the length of a leg of a right triangle Find the length of the leg of the triangle shown in the figure.
epee
| Round to the nearest thousandth. SOLUTION
9cm
Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)? sau
12%
9?
= Visa 81
=
V 63 = 7.937
The length of the leg is approximately
7.937 cm.
| Check your understanding 3 | Find the length of the leg of the triangle shown | in the figure. Round to the nearest thousandth.
SOLUTION
See page S-S.
ie
10.909 ft
Objective 20.5B Practice 1. Find the unknown side of the triangle shown below.
13 in.
; see
12 in.
For Exercises 2 to 5, find the unknown side of the triangle. Round to the nearest thousandth. De
11.402 cm 7 cm
9 cm
3.
8.718 ft 20 ft
18 ft 4.
12.728 yd
9 yd 9 yd 8.485 in. 6 in.
6 in.
Solutions on pp. S-16—S-17.
12 ft
37
38
Module 20 ¢ Geometry
Objective 20.5C
Solve application problems Focus on solving an application A 25-foot ladder is placed against a building at a point 21 ft above the ground, as shown in the figure. Find the distance from the base of the building to the base of the ladder. Round to the nearest thousandth.
STRATEGY
| To find the distance from the base of the building to the base of the ladder, use the Pythagorean Theorem. The hypotenuse is the length of the ladder (25 ft). One leg is the | distance along the building from the ground to the top of the ladder (21 ft). The distance | from the base of the building to the base of the ladder is the unknown leg. | SOLUTION
Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)?
= V5 =
el
V 625 — 441
= V 184 = 13.565 | The distance is approximately 13.565 ft.
| Check your understanding 4 _ Find the distance between the centers of the holes in the metal plate shown in the figure. _ Round to the nearest thousandth.
| SOLUTION
See page S-6.
8.544 cm
ea
Objective 20.5C Practice 1. In the figure below, find the length of the ramp used to roll barrels up to the load-
ing dock, which is 3.5 ft high. Round to the nearest hundredth.
9.66 fi
—_ Cae rT |3.5ft
pee --%
ey
[Suex
9 ft
2. If you travel 18 mi east and then 12 mi north, how far are you from your starting point? Round to the nearest tenth. 21.6 mi
Section 20.6 ¢ Similar and Congruent Triangles
39
3. A diagonal of a rectangle is a line drawn from one vertex to the opposite vertex. Find the length of the diagonal in the rectangle shown below. Round to the nearest tenth.
12.1 mi
11 mi
4. A ladder 8 m long is placed against a building in preparation for washing the windows. How high on the building does the ladder reach when the bottom of the ladder is 3 m from the base of the building? Round to the nearest tenth. 7.4m
Solutions on pp. S-17-S-18.
SECTION
20.6 Objective 20.6A
§&
Similar and Congruent Triangles Solve similar and congruent triangles Similar objects have the same shape but not necessarily the same size. A baseball is similar to a basketball. A model airplane is similar to an actual airplane. Similar objects have corresponding parts; for example, the propellers on a model airplane correspond to the propellers on the actual airplane. The relationship between the sizes of the corresponding parts can be written as a ratio, and all such ratios will be the same. If the propellers on the model plane are
E
\Tiem
| SOLUTION
D
14 cm
See page S-6.
6cm
_ Focus on finding a height by using similar triangles | Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar. Find h, the height of triangle DEF. F
C
h 4c H
eS A8cem2
|
an G
D
i2cem
£
Section 20.6 ¢ Similar and Congruent Triangles
41
SOLUTION Som
_
4cm
12 em
° The ratio of corresponding sides of similar triangles equals the ratio of
h
8h =
corresponding heights:
12-4cm
oe G
8h = 48 cm 8h _
48cm
Sas
h = 6cm | The height of triangle DEF is 6 cm.
Check your understanding 2 Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar. Find h, the height of triangle DEF.
F C
A
H
SOLUTION
4
15m
jan
JD
G
See page S-6.
E
10.5 m
Congruent objects have the same shape and the same size. The two triangles shown are congruent. They have exactly the same size.
E
B 5 cm 4
8 cm
8 cm
7 cm
: ; 7cm €
Das cm
F
For triangles, congruent means that the corresponding sides and angles of the triangle are equal (this contrasts with similar triangles, in which corresponding angles, but not necessarily corresponding sides, are equal). Here are two rules that can be used to determine whether two triangles are congruent.
Side-Side-Side (SSS) Rule Two triangles are congruent if all three sides of one triangle equal the corresponding sides of the second triangle.
In the two triangles at the right, AB = DE,
B
AC = DF, and BC = EF. The correspond-
ing sides of triangles ABC and DEF are equal. The triangles are congruent by the SSS rule.
5 A
E 4
5 (e
Side-Angle-Side (SAS) Rule Two triangles are congruent if two sides and the included angle of one triangle equal the corresponding sides and included angle of the second triangle.
In the two triangles at the right, AB = EF, AC = DE, and ZCAB = ZDEF. The triangles are congruent by the SAS rule.
.
E
4
42
Module 20 © Geometry
Determine whether the two triangles at the right are
B
E
_ congruent.
|Because AC = DF, AB = FE, and BC = DE,
af
oN
:
'all three sides of one triangle equal the _ corresponding sides of the second triangle. | The triangles are congruent by the SSS rule.
Focus on determining whether two triangles are congruent Determine whether triangle ABC in the figure is congruent to triangle FDE.
A
4ft
©
D
7 ft
ie
SOLUTION
Because AB = DF, AC = EF, and angle BAC = angle DFE, the triangles are congruent by the SAS rule.
Check your understanding 3 Determine whether triangle ABC in the figure is congruent to triangle DEF. 4
D
i Cc
ha B
SOLUTION
F
E
See page S-6.
Not congruent
—=
Focus on finding the areas of similar triangles Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar. Find the area of triangle DEF. .
Cc :cm
A 4cm
8
D
12 cm
E
STRATEGY
To find the area of triangle DEF: ¢ Solve a proportion to find the height of triangle DEF. Let h = the height. ¢ Use the formula A =
SDh.
Section 20.6 ¢ Similar and Congruent Triangles
SOLUTION
AB
_
DE 4cmi
height of triangle ABC height of triangle DEF 3cm
Qom
sh
4h =
12-3cm
4h = 36cm 4h
36cm
Aly Bande h=9cm
The height is 9 cm. ef A= men 1
= 32 cm)(9 cm) = 54cm"
The area is 54 cm’.
Check your understanding 4 Triangles ABC and DEF in the figure are similar right triangles. Find the perimeter of triangle ABC. F
(@: e
10 in. 6 in.
A 4in.
B
D
SOLUTION
8 in.
E
See pages S-6-S-7.
12 in.
Objective 20.6A Practice
1. Are triangles ABC and DEF congruent?
Yes
2. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find DE.
7.2 cm
iB
4cm
Asem
© D
9 em
PF
3. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find the height of triangle DEF. Round to the nearest tenth. 3.3m F
height om
©
5m
m7
A
height
B
D
E
43
44
Module 20 ¢ Geometry
4. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find the perimeter of triangle DEF. ;
38 cm
c 16 cm 5 cm
A
os
D B
12 cm E
5. Triangles ABC and DEF are similar. Find the area of triangle ABC.
15cm
Solutions on pp. S-18—-S-19.
40 cm
56.25 cm
Solutions to Module 20
SOLUTIONS TO MODULE
S-1
20
Solutions to Check Your Understanding Section 20.1
Check your understanding 1 OT = OR+ RS + ST 625 4S)
7)
62 = 41 + RS 62 — 41 = 41 — 41 + RS 21 = RS
Check your understanding 2 Let x represent the supplement of a 32° angle. The sum of supplementary angles is 180°. sep Se
IIe
sear Sp = By)? = ihe = sy x =
148°
148° is the supplement of 32°.
Check your understanding 3 Za + 68° = 118° Za + 68° — 68° = 118° — 68°
Za = 50°
Check your understanding 4 The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°. JIN ep Ala} 5 (AE
Meh?
ZA + 62° + 45° = 180° AT
aOT. = 80%
Meds = MOY = NO? Ss tO!
NO
ZA = 73° The measure of the third angle is 73°.
Check your understanding 5 In a right triangle, one angle measures 90° and the two acute angles are complementary.
ZA + ZB = 90°
LA + 7° = 90° Ame = O02 = 7° LA = 83° The other angles measure 90° and 83°.
Check your understanding 6 1 r=
ss
a
aa
16
.
3
1)
) es
4
The radius is 4 in.
.
1n.
S-2
Solutions to Module 20
Check your understanding 7 Angles a and b are supplementary angles.
Za + Lb = 180° 125° 4 125° S125
= 180° ee
BO = 1059
Zb = 55°
Check your understanding 8 Zc and Za are corresponding angles. Corresponding angles are equal.
Ze = Za = 120° Zb and Zc are supplementary angles.
Zb + Lc = 180° Zb + 120° = 180° LD
20
N20 a1 S072 02 Zb = 60°
Section 20.2
Check your understanding 1 P= Ge OeaG
= 12cm + 15cm + 18cm = 45cm The perimeter of the triangle is 45 cm.
Check your understanding 2 P=2L+2W
= 2(2 m) + 2(0.85 m) =4m-+
1.7m
=5.7m The perimeter of the rectangle is 5.7 m.
Check your understanding 3 C= 1d
~ 3.14-6in. = 18.84 in. The circumference is approximately 18.84 in.
Check your understanding 4 Perimeter
two
the
of composite = lengths of a + circumference figure
rectangle P=2L
of a circle
+ wd
~ 2(8 in.) + 3.14(3 in.) l| 16 in. + 9.42 in. ll 25.42 in.
The perimeter is approximately 25.42 in.
Solutions to Module 20
Check your understanding 5 STRATEGY
To find the perimeter, use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle. SOLUTION
P=2L+
2W 1
= 2(11 in.) + 2(8; in.) = 22 in. + 17 in.
= 39 in. The perimeter of the computer paper is 39 in.
Check your understanding 6 STRATEGY
To find the cost: ¢ Find the perimeter of the workbench. ¢ Multiply the perimeter by the per-meter cost of the stripping. SOLUTION
P=2L
+ 2W
= 2(3 m) + 2(0.74 m) =6m+
1.48m
= 7.48 m $4.49 X 7.48 = $33.5852
The cost is $33.59.
Section 20.3
Check your understanding 1
JN sph = 524 in.)(14 in.) = 168 in? The area is 168 in’.
Check your understanding 2 A = area of rectangle — area of triangle
AE
1 Wah 2
1 , = (10in. X 6 in.) — € X 6in. X 4in.) = 60 in? —
12 in?
= 48 in?
The area is 48 in?.
Check your understanding 3 STRATEGY
To find the area of the room: ¢ Find the area in square feet. ¢ Convert to square yards.
S-3
S-4
Solutions to Module 20
SOLUTION A = LW
=
12 ft-9 ft
= 108 it
lyd?
108f x ——
of?
108
= —
9 %
y¢
= 12 yd? The area of the room is 12 yd’. Section 20.4
Check your understanding 1 V = LWH = (8 cm)(3.5 cm)(4 cm)
112 cm? The volume is 112 cm’.
Check your understanding 2 v=
= (5 cm)? = 125 cnr
The volume is 125 cm’. Check your understanding 3 i
1
P= 54 = ail4 i=
7 ait,
V=arh 22
a a
in.)?(15 in.)
= 9610
The volume is approximately 2310 in’. Check your understanding 4 V=—n7r°
3 if = 36-14) m) 3
= 113.04 m? The volume is approximately 113.04 m*.
Check your understanding 5 1 V = volume of rectangular solid + 5 volume of cylinder 1 V = LWH + yah 1 ~ (24 in.) (6 in.) (4 in.) + 578.14) (3 in.)?(24 in.) = 576 in? + 339.12 in*
= 915.12 in° The volume is approximately 915.12 in’.
Solutions to Module 20
S-5
Check your understanding 6 STRATEGY
To find the volume of the freezer, use the formula for the volume of a rectangular solid. SOLUTION
V = LWH
= (7 ft)(2.5 ft)(3 ft) = 52 oat The volume of the freezer is 52.5 ft’.
Check your understanding 7 STRATEGY To find the volume of the channel iron, subtract the volume of the cut-out rectangular solid from the volume of the large rectangular solid.
SOLUTION V = LWH — LWH = (10 ft)(0.5 ft) (0.8 ft) — (10 ft) (0.3 ft) (0.2 ft) = 4ft — 0.6 ft =a 4tt The volume of the channel iron is 3.4 ft’.
Section 20.5
Check your understanding 1 a.
16=4
V169 = 13 b. V32 ~ 5.657 V/162 ~ 12.728 Check your understanding 2 Hypotenuse = V (leg)? + (leg)?
= V8 + 1P = V64 + 121 = V 185 = 13.601 The hypotenuse is approximately 13.601 in.
Check your understanding 3 Leg = V (hypotenuse)? — (leg)?
=V
12? — $?
= 1/144 = 25 = 119 = 10.909 The length of the leg is approximately 10.909 ft.
S-6
Solutions to Module 20
Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY To find the distance between the holes, use the Pythagorean Theorem. The hypotenuse is the distance between the holes. The length of each leg is given (3 cm and 8 cm). SOLUTION
Hypotenuse = V (leg)? + (leg)?
=VF48 -Vore
=V73 ~= 8.544 The distance is approximately 8.544 cm.
Section 20.6
Check your understanding 1 ABS
AG
DE DF Jem
= 3cm
14cm
x
Tx = 14:3cm Tx = 42cm Tx _ 42cm
Te is
gat
x=6cm Side DF is 6 cm.
Check your understanding 2 AC _ height CH
DF heightFG 10npi
7m
sm he 10h = 15°7m 10h = 105m 10h _ 105m
10
~—«:10
h = 10.5m The height of triangle DEF is 10.5 m.
Check your understanding 3 AC = DF, ZACB = ZDFE, but BC # EF because CAB triangles are not congruent.
Check your understanding 4 STRATEGY
To find the perimeter of triangle ABC: ¢ Solve a proportion to find the lengths of sides BC and AC.
¢ Use the formula P
=a+b-+c.
# ZFDE. Therefore, the
Solutions to Module 20
S-7
SOLUTION
BC _ AB
EF
DE
BO. 4in.
10in.
8 int.
8(BC) = 10 in.(4) 8(BC) = 40 in
8(BC) — 40in
8°
eos
BC = 5in
AC _ AB
DF
DE
AC _ 4ix
6in.
Sin
8(AC) = 6 in.(4) 8(AC) = 24 in.
8(AC) _ 24 in,
Scaring
h8
AC = 3 in. Perimeter
= 4in. + 5in. + 3 in. =
12 in.
The perimeter of triangle ABC is 12 in.
Solutions to Objective Practice Exercises Objective 20.1A
1.
AD = AB + BC + CD Syl = Dil se 1b ae (CD
54 = 35 + CD 3b = 3b) = 3) = Sb) se (CD) 19 = CD 2. Let x represent the complement of 62°. The sum of complementary angles is 90°.
Kei O2 1— 902 a =r (OO — (GO an OO
oy
x = 28° 28° is the complement of 62°. 3. Let x represent the supplement of 162°. The sum of supplementary angles is 180°.
Xa L620 = 180° Waa 1622 tees 1628 =. 180? 1.162" x = 18° 18° is the supplement of 162°.
4. ZAOB = 64° +:72° = 136° 5.
Za +134 = 90° ee
en
Sa — OO eo
TF
13°
S-8
Solutions to Module 20
Objective 20.1B
1. The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°. HIN 32 YI} Se EC
AO?
ZA + 13°F 65° = 180° ZA + 78° = 180° LA
See
18°
— 78°
ZA = 102° The measure of the other angle is 102°. 2. Ina right triangle, one angle measures 90° and the two acute angles are complementary. One acute angle is given as 62°.
ZA + ZB = 90° ZA + 62° = 90° LA 102, 2162-90"
— 62°
ZA = 28° The other angles measure 90° and 28°.
3. The sum of the three angles of a triangle is 180°. ZAC
ab
AG — 1807
ZA + 30° + 45° = 180° ZA + 15° = 180° LAAT:
FS
eo”
75°
ZA = 105° The measure of the other angle is 105°.
4.
d=2r
d = 2(24cm) = 48cm The diameter is 48 cm.
5.es
r=sd
Sa
1
f= wll 2 m) = 0.6m The radius is 0.6 m.
Objective
20.1C
1.
LG
14
=
Za + 74° — 74° =
1802
* Supplementary angles
180° — 74°
Za = 106° Zb = 74° 2.
Za
Nis
¢ Vertical angle * Vertical angle
Zb + 112° = 180°
Lbs 3.
ho
a1 80% Lb = 68°
* Supplementary angles
112°
Zb + 136° = 180° Lb + 136° = 136°.=1802 — 136° Lb = 44° Za=
Lb
Za = 44°
* Corresponding angles
* Supplementary angles
Solutions to Module 20
Za = 130°
* Alternate interior angles
Zb + 130° = 180° DES
$-9
Use 30e—
* Supplementary angles
1802, =" 130°
Zb = 50°
Objective 20.2A
ble
Shae =
are
12 in. + 20 in. + 24 in.
= 56 in.
The perimeter of the triangle is 56 in. .
P=4s
= 4(5 ft) = 20ft The perimeter of the square is 20 ft. -
C=2mr
~ 2(3.14)(4 in.) = 25.12 in. The circumference of the circle is approximately 25.12 in. =
Wi = 2(2 m) + 2(0.8 m) = Zliris
ieoyiea
= 5.6m
The perimeter of the triangle is 5.6 m. - STRATEGY
To find the amount of fencing, find the perimeter of the corral using the width (60 ft) and the length (75 ft). SOLUTION
P=2L+2W lI 2(75 ft) + 2(60 ft)
= 150 ft +
120 ft
= 270 ft The trainer will need 270 ft of fencing. .- STRATEGY
To find the circumference, replace the variable d in the formula for circumference, C = ard, with the diameter (24.26 mm). Use 3.14 for 77. SOLUTION
C = td
= 3.14(24.26 mm) =
76.18 mm
The circumference is approximately 76.18 mm.
S-10
Solutions to Module 20
Objective 20.2B
1. Perimeter = sum of the lengths of the sides = 19cm + 20cm + 8cm + 5cm + 27 cm + 42 cm = 121 cm
The perimeter is 121 cm.
2. Perimeterof composite figure
Sum of the lengths 5 the circumference = of the three sides of + of the circle the rectangle SLT
1
Wind
205m) + 8m + 56-16 i) = 30m+8m-+
12.56m
= 50.56m
The perimeter is 50.56 m.
1 3. Perimeter = sum of the lengths of the two sides + 5 the circumference of the circle 1
~ 2-1 ft + 53.14: 1 fi) =
itt as 1.57 ft
= 3.57 ft The perimeter is approximately 3.57 ft.
| 4. Perimeter = total length of the side + 2 times 5 the circumference of each circle 1 a= (2.55 ft + 2.55 ft) + 2- 33.14 - 2.55 ft) = 5.10 ft + 8.007 ft
13.107 ft
The perimeter is approximately 13.107 ft.
Objective 20.2C
1. STRATEGY To find the amount of fencing, use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle. SOLUTION
P=2L+2W=2-18+2-12 = 36 + 24 = 60
The amount of fencing needed is 60 ft. 2.
STRATEGY
To find how much molding is needed, use the formula for the circumference of a circle. SOLUTION
C= 1d
~ 3.14-3.8 ft = 11.932 ft The length of molding needed for the table is approximately 11.932 ft.
Solutions to Module 20
BS STRATEGY To find the amount of bias binding: ¢ Use the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle to find the amount of binding needed. ¢ Convert the amount to feet.
¢ Divide the amount by 15 to find the number of packages needed. SOLUTION
P=2L+2W=2-72+2-45 = 144 + 90 = 234 234 in. = 19.5 ft 19.5 + 15=13
Since 1.3 packages are needed, 2 packages must be ordered. STRATEGY
To find the distance the tricycle travels: ¢ Convert the diameter (12 in.) to feet. ¢ Use the formula for circumference to find the distance traveled in 1 revolution.
¢ Multiply the distance traveled in | revolution by the number of revolutions (8). SOLUTION
. 12 im X
1 ft = = iit 12 ix
C = 7d
22 3 Vo I =e Shaltaie
3.14 ft X 8 = 25.12 ft
The tricycle travels approximately 25.12 ft.
Objective 20.3A
1. A=
LW = 04 t-6ft—
144 fr
De
A = 5) = (Oin.)? = 81 in?
3
Au=
ain
2
23.14(4 ft)? = 50.24 fr
1 A = —bh » 1 2 sae (10 in.) (4 in.) = 20 in? 1
1
A = mr? = 3.14(20 cm)” = 1256 cm’
S-11
S-12
Solutions to Module 20
Objective 20.3B
if Area = area of rectangle — area of triangle 1 = (tw)- (Jon) 2
1
= (8cm-4cm) — (F-4em:3em)
= 32cm? — 6cm* = 26 cm’ 2. Area = area of rectangle + area of triangle 1 2
= (LW) + (Fon) ; : er = (6in.-4 in.) + (F-4in.-3in. = 24 in* + 6 in? = 30 in
1 ae Area = area of rectangle — 5 area of circle ae = LW = ar 2
~ (2m-0.8 m) ae! (3.14) (0.4 m)? 3 = 1.6m — 0.2512 m’? = 1.3488 m? 1
4. Area = area of triangle + 5 area of circle 1
1
lI (on) —bh |)+=:5 Tr 1
ar l
~ & 22.4 cm: 22.4 cm)SF a 3.14(11.2 cm)?
= 2502.88 cm? + 196.9408 cm?
= 447.8208 cm? Objective 20.3C
1. STRATEGY To find the amount of artificial turf needed, find the area of a rectangle with length 100 yd and width 75 yd. SOLUTION
A=LW = 100 yd- 75 yd = 7500 yd The amount of artificial turf needed is 7500 yd’.
Solutions to Module 20 2.
STRATEGY
To find the amount of stain: ¢ Find the area of a rectangle that measures 10 ft by 8 ft. ¢ Divide the area by the area that one quart of stain will cover (50 ft’).
SOLUTION A = LW
= 10ft Remember that the “Focus on” feature indicates a worked-out example. Using paper and pencil, work through the example. See AIM for Success.
| Focus on solving an application involving a pictograph The pictograph in Figure 2 represents the responses of 600 young Americans when asked what they would like to have with them on a desert island. What percent of the respondents answered “Books’’? STRATEGY
2
Use the basic percent equation. The base is 600 (the total number of responses), and
Music Parents
the amount is 90 (the number
Computer
responding “Books”).
Bese
SOLUTION
BL
Percent X base = amount n.
x 600°—=" 190 600n = 90 600n 600
=
90
600
Seo
e
Bs Ba Baszig 7 _7[ _7F° es gietesea at
7 7 7 7F *
* *
8 ¢ _2F = 30 responses
* Rewrite the equation
Figure 2 What 600 young Americans want on a desert island Source: Time magazine
we
¢ Divide each side by 600.
:
n= 0.15
15% of the respondents wanted books on a desert island.
Section 21.1
¢ Pictographs and Circle Graphs
Check your understanding 1
January @&, @, @, @, @
According to Figure 3, the number of cellular phones purchased in March represents what percent of the total number of cellular phones purchased during the
February ®, ®
March ®% % %,
4-month period? SOLUTION
See
3
April &, ®@
page S-1.
24%
He
3
®,
= 1000 cellular phones
@
= 500 cellular phones
SG
Figure 3 Monthly cellular phone purchases
Objective 21.1A Practice
The pictograph in Figure 4 shows the approximate gross domestic revenues for four popular movies. Use this graph for Exercises | and 2. Star Trek
Transformers: Dark of the Moon Avatar
&»y Ko) &
Gz NG
&» Qe
Tron Man 2 &y
‘op
Figure 4
xy
&y
Gy & &y Re
OY)
orm
Gy» Qo (om
Gy
= $100 million
&e
= $50 million
Gross revenues for four popular movies
1. Find the total gross revenue from the four movies. $1.65 billion 2. Find the percent of the total gross revenue that was earned by Avatar. Round to the nearest percent.
45%
The pictograph in Figure 5 is based on a survey of adults who were asked whether they agreed with each statement. Use this graph for Exercises 3 and 4.
Humanity should explore planets Space exploration impacts daily life Given a chance, I'd travel in space
Space will be colonized in my lifetime
LAM
LA;
Shh. Ob LOA
,4 fo
&
Wy of,= 100 people ,4 = 50 people
Figure 5
Number of adults who agree with the
statement
3. How many more people agreed that humanity should explore planets than agreed that space exploration impacts daily life? 50 more people 4. Is the number of people who said they would travel in space more than twice the number of people who agreed that space would be colonized in their lifetime? No Solutions on pp. S-6-S-7.
4
Module 21 « Statistics and Probability
Objective 21.1B
Read a circle graph A circle graph represents data by the sizes of the sectors. A sector of a circle is one of the “pieces of the pie” into which a circle graph is divided.
Focus on solving an application involving a circle graph Take Note >»
One quadrillion is 1,000,000,000,000,000.
| The circle graph in Figure 6 shows the energy con-
Nuclear power
Renewable sources
sumption from various sources in the United States _ during a recent year. The complete circle graph represents the total amount of energy consumed, 97.8 quadrillion Btu. Each sector of the circle represents the amount of energy consumed from that source. According to Figure 6, what percent of the total energy consumed originated from nuclear | power?
SOLUTION
Figure 6 Annual ek
To find the percent of the total energy consumed
that originated from nuclear power, solve the basic | percent equation for percent. The base is 97.5 quadrillion Btu, and the amount is 8.4 quadrillion Btu.
a
consumption in quadrillion
inthe United Grates
Btu
Source: U.S +Pnereylutonnation Administration
Percent X base = amount
n
X97TS
=
n=
84
8.4 + 97.8
n = 0.086 | To the nearest tenth of a percent, 8.6% of the energy consumed originated from nuclear
power.
Check your understanding 2 In a recent year, the top 25 companies in the United
States spent a total of $17.8 billion on national advertising. The circle graph in Figure 7 shows what percents of the $17.8 billion went to the various advertising media. The complete circle represents 100% of all the money spent by these companies. Each sector of the graph represents the percent of the total spent on a particular medium. According to Figure 7, how much money was spent on magazine advertising?
foe
CableTv
77”
Outdoor
Newspapers
| Round to the nearest hundred million dollars.
| SOLUTION
See page S-1.
$2,800,000,000
Figure 7 Distribution of 17.8 billion advertising dollars for 25 companies Source: Interep research
Section 21.1 © Pictographs and Circle Graphs Objective 21.1B Practice
The circle graph in Figure 8 shows the results of a survey in which people were asked, “What bothers you most about movie theaters?” Use this graph for Exercises 1 to 4.
High ticket prices 33
High food prices 31
Figure 8 a survey
1. 2. 3. 4.
What What How What
Distribution of responses in
complaint was mentioned most complaint was mentioned least many people were surveyed? percent of the respondents said
often? People talking often? Uncomfortable seats 150 people that people talking bothered them most?
28%
The circle graph in Figure 9 shows the land area in square miles of each of the seven continents. Use this graph for Exercises 5 and 6. Australia Europe
4,060,000
+1
5,100,000
South America
6,870,000
Asia 17,150,000
ee
North
Africa
America
11,670,000
9,420,000
Figure 9 Land areas of the seven continents (in square miles)
5. How much larger is North America than South America? — 2.550.000 mi? 6. What percent of the total land area is the land area of Asia? Round to the nearest tenth ofapercent. 30.0% Solutions on pp. S-7-S-8.
5
6
Module 21 © Statistics and Probability
SECTION
§
21 2
Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs
Objective 21.2A
|
Read a bar graph A bar graph represents data by the heights of the bars. The bar graph in Figure | shows temperature data recorded for Cincinnati, Ohio, for the months of March through November. For each month, the height of the bar indicates the average daily high temperature during that month. The jagged line near the bottom of the graph indicates that the vertical scale is missing the numbers between 0 and 50.
90
85 80 75 70
65 Temperature (°F) 60 55
The dashed line shows that the height of the bar for September is 79, so the daily high temperature in September was 79°F. Because the bar for July is the tallest, the daily high temperature was highest in July.
50
M.A
MM
fed
fhe eeu
Months from March to November
Figure 1
Daily high temperatures
in Cincinnati, Ohio Source: www.weather.com
A double-bar graph is used to display data for purposes of comparison. The double-bar graph in Figure 2 compares the lung capacities of inactive and athletic 45-year-olds.
Take Note > The bar for athletic females
is halfway between the marks for 50 and 60. Therefore, we estimate that the lung capacity
Capacity Lung
The lung capacity of an athletic female is 55 ml of oxygen per kilogram of body weight per minute.
is halfway between these two numbers, at 55.
Males
Females
Figure 2. Lung capacity (in milliliters of oxygen per kilogram of body weight per minute)
Focus on solving an application involving a bar graph What is the ratio of the lung capacity of an inactive male to that of an athletic male? STRATEGY
To write the ratio: *
¢
Read the graph to find the lung capacity of an inactive male and that of an athletic male. Write the ratio in simplest form.
|
| SOLUTION | Lung capacity of inactive male: 30 Lung capacity of athletic male: 60
saat 60 2 The ratio is *.
Section 21.2 ¢ Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs
7
Check your understanding 1 What is the ratio of the lung capacity of an inactive female to that of an athletic female?
SOLUTION
5
See page S-1.
a
Objective 21.2A Practice
The bar graph in Figure 3 shows the approximate world population for five decades. For 2020 and 2030, the population is a projected estimate. Use this graph for Exercises 1 and 2.
(6 —1| Ov) U1
billions) (in Population
TTT TTT TTT PTT 1990 2000 2010 2020 2030
Ff WwW N oF
Year
Figure 3 estimates
World population
1. Is the estimated population in 2030 less than or more than 8 billion people? More than 2. What was the change in world population between 1990 and 2010? 1.6 billion people The double-bar graph in Figure 4 shows maximum salaries for police officers in selected cities and the corresponding maximum salaries for officers in the suburbs of those cities. Use this graph for Exercises 3 and 4. 60
Z
i Maximum city salary S !)
Maximum suburb salary
50 40
WwoO
nNf=)
Salary dollars) of thousands (in
SLU (pa Late Unde) pep pL Sep Re v
aw
Figure 4
2 io)
&
se”
> es
+ “se
~
Police officer salaries
3. Estimate the difference between the maximum salaries of police officers in the suburbs
of New York City and in the city of New York.
$16,000
4. For which city is the difference between the maximum salary in the suburbs and that
in the city greatest? Solutions on p. S-8.
Philadelphia
8
Module 21 © Statistics and Probability
Objective 21.2B
Read a broken-line graph A broken-line graph uses data points joined by lines to show trends. The broken-line graph in Figure 5 shows the effect of inflation on the purchasing power of a $100,000 life insurance policy. The height of each dot indicates the purchasing power of the policy after a certain number of years.
$100,000 $80,000 $60,000 $40,000 Purchasing Power
The height of the dot above 10 is 60,000. After 10 years.
ag iy
the purchasing power of the $100,000 has decreased to approximately $60,000.
$0 Years
Figure 5
Effect of inflation
Two broken-line graphs are often shown in the same figure for comparison. Figure 6 shows the net incomes of two
12
software companies, Math Associates and MatheMentors, before their merger. List three facts that can be determined from the
Mathisssociates
MatheMentors
e =
_ graph.
a
The height of the yellow dot above ’13 is 12, so the net income for Math Associates in 2013 was $12 million.
8 = &
The red line falls from left to right between | 09 and ’10, so the net income for MatheMentors declined from 2009 to 2010.
5 4
é
The yellow graph always rises from left to
ae 09
LO
ee ee
at
right, so the net income for Math Associates
Figure 6
increased for each year shown.
Associates and MatheMentors
Net incomes of Math
[ Focus on solving an application involving a broken-line graph Use Figure 6 to find the difference between the net incomes of Math Associates and MatheMentors in 2011. STRATEGY
To write the difference:
| © ¢
Read the line graph to determine the net incomes of Math Associates and MatheMentors in 2011. Subtract to find the difference.
| SOLUTION | Net income for Math Associates: $5 million | Net income for MatheMentors: $2 million
(Gaz 23 The difference between the net incomes in 2011 was $3 million.
Check your understanding 2 Use Figure 6 to determine between which two years the net income of Math Associates _ increased the most. SOLUTION
See page S-2.
Between 2012 and 2013
Section 21.2 e¢ Bar Graphs and Broken-Line Graphs
Objective 21.2B Practice The broken-line graph in Figure 7 shows the estimated wind power capacity of the United States for several years. Wind power capacity is measured in gigawatts. Use this graph for Exercises | and 2. 200 (—
z SE o
—
A
a
a Sole
2 100b_— [e}
pelvis
Z 1 5 B10) @)
=
0 [aes
2014
|
2016
|
2018
|
fe
2020
2022
Year
Figure 7 Estimated U.S. wind power capacity
1. What is the estimated wind power capacity for 2018? 100 gigawatts 2. What is the difference between the estimated wind power capacity for 2014 and for 2022? 110 gigawatts The double-broken-line graph in Figure 8 shows the number of Calories per day that should be consumed by women and men in various age groups. Use this graph for Exercises 3 and 4. 3000 (-
ee
=
mes
Women
2500
g
oF
s
5 2000
1500 | 11-14
| 15-18
| 19-22
23-50
51-74
75+
Figure 8 Recommended number of Calories per day for men and women
3. What is the difference between the number of Calories recommended for men aged 19 to 22 and the number recommended for women aged 19 to 22? 800 Calories 4. People of what age and gender have the lowest recommended number of Calories? Women aged 75+ Solutions on p. S-9.
9
10
Module 21 © Statistics and Probability
»
SECTION
;
-
aa
Organizing Data Objective 21.3A Tips
‘or Success >
A great many new vocabulary words are introduced in this
Create frequency distributions Statistics is the study of collecting, organizing, and interpreting data. Data are collected from a population, which is the set of all observations of interest. Here are two examples of populations.
chapter. There are six new terms this page alone: statistics, Pupulatian, fe@useenaten ae tion, classes, range, and class
A medical researcher wants to determine the effectiveness of a new drug in control: ; : ech : ling blood pressure. The population for the researcher is the amount of change in blood pressure for each patient receiving the medication.
width. All of these terms are in bold type. The bold type indiRates MAU eRe St ee ee
The quality control inspector of a precision instrument company wants to determine the diameters of ball bearings. The population for the inspector is the measure of the diameter of each ball bearing.
on
must
B as it is
know
to learn the material.
study each new term presented.
A frequency distribution is one method of organizing the data collected from a population. A frequency distribution is constructed by dividing the data gathered from the population into classes. Here is an example: A ski association surveys 40 of its members, asking them to report the percent of their ski terrain that is rated expert. The results of the survey follow. Percent of Expert Terrain at 40 Ski Resorts
14 12 13 25
24 21 18 20
8 24 29 14
3] 23 33 18
27 12 34s 15
9 a1 2] 11
12 30 28 17
32 31 23 ay,
24 26 11 21
Da 34 10 25
To organize these data into a frequency distribution: 1. Find the smallest number (8) and the largest number (34) in the table. The difference
between these two numbers is the range of the data. Range = 34 — 8 = 26
2. Decide how many classes the frequency distribution will contain. Frequency distributions usually have from 6 to 12 classes. The frequency distribution for this example will contain 6 classes. 3. Divide the range by the number of classes. If necessary, round the quotient to a whole number. This number is called the class width. 2 =~ 4. The class width is 4.
4. Form the classes of the frequency distribution. Classes 8-12
13-17 18—22
Add 4 to the smallest number. Add 4 again. Continue until a class contains
23-27 28-32
the largest number in the set of data.
33-37 These are the lower
class limits.
t
t
These are the upper
class limits.
Section 21.3 © Organizing Data
11
5. Complete the table by tabulating the data for each class. For each data value, place a slash next to the class that contains the value. Count the number of tallies in each class. This is the class frequency. Frequency Distribution for Ski Resort Data Classes 8-12 13-17 18-22 23-27 28-32 33-37
Tally MINT MIT MINT MIT MMIII ///
Frequency 8 5 6 10 8 3
Organizing data into a frequency distribution enables us to make statements about the data. For example, 27 (6 + 10 + 8 + 3) of the ski resorts reported that 18% or more of their terrain was rated expert.
An insurance agency tabulated the dollar amounts of 50 auto insurance premiums. The results are given in the following table. Dollar Amounts of 50 Auto Insurance Premiums
475 993 882 677 484
224 881 278 688 339
22 361 455 410 950
721 560 803 505 Sy)
815 574 985 890 SB)
351 742 305 186 A?
596 703 522. 829 326
625 998 900 631 198
981 435 638 882 453
748 873 810 991 118
Focus on creating a frequency distribution For the table of auto insurance premiums given above, make a frequency distribution that has 6 classes. STRATEGY
To make the frequency distribution: e Find the range. ¢ Divide the range by 6, the number of classes. Round the quotient to the nearest whole number. This is the class width. ¢ Tabulate the data for each class. SOLUTION
Range = 998 — 118 = 880 Class width = = =
147
Dollar Amount of Insurance Premiums
Classes
Tally
118-265
iI/
266-413 414—S6l 562-709 710-857 858-1005
MITT MMIII MMIII IMI MMIII
Frequency
3 i 10 9 9 12
12
Module 21 © Statistics and Probability
Dollar Amount
of Insurance Premiums|
acces.
7re
i. BS ge
Check your understanding
1
|
5
:
: mes "For the table of auto insurance premiums given on page 11, make a frequency distribution 4 that has 8 classes.
34 340 45
.
/ _ SOLUTION
2 '
See page S-2.
1a
56?
6
¢
7
78
10 5
Objective 21.3A Practice Use the table below for Exercises | to 4. Tuition per Term at 40 Colleges (in hundreds of dollars)
2
Tally
85 71 TEA
Sip 74 OSD
3863 Gl
Frequency
77
a)
89
4
83
Pomme
6 48—Cti«éC4d Sill 70 52 Ship
91 ~=—87 e491
88 84 95D
92 = 95 60
91
45
96
49
58
eos..
P50.
«09
95
67
5
=) 5 ’
1. What is the range of the data in the tuition table? 64 2. Make a frequency distribution for the tuition table. Use 8 classes. 3. Which class has the greatest frequency? 86-94
9
4. What percent of the tuitions are between $9500 and $10,300?
4
Solutions on pp. S-9-S-10.
Jbjective 21.3B
10%
Read histograms A histogram is a bar graph that represents the data in a frequency distribution. The width of each bar represents a class, and the height of the bar corresponds to the frequency of the class.
A survey of 105 households is conducted, and the number of kilowatt-hours (kWh) of electricity used by each household in a 1-month period is recorded in the frequency distribution shown at the left below. The histogram for the frequency distribution is shown in Figure 1. Classes
Te Note
2» that the upper class limit of
(kWh)
Frequency
25
850-900 900-950
9 14
one class is the lower class limit a 53 ‘a class. In this case, a
950-1000 1000-1050
US
fs
but not including, the upper Pits:
1100-1150
l4
FE:
limit, Therefore, if a data value
1150-1200
10
2
pisces ie
ee
disp Z ie
17
2
15
Ce
35
for the distribution at the right were 900, that data value would be included in the 900-950 class.
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
Kilowatt-hours
Figure 1
Electricity use of 105 households
From the frequency distribution or the histogram, we can see that 17 households used between 950 kWh and 1000 kWh during the I-month period.
Section 21.3 * Organizing Data
13
| Focus on solving an application involving a histogram Use the histogram in Figure | on page 12 to find the number of households that used 950 kWh of electricity or less during the month. STRATEGY
To find the number of households: ¢ Read the histogram to find the number of households that used between 850 and 900 kWh and the number that used between 900 and 950 kWh. e Add the two numbers. SOLUTION Number between 850 and 900 kWh: 9 | Number between 900 and 950 kWh: 14
9
14
23
Twenty-three households used 950 kWh of electricity or less during the month.
Check your understanding 2 Use the histogram in Figure 1 on page 12 to find the number of households that used 1100 kWh of electricity or more during the month.
SOLUTION
See pages S-2-S-3.
24 households
(a
Objective 21.3B Practice
A total of 50 checking account balances were recorded. A histogram of these data is shown below. Use the histogram for Exercises | to 4.
| |ql
Bh
| |
| | |
st Number of Accounts
| |
| |
2 ay
,
bee 500
|
}
Sere
eS
|
fe
|
|
1000
1500
[oe=
2000
2500
L 3000
Checking Account Balance
1. 2. 3. 4.
Find How What What
the number of account balances that were between $2500 and $3000. 7 many account balances were less than $2000? 32 percent of the account balances were between $2000 and $2500? 22% percent of the account balances were greater than $1500? 62%
Solutions on pp. S-10-S-11.
Objective 21.3C
Read frequency polygons A frequency polygon is a graph that displays information in a manner similar to a histogram. A dot is placed above the center of each class interval at a height corresponding to that class’s frequency. The dots are then connected to form a broken-line graph. The center of a class inter-
val is called the class midpoint.
14
Module 21 « Statistics and Probability
The per capita incomes for the 50 states in a recent year are recorded in the frequency polygon
20 &
in Figure 2. The number of states with a per cap°
$15
‘
ss]
ita income between $40,000 and $45,000 is 14.
y) o 3 E .
The percent of states for which the per capita income is between $40,000 and $45,000 can be determined by solving the basic percent equation. The base is 50 and the amount is 14.
E
is fo EB we [es gel
pB=A
l
30 35
40
45
50
55
60
Per Capita Income
p(50) =
14
(in thousands of dollars)
50p
14
Figure 2. Per capita income for
50
50
pe EE ae ource: www.infoplease.com
p = 0.28
28% of the states had a per capita income between $40,000 and $45,000.
Focus on solving an application involving a frequency polygon Use Figure 2 to find the number of states for which the per capita income was $50,000 or greater. STRATEGY
To find the number of states: | ¢ Read the frequency polygon to find the number of states with a per capita income between $50,000 and $55,000, and the number of states with a per capita income between
$55,000 and $60,000. re Add the numbers.
| SOLUTION | Number with per capita income between $50,000 and $55,000: 2
Number with per capita income between $55,000 and $60,000: 1
2+1=3 The per capita income was $50,000 or greater in 3 states.
Check your understanding 3 Use Figure 2 to find the ratio of the number of states with a per capita income between $50,000 and $55,000 to the number with a per capita income between $40,000 and $45,000. |
| SOLUTION
|
See page S-3.
S/ Onto 7
Objective 21.3C Practice
The scores of 50 nurses taking a state board exam were recorded. A frequency polygon of these scores is shown below. Use the frequency polygon for Exercises 1 to 4. 20
—o
ITT of Number Nurses
ITT 50
60
70
80
Nursing Board Test Score
90
100
Section 21.4 © Statistical Measures
1. 2. 3. 4.
Find How What What
15
the number of test scores that were between 60 and 70. 8 many nurses had scores that were greater than 80? 22 percent of the nurses had scores between 70 and 90? 66% percent of the nurses had scores greater than 70? 74%
Solutions on pp. S-11—S-12.
SECTION
Statistical Measures Objective 21.4A
Find the mean, median, and mode of a distribution The average annual rainfall in Mobile, Alabama, is 67 in. The average annual snowfall in Syracuse, New York, is 111 in. The average daily low temperature in January in Bismarck, North Dakota, is —4°F. Each of these statements uses one number to describe an entire collection of numbers. Such a number is called an average. In statistics, there are various
ways to calculate an average. Three of the most common—mean, median, and mode—are discussed here. An automotive engineer tests the miles-per-gallon ratings of 15 cars and records the results as follows: Miles-per-Gallon Ratings of 15 Cars
Dr
emo
935°
29
3)
255
269
21
soe
eS
The mean of the data is the sum of the measurements divided by the number of measure-
ments. The symbol for the mean is x.
Formula for the Mean
Mean
sum of all data values
=
number of data values
EXAMPLE
The mean of the 5 data values 39, 43, 27, 51, and 40 is
Boer 4st 27+
ol
40
200
x=
5
5
= 40
To find the mean of the miles-per-gallon data, add the 15 numbers and then divide by 15.
Ge 2520
+ 21
27 425 + 35 429 + 31 + 25 + 26 115)
0
aes
1420) The mean number of miles per gallon for the 15 cars tested was 28 mi/gal. The mean is one of the most frequently computed averages. It is the one that is commonly used to calculate a student’s performance in a class.
16
Module 21 ¢ Statistics and Probability
The scores for a history student on 5 tests were 78, 82, 91, 87, and 93. What was the mean score for this student?
To find the mean, add the numbers.
ae
Then divide by S.
Sede 82 ste
=
Ol
aS
= 86.2
The mean score for the history student was 86.2.
Focus on finding the mean of a data set |
Twenty students were asked the number of units in which they were currently enrolled. The responses were
15) SI
2S
14
Se
OP
SMe
lon el
135
2055
9.
116
GeO
145
159
912
Find the mean number of units taken by these students. STRATEGY
To find the mean number of units taken by the 20 students: (we Determine the sum of the numbers.
¢ Divide the sum by 20.
| SOLUTION |
leis Wee Wish ae I) sip ae hs) oeibeh eer Nerell a
| | | |
(Or
ae
Om
14 +
15 +
12 =
|)
wees
eG
=
20
ona tees Le 279
«©
Lois 6st
The sum of the numbers
13.95 a=
A
| The mean is 13.95 units.
| Check your understanding 1 | The amounts spent on lunch by the last 10 customers at a fast-food restaurant were
6.32°
8.21
745"
190°
7.58
645
7.05.
8.00
5.59
‘G75
|
Find the mean amount spent on lunch by these customers. || | | bn
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
$7.13
Focus on solving an application using the mean _ A bowler has scores of 165, 172, 168, and 185 for four games. What score must the bowler achieve on the next game so that the mean for the five games is 174? STRATEGY
To find the score, use the formula for the mean, letting n be the score on the fifth game.
Section 21.4 ¢ Statistical Measures
17
SOLUTION
174 =
OSS
erie LOSe
eel Oma
5
690 +n
174 = ——— 5 870 =
690 + n
180 =n
* Multiply each side by 5. ¢ Subtract 690 from each side
The score on the fifth game must be 180.
Check your understanding 2 You have scores of 82, 91, 79, and 83 on four exams. What score must you receive on the fifth exam to have a mean of 84 for the five exams?
SOLUTION
See page S-3.
85
The median of a data set is the number that separates the data into two equal parts when
the numbers are arranged from smallest to largest (or largest to smallest). There’ are always
To find the median of a set of numbers, first arrange the numbers from smallest to largest. The median is the number in the middle. The data for the miles-per-gallon ratings given on page 15 are arranged below from smallest to largest.
Take Note > Half the data values are less than 27 and half the data values
7 values below
are greater than 27. The median
7 values above
indicates the center, or middle,
of the set of data.
middle number
Median
The median is 27.
Take Note > If the data contain an even number of values, the median is the mean of the two middle values.
| The selling prices of the last six homes sold by a real estate agent were $175,000, - $150,000, $250,000, $130,000, $245,000, and $190,000. Find the median selling price of _ these homes. ; Arrange the numbers from smallest to largest. Because there are an even number of val_ ues, the median is the sum of the two middle numbers, divided by two. | t
|
i
i
|
130,000
150,000
175,000
190,000
245,000
middle 2 numbers
Pee fs 119,000.57 190,000 5 2
|The median selling price of a home was $182,500.
oan
250,000
18
Module 21 « Statistics and Probability
|
‘Focus on finding the median of a data set
|Twenty students were asked the number of units in which they were currently enrolled. _ The responses were
| 15°
12)
(oe
16
| 14
10°
Joao
13
209-16
6
145
150012
| Find the median number of units taken by these students. (Recall that we found the mean | of these data in the first example.)
| STRATEGY _ To find the median number of units taken by the 20 students: | © Arrange the numbers from smallest to largest. ¢ Because there is an even number of values, the median is the sum of the two middle numbers, divided by 2. SOLUTION
Go
| 15
45 :
lO
Mee
Se
Se
14)
i
oeeeeste
ty
17
18. 20
14+
| Median
14
15
= a
ee = 14.5
| The median is 14.5 units.
_ Check your understanding 3 _ The amounts spent on lunch by the last 10 customers at a fast-food restaurant were
| 6.32
8.21
7.45
7.90
7.58
6.45
7.05
8.00
5.59
6.75
| Find the median amount spent on lunch by these customers. (Recall that we _ found the mean of these data in Check your understanding 1.)
| SOLUTION
See page S-4.
$7.25
The mode of a set of numbers is the value that occurs most frequently. If a set of numbers has no number that occurs more than once, then the data have no mode.
Here again are the data for the gasoline mileage ratings of cars. Miles-per-Gallon Ratings of 15 Cars
D5)
QD)
QL
PDF w 1e25h)
l
MBS)
@29G
SST
l
25%
26.
22
SOMES
AN
SSRs
l
25 is the number that occurs most frequently. The mode is 25.
The gasoline mileage ratings data show that the mean, median, and mode of a set of numbers do not have to be the same value. For the data on the miles-per-gallon ratings of 15 cars, Mean
=
28
Median
= 27
Mode
= 25
Section 21.4
¢ Statistical Measures
19
Although any of the averages can be used when the data collected consist of numbers, the mean and median are not appropriate for qualitative data. Examples of qualitative data include recording a person’s favorite color or recording a person’s preference from among classical, hard rock, jazz, rap, and country western music. It does not make sense to say
that the average favorite color is red or the average musical choice is jazz. The mode is used to indicate the most frequently chosen color or musical category. The modal response is the category that receives the greatest number of responses.
' A survey asked people to state whether they strongly disagreed, disagreed, had no opinion, agreed, or strongly agreed with the state governor’s position on increasing taxes to | pay for health care. What was the modal response for these data? ' Strongly disagreed
S)//
| Disagreed _ No opinion
68 12
» Agreed | Strongly agreed
45 58
} Because a response of “disagreed” was recorded most frequently, the modal response was { “disagreed.” Objective 21.4A Practice
1. The numbers of big-screen televisions sold each month for one year were recorded by an electronics store. The results were 15, 12, 20, 20, 19, 17, 22, 24, 17, 20, 15, and 27. Calculate the mean and median number of televisions sold per month. Mean: 19: median: 19.5
2. The numbers of seats occupied on a jet for 16 transatlantic flights were recorded. The numbers were 309, 422, 389, 412, 401, 352, 367, 319, 410, 391, 330, 408,
399, 387, 411, and 398. Calculate the mean and median number of occupied seats.
Mean: 381.5625; median: 394.5
3. Your scores on six history tests were 78, 92, 95, 77, 94, and 88. If an “average” score of 90 receives an A for the course, which average, the mean or the median, would you prefer the instructor use? Median = A survey by an ice cream store asked people to name their favorite ice cream from five flavors. The responses were mint chocolate chip, 34; pralines and cream, 27; German chocolate cake, 44; chocolate raspberry swirl, 34; and rocky road, 42. What was the modal response?
German chocolate cake
5. A survey asked people to rate the performance of the city’s mayor. The responses were very unsatisfactory, 230; unsatisfactory, 403; satisfactory, 1237; very satisfactory, 403.
What was the modal response for this survey?
Satisfactory
Solutions on pp. S-12—S-14.
Objective 21.4B
Draw a box-and-whiskers plot The purpose of calculating a mean or median is to obtain one number that describes a group of measurements. That one number alone, however, may not adequately represent the data. A box-and-whiskers plot is a graph that gives a more comprehensive picture of the data. A box-and-whiskers plot shows five numbers: the smallest value, the first quartile, the median, the third quartile, and the largest value. The first quartile, symbolized by Q,, is the number below which one-quarter of the data lie. The third quartile, symbolized by Q,, is the number above which one-quarter of the data lie.
20
Module 21 @ Statistics and Probability | Find the first quartile Q, and the third quartile Q, for the prices of 15 half-gallon cartons
' of ice cream given below. 13.26
4.70
490445
549
'3.18
3.86
14.29
5.44
483
4.36
2.39
2.66
\
4.56
3.58
To find the quartiles, first arrange the data from the smallest value to the largest value. Then find the median. 239
2 6OmSolSee
4.36
“45450
COMES
56)
5.86,
4:18
4:29
4561947719483"
544
15.49
The median is 4.29.
Now separate the data into two groups: those values below the median and those values above the median. Values Less Than the Median
2.39 2.66 3.18 3.26 3.58 3.86 4.18
Values Greater Than the Median
4.36 4.45 4.56 4.71
ih
i]
OQ;
QO;
4.83 5.44 5.49
The first quartile Q, is the median of the lower half of the data: O, = 3.20.
The third quartile Q; is the median of the upper half of the data: O, = 4.71.
The interquartile range is the difference between Q3 and Q). Interquartile range = Q; — Q, = 4.71 — 3.26 = 1.45
A box-and-whiskers plot shows the box-and-whiskers plot for the data that includes the five values listed. box that spans the distance from Q, median, Q).
data in the interquartile range as a box. To draw the on the prices of ice cream, think of a number line With this in mind, mark off the five values. Draw a to Q;. Draw a vertical line the height of the box at the
The box-and-whiskers plot for the data on the prices of ice cream is shown below.
2.39
Q;
median
Q;
3.26
4.29
4.71
5.49
Note that the box-and-whiskers plot labels five values: the smallest, 2.39; the first quartile Q,, 3.26; the median, 4.29; the third quartile Q,, 4.71; and the largest value, 5.49.
|"Focus on drawing a box-and-whiskers plot | The numbers of people registered for 14 dance classes at a dance studio are listed below.
30,45
PiBB
AAG!
544,
24a.
AS.
9384543
ssa
G2!
#64
S40"
835
| | Draw a box-and-whiskers plot for the data.
Section 21.4 © Statistical Measures
21
| STRATEGY
To draw the box-and-whiskers plot: ¢ Arrange the data from smallest to largest. | ¢ Find the median.
¢ Find Q,, the median of the lower half of the data, and Q;, the median of the upper half of the data. | © Draw the box-and-whiskers plot using the following five values: the smallest value, Q,, the median, Q3, and the largest value.
SOLUTION
24
30
BS
38
38
40
43
45
46
48
53
54
62
64
43 + 45
Median Q, =
= ———— 2
38
= 44
+ The median of the top row of data
Q3 = 53
+ The median of the bottom row of data Q; median
OQ, |
=
t ia)
24
38 44
+
53
eS
64
| Check your understanding 4 | The numbers of people attending a quilt exhibit during an 18-day period are listed below. COMMU | Os)
Gi},
Suera ie 940696) WAL
Ths
iy
eg
1583.06
75
2
oO)!
sabi
Q;
Draw a box-and-whiskers plot for the data.
SOLUTION
median
Q,
45
See page S-4.
Objective 21.4B Practice
1. The hourly wages for entry-level positions at various firms were recorded by a labor research firm. The results follow. Find the first and third quartiles, and draw a boxand-whiskers plot of the data. Q,
median
Q,
Fite)
8:98)
19295
=a
dard deviation of Stucores is greater tandard deviation of \’s scores, and the Student B’s scores
= 30) is greater than e of Student A’s scores
a3:
A
(x — x)
(84-85)
86
(86 — 85)
83
(83 — 85)
85 87
(85 — 85) (87 — 85)
( =
Step 2
3 =2
Step 3
so —= V2 = 1414
(-1)?=1
=] (—2)?
=4
Total =
10
0 =0 2=4
The standard deviation of Student A’s scores is approximately
Following B’s scores is greater consistent
1.414.
a similar procedure for Student B, we find that the standard deviation of Student is approximately |!.524. Because the standard deviation of Student B’s scores than that of Student A’s scores (11.524 > 1.414), Student B’s scores are not as as those of Student A.
In this text, standard deviations are rounded to the nearest thousandth.
_ Focus on finding the standard deviation of a data set | The weights in pounds of the players on the five-man front line of a college football team |
are 210, 245, 220, 230, and 225. Find the standard deviation of the weights. | STRATEGY To calculate the standard deviation:
¢ Find the mean of the weights. * Use the procedure for calculating standard deviation.
| SOLUTION =) oo
210 +2458
220
5
230-5 225
= 226
Section 21.5 ¢ Introduction to Probability
Step 1
23
Step 2
Li a ct 1G el al
oe =
210
(210 — 226)? = 256
245 220 230
(245 — 226)? = 361 (220 — 226)? = 36 (230 — 226)? = 16
Dee
= 26)- =. Total =
134
Step3 G =i 134 ~ 11.576
I 670
| The standard deviation of the weights is approximately
11.576 Ib.
Check your understanding 5 The numbers of miles logged by a runner for the last six days of running were 5, 7, 3, 6, 9, and 6. Find the standard deviation of the numbers of miles run.
| SOLUTION
See pages S-4—S-5.
826 mi
Objective 21.4C Practice For Exercises 1 to 3, round to the nearest thousandth.
1. An airline recorded the times for a ground crew to unload the baggage from an airplane. The recorded times, in minutes, were 12, 18, 20, 14, and 16. Find the standard
deviation of these times. 2.828 min 2. The numbers of rooms occupied in a hotel on six consecutive days were 234, 321, 222, 246, 312, and 396. Find the standard deviation of the numbers of rooms occupied. 61.051 rooms
3. Seven coins were tossed 100 times. The numbers of heads recorded were 56, 63, 49, 50, 48, 53, and 52. Find the standard deviation of the numbers of heads. 4.781 heads Solutions on pp. S-15—S-17.
SECTION
Introduction to Probability Objective 21.5A
Calculate the probability of simple events A weather forecaster estimates that there is a 75% chance of rain. A state lottery director
claims that there is a ,chance of winning a prize offered by the lottery. Each of these state-
ments involves some degree of uncertainty. The degree of uncertainty is called probability. For the statements above, the probability of rain is 75% and the probability of
winning a prize in the lottery is -
A probability is determined from an experiment, which is any activity that has an obseryable outcome. Examples of experiments are
Tossing a coin and observing whether it lands heads or tails
Interviewing voters to determine their preference for a political candidate Recording the percent change in the price of a stock
24
Module 21 ° Statistics and Probability
All of the possible outcomes of an experiment are called the sample space of the experiment. The outcomes of an experiment are listed between braces and frequently designated by S.
For each experiment, list all of the possible outcomes. 1. A number cube, which has the numbers from | to 6 written on its sides, is rolled once. Any of the numbers from | to 6 could show on the top of the cube.
S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} 2. A fair coin is tossed once. A fair coin is one for which heads and tails have an equal chance of being tossed. S = {H, T}, where H represents heads and Trepresents tails. 3. The spinner at the left is spun once. Assuming the spinner does not come to rest on a line, the arrow could come to rest in any one of the four sectors. § = (1, 2. 3,4) An event is one or more outcomes of an experiment. Events are denoted by capital letters. Consider the experiment of rolling the number cube given above. Some possible events are
The number is even.
EF = {2, 4, 6}
The number is a prime number. ? = The number is less than 10. 7 =
{2, 3, 5}
{!, 2, 3. 4, 5. 6}. Note that in this case, the
event is the entire sample space. The number is greater than 20. This event is impossible for the given sample space. The impossible event is symbolized by @ When discussing experiments and events, it is convenient to refer to the favorable outcomes of an experiment. These are the outcomes of the experiment that satisfy the requirements of the particular event. For instance, consider the experiment of rolling a fair die once. The sample space is {!, 2, 3, 4, 5. 6}, and one possible event E would be rolling a number that is divisible by 3. The outcomes of the experiment that are favorable to E are 3
and 6, and E = {3, 6}.
Probability Formula
The probability of an event E, written P(E), is the ratio of the number of favorable outcomes of an experiment to the total number of possible outcomes of the experiment. number of favorable outcomes
number of possible outcomes
The outcomes of the experiment of tossing a fair coin are equally likely. Either one of the outcomes is just as likely as the other. If a fair coin is tossed once, the probability of a head or a tail is 7 Each event, heads or tails, is equally likely. The probability formula
applies to experiments for which the outcomes are equally likely. Not all experiments have equally likely outcomes. Consider an exhibition baseball game
between a professional team and a college team. Although either team could win the game,
the probability that the professional team will win is greater than the probability that the college team will win. The outcomes are not equally likely. For the experiments in this section, we will assume that the outcomes are equally likely.
Section 21.5 ¢ Introduction to Probability
25
| There are five choices, a through e, for each question on a multiple-choice test. By just | guessing, what is the probability of choosing the correct answer for a certain question?
' It is possible to select any of the letters
There
| a, b, c, d, or e.
experiment.
| The eventE is guessing the correct ' answer.
There is | favorable outcome, guessing the correct answer.
_ Use the probability formula.
jA05) =
|
‘ef
‘
J
are
5
possible
outcomes
of
the
number of favorable outcomes _ |
:
=
number of possible outcomes
=5
mt
The probability of guessing the correct answer is
to
Plot! Plote \Y) B X2/(X-1)
We= Wa
7] When x = —3, enter the expression into,
instance,
Yi,
and
then
press
G&S
6
Plot3
fy(-3)
VYu= \s= \Ys=
11
Use the down arrow key to scroll past Y7 to see Ys,
Yo, and Yo.
Note:
If you
try
to
evaluate
a function
at
ERA:DIVIDE BY 0 Mout 2: Goto
a number that is not in the domain of the function,
you will get an error message. For instance, | is not
in the domain of f(x) = aie ie If we try to evaluate the function at 1, the error screen at the right appears.
Evaluating Variable Expressions
To evaluate a variable expression, first store the values
of each variable. Then enter the variable expression. For instance,
to evaluate
s* + 2s!
when
s =4
and
1 = 5, use the following keystrokes.
2GDsGp.e@ Graph
To graph a function, use the “=. key to enter the expression for the function, select a suitable viewing window, and then press ©ge). For instance, to graph FO) =015
2x
1 in the standard viewing window, use the following keystrokes.
1 @4e,6f)) (scroll to 6) § Plot] Plot2 Plot3 \Y; 0.1X3~2x-1
‘e
Va _ fi
10
y4u\eyy) MEMORY 1: ZBox
2 aia 2: Zoom
Nie
In
: ZDecima 5: ZSquare
os
-10
10
EEA ZStandard
WYe=
7¥ ZTrig
-10
Note: For the keystrokes above, you do not have to scroll to 6. Alternatively, use ©).
6. This will select the standard viewing window and automatically start the
graph. Use the Graphing Inequalities
key to create a custom window for a graph.
we will graph Ug = Permter 20 "Ot into Yi. Because yi = y = 2x — 1, we want to shade below the graph. Move To
illustrate
this
feature,
the cursor to the left of Yi and press
Press @
1)
3%
3
three times.
Plot! Plot2 BY) Bex-1 VYe= Wa= Wu= \s=
Plot3
4
Appendix
Note: To shade above the graph, move the cursor to the left of Yi and press
2%
two times. An inequality with the symbol = or = should be graphed with a solid line, and an inequality with the symbol < or > should be graphed with a dashed line. However, a graphing calculator does not distinguish between a solid line and a dashed line. To graph the solution set of a system of inequalities, solve each inequality for y and graph each inequality. The solution set is the intersection of the two inequalities. The solution set of
Plot! Plot2 Plot3 WY) B-3X/2+5 4Y284x/3-5/3 \Y3= Wu= Ws= We=
3x ++ 2am h ne hy right. Ac ayes is show shownat the rig
Intersect
—10
The INTERSECT feature is used to solve a system of equations. To illustrate this feature,
Zn
we will use the system of equations
tBy = 13
3x + 4y = -6 Note: Some equations can be solved by this method. See the section “Solve an equation” on the next page. Also, this method is used to find a number in the domain of a function for a given number in the range. See the section “Find a domain element” on the next page.
Solve each of the equations in the system of equations for y. In this case, we have
, = 2a We eee 3 and y= — 4x eS7:
y= 3
Use the Y-editor to enter ox ce a into Yi and = 3x = 5 into Y2. Graph the two functions in the standard viewing window. (If the window does not show the point of intersection of the two graphs, adjust the window until you can see the point of intersection.)
Plot] Plot2 Plot3 \Y 8 2x/3413/3 \Y28-3x/4-3/2
Press (2) CALC (scroll to 5, intersect) Gi. ;
‘
a
3
Alternatively, you can just press (@) CALC
=
5,
7
First Curve? is shown at the bottom of the screen and
identifies one of the two graphs on the screen. Press
1:
val
ee
3: minimum Gaiiccces EW intersect
6: aes 7:
Sftx)dx
ENTER IE
Yi=2x/3-13/3
Second curve? is shown at the bottom of the screen and identifies the second of the two graphs on the x screen. Press =3e%.
First curve?
X=0
Guess? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the approximate location of the point of intersection. (If there are two or more points of intersection, it does not
matter which one you choose first.) Press 47. Second curve
X=0
Keystroke Guide for the TI-84 Plus
The solution of the system of equations is (2, —3).
Intersection X=2
Solve an equation To illustrate the steps involved, we will solve the equation 2x + 4 = —3x— 1. The idea is to write the equation as the system of equations y=2x+4 3 ' and then use the steps for solving a system of equations. Sate
Use the Y-editor to enter the left and right sides of the equation into Yi and Y2. Graph the two functions and then follow the steps for Intersect.
Plot] Plot2 \Y: BH 2X+4
Plot3
\Y28-3x-1
The solution is —1, the x-coordinate of the point of intersection.
Intersection X=
Find a domain element For this example, we will find a number in the domain of
fe) = =e x + 2 that corresponds to 4 in the range of the function. This is like solving F
the system of equations y =
p)
—3% +2 and y= 4.
Use the Y = editor to enter the expression for the function in Yi and the desired output, 4, in Y2. Graph the two functions and then follow the steps for Intersect.
Plot]
Plote
The point of intersection is (—3, 4). The number —3 in the domain of f produces an output of 4 in the range of f.
Plot3
Intersection a}
Math
will convert 0.125 to a fraction: .125 QM)
1 a=. J25¢Frac
7¥fMax(
Additional built-in functions under ¢
can be found by pressing @&
instance, to evaluate —|—251, press (o) Ge MATH
MBabsi
CPX PRB
res!
2‘ round( 3: iPart( 4: fPart(
Sc int( 6: min 7¥max(
See your owner’s manual for assistance with other functions under the (G5) key.
®. For
5
6
Appendix
Min and Max = The local minimum and the local maximum values of a function are calculated by accessing the CALC menu. For this demonstration, we will find the minimum value and the
maximum value of f(x) = 0.2x* + 0.3x? — 3.6x + 2. Enter the function into Yi. Press
CALC
(scroll to
3 for minimum of the function) —_Gm. Alternatively, you can just press
1: value
EB rinimum 4: maximum S: Intersect 6: du/dx
CALC 3:
7: {flax
Left Bound? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the left of the minimum. Press @= . Right Bound? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the right of the minimum. Press =.
Guess? shown at the bottom of the screen asks you to use the left or right arrow key to move the cursor to the approximate location of the minimum. Press 2% .
ae
pots
The minimum value of the function is the y-coordinate. For this example, the minimum value of the function is —2.4.
The x-coordinate for the minimum is 2. However, because of rounding errors in the calculation, it is shown as a number close to 2.
xe1-9993972 |
To find the maximum value of the function, follow the same steps as above except select maximum under the CALC menu. The screens for this calculation are shown below. 15
du/dx Sfxax
15
15
Yl=.2X3+.3X*-3,6X+2
Yi=.2X"+. 3X*-3.6X+2
Left Bound? X=—3.617021
Right Bound? X=-2.12766
Yl=.2X3+.3X*-3.6X+2 had
The maximum value of the function is 10.1.
Radical Expressions
100000—P
To evaluate a square-root expression, press (219) \V
0.15/P2+4P+10
For
instance,
to
p = 100,000, G 0) a
evaluate
first store AE
0.15Vp?+4p+
100,000
P eG.
a
in P. Then 4 Gy
10
press
when
0.15
P
To evaluate a radical expression other than a square root, access ve by pressing evaluate
67,
QD (scroll to 5)
{).
press 4 (the index
Gis 67 Gan.
For instance, to of the radical)
7¥fMaxl
Keystroke Guide for the TI-84 Plus
Scientific Notation
To enter a number
5
:
in ao BOGS
notation, use
EGE
instance, to find Aae ee, press 3.45
2X) EE. For [tren
3 USE-le/ Sees
@ DD) EE (6) 124
. The answer is 2.3 X 1077”.
Sequences and Series
The terms of a sequence and the sum of a series can be calculated by using the Gs) LIST feature. Store a sequence A sequence is stored in one of the lists Li through Le. For instance, to store the sequence 1, 3, 5, 7, 9
(.3.5,7,9) 20 {1,3,5,7,9}
in Li, use the following keystrokes.
CH | GS GB ab ae Display the terms of a sequence The terms of a sequence are displayed by using the function seq(expression, variable, begin, end, increment). For instance, to display the 3rd through 8th terms of the sequence given by a, =n’ + 6, enter the following keystrokes. NAMES
MATH
1: SortAl
iio) LIST 6 aes to 5)
seq(X°+6,X,3,8,1)
(IS 22 3142 SS..
7VAListl
aay store the terms of the sequence in L1. This is not necessary but is sonietinies ‘helpful if additional work will be done with that sequence.
Find a sequence of partial sums To find a sequence of partial sums, use the cumSum{ function. For instance, to find the sequence of partial sums for 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, use the fol-
lowing keystrokes.
NAMES 1: SortAl
@29) List ¢
=
MATH
cumSum({{2,4,6,8,10)) {2 6 l2 20 30)
(>) { 2 GD + iD 6
GD sp 06 | & > If a sequence be Bhi
is stored
7VAListl
as a list in Li, then the sequence
by pressing
@%9) i)
LIST
@
(scroll
of PEEING
to 6 [or press
6])|
can ZNO)
Find the sum of a series The sum of a series is calculated using sum. 6
For instance, to find x (n? + 2), enter the following keystrokes.
NAMES
OPS
1: mint 2:max( 3: meant 4: median(
Egsum( 6: prod{ 7vstdDev(
sum(seq(X°+2,X,3,6,1))
8
Appendix
Table
There are three steps in creating an input/output table for a function. First use th = editor to input the function. The second step is setting up the table, and the third step is displaying the table. To set up the table, press ep) TBLSET. TblStart is the first
TABLE SETUP
value of the independent variable in the input/output table.
pease e
ATO is the difference between successive values. Setting this to 1 means that, for this table, the input values are —2, —1, 0, 1,2,...If ATbl = 0.5, then the input values are —2, —1.5, 71, -03,0502.e Indpnt is the independent variable. When this is set to Auto, values of the independent variable are automatically entered into the table. Depend is the dependent variable. When this is set to Auto, values of the dependent variable are automatically entered into the table.
To display the table, press (8) TABLE. An
Plot! Plot2 \Y: B X21
input/output table for f(x) =x? — 1 is shown
Plot3
We
at the right. eo tate KREEK auce
Once the table is on the screen, the up and down arrow keys can be used to display more values in the table. For the table at the right, we used the up arrow key to move tox = —7. An input/output table for any given input can be created by selecting Ask for the independent variable. The table at the right shows an input/output table for
Plot]
Plot2
\Y) BYX/X-2)
Plot3
4x
if.(x) es: = 5
ERROR
when 2 was entered. This occurred because
fis not defined when x = 2.
Note: Using the table feature in Ask mode is the same as evaluating a function for given values of the independent variable. For instance, from the table at the right, we have f(4) = 8.
Test
Plotl
Plot2
The TEST feature has many uses, one of which is to graph the solution set of a linear inequality in one variable. To illustrate this feature, we will graph the potion set of x— 1 < 4. Press @ X.T.0,0 1 @%) TEST (scroll to 5)
Plot3
Eul=
\Y BX-1
Plot] Plot2 \Y BX-1
parentheses, a grouping symbol
[|
brackets, a grouping symbol
b
7
;
—a(
a
:
:
a and whose second component is b
° 22
pi, a number approximately equal to a or 3.14 i itive inverse, of a the opposite, or additive invers
;
ee
;
degree (for angles)
WH
the principal square root of a
S, { } la|
the empty set the abseliis Saneonn
a
nae
the reciprocal, or multiplicative inverse, of a
U
union of two sets
a
‘a
: intersection of two sets
=
is equal to
S
is an element of (for sets)
=~
is approximately equal to
E
is not an element of (for sets)
#
is not equal to
;
Tables
Table of Properties Properties of Real Numbers The Associative Property of Multiplication If a, b, and c are real numbers, then (a:b)-c=a:(b-c).
The Associative Property of Addition If a, b, and c are real numbers, then
(a+ b)+c=at+
(+0).
The Commutative Property of Addition
The Commutative Property of Multiplication
If a and b are real numbers, then at+tb=b+t+a.
If a and b are real numbers, then
The Addition Property of Zero
The Multiplication Property of One
If a is a real number, then a+0=0+4a4=a.
If a is a real number, then
The Multiplication Property of Zero
The Inverse Property of Multiplication
If a is a real number, then
If ais
a:b=b- b and c Ita =) andic lta brandic: If a< b and c
> => =
be. 0. theniae 0G; Ostheniae —e 0, then ac > be.
Properties of Exponents
If m and n are integers, then x”- x" = x™*", If m and n are integers, then (x”)" = x”.
If m, n, and p are integers, then (x”+ y”)? = x™Py"?,
lf On theney)
a
If n is a positive integer and x # 0, then
=r
: ae Ifm and n are integers and x # 0, then — = x”"". XG
1
1
Sad. sc = 5%.
Xx any 2% If m, n, and p are integers and y # 0, then (=) = y
Principle of Zero Products If a:b = 0, then a = 0 orb = 0.
Properties of Radical Expressions If a and b are positive real numbers, then Vab = Vavb.
a
If a and b are positive real numbers, then ae
Wa
vr b
Property of Squaring Both Sides of an Equation
If a and b are real numbers and a = b, then a2 = b’. Properties of Logarithms If x and b are positive real numbers, b ¥ 1, and r is any real number, then log,x" = r log,x. If x and b are positive real numbers and b ¥ 1, then log,b” = x.
If x, y, and b are positive real numbers and b # 1, then log, (xy) = log,x + log,y. If x, y, and b are positive real numbers and b ¥ 1, then x 1085 = log,x — log,y.
13
14
Appendix
Table of Algebraic and Geometric Formulas Slope of a Line
oma e > ay Pere
m=
X4
a
Point-slope Formula for a Line
Quadratic Formula
y— yy =m
x=
— x)
Ade
DN) 2 2a
xX; .
.
.
*)
discriminant = b- — 4ac
Perimeter and Area of a Triangle, and Sum of the Measures of the Angles B P=a + Ditae
OS
iry
Ad
Cc
1
XC
"be : The sum
Pythagorean Theorem Q
i
of the measures
oe a
b
of the angles in a triangle is 180°.
Perimeter and Area of a Square
Perimeter and Area of a Rectangle
P=2L+2W A=LW
P =4s Ss
Ae
S:
Circumference and Area of a Circle ] A=
5 hh,
a
b,)
C = 2tmr Ase ari
Volume and Surface Area of a
Volume and Surface Area of a Sphere
Rectangular Solid
J). a”
V = LWH
ii
SA = 2LW + 2LH + 2WH
Volume and Surface Area of a Right
=)
Circular Cylinder V=arh SA = 2ar? + 2arh
Volume and Surface Area of a Right Circular Cone
i. ..._iésitiz.C«RRRRNU’g Index of Applications Advertising, M21 4
Compound interest, M16 23, 26
Home equity, M4 10
Agricultural exports, M6 22 Agriculture, M19 11 Airplane speed, M5 15; M6 9
Horse racing, M21 29
Automobile technology, M12 24
Computer consultant, M1 33 Computer paper, M20 19 Computer printers, M12 27 Concert tickets, M5 15; M7 14 Construction, M1 33; M3 30; M12 27; M13 17; M15 11; M20 15, 26 Cost of gasoline, M19 14, 15 Cost of groceries, M19 10, 14, 15 Cost of lumber, M19 9 Credit cards, M6 19, 21 Crime, M6 23 Cycling, M6 8, 9; M7 21; M12 28
Bacterial growth, M16 22
Dance classes, M21 20
Baking, M1 28; M3 25
Diet, M3 30
Ball rolling down a ramp, M18 10
Discount rate, M6 27
Baseball salaries, M8 33
Doughnuts, M3 29
Air travel, M3 30; M6 8; M7 21, 22; M12 29; M21 19, 23 Alternative-fuel vehicles, M6 21 Aquarium, M20 33, 34
Architecture, M20 34 Art exhibit, M21 21 Artificial turf, M20 26 Astronomy, M3 22
Horse training, M20 17 Hotel occupancy, M21 23 Hourly earnings, M4 14, 24; M6 22;
M21 21 Household expenses, M1 8
Ice cream flavors, M21
19
Ice cream prices, M21 20 Income per capita, M21 14 Income tax, M6 19 Insurance claims, M21 27 Insurance premiums, M4 18
Billionaires, M1 7; M21 2
Interior decorating, M7 14; M20 26 Investments, Objective 9.1C. See also M5 14; M6 19, 20, 21, 31; M16 23, 26; M21 29 iPads, M1 17 Irrigation system, M20 26
Biology, M8 27; M10 18; M16 27
Earthquakes, M16 25, 26, 27
Birthday present, M1 25
Earth science, M10 18
Board game, M21 29 Boiling points, M2 9; M8 40 Bonds, M6 20
Egg production, M1 20 Electric circuits, M12 25
Ladder, M13 18; M20 38, 39
Bowling, M1 11; M21
Electricity usage, M21 12, 13
Land areas, M1 12, 13
Elevation, M2 10, 11
Landscaping, M4 25
Energy consumption, M1 21; M21 4 Exams, M2 16, 17; M6 15; M7 30; M21 16, LO 2228)
Life insurance, M1 9; M6 12;
16
Building maintenance, M20 39 Buyer for a store, M1 31
Calories, M1 12, 22; M7 15; M8 39; M219 Canoeing, M6 9 Carbon dating, M16 24 Car insurance, M21
11, 12
Car loan, M6 31 Car mileage, M3 22; M4 18; M6 12; M8 33; M21 15, 18, 21 Car payment, M1 32 Carpentry, M3 21, 29; M7 14; M19 9; M20 20 Carpeting, M6 21; M20 22, 26
Car repairs, M7 15 Car speed, M6 9 Car value, M6 15; M8 31
Cellular phone purchases, M21 3 Cellular phone service, M7 15, 29; M8 40 Chain letter, M18 17 Checking account, M4 9; M21 13
Jogging, M6 6; M8 39
Electric cars, M1 22; M4 25
Falling objects, M4 33; M11 26; M13 19; M18 10 Fast-food restaurant, M21
16, 18, 25
Fencing, M15 13; M20 15, 17, 19, 20 Fish hatchery, M20 34 Flu epidemic, M21 29
Football, M1 10; M3 29; M4 18; M14 13; M21 22
M21 8 Loading dock, M20 38 Lung capacity, M21 6, 7
Magazine subscriptions, M4 17; M8 33 Manufacturing, M1 32; M8 28; M12 PS), 24) Marathon, M6 9
Marine biology, M16 27 Markdown, M6 27, 28 Markup, M4 9; M6 25, 26
Freezer, M20 33 Fuel efficiency, M1 9; M6 22
Maturity value, M6 30
Gardening, M3 22; M20 20
Metal machine parts, M20 33, 34, 38 Millionaire households, M6 22
Geography, M1 11, 12; M215 Geometry, Objectives 20.2C, 20.3C, 20.4C, 20.5C. See also M3 21; M4 18; M5 14;
M7 30; M11 27; M13 17, 18 Gross national product, M7 15
Medication, M6 12; M12 22 Melting points, M2 9
Mining, M15 12 Mixtures, Objectives 7.3A, 7.3B. See also M6 20, 21; M9 26, 27, 28, 29 Monthly salary, M1 31 Motorcycle speed, M4 25
Chemistry, M7 18, 19; M16 25, 26, 27; M19 12, 13
Half-life of an isotope, M16 24, 27
Cholesterol levels, M21 21
Health insurance, M21 28
Movie revenues, M1 16; M21 3 Movie theaters, M1 13; M215
Coin toss, M21 23, 29
Hearing impairment, M4 9
Movie ticket prices, M4 7
College costs, M6 22
Heart rate, M8 27
College course load, M21 16, 18 College tuition, M21 12
Heating system, M20 34 History tests, M21 16, 19
Nursing, M21 14 Nutrition, M6 12
Index of Applications
Ocean depths, M2 11
Real estate sales, M6 14; M21 17
Temperatures, M2 3, 7, 10, 16, 17; M7 30;
Oil tank, M20 34 Olympics, M6 22; M15 13
Recycling, M4 18; M8 31
M8 20, 34, 39; M18 17; M21 6 Theme park tickets, M4 10
Painting a house, M3 30 Passports of U.S. citizens, M6 23 Pendulum, M13 18, M13 18; M18 17 Percent mixtures, M7 17, 18, 19 Physics, M8 28; M12 24; M13 18; M18 10, 17 Pizza, M3 18 Police salaries, M21 7 Political survey, M21 19 Population aged 100 and over, M1 8 Population of California, M1 10; M8 32 Population of Texas, M1 10 Population of the world, M21 7 Postage stamps, M4 17 Pricing a product, M8 39 Prizes in a contest, M18 10 Product coupons, M6 19
Rolling dice, M21 26, 27, 28, 29
Profit, M19 12 Projectile thrown upward, M14 15; M15 12;,13 Property tax, M6 12
Radioactive decay, M16 23, 24, 27 Railroads, M1 31; M7 22
Rate-of-current problems, Objective 9.4A. See also M12 27; M14 14 Rate-of-wind problems, Objective 9.4A. See also M12 29: M14
15
Revenue, M15 13 Richter scale, M16 25, 26, 27 Running, M7 22; M8 30; M21 23 Sailing, M12 29; M20 19
Travel companies, M2 12
Sale price, M6 27, 28 Sales tax, M8 31 School enrollment, M1
Triathlon, M7 30 True/false test, M21 26
13
Sewing, M3 15, 22, 28; M20 20 Silo, M20 34 Simple interest loan, M6 29, 30, 31 Ski resorts, M21 10 Soccer, M1 14 Software companies, M21 8 Sound intensity, M16 27 Space exploration, M21 3 Sports, M1 10 State fair, M7 30 Stock market, M21 29 Store display, M18 10 Stride length, M8 27 Submarine periscope, M4 33; M13 18 Survey data, M21 19, 28 Suspension bridge, M15 13 Taxes for health care, M21
Tax refunds, M5 15 Television sales, M21
Tiling a floor, M20 26 Tire dimensions, M20 16, 20 Tire purchase, M6 11 Traffic accidents, M1 13; M6 18 Travel, M20 38; M21 2
19
Turkey consumption, M1 12 Typing speed, M16 25 Uniform motion, Objectives 6.1D, 7.3C, 12.6B. See also M14 15 Vacation costs, M6 21 Value mixtures, M7 16, 17
Wading pool, M20 23 Wages, M12 23; M21 21 Walkway, M20 26 Wave motion, M13 18 Website hits, M8 33 Weekly earnings, M1 24, 31;
M3 30 Wind power, M21 9 Wireless telephone plan, M8 27 Work problems, Objective 12.6A. See also
M14 11, 14, 15 19
World energy consumption, M1 21
rr Index Abscissa, M8 2
Absolute value, M2 5 as distance, M7 9 Order of Operations Agreement and,
M2 19 Absolute value equations, M7 9-11 Absolute value function, graph of, M8 16-17 Absolute value inequalities, M7 32-34 Acute angle, M20 4
complementary, M20 4 corresponding, M20 10 formed by intersecting lines, M20 9-11 measurement of, M20 3-5
uniform motion, M6 6-9; M7 19-22; M12 27-29
naming, M20 3
volumes, M20 33-34 wind or current, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24—26;
obtuse, M20 4 right, M20 3 supplementary, M20 4 of a triangle, M20 5-7 vertical, M20 9 Antilogarithm, M16 8
Addends, M1 14; M2 6 Addition, M1 14; M2 6
Application problems areas, M20 26 assigning variable in, M5 13, 14
Distributive Property and, M5 4
of fractions, M3 22-25, 34-35 of functions, M15 13-14
of integers, M2 6-8 Inverse Property of, MS 6 of mixed numbers, M3 24-25
Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36 of polynomials, M10 2-3
properties of, M5 4-6 of radical expressions, M13 6-8 of rational expressions, M12 10-13 sign rules for, M2 6 of whole numbers, M1 14—17
words or phrases for, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Addition method for solving linear systems in three variables, M9 15-17 in two variables, M9 10-13
for solving nonlinear systems, M17 15 Addition Property of Equations, M6 3 Addition Property of Inequalities, M7 26-27 Addition Property of Zero, MS 5 Additive inverse, M2 4; M5 6 Adjacent angles, M20 9 Alternate exterior angles, M20 10 Alternate interior angles, M20 10 Amount in mixture problems, M6 20; M7 16 in percent problems, M6 14, 17
Angle(s), M20 3
current or wind, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24—26;
M12 27-28; M14 14-15 decimals in, M4 9-10, 17-18, 33
domain of variable in, M8 27 exponential functions in, M16 22-25 factoring polynomials in, M11 26-27 formulas in, M4 18
fractions in, M3 21-22, 29-30 inequalities in, M7 29-30 integer problems using words, M7 11-14 integers in, M2 10-11, 16-17 investments, M9 7-10 linear functions in, M8 20, 27—28, 39-40 logarithmic functions in, M16 25-26 maximum or minimum, M15 11-13 mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 15-19;
M9 26-28 percent mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 17-19;
of composite figures, M20 24-25 of a rectangle, M20 21-22
of a square, M20 22 square of a number as, M2 18
of a triangle, M3 21; M20 22 units of, M20 20-21 Arithmetic progression. See Arithmetic sequence Arithmetic sequence, M18 6-8 applications of, M18 10 Arithmetic series, M18 8-9 Associative Property of Addition, M5 5 Associative Property of Multiplication,
MS 7 Asymptotes, of hyperbola, M17 11-12 Average, M21 15-19 Average rate of change, M8 32-34
Axes of rectangular coordinate system,
Axis of symmetry
proportions in, M6 11-12 Pythagorean Theorem and, M20 38-39 quadratic equations in, M11 26-27; M14 11-15 quadratic functions in, M15 10-13 radical equations in, M13 16-19 M12 25-29
sequences in, M18 10, 17 simple interest, M6 19-20, 28-31;
M9 7-10 slope in, M8 30-31
statistical graphs in, M1 10-12, 20-22; M21 2, 4, 6, 8, 13, 14 strategy for solving, MA 8-9; M1 10 systems of equations in, M9 7-9, 24-29
adjacent, M20 9
translating into equations, M7 14-15 translating into variable expressions, M5 14-15
alternate interior, M20 10
applications of, M20 26 of a circle, M20 23
of xyz-coordinate system, M9 13
acute, M20 4 alternate exterior, M20 10
Area, M20 20
M8 2
M9 27-28 percents in, M6 18-21 perimeters, M20 19-20
rational expressions in,
variation in, M12 22—23, 24-25
M12 27-28; M14 14-15 work, M12 25-27; M14 11-12, 14 Approximately equal to, M4 13 Approximation, by rounding, M1 6-7; M4 4, 13-14
Acute triangle, M20 13
Associative Property of, M5 5 Commutative Property of, M5 5 of complex numbers, M14 18 of decimals, M4 6-8
value mixtures, M7 15-17; M9 26-27
of ellipse, M17 9
of hyperbola, M17 10-12 of parabola, M15 3-5; M17 2-4
Bar graph, M1 8-9, 21-22; M21 6-7 histogram, M21 Base
12-13
of cylinder, M20 8 of exponential expression, M1 33; M2 17 of exponential function, M16 2 of logarithmic function, M16 8 in percent problems, M6 14, 17
of triangle, M3 21; M20 5, 22 Basic percent equation, M6 12-16, 18-19 Binomial(s), M10 2
difference of two squares, M11 16-18; M13 10 dividing a polynomial by, M10 20-21
13
Index
Binomial(s) (continued)
monomial, M11 2-3, 8, 13, 16
expanding powers of, M18 17-21 factoring strategy for, M11 23 multiplication of, M10 9-12 square of, M10 10, 11-12, 18-19
in rational expression, M12 2 Common logarithms, M16 10. See also Logarithm(s)
sum or difference of perfect cubes,
Common ratio, M18 11 less than one, M18 14-15 Commutative Property of Addition, M5 5 Commutative Property of Multiplication,
M11 20-21 Binomial Expansion Formula, M18 20 Binomial factor(s), M11 2 common, M11 3-5 See also Factoring polynomials Borrowing, M1 17-19 with mixed numbers, M3 27-28 Box-and-whiskers plot, M21 19-21 Braces as grouping symbols, M2 19 in representing sets, M2 2; M7 22, 23 Brackets as grouping symbols, M2 19; M5 10-11 in interval notation, M7 24 on real number line, M7 25 Broken-line graph, M1 9-10; M21 8-9 Capacity conversion between systems of units,
M19 13, 14, 15 in metric system, M19 11-13 in U.S. Customary System, M19 5-6 Carrying, M1 14 Center
of circle, M17 5; M20 7 of ellipse, M17 9 of hyperbola, M17 10 of sphere, M20 8
Change in a variable (A), M8 29 Change-of-Base Formula, M16 15-16
Circle(s) area of, M20 23 circumference of, M20 15-16 as conic section, M17 5 definition of, M17 5; M20 7 equations of, M17 5-8 sector of, M21 4 Circle graph, M1 8, 20-21; M21 4-5 Circumference, M20 15-16 Classes of data, M21 10 Class frequency, M21 11 Class midpoint, M21 13 Class width, M21 10 Clearing denominators, M7 2, 3-4; M12 16-17 Coefficient, numerical, M5 2 Coefficient determinant, M9 21 Cofactors, M9 19-20 Combining like terms, M5 4 Common denominator, M3 23 Common difference, M18 6
Common factor, M3 5 binomial, M11 3-5 greatest, M3 5-6; M11 2-3
Common multiple, M3 4
MS 7 Complementary angles, M20 4 Completing the square, M14 6-7 in equation of a circle, M17 7-8
in graphing parabolas, M17 2-3 in solving quadratic equations, M14 7-8 Complex fractions, M3 39-40; M12 13-15 Complex number(s), M14 16-17
addition and subtraction of, M14 18 conjugate of, M14 21 division of, M14 20-22 multiplication of, M14 18-19
as solution of quadratic equation, M14 22-25 standard form of, M14 16 as zeros of a function, M15 9 Composite function, M15 17 Composite geometric figure, M20 17, 31
area of, M20 24-25 perimeter of, M20 17-18 volume of, M20 31-32, 33-34 Composite number, M3 3 Composition of functions, M15 16-19 of inverse functions, M15 23-24 Compound inequality, M7 31-32 equivalent to absolute value inequality, M7 32-34 Compound interest, M16 23 Compound interest formula, M16 23 Concentration, percent, M6 20 Congruent objects, M20 41
Coordinate system rectangular, M8 2 three-dimensional, M9 13 Coordinates and distance on number line, M7 9
of a point in the plane, M8 2 of a point in M9 13 Corresponding Cost of ingredient markup and, Cramer’s Rule,
three dimensions,
angles, M20 10
in mixture, M7 16 M6 24 M9 21-24 Cross products, M6 10 Cube(s)
as geometric solid, M20 8, 28 of anumber, M1 33; M5 13
perfect, M11 20-21 verbal phrases for, M2 17 volume of, M20 27, 28 Cube root(s), M11 20; M13 23 Cubic centimeter (cm? or cc), M19 11
Cubic units, M20 27 Cup (c), M19 5,6 Current or wind problems, M6 7-8, 9; M9
24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Cylinder, M20 8 volume of, M20 29-30 Data, M21 2 Day, M19 6, 7 Decagon, M20 12 Decimal notation, M4 2
Decimal part, M4 2 Decimal point, M4 2 Decimals, M4 2 addition of, M4 6-8
applications using, M4 9-10, 17-18, 33 comparing, M4 5 comparing to a fraction, M4 21-23
Congruent triangles, M20 41-43 Conic sections, M17 2 circle, M17 5-8 ellipse, M17 8-10 hyperbola, M17 10-12 parabola, M17 2-4
converting fractions to, M4 19-20 converting to fractions, M4 5, 21
See also Circle(s); Parabola(s)
multiplying by powers of ten, M4
Conjugates, M13 10 of complex numbers, M14 21 of radical expressions, M13 10, 12 Consecutive integers, M7 12
Constant, Constant Constant Constant
M5 2 function, M8 23-24 of variation, M12 21, 22, 23 term
degree of, M10 2 of variable expression, MS 2, 4 Conversion rates, M19 2 Coordinate axes, M8 2 in three dimensions, M9 13
converting to mixed numbers, M4 21 dividing by powers of ten, M4 14-15 division of, M4 13-17 multiplication of, M4 10-13
11-12 as real numbers, M4 32
repeating, M4 19; M18 16 rounding, M4 4, 13-14 in scientific notation, M10 16-18
standard form of, M4 2-3 subtraction of, M4 6-8
terminating, M4 19 writing a percent as, M4 26-27 writing as a percent, M4 27-29 writing in words, M4 2-3 Decrease, percent, M6 22—24 Decreased by, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12
Index
of fractions, M3 17-20, 31, 32-33
Degree of angle, M20 3 of constant term, M10 2
of functions, M15
of polynomial, M10 2
of mixed numbers, M3 19, 32-33 of monomials, M10 12 one in, M1 25; M2 15
of quadratic equation, M14 2
Delta (A), M8 29 Denominator(s), M3 6 clearing, M7 2, 3-4; M12 16-17
complex number in, M14 20-22 least common, M3 23
in complex fractions, M12 13 in rational expressions, M12 9-10, 11-12 in solving equations, M12 16-17; M14 29-30 rationalizing, M13
11-13
Dependent system of equations in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M9 4-5, 7, 11-12 Dependent variable, M8 12, 13 Descending order, M10 2
Determinant(s), M9 18
evaluating, M9 18-20 in solving systems of equations, M9 21-24 Diameter
13, 14, 15
of integers, M2 13-16
Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36 of polynomial by monomial, M10 18-19
formula(s). See Formula(s) fractions in, M7 2, 4; M12 16-18; M14
29-30 function determined by, M8 9-10, 11 of hyperbolas, M17 11-12 linear in three variables, M9 13-14 in two variables, M8 22—25, 34-38 literal, M7 7-9
of polynomials, M10 18-21
logarithmic, M16 8, 9-11, 21-22
of radical expressions, M13 11-13 of rational expressions, M12 6-7 with remainder, M1 28; M10 19-20 in scientific notation, M10 17 sign rules for, M2 14 of whole numbers, M1 25-30
markup equations, M6 24 Multiplication Property of, M6 4-5 nonlinear systems of, M17 12-16
words or phrases for, M1 29; M2 15; M5 12 zero in, M1 26; M2 15 Divisor, M1 25; M2 13
not defining a function, M8 12
of parabolas, M17 2-4 parentheses in, M7 6-8 percent mixture equation, M6 20
proportion as, M6 9-12, 16-18 quadratic. See Quadratic equation(s) quadratic in form, M11 21-23; M14
25-27
Domain
in applications, M8 27 estimating from graph, M8 15-17 of exponential function, M16 2
radical, M13 13-19; M14 27-29 second-degree, M14 2
of a function, M8 10, 11-12, 14-15
solving, M6 2-3
of inverse of a function, M15 21, 23
squaring both sides of, M13 14-16
simple interest equation, M6 19, 29
of circle, M20 7
of quadratic function, M15 5
systems of. See Systems of equations
of sphere, M20 8
of a relation, M8 10-11
translating sentences into, M7 11-15 in two variables, M8 6-9
Difference, M1 20; M2 9; M5 11, 12 common, M18 6 of two perfect cubes, M11 20-21 of two squares, M11 16-18; M13 10
Double-bar graph, M1 9; M21 6, 7
Dimensional analysis, M19 2
e (base of natural exponential function),
Direct variation, M12 21—23 Discount problems, M6 26-28
Discount rate, M6 26 Discriminant, M15 7 Distance as absolute value, M7 9
between points on number line, M7 9 between points in the plane, M8 3-4 in uniform motion equation, M6 6; M7
19; M12 27 See also Length; Uniform motion Distance formula, M8 3-4
Distributive Property, MS 4 in factoring polynomials, M11 3 in multiplying polynomials, M10 8, 9 in simplifying radical expressions, M13 6-8, 9 in simplifying variable expressions, M5 4-5, 9-11
Double function, M8 12; M15
17
Double root, M14 2; M15 6
M16 3, 10 Earthquakes, M16 25—26 Element(s) of a matrix, M9 18 of a set, M2 2; M7 22 Ellipse, M17 8-10
Empirical probability formula, M21 27 Empty set, M7 22 Equality of Exponents Property, M16 9, 19 “Equals,” M7 11 Equation(s), M6 2 absolute values in, M7 9-11
Addition Property of, M6 3 basic percent equation, M6 12-16, 18-19 checking the solution, M6 3; M7 2 with absolute value equations, M7 9 with radical equations, M13 14; M14 27 of circles, M17 5-8
linear, M8 22-25, 34-38 value mixture equation, M7 16 in variation problems, M12 21-25 See also Solution(s) Equilateral triangle, M20 12
Equivalent equations, M6 3 Equivalent fractions, M3 11-12 Evaluating determinants, M9 18-20 Evaluating exponential expressions, M1
34-35; M2 18 Evaluating exponential functions, M16 2-4 Evaluating functions, M8 13-14
Evaluating logarithms, M16 9 Evaluating numerical expressions, M1 35-37; M2 19; M3 36-39 Evaluating series, M18 4—5 arithmetic, M18 8-9 geometric, M18 14 Evaluating variable expressions, M5 2-4 Even integers, M7 12 Event, M21 24
odds of, M21 28-29 probability of, M21 24-28
discount equations, M6 26
Expanded form of logarithm, M16 13
in solving inequalities, M7 29 Dividend, M1 25; M2 13
of ellipses, M17 8-10
Division, M1 25 of complex numbers, M14 20-22 of decimals, M4 13-17
exponential, M16 8, 19-20, 23-25
Expanded form of whole number, M15 Expanding by cofactors, M9 19-20 Expanding a power of a binomial, M18 17-21 Experiment, M21 23 sample space of, M21 24
in solving equations, M7 6, 8
equivalent, M6 3 of form ax = b, M6 4-6
of exponential expressions, M10 14
of form ax + b = c, M7 2-4 of formax + b = cx + d, M7 4-5
fraction bar as, M2 13
of form x + a = b, M6 2-4
I5
Index
Exponent(s), M1 33; M2 17
integer, M10 12-16 irrational, M16 2 negative, M10 13-16 rational, M13 19-22 rules for, M10 14 in scientific notation, M10 16-18 - zero as, M10 12-13 See also Power(s) Exponential decay, M16 2 Exponential decay equation, M16 23-24 Exponential equation(s), M16 19-20, 23-25 equivalent to logarithmic equation, M16 8 Exponential expression(s)
base of, M1 33; M2 17 division of, M10 14 evaluating, M1 34-35; M2 18 factored form of, M2 17 in logarithmic form, M16 8 multiplication of, M10 4—5 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36-39 powers of, M10 6-7 radical expressions equivalent to, M13 21-22 simplest form of, M10 14 simplifying, M3 36-37; M10 6-7, 12-16; M13 19-21 Exponential form, M1 33-34; M2 17 Exponential function(s), M16 2 applications of, M16 22-25 definition of, M16 2 evaluating, graphs of,
M16 2-4 M16 4-6 inverse function of, M16 7-8 natural, M16 3-4, 6 as 1—] functions, M16 4-5 Exponential growth, M16 2 Exponential growth equation, M16 23
Expressions. See Exponential expression(s); Radical expression(s); Rational expression(s); Variable expression(s) Extraneous solution, M14 27; M16 21
Extremes of a proportion, M6 9-10 Factor(s) in multiplication, M1 23; M2 11 of a number, M3 2-4
rules for finding, M3 2 See also Common factor Factored form, M2 17
Factorial, M18 18-19 Factoring, in solving literal equations, M7 8 Factoring polynomials, M11 2 applications of, M11 26-27 common monomial factor, M11 2-3, 8, 13, 16 completely, M11 8-9, 23-24 containing two variables, M11 9
difference of perfect cubes, M11 20-21 difference of squares, M11 16-18 general strategy for, M11 23 by grouping, M11 3-5, 13-16 in simplifying rational expressions, M12 2-4 solving equations by, M11 24-27; M14 2-3 sum of perfect cubes, M11 20-21
by trial factors, M11 9-13 trinomials
of form ax* + bx + c, M11 9-16 of form x* + bx + c, M11 5-8
perfect-square, M11 18-20 quadratic in form, M11 21—23 Favorable outcomes, M21 24, 28 Fifth roots, M13 23 Finite geometric series, M18 13-14 Finite sequence, M18 2 First coordinate, M8 2 First quartile, M21 19-21 Fluid ounce (fl 0z), M19 5
FOIL for for for for
method factoring trinomials, M11 6 multiplying binomials, M10 9-10, 11 multiplying complex numbers, M14 19 multiplying radical expressions, M13 10 Foot (ft), M19 2-3 Formula(s), M7 7
application problems with, M3 21-22, 29-30 comparing to a decimal, M4 21—23 complex, M3 39-40; M12 13-15 converting decimals to, M4 5, 21 converting to decimals, M4 19-20 division of, M3 17-20, 31, 32-33 equations containing, M7 2, 4; M12 16-18; M14 29-30 equivalent, M3 11-12 equivalent to repeating decimal, M18 16 graph of, M3 12 improper, M3 7, 8-9 inverting, M3 17 multiplication of, M3 13-17, 31, 32 negative, M3 31-35 Order of Operations Agreement with, M3
36-39 order relations between, M3 12-13
proper, M3 6 as ratio, M4 23 as real numbers, M4 32 reciprocal of, M3 17 simplest form of, M3 9-11
subtraction of, M3 26-29, 34-35 writing a percent as, M4 26-27 writing as a percent, M4 27-29 Fractional equations, M7 2, 4; M12 16-18;
M14 29-30 Fractional exponents, M13 19-22
applications using, M4 18 for areas, M20 21-23 Binomial Expansion, M18 20 Change-of-Base, M16 15-16 compound interest, M16 23 distance between points in the plane, M8 3-4 mean, M21 15
Fraction bar(s), M3 6 in complex fraction, M3 39 as division, M2 13; M3 39
midpoint, M8 4-5
Function(s) absolute value, M8 16-17
for nth term of arithmetic sequence, M18 6 of geometric sequence, M18 11 for perimeters, M20 13-16 point-slope, M8 36-38
probability, M21 24-26 empirical, M21 27 quadratic, M14 9-11, 23-25 for rth term of binomial expansion, M18 21 simple interest, M6 29
slope, M8 29 for sum of arithmetic series, M18 8 of finite geometric series, M18 13 of infinite geometric series, M18 15 for volumes, M20 27-29
Fourth roots, M13 23 Fraction(s), M3 6 addition of, M3 22-25, 34-35 algebraic. See Rational expression(s)
Order of Operations Agreement and, M2 19; M3 38 Frequency distribution, M21 10-12 histogram of, M21
12-13
Frequency polygon, M21 13-15
composition of, M15 16-19 constant, M8 23-24 definition of, M8 10 domain of. See Domain double, M8 12; M15 17 equation representing, M8 9-10, 11 evaluating, M8 13-14 exponential, M16 2-6, 7-8, 22-25
graphs of, M8 15-19 inverse, M15 21-25 linear. See Linear function(s)
logarithmic, M16 7-8, 17-19, 25-26 maximum or minimum of, M15 10, 11,
1D 1-1, M15 19-21 exponential, M16 4—5 inverse of, M15 22, 24 logarithmic, M16 17 operations on, M15 13-15
quadratic. See Quadratic function(s)
Index
range of. See Range square, M8 12, 13; M15 17 value of, M8 13 vertical line test for, M8 18-19 zeros of, M8 26 Function notation, M8 12-13
Gallon (gal), M19 5
GCF. See Greatest common factor General form, of equation of circle, M17 7 General term, of a sequence, M18 2 Geometric figures, M20 2, 8
areas of, M20 20-26 perimeters of, M20 13-20 polygons, M20 11-13 volumes of, M20 27-34 See also Triangle(s)
Geometric progression. See Geometric sequence Geometric sequence, M18 10-13 applications of, M18 17 Geometric series finite, M18 13-14 infinite, M18 14-16 Geometry, M20 2
Gram (g), M19 10-11 Graph(s) of absolute value function, M8 16-17
of circles, M17 5-8 of ellipses, M17 8-10
of equation in two variables, M8 6-9 of exponential functions, M16 4-6 of fraction, M3 12
scatter diagram, M8 32
application problems using, M7 29-30
of sets of real numbers, M7 25-26
compound, M7 31-32
statistical, M1 7-12, 20-22; M21 2-9,
with decimals, M4 5 linear in two variables, M8 43-45
12-14, 19-21 of systems of equations linear, M9 2-5 nonlinear, M17 12-15 of vertical line, M8 24 vertical line test of, M8 18-19 of whole number, M1 2 Greater than, M1 3; M2 3 Greater than or equal to, M2 3 Greatest common factor (GCF), M3 5-6 of monomials, M11 2-3
Grouping, in factoring polynomials, M11 3-5, 13-16
Grouping symbols, M2 19; M3 36 Distributive Property and, M5 10-11 radical as, M4 30
linear systems of, M9 29-31 Multiplication Property of, M7 27-28 nonlinear, M14 30-33 quadratic, M14 30-31 rational, M14 32 symbols for, M1 3; M2 3 Infinite geometric series, M18 14-16
Infinite sequence, M18 2 Infinite sets, M7 24
Infinity symbol, M7 24 Integer problems, M7 11-14
Integers, M2 2 addition of, M2 6-8 application problems using, M2 10-11, 16-17 consecutive, M7 12
Half-plane, M8 44 Height of cylinder, M20 8 of parallelogram, M20 7 of rectangular solid, M20 8, 27 of triangle, M3 21; M20 5, 22 Heptagon, M20 12 Hexagon, M20 12
Histograms, M21 12-13 Horizontal axis, M8 2 Horizontal line graph of, M8 23-24 perpendicular to vertical line, M8 42
division of, M2 13-16 even, M7 12
as exponents, M10 12-16 graphs of, M2 2 multiplication of, M2 11-13 odd, M7 12 as real numbers, M4 32 subtraction of, M2 8-10 Intercepts of line, M8 25-27, 34-36 of parabola, M15 6-8 Interest, M6 28 compound, M16 23
of horizontal line, M8 23-24
Horizontal line test, M15 19-20
simple, M6 19-20, 28-31; M9 7-10 Interest rate, M6 28 Interquartile range, M21 20
horizontal-line test of, M15 19-20 of hyperbolas, M17 10-12 of inequalities
Hour (h), M19 6, 7
Intersecting lines, M20 3
function determined by, M8 10, 11
of functions, M8 15-19
linear in two variables, M8 43-45
linear systems, M9 29-31 nonlinear, M14 31-32 in one variable, M7 26-27 quadratic in one variable, M14 31 rational, M14 32 of integer, M2 2 intercepts of of lines, M8 25-27, 34-36 of parabolas, M15 6-8 of linear equations in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M8 22-25, 34-36 of linear functions, M8 20-22 of logarithmic functions, M16 17-19 not defining a function, M8 18, 19 of 1-1 functions, M15 19-21 of ordered pair, M8 2 of ordered triple, M9 13 of parabolas, M15 2-7; M17 2-4
of quadratic functions, M15 2-7
I7
slope of, M8 30
Hyperbola, M17 10-12 Hypotenuse, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 6,
35-36
angles formed by, M20 9-11 system of equations represented by, M9 D5
Imaginary number, M14 16, 17 Imaginary part, M14 16 Improper fraction, M3 7, 8-9
Intersection of solution sets of inequalities, M7 31 of two sets, M7 23 Interval notation, M7 24
Inch (in), M19 2-3
Inverse, additive, M2 4; M5 6
Inconsistent system of equations in three variables, M9 15, 16 in two variables, M9 3-4, 5, 6-7, 12 Increase, percent, M6 21—22 Increased by, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Independent system of equations in three variables, M9 14
Inverse, multiplicative, M3 17; M5 7. See
in two variables, M9 2-3, 5, 6, 11
Independent variable, M8 12, 13 Index of a radical, M13 21 of a summation, M18 4 Inequality(ies), M1 3; M2 3-4 absolute values in, M7 32-34 Addition Property of, M7 26-27
also Reciprocal(s) Inverse of a function, M15 21-25
exponential, M16 7-8 logarithmic, M16 7-8 Inverse Property of Addition, M5 6 Inverse Property of Logarithms, M16 15 Inverse Property of Multiplication, M5 7 Inverse variation, M12 23-25
Inversely proportional quantities, M12 23 Inverting a fraction, M3 17 Investment problems, M9 7-10 Irrational number(s), M4 31-32: M13 2, 24
e, M16 3, 10 as exponent, M16 2
18
Index
Isosceles trapezoid, M20 13 Isosceles triangle, M20 12
Kilogram (kg), M19 9-11
LCD. See Least common denominator LCM. See Least common multiple Least common denominator (LCD), M3 23
of rational expressions, M12 9-10, 11-12 in simplifying complex fractions, M12 13 in solving equations, M12 16-17; M14 29-30
Least common multiple (LCM), M3 4-5; M128 of denominators, M3 23 in complex fractions, M12 14-15 in solving equations, M7 2, 4 of polynomials, M12 8-9 Legs of a right triangle, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 6, 35-37 Length, M2 18
conversion between systems and, M19 13-15
of in of of in
line segment, M20 2 metric system, M19 8-9 rectangle, M20 14, 21 rectangular solid, M20 8, 27 U.S. Customary System, M19 2-4
See also Distance Less than
as inequality, M1 3; M23 as subtraction, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12 Less than or equal to, M2 3 Like terms, M5 4 Line(s), M20 2
finding equation of, M8 36-38 as graph of linear function, M8 20-22 horizontal, M8 23-24, 30, 42 intercepts of, M8 25-27, 34-36 intersecting, M20 3 angles formed by, M20 9-11 system of equations represented by, M9 2,5 parallel, M8 40-41 of inconsistent system, M9 3-4, 5
transversals of, M20 9-10 perpendicular, M8 42-43; M20 3-4 slope-intercept form of, M8 34-36 slope of, M8 28-31 transversal, M20 9-10
vertical, M8 24, 30, 37, 40, 42 Linear equation(s) finding from point and slope, M8 36-37 finding from two points, M8 37-38
of form Ax + By = C, M8 22-24 of form y = mx + b, M8 22, 34-35
graphing, M8 22-25, 34-36 systems of. See Systems of equations in three variables, M9 13-14
Linear function(s), M8 20
applications of, M8 20, 27-28, 39-40 graphs of, M8 20-22 See also Linear equation(s)
Linear inequalities in two variables, M8 43-45 systems of, M9 29-31 Line graph, M1 9-10; M21 8-9 Line segment, M20 2
midpoint of, M8 4-5 Liter (L), M19 11-13 Literal equation, M7 7-9 Logarithm(s), M16 7-9
Change-of-Base Formula, M16 15-16 common, M16 10 definition of, M16 8 evaluating, M16 9 finding with calculator, M16 7, 10, 15 natural, M16 10 1-1 property of, M16 15 properties of, M16 11-15 in solving exponential equations, M16 20, 24 Logarithmic equation(s), M16 9-11, 21-22 equivalent to exponential equation, M168 Logarithmic expression(s)
in exponential form, M16 8 writing as a single logarithm, M16 13—14 writing in expanded form, M16 13 Logarithmic function(s), M16 7-8
applications of, M16 25-26 graphs of, M16 17-19 inverse function of, M16 7-8 Logarithmic Property of One, M16 15 Lower class limits, M21 10 Markdown, M6 26 Markup, M6 24—26 Mass, M19 9-11 Matrix, M9 18 Maturity value of simple interest loan, M6 29-31 Maximum value of quadratic function, M15 10 applications of, M15 11, 12, 13 Mean, M21 15-17 standard deviation and, M21 22 Means of a proportion, M6 9-10 Measurement, M19 2
Meter (m), M19 8-9
Metric system, M19 8 capacity in, M19 11-13 conversion to/from U.S. Customary units, M19 13-15 length in, M19 8-9 mass in, M19 9-11 prefixes in, M19 8 Midpoint of a line segment, M8 4-5 Mile (mi), M19 2, 3 Minimum value of quadratic function,
M15 10 applications of, M15 12, 13 Minor of a matrix element, M9 18-19 Minuend, M1 17 Minus, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12 Minute (min), M19 6—7
Mixed numbers, M3 7 addition of, M3 24—25 converting a decimal to, M4 21 converting to/from improper fractions, M3 8-9 division of, M3 19, 32-33 multiplication of, M3 15, 16 subtraction of, M3 27-28 Mixture problems percent mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 17-19;
M9 27-28 value mixtures, M7 15-17; M9 26-27
Modal response, M21 19 Mode, M21 18-19 Monomial(s), M10 2 dividing, M10 12
division of polynomial by, M10 18-19 factoring from a polynomial, M11 2-3, 8, 13, 16 greatest common factor of, M11 2-3 multiplication of polynomial by, M10 7 multiplying, M10 4-5 power of, M10 6-7
More than, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Motion problems, M6 6-9; M7 19-22; M12
27-29 wind or current in, M6 7-8, 9; M9
24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Multiples of a number, M3 4 Multiplicand, M1 23 Multiplication, M1 22 Associative Property of, MS 7 of binomials, M10 9-12
conversion between U.S. Customary and metric systems, M19 13-15
Commutative Property of, M5 7 of complex numbers, M14 18-19 of decimals, M4 10-13
in metric system, M19 8-13
Distributive Property of, M5 4
of time, M19 6-7
of exponential expressions, M10 4-5
of angles, M20 3-5
in U.S. Customary System, M19 2-6 Median, M8 33; M21 17-18 in box-and-whiskers plot, M21
19-21
of fractions, M3 13-17, 31, 32 of functions, M15 13, 14, 15
of integers, M2 11-13 Inverse Property of, M5 7 of mixed numbers, M3 15, 16
Index
of monomials, M10 4—5 by one, M5 7 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19; M3 36 of polynomial by monomial, M10 7 of polynomials, M10 7-12 properties of, M5 7-9 of radical expressions, M13 8-10 of rational expressions, M12 4-6 in scientific notation, M10 17 sign rules for, M2 12-13 symbols for, M2 11 of whole numbers, M1 22-25 words or phrases for, M1 23; M2 13;
MS 12 by zero, M11 24
Multiplication Property of Equations, M6 4-5 Multiplication Property of Inequalities, M7 27-28 Multiplication Property of One, M3 10, 11;
MS 7 Multiplication Property of Zero, M11 24 Multiplicative inverse, M3 17; M5 7. See also Reciprocal(s) Multiplier, M1 23
Natural exponential function, M16 3-4 graphing, M16 6 Natural logarithm, M16 10 Natural number factors, M3 2-4 Natural numbers, M1 2; M2 2
Negative exponents, M10 13-16 Negative fractions, M3 31-35 Negative infinity symbol, M7 24 Negative integers, M2 2
Negative number cube root of, M13 23 square root of, M14 16 Negative reciprocals, M8 42 Negative sign in exponential expression, M2 18 in front of fraction, M3 34 Negative slope, M8 29 Negative square root, M4 30; M13 2 Nonagon, M20 12
Nonfactorable over the integers, M11 8, 17 Nonlinear inequalities, M14 30-33 Nonlinear systems of equations, M17 12-16 ath root, M13 21, 23 nth term of arithmetic sequence, M18 6-8 of geometric sequence, M18 10-13 of a sequence, M18 2-3 Null set, M7 22 Number(s) absolute value of, M2 5
complex, M14 16-17 composite, M3 3 imaginary, M14 16, 17
integers, M2 2 irrational, M4 31-32; M13 2, 24; M16 2, 3
Order relations between decimal and fraction, M4
mixed, M3 7 natural, M1 2; M2 2 opposites, M2 4
between fractions, M3 12-13 between whole numbers, M1 2-3 Ordinate, M8 2
prime, M3 3
Origin, M8 2
rational, M4 31-32
Ounces (0z), M19 4, 5
real, M4 31-32 whole, M1 2 See also Complex number(s); Integers; Real numbers; Whole numbers
Outcomes of an experiment, M21 24
Number line(s), M1 2 addition on, M2 6 distance on, M7 9
graph of a fraction on, M3 12 graph of an integer on, M2 2 graph of a whole number on, M1 2 inequalities on, M7 26-27 integers on, M2 2, 6 multiplication on, M2 11 order relations on, M1 2-3 sets of numbers on, M7 25-26 Numerator, M3 6 Numerator determinant, M9 21 Numerical coefficient, M5 2
I9
21-23
Parabola(s), M15 2 axis of symmetry, M15 3-5; M17
24 as conic section, M17 2
equations of, M17 2-4 graphs of, M15 2-7; M17 2-4 intercepts of, M15 6-8
vertex of, M15 3-5; M17 2-4 Parallel lines, M8 40-41; M20 3 of inconsistent system, M9 3-4, 5 transversals of, M20 9-10 Parallelogram, M20 7, 13
Parentheses Distributive Property and, MS 9
Obtuse angle, M20 4
in equations, M7 6-8 in exponential expressions, M2 18 in interval notation, M7 24 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1 36; M2 19
Obtuse triangle, M20 13
on real number line, M7 25-26
Odd integers, M7 12 Odds against, M21 28 Odds in favor, M21 28-29
One in division, M1 25; M2 15 Logarithmic Property of, M16 15 Multiplication Property of, M3 10, 11; M57 1-1 Property of Logarithms, M16 15 1-1 function(s), M15 19-21 exponential, M16 4—5 inverse of, M15 22, 24
logarithmic, M16 17 Opposite, M2 4; M5 6 of a polynomial, M10 3 Ordered pair(s) as coordinates, M8 2 of a function, M8 10 graph of, M8 2
in a series, M18 4 Pascal’s Triangle, M18 18 Pentagon, M20 12 Per, M8 31 Percent, M4 26
writing a decimal or fraction as, M4 27-29 writing as a decimal or fraction, M4
26-27 Percent concentration, M6 20
Percent problems decrease, M6 22-24 discount, M6 26-28 increase, M6 21—22 markup, M6 24—26 mixtures, M6 20-21; M7 17-19; M9 27-28 simple interest, M6 19-20, 28-31; M9 7-10
of inverse of a function, M15 21 of a relation, M8 10 as solution of equation in two variables, M8 6-7
solving with basic percent equation, M6 12-16, 18-19 solving with proportions, M6 16-18 Percent sign, M4 26
as solution of system of equations, M9 2,4
Perfect sum Perfect Perfect
Ordered triple, M9 13, 14 Order of a matrix, M9 18
Order of Operations Agreement, M1 35-37; M2 19; M3 36-39 radical and, M4 30
cube(s), M11 20 or difference of, M11 20-21 powers, roots of, M13 22-24 square(s), M4 29; M13 2, 5; M20 35
square roots of, M4 30-31; M13 2, 5, 23; M20 35
110 = Index
Perfect-square trinomial, M11 18 completing the square, M14 6-7 factoring, M11 18-20 Perimeter, M20 13 applications of, M20 19-20 of circle, M20 15-16 of composite figure, M20 17-18 of rectangle, M20 14-15 of square, M20 15 of triangle, M20 13-14 Period, M1 4 Perpendicular lines, M8 42-43; M20 3-4 pH, M16 25, 26 Pi (a1), M20 15, 23, 29 Pictograph, M1 7-8; M21 2-3 Pint (pt), M19 5 Place value, M1 4 as power of ten, M1 34 rounding a number to, M1 6-7 Place-value chart, M1 4 decimals on, M4 2-3 expanded form and, M1 5 multiplication and, M1 23 Plane(s), M20 2
coordinate system in, M8 2 equations of, M9 14-15
Plane geometric figures. See Geometric figures Plotting an ordered pair, M8 2 Plotting points of a graph, M8 6 Plus, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Point, coordinates of, M8 2; M9 13 Point-slope formula, M8 36-38 Polygon(s), M20 11-13 Polynomial(s), M10 2 addition of, M10 2-3
degree of, M10 2 in descending order, M10 2 division by a monomial, M10 18-19 division of, M10 18-21 factoring of. See Factoring polynomials least common multiple of, M12 8-9
multiplication by monomial, M10 7 multiplication of, M10 7-12
nonfactorable over the integers, M11 8,17 in numerator or denominator. See Rational expression(s) opposite of, M10 3 subtraction of, M10 3-4 See also Binomial(s); Monomial(s); Trinomial(s)
Population, M21 10 Positive integers, M2 2 Positive slope, M8 29 Pound (Ib), M19 4—5 Power(s), M1 33-35; M2 17-18
of an exponential expression, M10 6-7 of a binomial, M18 17-21 logarithm of, M16 12-13
of a monomial, M10 6-7 perfect, M13 22-24
of products, M10 6-7 verbal phrases for, M5 13 See also Exponent(s)
Power Property of Logarithms, M16 12-13 Powers of ten, M1 34 dividing decimals by, M4 14—15 multiplying decimals by, M4 11-12 in scientific notation, M10 16-18 Price, M6 24 Prime factorization, M3 3 to find greatest common factor, M3 5 to find least common multiple, M3 4 Prime number, M3 3 Principal, M6 28; M9 7 Principal square root, M13 2 Principle of Taking the Square Root of Each Side of an Equation, M14 4 Principle of Zero Products, M11 24—25; M142 Probability calculated by using odds, M21 28-29 empirical, M21 27 of simple events, M21 23-28
theoretical, M21 27 Probability formula, M21 24-26 empirical, M21 27 Product, M1 23; M2 11, 13; MS 11, 12 of sum and difference of terms, M10 10 Product Property of Logarithms, M16 11-12 Product Property of Square Roots, M13 3 Proper fraction, M3 6 Property(ies)
of addition, M5 4-6 Associative of Addition, M5 5 of Multiplication, M5 7 Commutative of Addition, M5 5 of Multiplication, M5 7 Composition of Inverse Functions, M15
23-24 Distributive, M5 4 in factoring polynomials, M11 3 in multiplying polynomials, M10 8, 9 in simplifying radical expressions,
M13 6-8, 9 in simplifying variable expressions,
MS 4-5, 9-11 in solving equations, M7 6, 8 in solving inequalities, M7 29 Equality of Exponents, M16 9, 19
of Equations Addition, M6 3
Multiplication, M6 4-5 Squaring Both Sides, M13 14-16 of Inequalities Addition, M7 26-27 Multiplication, M7 27-28
Inverse
of Addition, M5 6 of Multiplication, M5 7 of logarithms, M16 11-15
of multiplication, MS 7-9 of One Division, M1 25; M2 15 Multiplication, M3 10, 11; M5 7 of real numbers, M5 4-9 of Square Roots Product, M13 3 Quotient, M13 11
of Zero
Addition, M5 5 Division, M1 26; M2 15 Multiplication, M11 24 Proportions, M6 9-11
application problems using, M6 11-12 similar triangles and, M12 18-21; M20
39-41, 42-43 solving percent problems using, M6
16-18 Pythagorean Theorem, M8 3; M13 17-18;
M20 35-37 applications of, M20 38-39 Quadrants, M8 2 Quadratic equation(s), M11 25; M14 2
applications of, M11 26-27; M14 11-15 discriminant of, M15 7
reducible to, M14 25-30 solutions of, M14 10
complex, M14 22-25 double root, M14 2; M15 6
solving by completing the square, M14 7-8 by factoring, M11 25-27; M14 2-3 with quadratic formula, M14 9-11,
23-25 by taking square roots, M14 3-6, 22-23 standard form of, M11 25; M14 2 Quadratic formula, M14 9-11, 23-25 Quadratic function(s), M15 2
applications of, M15 10-13 domain and range of, M15 5 graph of, M15 2-7 maximum value of, M15 10-11, 12, 13 minimum value of, M15 10, 12, 13 zeros of, M15 8-9
Quadratic inequality in one variable, M14 30-31 Quadratic in form, M11 21—23; M14 25-27 Quadrilateral(s), M20 7, 12 areas of, M20 20-22 perimeters of, M20 14-15
types of, M20 13
Quantity, in mixture problems, M6 20 Quart (qt), M19 5, 6 Quartiles, M21 19-21
Index
Quotient, M1 25; M2 13, 15; M5 11, 12 of polynomials, M10 19-20 Quotient Property of Logarithms, M16 12 Quotient Property of Square Roots, M13 11
Radical, M4 30; M13 2, 21 Radical equation(s), M13 13-16
applications of, M13 16-19 reducible to quadratic equation, M14 27-29 Radical expression(s)
addition of, M13 6-8 conjugate of, M13 10, 12 division of, M13
11-13
exponential form of, M13 21-22 multiplication of, M13 8-10 rationalizing the denominator of, M13 11-13 simplest form of, M13 2, 12
simplifying, M4 30; M13 2-10, 11-13, 22-24 subtraction of, M13 6-8
Rationalizing the denominator, M13 11-13 Rational numbers, M4 31—32 Ray, M20 3 Real numbers, M4 31-32 as complex numbers, M14 17 properties of, MS 4-9 sets of, M7 23-26
Scatter diagram, M8 32
Real part, M14 16
Selling price, M6 24
Reciprocal(s)
Sequence(s), M18 2
Scientific notation, M10 16-18 Second (s), M19 6-7 Second coordinate, M8 2
Second-degree equation, M14 2. See also Quadratic equation(s) Sector of a circle, M21 4
of a fraction, M3 17
applications of, M18 10, 17
negative, M8 42
arithmetic, M18 6-8, 10 finite, M18 2
of a rational expression, M12 6
of a real number, M5 7 of a whole number, M3 17 Rectangle, M20 7, 13 area of, M20 21-22 perimeter of, M20 14-15 Rectangular coordinate system, M8 2 distance in, M8 3-4 Rectangular solid, M20 8
volume of, M20 27-28 Regular polygon, M20 12
general term of, M18 2 geometric, M18
10-13, 17
infinite, M18 2 sum of terms of, M18 4-5 Series, M18 4
arithmetic, M18 8-9 evaluating, M18 4—5 geometric, M18 13-16 Set(s), M2 2; M7 22 elements of, M2 2; M7 22
Radicand, M4 30; M13 2, 21
Relation, M8 10-11
Radius
Remainder, M1 28 in polynomial division, M10 19-20 Repeating decimal, M4 19 equivalent fraction for, M18 16
empty, M7 22 infinite, M7 24 intersection of, M7 23 null, M7 22 of real numbers, M7 23-26
Retail price, M6 24
union of, M7 23
writing in interval notation, M7 24
of simple interest, M6 28; M9 7
Rhombus, M20 13 Richter scale, M16 25 Right angle, M20 3 Right triangle, M8 3; M13 16; M20 6-7, 13 Pythagorean Theorem for, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 35-39
simplest form of, M4 24
Root(s)
in uniform motion equation, M6 6; M7
cube roots, M11 20; M13 23 double, M14 2; M15 6 nth root, M13 21, 23 of perfect powers, M13 22-24 See also Solution(s); Square root(s) Roster method, M2 2; M7 22 Rounding
of a circle, M17 5; M207
of a sphere, M20 8 Range of a function, M8 10, 11-12
of an exponential function, M16 2 estimating from graph, M8 15-17 of inverse of a function, M15 21, 23 of a quadratic function, M15 5 Range of data, M21 10 Rate, M4 24-25
in a proportion, M6 9, 11-12
19; M12 27 of wind or current, M6 7-8, 9; M9
24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 of work, M12 25-27; M14 12, 14 Rate of change, average, M8 32-34 Ratio, M4 23-24 common, M18 11, 14-15
as division, M2 15; M5 12 odds of an event, M21 28
in a proportion, M6 9-11 similar objects and, M20 39 simplest form of, M4 23
Rational exponents, M13 19-22 Rational expression(s), M12 2 addition of, M12 10-13
applications of, M12 25-29 division of, M12 6-7
multiplication of, M12 4-6 reciprocal of, M12 6 simplest form of, M12 2
simplifying, M12 24 subtraction of, M12 10-13 Rational inequalities, M14 32
of a decimal, M4 4
of a decimal quotient, M4 13-14 of a whole number, M1 6-7 rth term of binomial expansion, M18 21 Rule for Dividing Exponential Expressions, M10 14 Rule for Multiplying Exponential Expressions, M105 Rule for Simplifying Powers of Exponential Expressions, M10 6 Rule for Simplifying Powers of Products, M106 Rules for Exponents, M10 14 Sample space, M21 24 SAS. See Side-Angle-Side Rule Scalene triangle, M20 12
111
in roster method, M2 2; M7 22
in set-builder notation, M7 23 See also Solution set of inequality(ies) Set-builder notation, M7 23
Side(s) of acube, M20 28 of a polygon, M20 11
of a square, M20 15, 22 Side-Angle-Side (SAS) Rule, M20 41 Side-Side-Side (SSS) Rule, M20 41 Sigma (2) notation, M18 4 Sign rules for addition, M2 6 for dividing decimals, M4 15 for dividing fractions, M3 31
for division, M2 14
for for for for
multiplication, M2 12-13 multiplying decimals, M4 12 multiplying fractions, M3 31 subtraction, M2 8
Similar objects, M12 18; M20 39 Similar triangles, M12 18-21; M20 39-41,
42-44
Simple interest formula, M6 29 Simple interest problems, M6 19-20, 28-31; M9 7-10 Simplest form of exponential expression, M10 14 of fraction, M3 9-11 with complex numbers, M14 20
112
Index
Simplest form (continued) of radical expression, M13 2, 12 of rate, M4 24 of ratio, M4 23 of rational expression, M12 2 Simplifying complex fractions, M3 39-40; M12 13-15 exponential expressions, M3 36-37; M10 6-7, 12-16; M13 19-21 numerical expressions, M3 36-39 radical expressions, M4 30; M13 2-10,
11-13, 22-24 rational expressions, M12 2-4 variable expressions, M5 4-11 Slope(s), M8 28-31 applications of, M8 30-31 of parallel lines, M8 40-41 of perpendicular lines, M8 42-43 in point-slope formula, M8 36-38 in slope-intercept form, M8 34-36 undefined, M8 30, 37 Slope formula, M8 29 Slope-intercept form, M8 34-36 Solids, geometric, M20 2, 8 volumes of, M20 27-34 Solution(s)
of absolute value equation, M7 9 of application problem, M1 10 of equation, M6 2
checking, M6 3; M7 2 in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M8 6—7 extraneous, M14 27; M16 21 of quadratic equation, M14 10 complex, M14 22-25 double root, M14 2; M15 6 of system of equations in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M9 2, 5 of word problem, MA 8 Solution set of inequality(ies) compound, M7 31-32 linear systems, M9 29-31 nonlinear, M14 31-32 in one variable, M7 26 in two variables, M8 43-45 Solving an equation, M6 2-3. See also Equation(s) Space, M20 2 Space figures, M20 8 Speed. See Rate Sphere, M20 8 volume of, M20 29, 30 Square(s)
of a number, M1 33; M4 29: M5 13
words or phrases for, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12
perfect, M4 29-31; M13 2; M20 35 perimeter of, M20 15
Subtrahend, M1 17
of square root, M13 9 sum of, M11 17; M14 21
Succeeding in your math course, MA 2-9
verbal phrases for, M2 17 Square function, M8 12, 13; M15
habits for, MA 6 17
with homework, MA 5, 9
Square matrix, M9 18
interactive method for, MA 2, 6—7
Square root(s), M4 29-30; M13 2; M20
preparation for, MA 2-4 preparing for tests, MA 9 study group and, MA 5 time management for, MA 4—5
34-35 approximating, M4 31-33; M13 2; M20 35 negative, M4 30; M13 2 of negative number, M14 16 of perfect squares, M4 30-31; M13 2, 5, 23; M20 35 principal, M13 2 Product Property of, M13 3 Quotient Property of, M13 11 in solving quadratic equations, M14 3-6, 22-23 square of, M13 9 Square units, M20 20-21 Squaring both sides of an equation, M13 14-16 SSS. See Side-Side-Side Rule Standard deviation, M21 22-23 Standard form of complex number, M14 16 of decimal, M4 2-3 of equation of circle, M17 5-8 of equation of ellipse, M17 9 of equation of hyperbola, M17 11 of quadratic equation, M11 25; M14 2 of whole number, M1 4 Statistical graphs, M1 7-12, 20-22; M21 2-9, 12-14 box-and-whiskers plot, M21 19-21 Statistics, M21 2, 10 Strategy for application problem, MA 8-9; M1 10 Substitution method for solving linear systems, M9 5—7 for solving nonlinear systems, M17 13-15 Subtraction, M1 17 checking, M1 17 of complex numbers, M14 18 of decimals, M4 6-8 of fractions, M3 26-29, 34-35 of functions, M15 13, 14
of integers, M2 8-10 of mixed numbers, M3 27-28 Order of Operations Agreement and, M1
36; M2 19; M3 36
with word problems, MA 8-9
Sum, M1 15; M2 6, 7; MS 11, 12 of a series, M18 4
arithmetic, M18 8-9 geometric, M18 13-16 of two perfect cubes, M11 20-21
of two squares, M11
17; M14 21
Sum and difference of two terms, product
of, M10 10 Summation notation,
M18 4
Supplementary angles, M20 4 Symbols absolute value, M2 5
angle, M20 3 approximately equal to, M4 13 binomial coefficients, M18 19 composition of functions, M15 16 cube root, M11 20 degree of angle, M20 3
delta (A), M8 29 e, M16 3, 10 element of a set, M2 2
empty set, M7 22 fraction bar, M2 13, 19; M3 6,
38, 39 greater than, M1 3; M2 3 for grouping, M2 19; M3 36 i, M14 16 infinity, M7 24 intersection, M7 23 inverse of a function, M15 22 less than, M1 3; M2 3
mean, M21 15 multiplication, M2 11
n!, M18 18 not an element of a set, M2 2
not equal to, M2 15 nth root, M13 21 parallel, M20 3 percent, M4 26 perpendicular, M20 4 plus or minus, M14 3
of polynomials, M10 3-4 of radical expressions, M13 6-8 of rational expressions, M12 10-13
radical, M4 30; M13 2, 21
difference of, M11 16-18; M13 10
sign rules for, M2 8
as geometric figure, M20 7, 13
of whole numbers, M1 17—20
o (standard deviation), M21 22 > (summation), M18 4
area of, M20 20, 22 of a binomial, M10 10, 11-12, 18-19
repeating decimal, M4 19 right angle, M20 3
Index
simplifying, M5 4-11 terms of, M5 2
Triangle(s), M20 5
slope (m), M8 28
value of a function, M8 13
angles of, M20 5-7 area of, M3 21; M20 22 congruent, M20 41-43
See also Parentheses
Pascal’s, M18
square root, M4 29; M20 35 union, M7 23
translating verbal expressions into, M5 11-15
18
Variable part, M5 2
Symmetry. See Axis of symmetry
perimeter of, M20 13-14
Variable terms, M5 2
Systems of equations, M9 2
right, M8 3; M13 16-17; M20 6-7, 13, 35-39 similar, M12 18-21; M20 39-41, 42-44 types of, M20 12-13
Variation, M12 21—25
applications of, M9 7-9, 24-29 checking the solution, M9 2, 10 dependent, M9 4-5, 7, 11-12 in three variables, M9 14
graphing, M9 2-5 inconsistent, M9 3-4, 5, 6-7, 12 in three variables, M9 15, 16 independent, M9 2-3, 5, 6, 11 in three variables, M9 14
nonlinear, M17 12-16 solutions of
in three variables, M9 14 in two variables, M9 2, 5 solving by addition, M9 10-13, 15-17
by Cramer’s Rule, M9 21-24 by graphing, M9 2-5 by substitution, M9 5-7 in three variables, M9 13-17, 22-24 Systems of linear inequalities, M9
29-31
Trinomial(s), M10 2 factoring
M8 10
general strategy for, M11 23 perfect-square, M11 18-20 quadratic in form, M11 21—23 nonfactorable over the integers, M11 8 perfect-square, M11 18-20 completing the square, M14 6-7
Term(s)
of binomial expansion, M18 20-21 like terms, M5 4 of proportion, M6 9 of sequence, M18 2-3 of variable expression, M5 2 Terminating decimal, M4 19
Theoretical probability, M21 27 Third quartile, M21
19-21
Time converting units of, M19 6-7 simple interest and, M6 29 in uniform motion equation, M6 6; M7
19; M12 27 in work problems, M12 25-27; M14 11-12, 14 Times, M1 23; M2 13; M5 12 Ton, M19 4, 5
Total, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 Translating application problems, M5 14-15; M7 14-15
for subtraction, M1 20; M2 9; M5 12
translating into equations, M7 11-15 translating into variable expressions, MS
11-15 Vertex of parabola, M15 3-5; M17 2-4
Undefined slope, M8 30, 37 Uniform motion, M6 6-9; M7 19-22; M12 27-29 with wind or current, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Union
Vertical angles, M20 9 Vertical axis, M8 2 Vertical line(s)
graph of, M8 24 parallel, M8 40 perpendicular to horizontal line, M8 42 undefined slope of, M8 30, 37
Vertical line test, M8 18-19 Vertices of hyperbola, M17 10-12 Volume, M20 27 applications of, M20 33-34 of composite geometric solid, M20 31-32, 33-34 of cube, M20 27, 28
of two sets, M7 23
of angle, M20 3 cubic, M20 27 in proportion, M6 11 of rate, M4 24
square, M20 20-21
cube of a number as, M2 18
of time, M19 6-7
of cylinder, M20 29-30 of rectangular solid, M20 27-28 of sphere, M20 29, 30 units of, M20 27 See also Capacity
See also Metric system; U.S. Customary System Upper class limits, M21 10 U.S. Customary System capacity in, M19 5-6 conversion to/from metric units,
M19
13-15 length in, M19 2-4 weight in, M19 4—5
Value mixture problems, M7 15-17; M9 26-27 Value of a function, M8 13 Value of a variable, M5 2 Variable, M1 16; M2 3; M5 2
Translating sentences into equations, M7
assigning, M5 13, 14
11-15 Translating verbal expressions into variable expressions, M5 11-15 Transversal, M20 9-10 Trapezoid, M20 13
dependent, M8 12, 13 independent, M8 12, 13 value of, M5 2
Trial factors, M11 9-13
for “equals,” M7 11 for multiplication, M1 23; M2 13; MS 12
of angle, M20 3
Twice, M1 23; M2 13; M5 12
Unit rate, M4 24-25 Units, M4 23; M19 2
Tangent, M15 6
applications of, M12 22—23, 24-25 Verbal expressions for addition, M1 15; M2 7; M5 12 for decimals, M4 2-3 for division, M1 29; M2 15; M5 12
form ax + bx + c, M11 9-16 form x° + bx + c, M11 5-8
of solution sets of inequalities, M7 32
Table, function determined by,
113
Variable expression(s), M1 16; M5 2 evaluating, M5 2-4
like terms of, M5 4
Week, M19 6 Weight compared to mass, M19 9 conversion between systems of units,
M19 13 in U.S. Customary System, M19 4-5 Whole-number part, M4 2 Whole numbers, M1 2
addition of, M1 14-17 application problems with, M1 10-12, 20-22, 31-33 division of, M1 25-30 expanded form of, M1 5 graphs of, M1 2 improper fraction as, M3 9 multiplication of, M1 22-25
114
Index
Whole numbers (continued)
as real numbers, M4 32 reciprocal of, M3 17 rounding, M1 6-7 standard form of, M1 4 subtraction of, M1 17—20 writing in words, M1 4 Width of rectangle, M20 14, 21
x-axis, M8 2 x-coordinate, M8 2 x-intercept(s) of ellipse, M17 9
of line, M8 25-27 of parabola, M15 6-8
Addition Property of, M5 5
xy-coordinate system, M8 2
as an exponent, M10 12-13 as an integer, M2 2 in denominator of rational expression, M12 2-3
xyz-coordinate system, M9 13
in division, M1 26; M2 15
zeros of quadratic function and, M15 8-9
Multiplication Property of, M11 24
of rectangular solid, M20 8, 27
Wind or current problems, M6 7-8, 9; M9 24-26; M12 27-28; M14 14-15 Word problems, MA 8-9. See also Application problems Work problems, M12 25-27; M14 11-12, 14
z-axis, M9 13 Zero absolute value of, M2 5
Yard (yd), M19 2, 3 y-axis, M8 2
Zero factorial, M18 18
y-coordinate, M8 2
Zero of a function, M8 26 Zero Products, Principle of, M11 24—25; M142 Zero slope, M8 30
y-intercept(s) of ellipse, M17 9
of line, M8 25-27, 34-36
Zero-level earthquake,
M16 25
7a
--
a
~
=
=
ean
7
_
@
7
Je
a
_ a
7
=
:
_
“8
Po) Ce
;
-
:
—=
:
>.
’
‘
:
_
“
—
7 -
7
7
a
7
&:
:
%
ae
hate
Ce)
ae
a
7
7
=
_ -_
—
\ gee _
*
—
Fo
7
awe
-
—— _
7
_ = =
a
.
a.
—
a ©
>
:
ee --7ae -
7
ee; —_ 7 7: 7 :7 \7>_ T-
ae .7
7 _-
.
—_
_
7 _ a
_ 7
_
Y _
e
‘> 7
D
ANNOTATED
INSTRUCTOR'S
EDITION
Design Your Course in 5 Easy Steps This Annotated
Instructor’s Edition is your guide to planning your course, your way.
Inside, you will find all 21 modules that make up the eBook for this digital eCourse, powered by Enhanced
WebAssign®. As an instructor or department curriculum developer, you can
examine the entire sequence
of topics that are available in the eCourse.
The modules, sections, and learning objectives have been designed so you can pick and choose how to organize the topics for your course.
Design the course or course sequence that best fits your program’s
needs in five easy steps:
qs
Match It. Use your course syllabus as a guide to
4) Print It. Although this eCourse is primarily designed
match up your course competencies to the modules,
as an online experience, it is possible to augment the
sections, or learning objectives found in this annotated
eBook with a custom print solution for your students
instructor’s edition. Or, choose to start with a pre-built
that includes your chosen modules, a guided workbook, and/or study skills resources. Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant for details.
course.
Contact your Cengage Learning Consultant
for assistance.
@
Build It. Map out the modules, sections, and learning objectives you have identified to build your Enhanced
@
implement It. Prepare for success. Your adoption of the Enhanced WebAssign eCourse includes best-in-the-
WebAssign eCourse. Within the Enhanced WebAssign
industry Cengage Digital Course Support — a dedicated
eCourse, you have all you need to conduct your course:
team of professionals who are here to provide hands-on,
an integrated eBook, abundant practice, homework and
start-to-finish support — making digital course delivery
quizzes, plus a guided workbook.
a success for you and your students.
€} Enhance It. Lay a foundation to sustain student success in mathematics by adding proven math study skills strategies from Nolting’s Math Study Skills Workbook, 5e to your EWA eCourse to help
students develop effective learning strategies.
Recycle:
Digital Sampling: View and evaluate electronic textbooks and associated resources at www.cengage.com or contact your Sales Representative/Learning Consultant.
Send your unwanted Instructor’s Editions back to i
Use the return label included with your Instructor'sEc www.cengage.com/recycle to print out a return label.
Removing or altering the copyright control and quality assurance information on this cover is prohibited by law.
al ©
CENGAGE
LEARNING
|
VSI (RSENN hana 0i matte This textbook is provided to you as a COMME Selling this book or otherwise putting it baci
¢ @# CENGAGE ay Learning To learn more about Cengage Learning, visit www.cengage.com
Purchase any of our products at your local college store or at our preferred online store www.cengagebrain.com
LHUGHES CS# 7922 WHSL
01.12.2018 BY# RC# 203333
019 00142